The books in the CLR are arranged by topic using Library of Congress classification system. Here are a few call number ranges to explore:
International Business
HD 62.2-62.8 Management of special enterprises
HF 5001-6182 Business
For Subject searches using the Worldcat Discover, try:
To do Keyword searches, you can either use add terms or use phrases.
Searching for International Business?
Test out international AND business or "international business" as searches and see what you can find.
The Master in International Business is a pioneering and the only graduate program in international business in the Philippines that provides students with a solid preparation in the strategic and operational management of business in the context of international and global market. It is the appropriate graduate program for businessmen and professional managers who either want to expand their operations outside the Philippines or be more competitive in the international or global market.
This subject guide gathers in one place carefully evaluated and selected resources on Master in International Business Program available and accessible at the CLR and its subscribed databases. Books (both print and electronic) are categorized per course; while journals, magazines, online databases are recommended for the entire Master in International Business program.
QUICK LINKS
In this course, you will analyze business problems and use scientific research as a problem solving tool. You will learn and apply the appropriate research design, research statistics, and the use of computer to analyze data. From the analyze data, you will interpret findings and draw new insights to solve business problems.
Action Research in Business and Management
by
For the first time, internationally-renowned scholars David Coghlan and Abraham B. Shani bring together the important articles and publications in action research in business and management since the 1950s. Action research is presented in terms of its historical and philosophical foundations and development, its implementation in different business settings and disciplines, and its contemporary and developmental opportunities. Volume 1: Foundations of Action Research in Business and Management Volume 2: Business Disciplines Volume 3: Action Research in Diverse Industries Volume 4: Contemporary and Emerging Issues Designed to be a foundation resource for individual scholars and business schools, this collection provides academics in the field with a touchstone resource to help build their knowledge and understanding of the field.
Business research : a guide to planning, conducting, and reporting your study
by
A concise, simplified approach to the research process in business and management, guiding students step-by-step through their research project, from exploring questions and problems, to designing the research, and lastly, writing the results. Chapters include a design matrix and three sets of questions by research objective to help identify the designs that are appropriate for a project and why. There are also seven road marker activities -exploring, planning, creating, conducting, collecting, analyzing, and writing - directing students from one milestone to the next. Key features include: Statistical Decision Trees enabling students to bypass the typical statistics chapters and select the appropriate analysis based on prior learning Global narrative highlighting a wide spectrum of business research challenges. An APA style how-to guide with over 26 exhibits that includes writing examples using permissions for articles and a 2016 thesis. Qualitative research and mixed designs. Real world case studies blending business research within the context of successful organizations. The book is supported by online resources for instructors and students, including: PowerPoint slides, an instructor's manual, author selected videos, cases and data sets from SAGE SRM. Suitable for Business and management students undertaking a research project or research paper.
Business research methods
by
Business research methods
by
Business research methods for Chinese students : a practical guide to your research project
by
Written by Chinese authors who having both successfully completed Masters degrees and PhDs and become lecturers at UK universities, are equipped to provide Chinese students with straightforward guidance to help overcome the cultural and language difficulties they are confronted with, and to support them in their undertaking of the research methods section of their dissertations. The book comprehensively covers both the theory and practice and includes a number of features to support learning including: Chinese translations of key concepts and definitions Tips about how to use different methods in the Chinese context Clear definitions of key terms Short illustrative examples A list of useful resources about Chinese research The book also features examples of Chinese research from the authors' own work and from top journals to illustrate how the methods can be applied in the Chinese context. Suitable reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students across all business and management disciplines.
Business Research Reporting
by
Business Research Reporting addresses the essential activities of locating, collecting, evaluating, analyzing, interpreting, and reporting business data. It highlights the value of primary and secondary research to making business decisions and solving business problems. It aims to help business managers, MBA candidates, and upper-level college students boost their research skills and report research with confidence. This book discusses primary data collection, sampling concepts, and the use of measurement and scales in preparing instruments. Also, this book explores statistical and non-statistical analysis of qualitative and quantitative data and data interpretation (findings, conclusions, and recommendations). The author shows how to locate, evaluate, and extract secondary data found on the web and in brick-and-mortar libraries, including optimized searching, evaluating, and recording. Plus, the book demonstrates how to avoid copyright infringement and plagiarism, use online citation software, and cite sources when writing and presenting. Two glossaries-one each for primary and secondary research-round out the content. Business Research Reporting can be your go-to guidebook for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can pick up ample information to apply instantly. Then keep it handy and refer to it in your ongoing research activities.
Change ahead : how research and design are transforming business strategy
by
Change Ahead focuses on the emerging practices at the intersection of business strategy, research, and design. It introduces the need for an adventurous, explorative mindset in order to grow businesses that last by creating meaning and relevance. It reveals the philosophy, working processes, and approaches to twenty-first century business development.
Conducting Action Research for Business and Management Students
by
In Conducting Action Research, Coghlan and Shani explain how action research differs from more detached research methods and provides expert guidance on how to engage effectively with it, helping the reader to complete both a successful research project and produce findings that are useful in an organizational context. Ideal for Business and Management students reading for a Master's degree, each book in the series may also serve as reference books for doctoral students and faculty members interested in the method. Part of SAGE′s Mastering Business Research Methods, conceived and edited by Bill Lee, Mark N. K. Saunders and Vadake K. Narayanan and designed to support researchers by providing in-depth and practical guidance on using a chosen method of data collection or analysis.
Designing and managing a research project : a business student's guide
by
Designing and Managing a Research Project: A Business Student's Guide, Third Edition is a practical, step-by-step guide that shows business students how to successfully conduct a research project, from choosing the topic to presenting the results. The authors have applied their many years of experience in supervising student projects to provide examples of actual research problems and to offer practical solutions. Unique to this book is the inclusion of chapters on topics such as supervision, group work and ethics, and both qualitative and quantitative data analysis, with links provided to a range of online resources, as well as examples from student projects.
Doing Your Business Research Project
by
Taking the fear out of writing your business project, this book helps you understand and carry out each step of the research process. With detailed, friendly and engaging support it takes you from the very beginning to the very end. Key features: Chapters are structured around FAQs such as 'How to choose a research question?', 'How do I go about a literature review?' guiding you towards a full understanding of the research process Workbook tasks help you shape your thoughts on each topic, enabling you to decide your own research question and how you will research it The importance of various ideas is clearly signposted, helping you prioritise your time according to your needs and goals. Templates and checklists from the book are also available for download at the Doing Your Business Research Project companion website at study.sagepub.com/beech This interactive guide is ideal for all Business and Management students about to complete a research project or dissertation.
Entrepreneurship, innovation and education : frontiers in European entrepreneurship research
by
Entrepreneurship education is an area of growing importance within entrepreneurship research. This book critically discusses innovation and entrepreneurship in new and varied contexts in Europe. Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Educationexplores the need for researching innovation and learning in family firms, micro firms, SMEs and in rural and network contexts. The chapters offer new insights into the antecedents of business performance in SMEs by investigating social capital and marketing capabilities. The book includes a new typology for analysing entrepreneurship education programmes, discusses opportunities in embedding entrepreneurship in teacher education and explores entrepreneurship in the informal learning arenas in universities. This book includes a wide range of studies from different analytical and methodological perspectives and from various regional and industrial contexts. As such, it is a valuable tool for advanced students wishing to gain an overview of research on European entrepreneurship. Researchers in entrepreneurship would also benefit from the up-to-date research analysis in this book. Contributors include: L. Aaboen, T. Aadland, K. Axelsson, D. Aylward, M. Belarouci, R. Blackburn, A. De Massis, V. François, U. Hytti, S. Joensuu-Salo, E.J.B. Jørgensen, F. Kelliher, S. Kettunen, K. Kohtakangas, C. Lafaye, E. Laveren, M. Markowska, L. Mathisen, P. Parkkari, L. Reinl, P. Rovelli, K. Sorama, F. Welter, M. Westerberg
The Essentials of Business Research Methods
by
Increasingly, managers must make decisions based on almost unlimited information. How can they navigate and organize this vast amount of data? Essentials of Business Research Methods provides research techniques for people who aren't data analysts. The authors offer a straightforward, hands-on approach to the vital managerial process of gathering and using data to make clear business decisions. They include critical topics, such as the increasing role of online research, ethical issues, data mining, customer relationship management, and how to conduct information-gathering activities more effectively in a rapidly changing business environment. This is the only text that includes a chapter on qualitative data analysis, and the coverage of quantitative data analysis is more extensive, and much easier to understand than in other texts. The book features a realistic continuing case throughout that enables students to see how business research information is used in the real world. It includes applied research examples in all chapters, as well as ethical dilemma mini cases, and exercises.
The Essentials of Business Research Methods
by
Increasingly, managers must make decisions based on almost unlimited information. How can they navigate and organize this vast amount of data? Essentials of Business Research Methods provides research techniques for people who aren't data analysts. The authors offer a straightforward, hands-on approach to the vital managerial process of gathering and using data to make clear business decisions. They include critical topics, such as the increasing role of online research, ethical issues, data mining, customer relationship management, and how to conduct information-gathering activities more effectively in a rapidly changing business environment. This is the only text that includes a chapter on qualitative data analysis, and the coverage of quantitative data analysis is more extensive, and much easier to understand than in other texts. The book features a realistic continuing case throughout that enables students to see how business research information is used in the real world. It includes applied research examples in all chapters, as well as ethical dilemma mini cases, and exercises.
Handbook of Research Methods on Human Resource Development
by
An impressive range of HRD scholars have contributed to this excellentHandbook which offers a timely addition to both the HRD and the research methods literatures. HRD researchers who consult this book will find a thoughtful pathway through the debates and dialogues that feature in our dynamic and evolving field. The book provides practical guidance about research making use of emerging as well as established forms of data and approaches to analysis that can advance knowledge in the HRD domain. I commend it to novice as well as to experienced researchers. I will certainly be referring to it myself as I seek to develop my expertise as an HRD scholar and researcher.' - Valerie Anderson, University Forum for HRD As Human Resource Development (HRD) research has developed, a growing variety of quantitative and qualitative data collection procedures and analysis techniques have been adopted; research designs now include mono, multiple and mixed methods. This Handbookbrings together the wealth of research methods experience gained by HRD researchers into one essential volume. Organized into four parts, the book explores conceptual issues, qualitative research methods, quantitative research methods and methodological challenges. It utilises the wealth of research experiences of leading HRD scholars to provide a range of insights highlighting what works, what does not work and associated challenges. Each chapter provides annotated further reading, allowing the reader to expand on the topics discussed. The Handbookwill prove invaluable for students and academics in the social sciences who are interested in the development of human resources - particularly postgraduates undertaking research on HRD and undergraduates researching HRD issues. It will also be of use to academics teaching research focused modules on HRD and people related issues, as well as experienced HRD researchers looking to further develop their understanding of methods for researching HRD. Contributors: C. Akinci, N. Beech, K. Black, J.L. Callahan, J. Calver, D. Coghlan, G. Connor, C. Elliott, P. Evans, T. Garavan, J. Gold, D.E. Gray, B. Hamlin, V. Harte, R. Holian, C. Jones, C. König, D. Langley, A. McDowall, C. MacKenzie, S. De Maeyer, D. Marks, S. Mavin, G. Messmann, R.H. Mulder, A. Ogun, R.F. Poell, C. Rigg, C. Rojon, E. Sadler-Smith, S. Sambrook, M. Sheehan, T. Spackman, V. Stead, J. Stewart, S. Tam, K. Trehan, C.L. Wang, R. Warhurst, H. Whitrod-Brown, C.S. Williams, J. Williams
Innovation management : a research overview
by
Innovation is the means by which organizations survive and thrive in uncertain and turbulent conditions. Innovation management has become a well-established field of research, teaching and practice, with a substantial literature. As a broad-based research field, contributions stem from an array of perspectives including science, economics, engineering and psychology. Innovation is crucial for economic and social progress, and it needs to be managed in order to be beneficial. Innovation Management: A Research Overview provides a concise introduction to the best research on innovation management. It covers four main themes: foundational studies, key concepts and frameworks, important empirical studies, and current and emerging themes. The research discussed includes classic studies, with core insights in the field, key thinking on strategies and processes for innovation, well-established and novel research methods, and issues of greatest contemporary importance. This shortform book provides direction through the maze of research on the nature, processes and outcomes of innovation management, and provides an invaluable introduction to the literature on innovation management for students and professionals.
International and Cross-Cultural Business Research
by
Successfully combining cross-cultural management and business research methods, this team of international authors provide much-needed coverage of the implications that should be considered when undertaking research across different cultures. Through the implementation of methodological pluralism, the book investigates the various cultural influences that affect business theories and practices across the world, particularly the specific management styles, behavioural standards and consumer attitudes that exist in developing nations. Examples and theoretical understanding as well as vignettes, diagrams and figures are used to illustrate these key considerations, including: Language and the role of the dominant culture Design and implementation Methodological issues Strategies for improving its relevance within international business. Ideal for students, researchers and practitioners looking to do business research in an international or cross-cultural context.
Management and Business Research
by
Get 24 months FREE access to an interactive eBook when purchasing the paperback* The Sixth Edition continues to give students a comprehensive overview of what is needed to carry-out successful and effective research, with practical hands-on guidance on how to conduct a dissertation project or research thesis, in business and management. New to This Edition: Complimentary fully integrated interactive eBook version. Coverage of online data collection, netnography, big data and data visualization. Research philosophy in chapter 3 is further supported and enhanced by an author video overview available online and a pull out at the back of the book that gives a useful visual representation of each key component of the research process using a tree as a metaphor. Annotated further reading recommendations. An important new feature is the "Research in Action" textboxes, which consist of engaging accounts of real-world research experiences from academics, practitioners and students. Examples include measuring the impact of development programmes on Chinese rural communities, and qualitative data being used to measure the experiences of UK taxi drivers. Each contributor has also given a practical 'top tip' for doing research successfully.The book is complemented by a FREE Interactive eBook and online resources including PowerPoint slides, datasets, multiple-choice questions, e-flashcards and links to additional online material.Suitable reading for any student carrying out a research project, dissertation or thesis in business and management.*Interactivity only available through the eBook included as part of paperback product (ISBN 9781526446954). Access not guaranteed on second-hand copies (as access code may have previously been redeemed).
Research Handbook on Innovation in International Business
by
Expansive and engaging, the Research Handbook on Innovation in International Businesstakes a deep dive into technological, organisational, firm, and industry-level innovation. Contributions from leading experts in international business cover large multinational firms to SMEs and emerging markets, providing industry-specific insights into innovative solutions from across the globe. Featuring chapters exploring the organisation of innovative activities across borders, the role of alliances and networks on innovation, and the impact of the internet on internationalising SMEs and thus advancing global innovations, this incisive Research Handbook constitutes a richly-detailed study into the field. Contributors investigate innovation on a vast scale, offering a critical examination of EU regulation in facilitating or inhibiting innovation in industry, as well as delving into the current economic policies of special economic zones in Russia and China as areas for innovative solutions. Academics, researchers, and practitioners in the fields of international business and organisational innovation will find this engaging Research Handbook an invaluable resource, for its wide-ranging exploration into innovations in international business as well as its perspectives on innovation in this age of accelerated technological development.
Research Handbook on Small Business Social Responsibility
by
'This is exactly the kind of book, and collection of essays that we need.' - From the Foreword by R. Edward Freeman Ideas like corporate social responsibility (CSR) and stakeholder value creation are becoming second nature to businesses across the globe. Addressing the weakness of current CSR research, this Research Handbookprovides a unique perspective on small business social responsibility in both the developed and developing world. Bringing together leading international experts, and including a foreword by R. Edward Freeman, this Research Handbookdefines and contextualizes CSR in small businesses across the globe. It explores issues surrounding supply chains, responsible finance, and social enterprise, offering both practitioner insights and succinct case studies to go beyond the usual Western perspective and enable a globally relevant understanding of small business social responsibility. This Research Handbookwill be an invaluable tool for researchers and educators, as well as for students of business and CSR, social enterprise, development and management. Contributors:A. Al Faruq, C. Ball, M. Beckmann, E. Benjamin, R.K. Blundel, G. Buchenrieder, D. Dore, R.E. Freeman, J.G. Frynas, R. Gapp, M. Gulati, M. Handley-Schachler, B. Hatipoglu, N. Hermes, P. Hind, D. Holt, S. Jeppesen, R. Lensink, D. Littlewood, P. Lund-Thomsen, F. Lyon, E. Maduekwe, A. Meesters, J.N. Muthuri, J. Navare, I. Patsch, M. Punt, S. Sahasranamam, R. Sanwal, A. Schaefer, A. Smit, V. Soundararajan, L.J. Spence, H. Stewart, S. Suresh, A.N. Tran, D. Vazquez-Brust, A.I. Wahga, A. Zeyen
Research methods for business : a skill-building approach
by
Research Methods for Business: A Skill-Building Approach is a concise and straightforward introduction for students to the world of business research. The skill-building approach provides students with practical perspectives on how research can be applied in real business situations. Maintaining Uma Sekaran' s popular and accessible style of writing, Roger Bougie draws upon his extensive experience in the field to present an up-to-date guide on business research which is ideal for aspiring managers. The seventh edition has been fully revised and updated to include cutting-edge examples and enriched pedagogical features designed to improve student learning outcomes. There is now an increased emphasis on the relationship between the scientific and the pragmatic approaches to research, while the key concepts are explored and applied to real-life research throughout the book.
Strategic human resource management : a research overview
by
Research in the domain of Strategic Human Resource Management (SHRM) has burgeoned over the past thirty years. Over this time there was a shift towards a strategic conception which posited workers as 'assets' rather than 'costs'. These 'human resources' were reconceptualised as a key source of competitive advantage. Hence, these assets were to be treated seriously: selected with care, trained and developed, and above all, induced to offer commitment. The concept of 'human capital' came to the fore and during these three decades research output has been voluminous. Meanwhile, other trends vie with the SHRM model: precarious employment, zero-hour contracts, sub-contracting and outsourcing and other competing ways of arranging work. Finding a pathway through this minefield is challenging. Strategic Human Resource Management: A Research Overview, authored by three global research leaders, provides an expert summary and guide. This new shortform book develops the argument that a crucial element of organizational performance is the way work is organized in skill and talent packages both domestically and across global competency clusters. This succinct guide focuses on current and emergent challenges. The 'package' of HR approaches has changed over time. This new volume pays special regard to the HR implications which arise from radically altering contexts - economic, social and technological. This concise volume covers themes of vital interest and is essential reading for business scholars and professionals.
Unravelling the Mysteries of Case Study Research
by
Accessible, current and in-depth, this textbook provides investigative insights into the steps involved in the case study research process. It is an essential resource for both graduate students wanting a novel, yet comprehensive guide to case study research, and for undergraduate students tasked with projects in business and management. Unravelling the Mysteries of Case Study Researchhelps students to develop a deeper understanding of cases within their contexts by presenting them from the perspective of the individuals involved. The authors discuss the stages of case study research including the role of personal motivation, objectives, research design, data collection and analysis as elements of the investigation. Key features: Demonstrates best practices for research with examples from expert case researchers Provides questions to form and guide the individual's research plans Reviews current and classic practices in case study research from North American and European perspectives Helps to identify what a case is Discusses motivation, purpose and unit of analysis issues Explains the design of a project, identification of sites, data and information Encourages analysis, curiosity, and creativity in case research.
In this course, you will analyze business problems and use scientific research as a problem solving tool. You will learn and apply the appropriate research design, research statistics, and the use of computer to analyze data. From the analyze data, you will interpret findings and draw new insights to solve business problems.
Adapting to environmental challenges : new research in strategy and international business
by
The global business environment is as turbulent as ever and organizations must adapt to the changing conditions to survive and persevere. Adapting To Environmental Challenges: New Research In Strategy And International Businessprovides new promising insights on the effects of middle management involvement in adaptive strategy-making processes and applications of interactive control systems in the pursuit of more durable corporate outcomes. The empirical evidence suggests that responsible corporate behaviour drives higher market-valuations of firms and the application of green technologies is associated with more sustainable performance outcomes. For international organizations that operate across a multiplicity of cultural contexts, the ability to manage responsible corporate behavior must be interpreted in the local contexts and not only in a headquarter context, which is the norm. Hence, multinational managers must appreciate and understand the cultural differences to disentangle the managerial challenges in dynamic global markets where resource-poor firms can forge their international market positions by offering advantageous value-to-price trade-offs induced by supportive cultural values. Adapting To Environmental Challenges: New Research In Strategy And International Businessprovide new relevant perspectives and insights to understand strategic adaptation in international business contexts based on corporate responsible behavior and cultural sensitivity as the ingredients for agile operations and a resilient multinational organization.
Business models : a research overview
by
The growing body of research on business models draws upon a range of sub-disciplines, including strategic management, entrepreneurship, organization studies and management accounting. Business Models: A Research Overview provides a research map for business scholars, incorporating theoretical and applied perspectives. It develops the field of business model research by offering a critique of the field as it has developed to date and provides a guide for future research and theorization. The research performed as a basis for this book improves and extends prior subjective and less-documented work by using a scientific approach to identifying impactful research. The book argues that business model research is a mature field and that future research should focus on performative and ecosystem-based contributions, with the timely identification of four distinct stages of business model research. The study here provokes a new set of research questions, which are addressed in the concluding passages of Chapters 5-8, as a point of departure for those researching business models. This book is essential primary reading for scholars and practitioners of business models who are looking to seek out new knowledge and build new perspectives.
Business report guides : research reports and business plans
by
This book offers tactics for creating business plans as well as research reports. Readers will find guides for planning research projects; writing proposals; identifying major findings; drawing conclusions; and using them to recommend appropriate actions--along with citing sources, numbering pages, and displaying visuals. The book examines business plans--why entrepreneurs need them, the objectives and contents of business plans, and how-to guides for each part. Business Report Guides can be your go-to source for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can gain information for immediate use. Keep it handy and refer to it often when reporting research or when planning a new business or altering an existing one.
Business research methods
by
"Business Research Methods, 2e, provides students with the knowledge, understanding and necessary skills to conduct business research. The reader is taken step-by-step through a range of contemporary research methods, while numerous worked examples and real-life case studies enable students to relate with the context and thus grasp concepts effectively. Keeping in mind the developments in the subject area and necessary feedback from the users of this book, the latest edition has been extensively revised to include the necessary updates. The revision has been carried out in three ways: (i) by adding a few topics in existing chapters, (ii) by restructuring chapters pertaining to multivariate techniques, and (iii) by including a new chapter - Chapter 20: Confirmatory Factor Analysis, Structural Equation Modelling and Path Analysis."
Business research reporting
by
Business Research Reporting addresses the essential activities of locating, collecting, evaluating, analyzing, interpreting, and reporting business data. It highlights the value of primary and secondary research to making business decisions and solving business problems. It aims to help business managers, MBA candidates, and upper-level college students boost their research skills and report research with confidence. This book discusses primary data collection, sampling concepts, and the use of measurement and scales in preparing instruments. Also, this book explores statistical and non-statistical analysis of qualitative and quantitative data and data interpretation (findings, conclusions, and recommendations). The author shows how to locate, evaluate, and extract secondary data found on the web and in brick-and-mortar libraries, including optimized searching, evaluating, and recording. Plus, the book demonstrates how to avoid copyright infringement and plagiarism, use online citation software, and cite sources when writing and presenting. Two glossaries-one each for primary and secondary research-round out the content. Business Research Reporting can be your go-to guidebook for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can pick up ample information to apply instantly. Then keep it handy and refer to it in your ongoing research activities.
Conducting Action Research for Business and Management Students
by
In Conducting Action Research, Coghlan and Shani explain how action research differs from more detached research methods and provides expert guidance on how to engage effectively with it, helping the reader to complete both a successful research project and produce findings that are useful in an organizational context. Ideal for Business and Management students reading for a Master's degree, each book in the series may also serve as reference books for doctoral students and faculty members interested in the method. Part of SAGE′s Mastering Business Research Methods, conceived and edited by Bill Lee, Mark N. K. Saunders and Vadake K. Narayanan and designed to support researchers by providing in-depth and practical guidance on using a chosen method of data collection or analysis.
Conducting Research Interviews for Business and Management Students
by
In Conducting Research Interviews, Catherine Cassell guides you through conceptualizing the interview, preparing for the research interview, conducting the interview, examples, conclusions and next steps. Ideal for Business and Management students reading for a Master's degree, each book in the series may also serve as reference books for doctoral students and faculty members interested in the method. Part of SAGE's Mastering Business Research Methods Series, conceived and edited by Bill Lee, Mark N. K. Saunders and Vadake K. Narayanan and designed to support researchers by providing in-depth and practical guidance on using a chosen method of data collection or analysis.
Contemporary Research on Business and Management
by
This book contains selected papers presented at the 4th International Seminar of Contemporary Research on Business and Management (ISCRBM 2020), which was organized by the Alliance of Indonesian Master of Management Program (APMMI) and held in Surubaya, Indonesia, 25-27 November 2020. It was hosted by the Master of Management Program Indonesia University and co-hosts Airlangga University, Sriwijaya University, Trunojoyo University of Madura, and Telkom University, and supported by Telkom Indonesia and Triputra. The seminar aimed to provide a forum for leading scholars, academics, researchers, and practitioners in business and management area to reflect on current issues, challenges and opportunities, and to share the latest innovative research and best practice. This seminar brought together participants to exchange ideas on the future development of management disciplines: human resources, marketing, operations, finance, strategic management and entrepreneurship.
Designing and Managing a Research Project
by
Designing and Managing a Research Project: A Business Student's Guideis a practical, step-by-step guide that shows business students how to successfully conduct a research project, from choosing the topic to presenting the results. The authors have applied their many years of experience in supervising student projects to provide examples of actual research problems and to offer practical solutions. The inclusion of topics such as supervision, group work and ethics, and both qualitative and quantitative data analysis, along with examples from real student research provide a unique perspective.The new FourthEdition includes broader types of student project examples, such as an Economics thesis, additional international business cases, increased coverage of Questionnaire Design and Institutional Review Boards, and an integrated case throughout the book on "High Performance Shoes" with supporting materials and data.
Designing research questionnaires : for business and management students
by
"Part of SAGE's Mastering Business Research Methods Series, conceived and edited by Bill Lee, Mark N.K. Saunders and Vadake K. Narayanan and designed to support researchers by providing in-depth and practical guidance on using a chosen method of data collection or analysis. In Designing Research Questionnaires, Yuksel Ekinci guides you through origins, types of questionnaire, basic components, types of questions and properties of measurement scales, how to design a questionnaire, sequence of questions, layout decisions and pilot testing, examples and strengths and limitations. Ideal for Business and Management students reading for a Master's degree, each book in the series may also serve as reference books for doctoral students and faculty members interested in the method."--Publisher's description
Doing your business research project
by
Taking the fear out of writing your business project, this book helps you understand and carry out each step of the research process. With detailed, friendly and engaging support it takes you from the very beginning to the very end.
e-Science : open, social and virtual technology for research collaboration
by
This open access book shows the breadth and various facets of e-Science, while also illustrating their shared core. Changes in scientific work are driven by the shift to grid-based worlds, the use of information and communication systems, and the existential infrastructure, which includes global collaboration. In this context, the book addresses emerging issues such as open access, collaboration and virtual communities and highlights the diverse range of developments associated with e-Science. As such, it will be of interest to researchers and scholars in the fields of information technology and knowledge management.
Essentials of business research methods
by
"Essentials of Business Research Methods provides an accessible and comprehensive introduction to research methods and analytical techniques for business students. The authors offer a straightforward, hands-on approach to the vital managerial process of gathering and using data to make relevant and timely business decisions. Covering both qualitative and quantitative analysis, the book explores critical topics, including ethics in business research, privacy matters, data analytics, customer relationship management, how to conduct information-gathering activities more effectively in a rapidly changing business environment, and more. This fifth edition has been fully updated throughout, covering emerging technologies such as machine learning and blockchain technology, as well as expanded coverage of secondary data, using examples from around the world. A realistic continuing case used throughout the book, applied research examples and ethical dilemma mini cases, enable upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students to see how business research information is used in the real world. This comprehensive textbook is supported by a range of online resources, including an instructor's manual, PowerPoint slides, and a test bank"-- Provided by publisher.
The Essentials of Business Research Methods
by
Increasingly, managers must make decisions based on almost unlimited information. How can they navigate and organize this vast amount of data? Essentials of Business Research Methods provides research techniques for people who aren't data analysts. The authors offer a straightforward, hands-on approach to the vital managerial process of gathering and using data to make clear business decisions. They include critical topics, such as the increasing role of online research, ethical issues, data mining, customer relationship management, and how to conduct information-gathering activities more effectively in a rapidly changing business environment. This is the only text that includes a chapter on qualitative data analysis, and the coverage of quantitative data analysis is more extensive, and much easier to understand than in other texts. The book features a realistic continuing case throughout that enables students to see how business research information is used in the real world. It includes applied research examples in all chapters, as well as ethical dilemma mini cases, and exercises.
International and Cross-Cultural Business Research
by
Successfully combining cross-cultural management and business research methods, this team of international authors provide much-needed coverage of the implications that should be considered when undertaking research across different cultures. Through the implementation of methodological pluralism, the book investigates the various cultural influences that affect business theories and practices across the world, particularly the specific management styles, behavioural standards and consumer attitudes that exist in developing nations. Examples and theoretical understanding as well as vignettes, diagrams and figures are used to illustrate these key considerations, including: Language and the role of the dominant culture Design and implementation Methodological issues Strategies for improving its relevance within international business. Ideal for students, researchers and practitioners looking to do business research in an international or cross-cultural context.
Journal Rankings and the Notion of Relevance Within Business Research
by
Imagine two very different situations. One situation where research aims at mirroring practices as it is; and another situation where research is aiming at doing research for its own sake. How would research be in those situations? And what would the contribution to society and business look like?Research must include analytical, critical and creative thinking and this should be another essential benchmark of valid research. Analytical thinking or analysis is about consistency, coherence and application of rigorous methods. Yet it is important to keep in mind that mainstream research is quite reductionist and asks for increasingly "rigorous" methods.This ebook contains seven papers that do address various aspects of conducting research with practical relevance and through this raises the impact for business and society.
Mergers and Acquisitions
by
The process of identifying and evaluating a target firm, completing a deal after its negotiation and announcement, and then integrating a target firm after legal combination is a multi-year process with uncertain returns to acquiring firms. Research on mergers and acquisitions (M&As) is progressing rapidly yet it remains fragmented across multiple research perspectives that largely examine different acquisition phases separately and coincide with a focus on different research variables. As a result, research fragmentation means that a researcher in one area may be unaware of research from related areas that is likely relevant. This contributes to research silos with M&A research displaying different traditions, starting points, and assumptions. Mergers and Acquisitions: A Research Overview summarizes the frontier in M&A research and provides insights into where it can be expanded. It undertakes the needed integration and reconciliation of research in order to derive practical knowledge for managing acquisitions from beginning to end, providing a summary of what is known and its implications for future research. This concise overview reconciles and integrates the state of the art in our understanding of mergers and acquisitions, providing an essential first stopping point in the research journey of students and scholars working in this area.
Qualitative Research in Business : a Practical Overview
by
Researching and analysing business : research methods in practice
by
"Researching and Analysing Business: Research Methods in Practice provides an accessible and practical guide to various data collection and data analysis techniques within management, from both quantitative and qualitative perspectives. This key resource functions as a comprehensive reference tool - covering a broad variety of methodologies - examining both the theory behind them and their application in practice. These include systematic literature review through bibliometric and meta-analysis, secondary vs primary sources, qualitative research vs quantitative research, combining qualitative and quantitative methods, qualitative and quantitative research method approaches, fsQCA, data mining, and sentiment analysis. Chapters are rich in examples, data sets, practical exercises, easy-to-follow slides, and a glossary, which help readers to understand and apply research approaches as well as to assess the strengths and weaknesses of each method. Unique in its practical approach and with insights from active researchers, this book is required and recommended reading for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students studying research methods as a core module within business and management courses. It is also a useful tool for PhD students and academics within the discipline. Online support materials include PowerPoint slides"-- Provided by publisher.
Research journeys to net zero : current and future leaders
by
"This book provides useful insight into how academics from diverse disciplinary backgrounds such as science, engineering, technology, social science, policy, design, architecture, built environment, business, and management, have been conducting research into how to realise net zero emissions to address climate change. This book explores the ways in which countries around the world have pledged to achieve net zero emissions through decarbonisation processes. It presents the highest calibre research and impact activities carried out in the UK, Europe, North America, Australia, Asia, and Africa. Such activities include conceptualisation, opportunity identification, specific case studies, demonstration of proof of concepts, provision of evidence, education of the general public, and knowledge transfer to companies. Further to this, the chapters also bring to light personal career journeys to net zero by current and future international research leaders. From this book, readers will gain a full understanding of net zero research via multiple disciplinary pathways, be inspired by personal accounts, and will learn key methodologies, including quantitative and qualitative approaches. The diversity of authors and topics make the book widely applicable to a range of fields, and it will be of great interest to researchers, students, practitioners, and decision makers working towards the goals of net zero and decarbonisation"-- Provided by publisher.
Research methods for business & management : a guide to writing your dissertation
by
This updated and revised edition offers a comprehensive overview of key research methods and the main choices available when undertaking research in business and management. New to this edition is a comprehensive, practical guide on how to write your dissertation - invaluable to all. It is a clear, concise and practical guide containing wealth of outstanding examples for each method covered.Central to this edition is the 'methods map' (chapter 4), which sets out a logical process for researchers to articulate their position in relation to five key aspects of their research philosophy. In addition, the editors have developed a free app to accompany the book and this enables novice researchers to quickly develop a comprehensive justification of their particular research design in an interactive way. Taking you through the entire life cycle of a dissertation, the text covers everything from the purposes of research through to chapters on gathering primary and secondary data; using literature; quantitative and qualitative research; managing your research; using data and research ethics. Individual chapters are allied to a powerful critical commentary showing how some of the world's leading scholars have used particular methods in their own research. Carefully constructed to achieve the greatest clarity for the student the text gives the reader: * In-text exercises * End of chapter' review questions with solutions* Exemplar papers identified and discussed for each of the main methods *Directed further reading for developing understanding in key areas It is an essential learning aid for upper level undergraduates and postgraduates across a wide range of business and management courses and it comes with a range of supported learning materials including tutorials, lecture slides and tutor notes.Kevin O'Gorman is Professor of Management and Business History and Head of Business Management in the School of Languages and Management in Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh. He trained in Glasgow, Salamanca and Rome as a philosopher, theologian and historian. His research interests have a dual focus: Origins, history and cultural practices of hospitality, and philosophical, ethical and cultural underpinnings of contemporary management practices. Using a wide range of methodological approaches he has published over 80 journal articles, books, chapters, and conference papers in business and management studies.Robert MacIntosh is Professor of Strategy and Head of the School of Management and Languages at Heriot-Watt University. He trained as an engineer and has worked at the Universities of Glasgow and Strathclyde. His research on the ways in which top teams develop strategy and on organizational change has been published in a wide range of outlets. He has a long-standing interest in research methods for business and management studies and has published on the relevance of management research using methods that include ethnography and action research. He has consulted extensively with public and private sector organizations and sits on the board of the charity Turning Point Scotland.
Research methods in international business
by
Showcasing methodological rigour and state-of-the-art methods as hallmarks of modern international business (IB) research, this book offers a collection of the most relevant and highly cited research methods articles from the Journal of International Business Studies (JIBS). Each piece is accompanied by a new Commentary written by experts in the field; some also include Further Reflections by the original authors. Encompassing both qualitative and quantitative approaches, this comprehensive volume explores research design, testing and reporting, as well as specific methodological issues such as endogeneity, common method variance, and theorising from case studies. With recommendations for best practices relating to interaction effects, hypothesis testing, and replicability, this book is a unique and up-to-date reference source on the latest research methods and practices in international business. The book will also be essential reading for those studying any sub-discipline of IB research, including international economics, entrepreneurship, finance, management and marketing.
The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Business and Management Research Methods
by
The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Business and Management Research Methods provides a state-of-the art overview of qualitative research methods in the business and management field. Bringing together a team of leading international researchers, the chapters offer a comprehensive overview of the history and traditions that underpin qualitative research in the field. The chapters in this volume have been arranged into four thematic parts: Part One explores the #strongstrong#nfluential traditions underpinning qualitative research, such as positivism, interpretivism, pragmatism, constructionism and beyond. Part Two looks at research designs, covering ethnography, field research, action research, case studies, process and practice methodologies. Part Three focusses on the researcher: examining issues such as positionality, reflexivity, ethics, gender and intersectionality. Part Four examines challenges relating to research design, access and departure, choosing participants and more.
Benildean-Lasallian Spirituality in the Workplace
This course will introduce you to the Benildean-Lasallian philosophy, work ethics, and management style. You will be exposed to some transformative experiences which could help you become true Benildean-Lasallian professionals who integrate Gospel perspectives and values into the conduct of your daily lives.
Animo La Salle 2011 : living the Lasallian spirit in the Philippines today
by
Big in God's eyes : life of Saint Benilde
by
Brother Benilde Romançon, FSC : the teacher saint
by
Frère : De La Salle : patron saint of teachers
by
A graphic novel adaptation of the animated film on the life and legacy of St. John Baptist De La Salle.
Lasallian pathfinders : of ordinary men and less ordinary leadership
by
Lasallian Pathfinders: Of Ordinary Men and Less Ordinary Leadership is a collection of lectures on leadership, the second in The Fullerton-SJI Leadership Lecture Series. These talks were delivered by influential frontrunners in various industries with the intention of inspiring Singaporeans. These prominent individuals from the Lasallian family include alumni of St Joseph's Institution such as Singapore President Tony Tan; leading jazz musician Jeremy Monteiro; KF Seetoh, founder of Makansutra; and Brother Armin Luistro, Secretary of the Department of Education of the Philippines.The speeches contain a wealth of interesting personal anecdotes, and readers interested in the diverse aspects of leadership, entrepreneurship, and management will be able to gain much from this volume.
Reflections for Lasallians : living in a spirit of faith, acting in a spirit of zeal
by
The work is yours : the life of Saint John Baptist de La Salle
by
Benildean-Lasallian Spirituality in the Workplace
This course will introduce you to the Benildean-Lasallian philosophy, work ethics, and management style. You will be exposed to some transformative experiences which could help you become true Benildean-Lasallian professionals who integrate Gospel perspectives and values into the conduct of your daily lives.
This course will enable you to have an overview on digital and mobile marketing. The coverage of this course will be based on all major digital platforms including mobile, social media and search engines. You will explore on the effectiveness an the ways of different online vehicles such as emailing, mobile texting, youtube, linkedin, facebook, twitter, paid and organic search, and many more new available online venues. A fundamental financial goal will revolve around how shareholder value would be increased through digital and mobile media.
A Beginner's Guide to Mobile Marketing
by
This book is written at a more macro level to engage students and professors and to show them how mobile is integrated into an overall marketing communications strategy. It provides a look at mobile strategy and it emphasizes the mobile ecosystem and career opportunities in the mobile marketing industry. Each chapter will guide the student through the steps of creating a mobile marketing strategy so that they end up with a final mobile marketing plan. This book is intended for a broad audience including students and professors in undergraduate and graduate business schools, and practicing business executives. The goal is to inform management practice and help current and future business leaders navigate through the competitive storms unleashed by technological change
Business hack : the wealth dragon way to build a successful business in the digital age
by
Master the online tools available to grow your business and conquer the competition Business Hack is your essential roadmap to business growth and online marketing success. Author and successful entrepreneur John Lee shares his proven methods to harness the power of online tools, including using social media--offering practical steps to create and implement highly effective cyber-marketing campaigns. Thanks to the digital revolution, you no longer need teams of marketing experts and other expensive overheads to build and promote your business. This unique and valuable resource covers everything you need to consider when building your marketing strategy, from established principles of sales to cutting-edge digital techniques. In today's dynamic business environment, strong and ongoing engagement in social media marketing is no longer an option-it is a necessity. From local craft-based businesses to new tech start-ups and even global multinational corporations, effective cyber-marketing can be instrumental in determining success. A comprehensive digital strategy enables you to compete across all platforms and maintain viability and relevance in the face of intense competition. Following the proven techniques in this essential guide allows you to: Implement powerful social media marketing campaigns to increase revenue and rise above the competition Integrate traditional sales and advertising methods with modern technology to create a comprehensive business marketing strategy Identify future trends to stay ahead of the technology curve and capitalize on new opportunities. Learn the skills used by successful entrepreneurs and respected experts in online marketing The Internet and rise of digital media have changed the rules of business and marketing. It is now possible for small and new businesses to compete and thrive in the global marketplace through intelligent use of digital and social media marketing. Business Hack provides the tools and knowledge necessary to succeed in the 21st century.
Business Skills All-In-One for Dummies
by
Find workplace success There are some things that will never go out of style, and good business skills are one of them. With the help of this informative book, you'll learn how to wear multiple hats in the workplace no matter what comes your way--without ever breaking a sweat. Compiled from eight of the best Dummies books on business skills topics, Business Skills All-in-One For Dummies offers everything you need to hone your abilities and translate them into a bigger paycheck. Whether you're tasked with marketing or accounting responsibilities--or anything in between--this all-encompassing reference makes it easier than ever to tackle your job with confidence. Manage a successful operation Write more effectively Work on the go with Microsoft Office 365 Deal with marketing, accounting, and projects with ease If you've ever dreamed about being able to juggle all your work responsibilities without ever dropping the ball, the book is for you.
Contemporary Issues in Social Media Marketing
by
In a short time span, social media has transformed communication, as well as the way consumers buy, live and utilize products and services. Understanding the perspectives of both consumers and marketers can help organizations to design, develop and implement better social media marketing strategies. However, academic research on social media marketing has not kept pace with the practical applications and this has led to a critical void in social media literature. This new text expertly bridges that void. Contemporary Issues in Social Media provides the most cutting edge findings in social media marketing, through original chapters from a range of the world's leading specialists in the area. Topics include: * The consumer journey in a social media world * Social media and customer relationship management (CRM) * Social media marketing goals and objectives * Social media and recruitment * Microblogging strategy And many more. The book is ideal for students of social media marketing, social media marketing professionals, researchers and academicians who are interested in knowing more about social media marketing. The book will also become a reference resource for those organizations which want to use social media marketing for their brands.
Crushing it! : how great entrepreneurs build their business and influence--and how you can, too
by
Four-time New York Times bestselling author Gary Vaynerchuk offers new lessons and inspiration drawn from the experiences of dozens of influencers and entrepreneurs who rejected the predictable corporate path in favor of pursuing their dreams by building thriving businesses and extraordinary personal brands. In his 2009 international bestseller Crush It, Gary insisted that a vibrant personal brand was crucial to entrepreneurial success, In Crushing It!, Gary explains why that's even more true today, offering his unique perspective on what has changed and what principles remain timeless. He also shares stories from other entrepreneurs who have grown wealthier--and not just financially--than they ever imagined possible by following Crush It principles. The secret to their success (and Gary's) has everything to do with their understanding of the social media platforms, and their willingness to do whatever it took to make these tools work to their utmost potential. That's what Crushing It! teaches readers to do. In this lively, practical, and inspiring book, Gary dissects every current major social media platform so that anyone, from a plumber to a professional ice skater, will know exactly how to amplify his or her personal brand on each. He offers both theoretical and tactical advice on how to become the biggest thing on old standbys like Twitter, Facebook, YouTube, Instagram, Pinterest, and Snapchat; podcast platforms like Spotify, Soundcloud, iHeartRadio, and iTunes; and other emerging platforms such as Musical.ly. For those with more experience, Crushing It! illuminates some little-known nuances and provides innovative tips and clever tweaks proven to enhance more common tried-and-true strategies. Crushing It! is a state-of-the-art guide to building your own path to professional and financial success, but it's not about getting rich. It's a blueprint to living life on your own terms.
Digital Analytics for Marketing
by
This comprehensive book provides students with a "grand tour" of the tools needed to measure digital activity and implement best practices for using data to inform marketing strategy. It is the first text of its kind to introduce students to analytics platforms from a practical marketing perspective. Demonstrating how to integrate large amounts of data from web, digital, social, and search platforms, this helpful guide offers actionable insights into data analysis, explaining how to "connect the dots" and "humanize" information to make effective marketing decisions. The author covers timely topics, such as social media, web analytics, marketing analytics challenges, and dashboards, helping students to make sense of business measurement challenges, extract insights, and take effective actions. The book's experiential approach, combined with chapter objectives, summaries, and review questions, will engage readers, deepening learning by helping them to think outside the box. Filled with engaging, interactive exercises, and interesting insights from an industry expert, this book will appeal to students of digital marketing, online marketing, and analytics. A companion website features an instructor's manual, test bank, and PowerPoint slides.
Digital branding : a complete step-by-step guide to strategy, tactics, tools and measurement
by
Use digital branding to enhance your online identity and learn how to plan, analyze, optimize and measure the tangible results of your digital brand campaigns, with this second edition of the bestselling book by Daniel Rowles - a respected CIM fellow, course leader, and industry thought leader. Ideal for any marketer or brand strategist to enhance their online brand identity, Digital Branding provides step-by-step, practical guidance on how to build a brand online and quantify it through tangible results. Drawing together each of the core marketing avenues such as content marketing, social media, search engine optimization and web analytics, it delivers a robust framework for brand planning, identity, channel selection and measuring the effectiveness of campaigns.Featuring new high-profile case studies from Accenture, Tesco and Imperial College London, this second edition contains a complete overhaul of tools and techniques with updates on: -Social media guidelines and policy-How to tackle advancements in mobile marketing and mobile payments-Augmented and virtual realityAs well as featuring a toolkit of free and paid tools, including a valuable checklist (outlining the digital branding process from start to finish), plus measurement devices for multiple channels and purposes.
Digital Channels and Social Media Management in Luxury Markets
by
In recent years, luxury goods markets have faced significant changes that have influenced both the dynamics of the competition, as well as their strategies. The principal changes include the following: new geographical market development, such as in the Far East, India, and some parts of Africa (these countries are added to a list of already relevant countries that are involved in luxury goods consumption, such as the Emirates, Russia, and South America); diffusion of new media and new technologies in communication, which is characterized by a high degree of interaction; the evolution of distribution channels is underway - these channels are moving towards new forms of integration that utilize both physical digital channels. This has forced firms to revise their strategies and implement multichannel marketing strategies to continue to operate in increasingly international markets that are characterized by increasingly more demanding and informed consumers. This book will enable readers to gain a clear insight into how the luxury goods market operates and amongst other things, focuses on: recent internet and social media strategies adopted by luxury companies and their brands; how luxury companies manage their communication and distribution channels to compete in the market and the impact of digital marketing on their competition; the main models of direct and indirect distribution in the digital channels; how consumers react to multichannel strategies; trends, social commerce and CSR and how luxury companies react; identifying the different social media strategies for luxury companies.
Digital Marketing
by
Digital marketing uses online platforms like email, social media, and mobile marketing to promote and sell products or services to potential customers. This text is an informative guide for anyone looking to expand their knowledge of online marketing. The book covers topics such as social media, email marketing, content marketing, SEO, and more. With practical advice and real-life case studies, readers can apply the strategies outlined in the book to their own digital marketing campaigns. Whether you're a beginner or an experienced marketer, this book offers insights and tips that can help you succeed in the digital space.
Digital marketing : a practical approach
by
As in the previous editions of this book, whilst strategic issues are included where appropriate, by concentrating on the operational and functional aspects of this dynamic subject, Digital Marketing: A Practical Approach provides a step-by-step guide to implementing the key aspects of online marketing. Similarly, although primarily aimed at an academic market, the practical - rather than purely theoretical - nature of the book means that it will be equally useful in both training and self-learning scenarios. After reading this book - and completing the exercises within it - the reader will be equipped to undertake any digital marketing role within a variety of organizations. The practical case-study exercises - based on theory and recognized good practice - will ensure that readers will be able to analyse situations within the work place, identify the most appropriate course of action and implement the strategies and tactics that will help the organization meet its online objectives. A key aspect to this digital marketing book is the use of a number of bespoke case studies that are designed to make clear how the impact of each online application varies between organizations and markets. For each section of every chapter there is a case study question that is pertinent to that subject - though readers are welcome to switch case studies for each question if they so wish, or even substitute their own organization. This makes the book an excellent text for work-based learning programmes such as Degree Apprenticeships. As the subject has evolved in recent years, so too has the structure of the third edition of this book. The book is now in two distinct parts. Part I considers the environment in which digital marketing is practised, digital buyer behaviour and has a chapter that includes sections covering strategic digital issues such as content marketing, attribution, influencers and digital marketing objectives. Part II replicates the successful structure of the first two editions of the book by having chapters devoted to the key elements of operational digital marketing. Essential updates made necessary by both technology and consumer behaviour are made to all elements, but specifically to programmatic advertising and marketing on social media. There is also the addition of a chapter devoted to e-metrics and online analytics. Online support and subject updates that both complement and enhance each chapter's content can be found on the author's website at AlanCharlesworth.com/DigitalMarketing.
Digital marketing : communicating, selling and connecting
by
Digital Marketing: Communicating, Selling and Connectingis an invaluable and vital tool for students seeking a comprehensive introduction to the subject of digital marketing. Written by a leading expert in the field, it is an unparalleled resource for students in marketing, as well as an accessible supplementary text for business and management students. Covering digital marketing's background and development, its practical challenges and unique benefits, and its operational foundations, this textbook introduces both technological and marketing concepts. It culminates with discussion of the future of digital marketing in an increasingly networked world. Key Features: In-depth introductions to the foundations and basic operating principles of digital marketing Multiple chapters covering consumer decision making online, and how digital marketing affects the consumer Chapters on service technology and visual design, for a deeper understanding of digital marketing Coverage of digital marketing in both B2B and B2C contexts Discussion of legal and ethical aspects of digital marketing Discussion questions in each chapter to promote engagement with the material and deepen student understanding. Charles Hofacker has drawn on extensive expertise to create an invaluable resource. Written for undergraduate students of marketing and digital marketing this textbook will be useful for anyone looking for an introduction to the subject.
Digital Marketing : integrating strategy and tactics with values
by
Digital Marketing: Integrating Strategy and Tactics with Values is an easy-to-understand guidebook that draws on the latest digital tactics and strategic insights to help organizations generate sustainable growth through digital integration. It provides a roadmap to adopt a digital mindset, incorporate digital trends strategically, and integrate the most effective digital tactics and tools with core values to achieve competitive advantage. Bringing the reader through its five-step Path to Digital Integration (Mindset, Model, Strategy, Implementation, and Sustainability), Digital Marketing seeks to Outline the key drivers of change and leading digital marketing trends executives need to understand and incorporate to drive business opportunity. Evaluate the digital channels and technologies management teams can leverage to execute a successful Integrated Digital Marketing strategy. This includes insight into the latest digital tactics (website, social, mobile, search, content, and email marketing; data analytics) and social tools (Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, LinkedIn, Instagram, Pinterest, and Google Plus). Discover the impact of digital transformation on the organization, from the effect of digital tactics on the customer experience (CX) to the value of integrating internal digital strategies to facilitate collaboration and innovation. Guide aspiring leaders on how to combine core values and business goals with progressive digital strategies, tactics, and tools to generate sustainable outcomes for all stakeholders. This interactive guidebook provides a truly Connected Digital Experience (CDE): the Zappar augmented reality mobile app allows the reader to activate the "Discover More" and "Play Video" icons found throughout the book, instantly connecting the reader, via their mobile device, to additional content housed on our companion website, Digital Marketing Resource Center (www.dmresourcecenter.org). "Play Video" icons incorporate point-in-time video commenting solution Vusay to enable interactive social conversations around each video. Digital Marketing is the ideal guide for aspiring leaders - executives, instructors, owners, entrepreneurs, managers, students - at all stages of digital literacy. To request access to the resources in the Digital Marketing Resources Center, please contact Ira Kaufman at ira@entwinedigital.com.
Digital marketing : strategic planning & integration
by
An unbiased approach to the latest digital marketing models, offering students and practitioners a range of tools to implement in their digital marketing planning and strategy. Covering all aspects of digital marketing planning, and the latest digital marketing models, the book aims to provide a roadmap for a digital marketing journey. As such, its structure maps against the development of a digital marketing plan. In addition to this, the content is supported by case examples from real-world organizations, and a number of features throughout the chapters: Smartphone sixty seconds features in every chapter, to evaluate influencers in relation to the topic covered. Digital tool boxes introduce professional tools (for example how Google shares its aggregate data to inform marketers about shopping insights, trends and benchmarks Ethical insights provide a reflective and challenging look at social issues and the negative sides to marketing. The book is complemented by online resources for both instructors and students, these include PowerPoint slides, an instructor's guide, exercises and activities relating to each chapter, digital marketing planning documents, digital marketing model templates, quizzes, annotated recommended video links, links to free online tools and SAGE journal article recommendations. Suitable for digital and e-marketing courses on marketing and advertising degrees as well as professional courses for anyone interested in gaining a holistic understanding of digital marketing.
Digital marketing : strategic planning & integration
by
An unbiased, balanced guide to all aspects of digital marketing, from social media, mobile and VR marketing to objectives, metrics and analytics. Covering all aspects of digital marketing planning and the latest models, the book also offers a range of tools to help implement your own digital marketing plans and strategies. The second edition has been expanded to include new discussions and research on areas including digital privacy, types of influencers, social listening and the gig economy. Key features: Supported by case examples from 28 global companies and brands including IKEA, Uber, Klarna and TikTok. A brand-new case study on Strava runs throughout the book to help you apply what you've learnt to real-world scenarios. 'Ethical Insight' boxes provide a reflective and challenging look at social issues and the negative side of marketing. 'Digital Tool' boxes introduce professional tools, such as 'Spot the Troll', Hootsuite and Padlet. The 'Smartphone Sixty Seconds' feature provides super-quick online activities using needing only your phone. Includes a new 'Journal of Note' feature in each chapter, to direct you to a key source of further reading. Worked digital marketing plan. Complimented by online resources, including PowerPoint slides, and Instructor's Manual, quizzes, recommended video links and free SAGE Journal articles. Suitable for digital and e-marketing courses at all levels, as well as professional courses for anyone interested in gaining a holistic understanding of digital marketing.
Digital Marketing All-In-One for Dummies
by
Unlock the value in online marketing A well-executed digital marketing plan is a proven component of success in business, and Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies covers everything you need to build and implement a winning plan. Whether you're a novice in the online space or an expert marketer looking to improve your digital ROI, this book has easy-to-absorb tips and insights that will turn online prospects into loyal customers. This book compresses the essential information on 8 topics, so you have all the information you need and none of what you don't. You'll learn social media marketing, marketing to millennials, account-based marketing, influencer marketing, content marketing strategies, and more! Use targeted, measurable marketing strategies to promote brands and products Increase brand awareness, customer acquisitions, and audience engagement Measure what your online traffic is worth and improve ROI on digital marketing Develop a solid digital marketing plan and put it to work for your brand From SEO and SEM to brand awareness and why you need it, Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies will help you level up your digital marketing game and avoid the common mistakes that might be holding your business back.
Digital Marketing for Dummies
by
Does your digital marketing pack a punch? Written with the marketer's best interests in mind, this friendly, down-to-earth guide shows you how to use proven digital marketing strategies and tactics to expand the reach of your brand, increase audience engagement, and acquire and monetize customers. From current best practices in SEO and SEM to the latest ways to effectively use content marketing and influencer marketing'and everything in between?Digital Marketing For Dummies helps you get the most out of all your digital marketing efforts. What worked in digital marketing just a few years ago is quickly losing relevance as electronic platforms'and the people who use them'continue to evolve. So how do you keep afloat in this fast-paced and ultra-competitive environment? Don't sweat it! Digital Marketing For Dummies takes the guesswork out of marketing in the digital age, offering the latest tips and techniques for utilizing technology to get your product or services out to the masses. Whether you're looking to craft a killer campaign from scratch or just want to beef up your social media presence, you'll find everything you need to meet your business goals'and boost your bottom line. Develop an individually tailored digital marketing campaign Offer an effective lead magnet to convert visitors Keep your audience invested in your brand, products, and services Create a return path with frequent and strategic communication with your customers If you're ready to benefit from the latest and greatest digital marketing has to offer, this no-nonsense guide sets you up for success.
Digital Marketing Management : a handbook for the current (or future) CEO
by
The book's target is the executive or middle manager who needs to understand how to incorporate digital marketing into their organization at a strategic level. The book demonstrates how to incorporate digital strategy into firm strategy, focusing on the Resource-Based view, the Value Chain and basic positioning. The book then explains how basic strategy should flow through to the basic four digital marketing technologies, search, social, email and mobile. The importance of quality customer data as the foundation for these strategies is explained. Finally, guidelines for managing the successful implementation of these marketing technologies in the organization are covered. Practical guidelines and case examples will also be provided.
EBay Business All-In-One for Dummies
by
The selling, marketing, and business tips you need to succeed eBay is the perfect place to learn the ropes of what it's like running an online business. It provides the tools, technology, and platform a would-be entrepreneur needs to launch their first successful small business. It takes some know-how, however, to get that business off the ground and grow it into a success. In eBay Business All-in-One For Dummies, Marsha Collier shares the expertise she gained as one of eBay's first Power Sellers on how to get ahead, stay ahead, and expand your business onto other platforms when it's time to grow. eBay continues to grow as it connects new individuals with items to sell with would-be buyers every day. Combining essential information covering seven key topics, this all-encompassing guide shows fledgling entrepreneurs how to sell like a pro, present and market your items, become a power seller, deal with office and legal issues, and so much more. Discover the secrets behind driving views for listings Find out how to source merchandise for resale Get advice on the back-office tasks of running a business Grow your business beyond the eBay platform If you have an eye on building a business on eBay--and beyond--this is the one-stop guide you need to succeed.
Email marketing in a digital world : the basics and beyond
by
Despite annual predictions of its demise, email marketing remains one of the most important tools for businesses and other organizations. The reason is simple. Other communication tools, including social and digital media channels, cannot duplicate or recreate the unique capabilities of email marketing. This book is for those who wish to learn more about how email marketing works, whether as students, teachers, or practitioners. The authors recap the history of email and email marketing and explain how it informs email today. They cover the fundamentals of email marketing, including types of emails, the elements of an email, email metrics, best practices for email for improving performance, list development, and the benefits of segmenting an email list. Also addressed are special topics in email strategy, including the psychology of email recipients, AB testing for optimizing email elements, integrating email with social media, and aligning email with big data sources.
The essentials of digital marketing
by
"An engaging introduction to the essentials of digital marketing; * Examines of the challenges and issues of integrating digital content, measuring performance outcomes and understanding digital analytics; * Contains international case studies to illustrate how digital marketing is being used in various industry settings. Do you know where to start with digital marketing? This user-friendly text book provides an engaging introduction to digital marketing to help you understand of the impact of digital channels on marketing operations. It introduces the essential terms, and practices of digital marketing and applies theory to explain the rationale for choosing to use a specific approach in a given context. It provides an overview of digital marketing challenges and opportunities by defining the field, explaining the structure of digital marketing management and introducing the digital marketing mix. It explains how to use digital marketing to enhance the customer experience and how to integrate digital marketing into existing channels. It also examines new digital business models including crowd sourcing and crowd funding. Finally it examines the key performance indicators of technology acceptance, customer satisfaction and customer engagement and the choice of analytics that can be used for measuring these outcomes."--Back cover.
Facebook Marketing for Dummies
by
Add Facebook to your marketing plan--and watch your sales grow With 2 billion monthly active users across the world, Facebook has evolved into a community of consumers, creating a primary resource for marketers. This presents a demand for knowledge about how to strategically plan, execute, and analyze a successful Facebook marketing campaign. Now, the trusted Facebook Marketing For Dummies has been fully updated to cover the newest tools and features important to marketers and Facebook page owners. If you're a marketer looking to effectively add Facebook to your overall marketing mix, consider this book the mecca of Facebook marketing. Inside, you'll discover the psychology of the Facebook user, establish a social media presence, increase your brand awareness, integrate Facebook marketing with other marketing strategies, learn to target a specific audience, and much more. Develop a desirable community Sell products and services Use Facebook events to drive sales Get new business tips and avoid common mistakes Whether you're a novice or a pro, you're no stranger to the power of Facebook. And this book makes Facebook marketing that much more exciting and easy!
How to Build an Online Business : australia's top digital disruptors reveal their secrets for launching and growing an online business
by
The ultimate guide to launching and growing an online business You've got a crazy idea, a hobby, a business or special expertise. You want to take it online, and you want to it be a money-making success. But what do you do next? Using a simple 5-step approach, best-selling author and digital marketing specialist Bernadette Schwerdt uncovers the inside tips and tricks that Australia's most successful online entrepreneurs use to build their multi-million dollar businesses. For those just starting out, this book will help you identify the best business idea to pursue, guide you on how to set it up and give you the strategies to grow it quickly using low-cost tools. For those with existing businesses, you'll learn how to maximise your online impact and access the little-known but powerful tools and technologies the top disruptors use to create a global presence. Featuring dozens of case studies of how Australia's most successful disruptors have done it, Bernadette reveals the underlying patterns common to all successful online businesses - what they did right, what they did wrong, what they would do differently and the short cuts to building an online business that only the successful know. You'll learn how to: Develop the entrepreneurial mindset needed to turn your passion, hobby or expertise into an online business Access free tools and technologies to help you build and test your online idea (before launching) to ensure a viable market exists Create a minimum viable product (MVP) that attracts attention and generates instant income Source web developers, designers and other important suppliers for a fraction of the usual cost Write, pitch, persuade and present like a professional to attract investors, customers and high-quality strategic partners Understand the basics of the Internet of Things, virtual reality, augmented reality and artificial intelligence and use these technologies to help your business create a point of difference Work from home and set up your online business in just a few hours a week Whether you are starting an online business or building on an existing one, How to Build an Online Business is your complete, how-to guide for making it a success.
Instagram for Business for Dummies
by
Leverage the power of Instagram to promote your brand Instagram is the photo- and video-sharing app used by millions across the globe. More than just a social platform for users to share their experiences with family and friends, it's become a vital tool for business owners and marketers to create visual narratives about what makes them, and their products, different from everything else that's out there. Instagram For Business For Dummies shows you how to use the app to connect with your audience in a meaningful way as you showcase your products and offer a unique insider's view of your brand. Perfect for Instagram newbies or those who want to spruce up an existing account, this book helps you set up a powerful business profile, compose successful posts, and tell your story to the world. Install the app, set up your account, and track analytics Upload your photos and videos, and expand your reach with hashtags Use Instagram Stories and live video Create paid ads to reach your target audience Instagram For Business For Dummies will help you learn to use Instagram to connect with users in a fresh and relevant way--and instantly get ahead of the competition.
Integrated marketing communication : advertising and promotion in a digital world
by
This book is an up-to-date resource that shows students how to achieve their marketing objectives through a campaign that coordinates marketing, advertising, and promotion. It provides essential information about planning, implementing, and assessing a comprehensive marketing plan to help students appreciate integrated marketing communications as a business strategy. The author describes the processes and considerations needed to appeal to consumers, identifying how geographic segmentation, timing, competitive environments, and cost contribute to planning. He considers the integration of digital technology, such as social media platforms and mobile apps, and how these can be used for advertising, sales promotion, and public relations. The book's concise, easy to read explanation of marketing components and their interconnected relationships is solidified by a series of visual summaries as well as examples and useful demonstrations. Students are given the opportunity to prepare their own integrated marketing communication plan based on consumer, product, and market research along with original creative materials and media spreadsheets. Students of marketing communication, advertising and promotion, and digital marketing will love this book's abbreviated, but thorough format. An interactive companion website rounds out a stellar set of features that encourage quick understanding, participation, and utilization of IMC concepts.
M : marketing
by
"M: Marketing, 8e emphasize how marketing has evolved into its present-day, integral business function of creating value. It also focus on how firms maintain value and rely on value for establishing lasting relationships with their customers"--
Marketing and Globalization
by
This concise text focuses squarely on the issues facing marketers in an increasingly global world. It identifies several trends, linking them together, and positioning them as marketing practices that companies implement as a way of responding to the major consequences of globalization. The book also includes case studies to illustrate new practices and allow students to discuss issues of market selection, entry modes, segmentation, targeting, and positioning, as well as product, price, distribution, promotion, and corporate communication policies in a globalized world. Durand¿s unique approach moves beyond marketing management and strategy issues and provides students with the broader context to understand the marketing practices they¿ll use in the real world. This book will prove to be an essential resource for any student of marketing and international business working to stay ahead in an increasingly competitive and global industry.
Marketing for Competitiveness
by
Asia is the most populated geographical region, with 50% of the world's inhabitants living there. Coupled that with the impressive economic growth rates in many Asian countries, the region provides a very attractive and lucrative market for many businesses, big and small and from all industries. In addition, Asia is also a dynamic market that significantly grows with developments in technology and digitalization. For example, a research by Google and Temasek shows that Southeast Asia is the world's fastest growing internet region. The internet economy in Southeast Asia is expected to grow by 6.5 times from US$31 billion in 2015 to US$197 billion in 2025.All these make it critical for marketers, whether domestic, regional or global, to stay in touch if not ahead, in their understanding of what is happening in Asia from a marketing perspective and what Asia has to offer to the world.One phenomenon happening in the Asian market and which marketers should pay utmost attention to, is the rapidly unfolding digital revolution that has fundamentally transformed not just the extent but also the nature of competition. What makes it even more challenging and complicating is also how such a revolution impacts on consumer and business buying behavior.Disruptive technologies supported by this digital revolution have brought in new competitors and enabled existing competitors to surpass the conventional boundaries which we may be quite familiar with. Asian consumers have become more educated and connected and have embraced newer ways of selecting, buying and using products and services. In this book, the Father of Modern Marketing, Professor Philip Kotler has collaborated with two marketing experts from Asia, Hermawan Kartajaya from Indonesia and Hooi Den Huan from Singapore to publish a book on Marketing for Competitiveness: Asia to the World -- In the Age of Digital Consumers. This book argues that marketing is no longer just vertical but has encompassed a new, more horizontal paradigm. In addition to many new concepts and frameworks, this book includes a plethora of real-world examples from various countries in Asia, which will help to shed light on how companies, both Asian and global, compete in Asia. Useful lessons can be drawn by all businesses in the world on how to win the mind, heart and spirit of the Asian consumer -- digital and non-digital.
Relationship Marketing in the Digital Age
by
The concept of relationship marketing has been discussed among marketing academics and managers since the early 1980s. But instead of reaching its maturity stage, relationship marketing is nowadays encountering its next upsurge. Due to a confluence of trends driving the global business world--including the transition to service-based economies, faster product commoditization, intensified competition worldwide, growth among emerging markets, aging populations, advertising saturation, and (above all) the digital age--strong customer relationships are more than ever vital to company strategy and performance. Relationship Marketing in the Digital Ageprovides a comprehensive overview of the state-of-the-art of relationship marketing, offering fruitful insights to marketing scholars and practitioners. In seven chapters, divided into two main sections on understanding (Part I) and effectively applying (Part II) relationship marketing, an introductory and a concluding chapter, readers learn how to successfully manage customer-seller relationships.
Social media for business : foolproof tips to help you promote your business or your brand
by
The quick-and-easy guide to effective social media marketing Social Media for Business is the essential guide to navigating the social media maelstrom and effectively promoting your business online. You'll learn how to develop a simple marketing plan, use social media effectively and measure the results of your efforts as you turn contacts and followers into customers. This new third edition has been updated to reflect the expanding influence of Instagram, and includes Snapchat, Security, Social Influence and updated case studies that illustrate the rapid evolution of social media as a business tool. You'll learn about the recent changes to Facebook, LinkedIn, YouTube and Pinterest and how to factor them into your strategy -- as well as when to decide to transition toward or away from any specific platform. Social media can help you expand your networks, engage with your customers and help you grow your business, but not all platforms work for all businesses. The best results come from directed effort and stellar execution, and this book shows you how to make it happen from setup to sale. Learn where to focus your efforts for maximum gain Discover the newest platforms, their demographics and their potential Understand key changes that can affect the way you use major platforms Build an effective social media presence that translates into business Not every business needs a Facebook page, but every business does need some sort of online presence -- and social media can be a high-impact, cost-effective way to reach thousands of potential customers. From building a profile to creating and curating content, Social Media for Business is packed with guidance every business owner needs.
Social media marketing : a strategic approach
by
Learn to market effectively using social media with the unique emphasis and best practices found only in SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING: A STRATEGIC APPROACH, 3E. You learn how to create a strong personal brand that is invaluable at any stage of your career, as you master the social media techniques detailed throughout this popular book. Insightful discussions address both online and offline elements for creating a viable personal branding strategy. Expanded coverage of consumer behavior guides you in identifying with virtual communities and mastering visual storytelling. This edition delves deeper into using content marketing, while new chapters address managing today's digital marketing organization and using paid advertising and social media influencers. A step-by-step planning model leads you through creating an actual social media marketing plan. You also learn how to incorporate important branding strategies within your organization's overall integrated marketing communication approach.
Social Media Marketing : strategies in utilizing consumer-generated content
by
This book discusses the growing popularity and reliance of consumer generated content on our everyday lives and how marketers can utilize it. Consumer generated content involves various social media platforms. These platforms include, to name a few: community discussion forms, product review sites, and social networking sites. These sites are heavily driven by consumers, often labeled as "Consumer Generated Content or User Generated Content". With constant changes in consumer attitudes towards consumption, marketers are consistently looking for ways to reach out to consumers. These changes in consumers' behavior are becoming evident as consumers try to keep up with the technology advancements and gradually increase their dependence on the internet. Thus, as part of their promotional efforts, marketers turn to online media for support. Contributions in these consumer generated content sites are on voluntarily basis, either paid (e.g. sponsored) or non-paid (e.g. personal blogs). A good example of a company utilizing consumer generated content in their internet marketing strategy is Heinz, a company known for their sauces (e.g. ketchup). Heinz is an active online community member promoting their products by encouraging participation from their Heinz community. They encourage participants to share recipes and ideas (using their products) on their community discussion boards, as well as seek opinions for dish names proposed for restaurant which uses Heinz product as part of their menu items. To increase participations from their Heinz community, they compensate with Amazon gift vouchers. However, despite the convenience of knowledge transfer via the internet, there are still disadvantages and difficulties in the use of consumer generated content. This book aims to provide valuable knowledge to marketing practitioners as well as marketing students. This concise book gives an overview of what consumer generated content is and describes its role in this twenty-first century consumers' decision-making process. In addition, based on a combination of academic research and practitioner-based market research data, this book informs readers on the pros and cons of CGC and what they should do to make sure that they are taking advantage of such a tool and using it properly in marketing operations. This book includes information not only from a US perspective but also from a cross-cultural perspective (e.g. East vs. West). A concise book suitable for marketing students, marketing practitioners as well as marketing academics.
Social media marketing : theories & applications
by
The Second Edition of this text maintains a scholarly approach, providing students with an up-to-date understanding of both the theory and practice of social media marketing, whilst taking a thorough refreshment of the cases, examples and the literature. It offers a critical evaluation of the theoretical frameworks that can be used to explain and utilise social media, providing discussion questions and further reading throughout. Readers are invited to think about the different types of social media users and explore topics such as brand loyalty, co-creation, marketing strategy, measurement, mobile platforms, privacy and ethics. As well as tracing the emergence and trends of Web 2.0 and what they mean for marketing, the author also considers the future for social media marketing. The book is supported by real-life examples and case studies from a range of industries, companies and countries such as China, Canada, Sweden and Singapore. They include DHL (Germany), Dubai Foundation for Women and Children, Google (Taiwan), Addict Aide (France) Canada (opera Vancouver), Britain (British Tourism), Procter & Gamble (Global), Maggi (India), McDonalds (Global), eBags (US/Global), Vodafone (Romania). Online resources for this book are available here Suitable for Marketing, Advertising or Media students taking classes on social media or digital marketing at upper undergraduate, Masters or Doctoral level.
Social media mobile marketing : new age of commercially lucrative relationships
by
Smartphones are now practically an essential item for most of the world. Businesses that do not make use of this modality are bound to lose out to major corporations that are already trying to dominate this segment. COVID-19 has made it a matter of urgency to make use of the internet in new and imaginative ways. In a market with dwindling customers, it makes sense to find as many ways as possible of reaching them. This book will discuss the opportunities that social media and the internet generally present. Simultaneously, this book highlights the limitations of these modalities in terms of engaging customers that may be used to the old-fashioned way of getting to know brands and establishing a personal relationship with them.
YouTube Marketing for Dummies
by
Advice from a YouTube insider on how to creative effective campaigns YouTube is the top destination for online video. With over a billion viewers around the globe, it's also valuable real estate for marketers looking to get their message out. YouTube Marketing For Dummies shares insight from a former YouTube employee who helped large and small businesses create effective marketing campaigns. Inside, you'll discover proven game plans for buying advertising, launching a content marketing campaign, building a branded channel and community, and evaluating the results of your work. Plus, you'll find trusted, proven ways to get the most bang for your buck from the internet's #1 destination for video content. Create a plan that fits your business needs Launch an ad campaign Find video creation strategies Launch a branded channel Are you ready to identify, launch, and measure a YouTube marketing campaign? Everything you need is a page away!
Does It Work?: 10 Principles for Delivering True Business Value in Digital Marketing
by
In this new age of Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, and countless other digital platforms, it doesn't matter how many views or followers or clicks you get. The only thing that matters is: Does it Work? Written by POSSIBLE's Global CEO Shane Atchison and President of the Americas Jason Burby, this revolutionary guide shows how to use the latest digital platforms to create a high-value marketing plan that really works. You'll learn how to: SET GOALS: Understand the importance of defining success and targets upfront for every initiative--and your business as a whole. INSPIRE BRILLIANT CREATIVE: Leverage data and insights to empower and drive creativity, spark ideas and drive innovation. MEASURE WHAT MATTERS: Focus efforts on the things that matter and drive real improvement. MAKE A DIFFERENCE: Know that you have contributed to measureable success in whatever you do. If you've ever wondered if your digital marketing is working, this book will help you reevaluate everything you're doing. By following 10 key principles, you'll be able to measure the data that really matters, launch the initiatives that really pay off, and inspire the creativity that really drives an effective campaign. You'll hear the personal insights of the world's greatest business leaders and the professional triumphs (and tumbles) of the world's biggest brands. You'll learn how to hire and inspire the rare creative "unicorns" who turn marketing into magic. You'll find new ways to turn data into ideas and obstacles into opportunities. You'll turn web site visitors into followers, followers into sharers, and sharers into your very best customers. In our new world of small screens, big ideas, and even greater competition, you have to ask the tough questions if you want to succeed. Does it Work? has the answers.
This course will enable you to have an overview on digital and mobile marketing. The coverage of this course will be based on all major digital platforms including mobile, social media and search engines. You will explore on the effectiveness an the ways of different online vehicles such as emailing, mobile texting, youtube, linkedin, facebook, twitter, paid and organic search, and many more new available online venues. A fundamental financial goal will revolve around how shareholder value would be increased through digital and mobile media.
A Beginner's Guide to Mobile Marketing
by
This book is for marketers (from newbies to CMO level) who want to learn why and how to use mobile marketing to engage and convert consumers. A Beginner's Guide to Mobile Marketing will teach you about the exploding opportunities that mobile marketing offers and why it is so important to embrace it in your integrated marketing strategy. Cell phones are no longer just for calling people. Based on the latest trends in consumer behavior on mobiles, the authors introduce ways that marketers can use smartphone popularity to reach people with tactics like mobile apps, mobile web, social media, mobile advertising and more. Exercises are included to ensure that the reader understands the material as well as how to apply it in the real world.
Business hack : the wealth dragon way to build a successful business in the digital age
by
Master the online tools available to grow your business and conquer the competition Business Hack is your essential roadmap to business growth and online marketing success. Author and successful entrepreneur John Lee shares his proven methods to harness the power of online tools, including using social media--offering practical steps to create and implement highly effective cyber-marketing campaigns. Thanks to the digital revolution, you no longer need teams of marketing experts and other expensive overheads to build and promote your business. This unique and valuable resource covers everything you need to consider when building your marketing strategy, from established principles of sales to cutting-edge digital techniques. In today's dynamic business environment, strong and ongoing engagement in social media marketing is no longer an option-it is a necessity. From local craft-based businesses to new tech start-ups and even global multinational corporations, effective cyber-marketing can be instrumental in determining success. A comprehensive digital strategy enables you to compete across all platforms and maintain viability and relevance in the face of intense competition. Following the proven techniques in this essential guide allows you to: Implement powerful social media marketing campaigns to increase revenue and rise above the competition Integrate traditional sales and advertising methods with modern technology to create a comprehensive business marketing strategy Identify future trends to stay ahead of the technology curve and capitalize on new opportunities. Learn the skills used by successful entrepreneurs and respected experts in online marketing The Internet and rise of digital media have changed the rules of business and marketing. It is now possible for small and new businesses to compete and thrive in the global marketplace through intelligent use of digital and social media marketing. Business Hack provides the tools and knowledge necessary to succeed in the 21st century.
Business Hack : the Wealth Dragon Way to Build a Successful Business in the Digital Age
by
Master the online tools available to grow your business and conquer the competition Business Hack is your essential roadmap to business growth and online marketing success. Author and successful entrepreneur John Lee shares his proven methods to harness the power of online tools, including using social media--offering practical steps to create and implement highly effective cyber-marketing campaigns. Thanks to the digital revolution, you no longer need teams of marketing experts and other expensive overheads to build and promote your business. This unique and valuable resource covers everything you need to consider when building your marketing strategy, from established principles of sales to cutting-edge digital techniques. In today's dynamic business environment, strong and ongoing engagement in social media marketing is no longer an option-it is a necessity. From local craft-based businesses to new tech start-ups and even global multinational corporations, effective cyber-marketing can be instrumental in determining success. A comprehensive digital strategy enables you to compete across all platforms and maintain viability and relevance in the face of intense competition. Following the proven techniques in this essential guide allows you to: Implement powerful social media marketing campaigns to increase revenue and rise above the competition Integrate traditional sales and advertising methods with modern technology to create a comprehensive business marketing strategy Identify future trends to stay ahead of the technology curve and capitalize on new opportunities. Learn the skills used by successful entrepreneurs and respected experts in online marketing The Internet and rise of digital media have changed the rules of business and marketing. It is now possible for small and new businesses to compete and thrive in the global marketplace through intelligent use of digital and social media marketing. Business Hack provides the tools and knowledge necessary to succeed in the 21st century.
Business Skills All-In-One for Dummies
by
Find workplace success There are some things that will never go out of style, and good business skills are one of them. With the help of this informative book, you'll learn how to wear multiple hats in the workplace no matter what comes your way--without ever breaking a sweat. Compiled from eight of the best Dummies books on business skills topics, Business Skills All-in-One For Dummies offers everything you need to hone your abilities and translate them into a bigger paycheck. Whether you're tasked with marketing or accounting responsibilities--or anything in between--this all-encompassing reference makes it easier than ever to tackle your job with confidence. Manage a successful operation Write more effectively Work on the go with Microsoft Office 365 Deal with marketing, accounting, and projects with ease If you've ever dreamed about being able to juggle all your work responsibilities without ever dropping the ball, the book is for you.
Digital Marketing All-In-One for Dummies
by
Unlock the value in online marketing A well-executed digital marketing plan is a proven component of success in business, and Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies covers everything you need to build and implement a winning plan. Whether you're a novice in the online space or an expert marketer looking to improve your digital ROI, this book has easy-to-absorb tips and insights that will turn online prospects into loyal customers. This book compresses the essential information on 8 topics, so you have all the information you need and none of what you don't. You'll learn social media marketing, marketing to millennials, account-based marketing, influencer marketing, content marketing strategies, and more! Use targeted, measurable marketing strategies to promote brands and products Increase brand awareness, customer acquisitions, and audience engagement Measure what your online traffic is worth and improve ROI on digital marketing Develop a solid digital marketing plan and put it to work for your brand From SEO and SEM to brand awareness and why you need it, Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies will help you level up your digital marketing game and avoid the common mistakes that might be holding your business back.
Digital marketing management : a handbook for the current (or future) CEO
by
This book is for managers and would-be managers who need to upgrade their knowledge of digital marketing. Told from the perspective of marketing strategy, it puts digital marketing in the context of firm strategy selection. The first step in digital marketing is to understand your company and your brand. The next step is to put content and keywords on your web and mobile sites so that they can be found in search. Then use the delivery platforms of digital content, e-mail, social, and mobile, to deploy that content to the customer. The final topics in the book focus on the importance of data management and privacy as well as the emerging roles of analytics, artificial intelligence and marketing automation. Without quality data, no digital marketing program can be successful. This data can then be used in data analytics applications for predictive modeling. After reading this book, the reader will have a good idea of where to start on the path to an integrated digital marketing management strategy. Each chapter concludes with a list of action steps or "what to do next" to get started on implementing a digital marketing strategy as well as review questions and key terminology.
EBay Business All-In-One for Dummies
by
The selling, marketing, and business tips you need to succeed eBay is the perfect place to learn the ropes of what it's like running an online business. It provides the tools, technology, and platform a would-be entrepreneur needs to launch their first successful small business. It takes some know-how, however, to get that business off the ground and grow it into a success. In eBay Business All-in-One For Dummies, Marsha Collier shares the expertise she gained as one of eBay's first Power Sellers on how to get ahead, stay ahead, and expand your business onto other platforms when it's time to grow. eBay continues to grow as it connects new individuals with items to sell with would-be buyers every day. Combining essential information covering seven key topics, this all-encompassing guide shows fledgling entrepreneurs how to sell like a pro, present and market your items, become a power seller, deal with office and legal issues, and so much more. Discover the secrets behind driving views for listings Find out how to source merchandise for resale Get advice on the back-office tasks of running a business Grow your business beyond the eBay platform If you have an eye on building a business on eBay--and beyond--this is the one-stop guide you need to succeed.
Email marketing in a digital world : the basics and beyond
by
Despite annual predictions of its demise, email marketing remains one of the most important tools for businesses and other organizations. The reason is simple. Other communication tools, including social and digital media channels, cannot duplicate or recreate the unique capabilities of email marketing. This book is for those who wish to learn more about how email marketing works, whether as students, teachers, or practitioners. The authors recap the history of email and email marketing and explain how it informs email today. They cover the fundamentals of email marketing, including types of emails, the elements of an email, email metrics, best practices for email for improving performance, list development, and the benefits of segmenting an email list. Also addressed are special topics in email strategy, including the psychology of email recipients, AB testing for optimizing email elements, integrating email with social media, and aligning email with big data sources.
From starting small to winning big : the definitive digital marketing guide for startup entrepreneurs
by
Digital Marketing Guide for Start-up Entrepreneurs is a practical, step-by-step guide that will help budding entrepreneurs in setting up and executing their digital marketing strategy from scratch to achieve the goals they have set for their start-ups. Topics covered in this book include search engine optimization, content marketing, social media marketing, search engine marketing, and online reputation management are essential for entrepreneurs to learn and master for the success of their start-up. The author guides entrepreneurs in establishing a digital presence of their startups to jet fuel their business growth. He brings in real-life examples and insights gained from executing digital marketing strategies for start-ups and small businesses. This book is perfect for start-up entrepreneurs, founders, marketers, and small business owners who are unaware of digital marketing concepts and how to use digital marketing for their advantage. It will give them practical tips on applying digital marketing to increase their brand awareness and sales-a concise book that can be completed quickly. The text serves as a reference guide for start-up entrepreneurs, to which they can always come back to while setting up and executing their digital marketing strategy.
Gamification Marketing for Dummies
by
Grow your customer base with games! Gamification is the practice of adding elements of gameplay into marketing materials to better engage customers. In Gamification Marketing For Dummies, you'll learn to use this proven strategy to capture the attention of your target markets and boost your results using valuable gamification data. Games are fun! That's why gamification is so successful--customers will jump at the chance to play and win your custom-developed marketing game. You'll connect with your customers and create lasting memories. Whether or not you are digitally savvy, this book will teach you the basics of gamification, from choosing the right game to capturing the user behavior data that the game generates. Use games to increase customer engagement and marketing results Learn how to choose or commission the right games for your market Plan and execute a successful gamification strategy Learn from data generated inside your game for valuable market insights From simple strategies like customer loyalty programs to complex, branded, social game apps, this book will point in the direction of gamification that works for you.
How to Build an Online Business : australia's top digital disruptors reveal their secrets for launching and growing an online business
by
The ultimate guide to launching and growing an online business You've got a crazy idea, a hobby, a business or special expertise. You want to take it online, and you want to it be a money-making success. But what do you do next? Using a simple 5-step approach, best-selling author and digital marketing specialist Bernadette Schwerdt uncovers the inside tips and tricks that Australia's most successful online entrepreneurs use to build their multi-million dollar businesses. For those just starting out, this book will help you identify the best business idea to pursue, guide you on how to set it up and give you the strategies to grow it quickly using low-cost tools. For those with existing businesses, you'll learn how to maximise your online impact and access the little-known but powerful tools and technologies the top disruptors use to create a global presence. Featuring dozens of case studies of how Australia's most successful disruptors have done it, Bernadette reveals the underlying patterns common to all successful online businesses - what they did right, what they did wrong, what they would do differently and the short cuts to building an online business that only the successful know. You'll learn how to: Develop the entrepreneurial mindset needed to turn your passion, hobby or expertise into an online business Access free tools and technologies to help you build and test your online idea (before launching) to ensure a viable market exists Create a minimum viable product (MVP) that attracts attention and generates instant income Source web developers, designers and other important suppliers for a fraction of the usual cost Write, pitch, persuade and present like a professional to attract investors, customers and high-quality strategic partners Understand the basics of the Internet of Things, virtual reality, augmented reality and artificial intelligence and use these technologies to help your business create a point of difference Work from home and set up your online business in just a few hours a week Whether you are starting an online business or building on an existing one, How to Build an Online Business is your complete, how-to guide for making it a success.
Instagram for Business for Dummies
by
Leverage the power of Instagram to promote your brand Instagram is the photo- and video-sharing app used by millions across the globe. More than just a social platform for users to share their experiences with family and friends, it's become a vital tool for business owners and marketers to create visual narratives about what makes them, and their products, different from everything else that's out there. Instagram For Business For Dummies shows you how to use the app to connect with your audience in a meaningful way as you showcase your products and offer a unique insider's view of your brand. Perfect for Instagram newbies or those who want to spruce up an existing account, this book helps you set up a powerful business profile, compose successful posts, and tell your story to the world. Install the app, set up your account, and track analytics Upload your photos and videos, and expand your reach with hashtags Use Instagram Stories and live video Create paid ads to reach your target audience Instagram For Business For Dummies will help you learn to use Instagram to connect with users in a fresh and relevant way--and instantly get ahead of the competition.
The SAGE handbook of digital marketing
by
This Handbook strives to advance the study and understanding of this domain and provides a digital marketing journey that flows from methods and methodologies. It moves from the fundamentals to the different aspects of digital marketing strategy, tactics, metrics and management, and ethics.
Social Media for Business
by
The quick-and-easy guide to effective social media marketing Social Media for Business is the essential guide to navigating the social media maelstrom and effectively promoting your business online. You'll learn how to develop a simple marketing plan, use social media effectively and measure the results of your efforts as you turn contacts and followers into customers. This new third edition has been updated to reflect the expanding influence of Instagram, and includes Snapchat, Security, Social Influence and updated case studies that illustrate the rapid evolution of social media as a business tool. You'll learn about the recent changes to Facebook, LinkedIn, YouTube and Pinterest and how to factor them into your strategy -- as well as when to decide to transition toward or away from any specific platform. Social media can help you expand your networks, engage with your customers and help you grow your business, but not all platforms work for all businesses. The best results come from directed effort and stellar execution, and this book shows you how to make it happen from setup to sale. Learn where to focus your efforts for maximum gain Discover the newest platforms, their demographics and their potential Understand key changes that can affect the way you use major platforms Build an effective social media presence that translates into business Not every business needs a Facebook page, but every business does need some sort of online presence -- and social media can be a high-impact, cost-effective way to reach thousands of potential customers. From building a profile to creating and curating content, Social Media for Business is packed with guidance every business owner needs.
YouTube Marketing for Dummies
by
Advice from a YouTube insider on how to creative effective campaigns YouTube is the top destination for online video. With over a billion viewers around the globe, it's also valuable real estate for marketers looking to get their message out. YouTube Marketing For Dummies shares insight from a former YouTube employee who helped large and small businesses create effective marketing campaigns. Inside, you'll discover proven game plans for buying advertising, launching a content marketing campaign, building a branded channel and community, and evaluating the results of your work. Plus, you'll find trusted, proven ways to get the most bang for your buck from the internet's #1 destination for video content. Create a plan that fits your business needs Launch an ad campaign Find video creation strategies Launch a branded channel Are you ready to identify, launch, and measure a YouTube marketing campaign? Everything you need is a page away!
In this course, you will learn how to interface with accounting and finance department, understand how firms meet their financial objectives utilizing financial decision-making. This course will also provide you skills in using financial tools and techniques, which you can use to help firms maximize value by improving decisions relating to capital budgeting, capital structure, and working capital management. Moreover, you will have the chance to explore a number of related topics, including multinational financial management, risk management, mergers and acquisition.
Analysis for financial management
by
Essentials of financial management
by
Essentials of financial risk management : practical concepts for the general manager
by
Financial risk management is a growing field of specialization in business. With the increased level of regulation and emphasis on financial reporting, the role of the financial risk manager has never been more prominent. This book covers the concepts, tools, and techniques of financial risk management in a comprehensive, yet easy-to- understand manner. Avoiding academic jargon wherever possible, the book has as its objective to be a rigorous, yet practical guide to financial risk management. This book is intended for senior managers, directors, risk managers, students of risk management, and all others who need to be concerned about financial risk management or who are interested in learning more about this growing career path.
The failure of risk management : why it's broken and how to fix it
by
A practical guide to adopting an accurate risk analysis methodology The Failure of Risk Management provides effective solutionstosignificantfaults in current risk analysis methods. Conventional approaches to managing risk lack accurate quantitative analysis methods, yielding strategies that can actually make things worse. Many widely used methods have no systems to measure performance, resulting in inaccurate selection and ineffective application of risk management strategies. These fundamental flaws propagate unrealistic perceptions of risk in business, government, and the general public. This book provides expert examination of essential areas of risk management, including risk assessment and evaluation methods, risk mitigation strategies, common errors in quantitative models, and more. Guidance on topics such as probability modelling and empirical inputs emphasizes the efficacy of appropriate risk methodology in practical applications. Recognized as a leader in the field of risk management, author Douglas W. Hubbard combines science-based analysis with real-world examples to present a detailed investigation of risk management practices. This revised and updated second edition includes updated data sets and checklists, expanded coverage of innovative statistical methods, and new cases of current risk management issues such as data breaches and natural disasters. Identify deficiencies in your current risk management strategy and take appropriate corrective measures Adopt a calibrated approach to risk analysis using up-to-date statistical tools Employ accurate quantitative risk analysis and modelling methods Keep pace with new developments in the rapidly expanding risk analysis industry Risk analysis is a vital component of government policy, public safety, banking and finance, and many other public and private institutions. The Failure of Risk Management: Why It's Broken and How to Fix It is a valuable resource for business leaders, policy makers, managers, consultants, and practitioners across industries.
Finance and risk management for international logistics and the supply chain
by
Finance and Risk Management for International Logistics and the Supply Chain presents a detailed overview of financial and risk management tools, activity-based costing, and multi-criteria decision-making, providing comprehensive guidance for those researching and working in logistics and supply chain management. The book breaks new ground, combining the expertise of leading authorities to analyze and navigate the funding components for these critical transportation functions. As the international logistics and supply chain transportation fields have recently received heavy investments, this research and the theory behind it provide a timely update on risk management, finance and legal and environmental impacts. Users will find sections that address the wide-ranging issues related to this emerging field that are presented from an international and holistic perspective.
Financial management : theory & practice
by
The only text to strike a balance between solid financial theory and practical applications, Brigham/Ehrhardt�s FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND PRACTICE, 15e gives you a thorough understanding of the essential concepts you need to develop and implement effective financial strategies. The book begins with a presentation of corporate finance fundamentals before progressing to discussions of specific techniques used to maximize the value of a firm. It also explores the recent financial and economic crises and the role of finance in the business world. With its relevant and engaging presentation, numerous examples, and emphasis on Excel usage, this text serves as a complete reference tool for you in your academic or business career. The 15th edition is also available with MindTap Finance to help you to become First in Finance.
Financial Management : USGAAP and IFRS Standards
by
This book combines the fundamentals of finance with relevance and effectiveness. It allows for the practice of this subject and covers all the programs of business schools, universities' finance courses, and engineering schools. This book is a relevant tool to acquire all the knowledge required for examination success and the achievement of proven practical competences.
Foundations of Financial Management
by
Foundations of Financial Management has built a loyal following due to its strong real-world emphasis, clear writing style, and step-by-step explanations that simplify difficult concepts. The text focuses on the "nuts and bolts" of finance with clear and thorough treatment of concepts and applications. In addition to completing the revisions, Block, Hirt, and Danielsen also revise all end of chapter problems and complete the solutions themselves. The authors know what works and what doesn't work for students, and they have consistently maintained a product that is responsive to the demands of the marketplace.
Foundations of financial management
by
Fundamentals of Financial Management
by
Updated with the latest trends, developments, and practices from the field, Brigham/Houston's FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, 15e equips you with a thorough understanding of today's corporate finance and financial management. This longtime market leader offers insight into federal debt, the ongoing recovery of financial markets, and other emerging issues straight from today's headlines. Clear explanations and real-world examples help you understand the "what" and the "why" of corporate budgeting, financing, working capital decision making, forecasting, valuation, and Time Value of Money, while hands-on exercises, cases, Excel Spreadsheet Models, and digital resources like MindTap let you put theory into action.
Fundamentals of risk management : understanding, evaluating and implementing effective risk management
by
This fifth edition of Fundamentals of Risk Management is a comprehensive introduction to commercial and business risk for students and risk professionals. Providing extensive coverage of the core frameworks of business continuity planning, enterprise risk management and project risk management, this is the definitive guide to dealing with the different types of risk an organization faces. With relevant international case examples including Ericsson, Network Rail and Unilever, the book provides a full analysis of changes in contemporary risk areas including supply chain, cyber risk, risk culture and appetite, improvements in risk management documentation and statutory risk reporting.Now revised to be completely aligned with the recently updated ISO 31000 and COSO ERM Framework, this comprehensive text reflects developments in regulations, reputation risk, loss control and the value of insurance as a risk management method. Also including a thorough overview of international risk management standards and frameworks, strategy and policy, Fundamentals of Risk Management is the definitive text for those beginning or considering a career in risk. Online supporting resources include lecture slides with figures, tables and key points from the book.
International financial management
by
"We (Cheol and Bruce) have been teaching international financial management to undergraduates and M.B.A. students at Georgia Institute of Technology, Wake Forest University, and at other universities we have visited for more than three decades. During this time period, we conducted many research studies, published in major finance and statistics journals, concerning the operation of international financial markets. As one might imagine, in doing this we put together an extensive set of teaching materials that we used successfully in the classroom. As the years went by, we individually relied more on our own teaching materials and notes and less on any one of the major exist-ing textbooks in international finance (most of which we tried at some point). In this tenth Edition, we introduce Tuugi Chuluun from Loyola University Maryland, who joins us as a co-author and will continue the tradition we have established in offering up-to-date and timely coverage of the subject of international financial management"-- Provided by publisher.
International Financial Management
by
- Provides students witha foundation for analysis that will serve them well in their careers ahead. - The decision-making process is presentedthrough the text with the goal of teaching students how to make informedmanagerial decisions in an evolving global financial landscape.
International Financial Management
by
This new and fully updated edition of International Financial Management blends theory, data analysis, examples and practical case situations to equip students and business leaders with the analytical tools they need to make informed financial decisions and manage the risks that businesses face in today's competitive global environment. Combining theory and practice, the authors offer the reader a multitude of real-world examples and case studies, emphasising fundamental concepts, principles and analytical theories to enable students to understand not only what to do when confronted with an international financial decision, but why that choice is the correct one. Features include: real data analysis - all fully updated for the third edition; extended cases illustrating practical application of theory; point-counterpoints offering insight into contentious issues; concept boxes that explore and illustrate key concepts; and end-of-chapter questions. Suitable for M.B.A and advanced undergraduate business students taking a course in international financial management or international finance.
International financial management
by
Equip your students for success in international finance with the unrivalled depth of theory and practical applications presented in Madura's INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, Asia-Pacific 1st edition. This APAC edition builds on the fundamental principles of corporate finance to provide the timely information and contemporary insights your students need to prosper in today's global business environment. With the original US edition being well known for its inviting reader-friendly style and clear explanations, this APAC 1st edition introduces international finance with a focus on the important role of modern multinational corporations in global commerce within a strong APAC context. Using a strong corporate perspective, it discusses a wide range of managerial topics and emphasises the most recent changes in the international environment. Relevant examples, instructive diagrams, self-tests, and other learning features provide hands-on experience to help your students develop the skills they need to effectively manage in contemporary practice.-publisher's description.
International financial management
by
Designed for students taking courses in international finance, international finance management, multinational finance and multinational financial management, this book offers a variety of real-life examples, both numerical and institutional, that demonstrate the use of financial analysis and reasoning in solving international financial problems.
International Financial Management
by
Coupling in-depth coverage of essential theory with practical applications, Madura's INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, 13e, builds on the fundamental principles of corporate finance to provide the timely information and contemporary insights you need to prosper in today's global business environment. This best-seller introduces international finance with a focus on the important role that modern multinational corporations play in global commerce and discusses a wide range of managerial topics using a strong corporate perspective. Clear explanations, real-world applications, relevant examples, self-tests, and hands-on applications help you maximize your course success. In addition, MindTap Finance enables you to connect with your instructor, organize coursework, and access a range of study tools, including an e-book and apps -- all in one place.
Introduction to finance : markets, investments, and financial management
by
Operational Risk Management
by
OpRisk Awards 2020 Book of the Year Winner! The Authoritative Guide to the Best Practices in Operational Risk Management Operational Risk Management offers a comprehensive guide that contains a review of the most up-to-date and effective operational risk management practices in the financial services industry. The book provides an essential overview of the current methods and best practices applied in financial companies and also contains advanced tools and techniques developed by the most mature firms in the field. The author explores the range of operational risks such as information security, fraud or reputation damage and details how to put in place an effective program based on the four main risk management activities: risk identification, risk assessment, risk mitigation and risk monitoring. The book also examines some specific types of operational risks that rank high on many firms' risk registers. Drawing on the author's extensive experience working with and advising financial companies, Operational Risk Management is written both for those new to the discipline and for experienced operational risk managers who want to strengthen and consolidate their knowledge.
Philippine National Standard : risk management - guidelines : PNS ISO 31000:2018
by
"This document is for use by people who create and protect value in organizations by managing risks, making decisions, setting and achieving objectives and improving performance."--Introduction
Principles of corporate finance
by
"This book describes the theory and practice of corporate finance. We hardly need to explain why financial managers have to master the practical aspects of their job, but we should spell out why down-to-earth managers need to bother with theory. Managers learn from experience how to cope with routine problems. But the best managers are also able to respond to change. To do so you need more than time honored rules of thumb; you must understand why companies and financial markets behave the way they do. In other words, you need a theory of finance"
Quantitative Financial Risk Management
by
A mathematical guide to measuring and managing financial risk. Our modern economy depends on financial markets. Yet financial markets continue to grow in size and complexity. As a result, the management of financial risk has never been more important. Quantitative Financial Risk Management introduces students and risk professionals to financial risk management with an emphasis on financial models and mathematical techniques. Each chapter provides numerous sample problems and end of chapter questions. The book provides clear examples of how these models are used in practice and encourages readers to think about the limits and appropriate use of financial models. Topics include: * Value at risk * Stress testing * Credit risk * Liquidity risk * Factor analysis * Expected shortfall * Copulas * Extreme value theory * Risk model backtesting * Bayesian analysis * . . . and much more
Strategic Financial Management Casebook
by
Strategic Financial Management Casebook strategically uses integrative case studies--cases that do not emphasize specific subjects such as capital budgeting or value based management--to provide a framework for understanding strategic financial management. By featuring holistic presentations, the book puts readers into the shoes of those responsible for the world's largest wealth creators. It covers strategies of growth, mergers and acquisitions, financial performance analysis over the past decade, wealth created in terms of stock returns since its listing in stock market, investment and financial decisions, cost of capital, and corporate valuation. In addition, the casebook also discusses corporate restructuring activities undertaken by each company. Each chapter follows a template to facilitate learning, and each features an Excel-based case analysis worksheet that includes a complete data set for financial analysis and valuation.
In this course, you will learn how to interface with accounting and finance department, understand how firms meet their financial objectives utilizing financial decision-making. This course will also provide you skills in using financial tools and techniques, which you can use to help firms maximize value by improving decisions relating to capital budgeting, capital structure, and working capital management. Moreover, you will have the chance to explore a number of related topics, including multinational financial management, risk management, mergers and acquisition.
Business Risk Management
by
A comprehensive and accessible introduction to modern quantitative risk management. The business world is rife with risk and uncertainty, and risk management is a vitally important topic for managers. The best way to achieve a clear understanding of risk is to use quantitative tools and probability models. Written for students, this book has a quantitative emphasis but is accessible to those without a strong mathematical background. Business Risk Management: Models and Analysis Discusses novel modern approaches to risk management Introduces advanced topics in an accessible manner Includes motivating worked examples and exercises (including selected solutions) Is written with the student in mind, and does not assume advanced mathematics Is suitable for self-study by the manager who wishes to better understand this important field. Aimed at postgraduate students, this book is also suitable for senior undergraduates, MBA students, and all those who have a general interest in business risk.
Contemporary Issues in Business and Financial Management in Eastern Europe
by
This special 100th edition of the Emerald book series Contemporary Issues in Economic and Financial Analysisdedicates 14 chapters to contemporary issues in business and financial management in Eastern Europe by authors invited mainly from the Rostov State University of Economics. As the title suggests, the chapters are a mix of studies on economic and financial aspects in Eastern Europe. Two chapters are dedicated to the green economy and finance and others to information technology in banks and the treasury, problems of fund raising for accumulated damage repair, company business and individual entrepreneurship activity strategy, competency-based management, the economic coenosis theory, the fiscal mechanism, global interaction in the world economy, bank economic capital model, corporate reporting and the concept of alienation.
Corporate Risk Management
by
An updated review of the theories and applications of corporate risk management After the financial crisis of 2008, issues concerning corporate risk management arose that demand new levels of oversight. Corporate Risk Management is an important guide to the topic that puts the focus on the corporate finance dimension of risk management. The author--a noted expert on the topic--presents several theoretical models appropriate for various industries and empirically verifies theoretical propositions. The book also proposes statistical modeling that can evaluate the importance of different risks and their variations according to economic cycles. The book provides an analysis of default, liquidity, and operational risks as well as the failures of LTCM, ENRON, and financial institutions that occurred during the financial crisis. The author also explores Conditional Value at Risk (CVaR), which is central to the debate on the measurement of market risk under Basel III. This important book: Includes a comprehensive review of the aspects of corporate risk management Presents statistical modeling that addresses recent risk management issues Contains an analysis of risk management failures that lead to the 2008 financial crisis Offers a must-have resource from author Georges Dionne the former editor of The Journal of Risk and Insurance Corporate Risk Management provides a modern empirical analysis of corporate risk management across industries. It is designed for use by risk management professionals, academics, and graduate students.
Empowered enterprise risk management : theory and practice
by
In this book, two experts on the topic raise the question of why many ERM programmes end up as box-checking silos with almost no connection to important decision-making processes, whereas others are empowered and end up having a profound impact on the firm's culture, governance structures, and strategy process. The book establishes a path to empowered ERM by drawing on insights from theory and hard-won lessons from practice. Success factors enabling this transition are thoroughly discussed in a start-to-finish narrative describing the theoretical underpinnings of ERM, its proven best practices, and onto more advanced topic such as risk budgeting and the integration of ERM into strategic decision-making.
Entrepreneurial Finance
by
Featuring key topics within finance, small business management, and entrepreneurship to develop and maintain prosperous business ventures With a comprehensive and organized approach to fundamental financial theories, tools, and management techniques, Entrepreneurial Finance: Fundamentals of Financial Planning and Management for Small Business equips readers with the necessary fundamental knowledge and advanced skills to succeed in small firm and business settings. With a unique combination of topics from finance, small business management, and entrepreneurship, the book prepares readers for the challenges of today's economy. Entrepreneurial Finance: Fundamentals of Financial Planning and Management for Small Business begins with key concepts of small business management and entrepreneurship, including management tools and techniques needed to establish, run, and lead business ventures. The book then delves into how small businesses are operated, managed, and controlled. General finance skills and methods are integrated throughout, and the book also features: Numerous practical examples and scenarios that provide a real-world perspective on entrepreneurship and small business management A brief summary, list of key concepts, and ten discussion questions at the end of each chapter to prepare readers for the challenges of today's economy A practical guide to the complete life of a small business, from establishing a new venture to training and developing young entrepreneurs tasked with maintaining and developing a prosperous economy An in-depth discussion of the entire process of writing a successful business plan, including the rationale, significance, and requirements Techniques needed to solidify the free enterprise tradition, develop entrepreneurial strategies, and grow small businesses Entrepreneurial Finance: Fundamentals of Financial Planning and Management for Small Business is an ideal textbook for upper-undergraduate and first-year graduate courses in entrepreneurial finance within business, economics, management science, and public administration departments. The book is also useful for MBA-level courses as well as for business and management PhD majors as a resource in methodology. The book is also an idea reference for entrepreneurs, business managers, market analysts, and decision makers who require information about the theoretical and quantitative aspects of entrepreneurial finance.
Essentials of financial management
by
An Open Access edition of this book is available on the Liverpool University Press website (
The Failure of Risk Management
by
A practical guide to adopting an accurate risk analysis methodology The Failure of Risk Management provides effective solutionstosignificantfaults in current risk analysis methods. Conventional approaches to managing risk lack accurate quantitative analysis methods, yielding strategies that can actually make things worse. Many widely used methods have no systems to measure performance, resulting in inaccurate selection and ineffective application of risk management strategies. These fundamental flaws propagate unrealistic perceptions of risk in business, government, and the general public. This book provides expert examination of essential areas of risk management, including risk assessment and evaluation methods, risk mitigation strategies, common errors in quantitative models, and more. Guidance on topics such as probability modelling and empirical inputs emphasizes the efficacy of appropriate risk methodology in practical applications. Recognized as a leader in the field of risk management, author Douglas W. Hubbard combines science-based analysis with real-world examples to present a detailed investigation of risk management practices. This revised and updated second edition includes updated data sets and checklists, expanded coverage of innovative statistical methods, and new cases of current risk management issues such as data breaches and natural disasters. Identify deficiencies in your current risk management strategy and take appropriate corrective measures Adopt a calibrated approach to risk analysis using up-to-date statistical tools Employ accurate quantitative risk analysis and modelling methods Keep pace with new developments in the rapidly expanding risk analysis industry Risk analysis is a vital component of government policy, public safety, banking and finance, and many other public and private institutions. The Failure of Risk Management: Why It's Broken and How to Fix It is a valuable resource for business leaders, policy makers, managers, consultants, and practitioners across industries.
Finance for Non-Finance Executives
by
This book is intended to help professionals gain an extensive working knowledge of critical financial principles in an easy-to-follow manner. This book is intended to help professionals, especially from functional areas other than finance--such as sales, marketing, human resource, research and development, production, and procurement--to gain an extensive working knowledge of critical financial principles in an easy-to-follow manner, enabling them to make critical business decisions involving cost-savings, budgets, new projects decisions, and growth strategies. The author introduces the key concepts of finance so you can contribute to the success of your business. These will help you understand the language used by accountants and how financial statements fit together. Furthermore, you will understand how to use ratio analysis to get a sense of the company's performance. In addition, readers will learn the concepts of management accounting and various kinds of decisions, including make-or-buy and shutdown. Readers will gain an understanding of how to implement budgeting and working capital management. The exciting part is also the chapter on investment appraisal, where readers will learn how to evaluate business proposals from a return standpoint.
Financial and Strategic Management for Nonprofit Organizations, Fourth Edition
by
The highly acclaimed Financial and Strategic Management for Nonprofit Organizations provides an encyclopedic account of all the key financial, legal, and managerial issues facing nonprofit executives. This is today's definitive single-source text and reference for managing any nonprofit organization. Designed for both professional and graduate student readers, this work thoroughly addresses all key aspects of building managerial skill and promoting imagination and innovation in organizations across the nonprofit spectrum. Herrington J. Bryce presents every technique and concept in the context of today's public policies, leading practices, laws, norms, and expectations. Herrington J. Bryce was a senior economist at the Urban Institute, a Brookings Economic Policy Fellow, a Fellow at the Institute of Politics at Harvard and a visiting professor in regional economics and planning at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He taught micro economic theory and public finance at Clark University in Worcester, Massachusetts, and was director of the program in legal and budget studies at the University College at the University of Maryland. He currently teaches courses at the College of William & Mary in nonprofits but mostly in corporate financial strategy and cost management--heavily reflected in this text. He has published extensively and has served on many state, local and federal government advisory committees. He has a PhD in economics from the Maxwell School at Syracuse University, and a CLU and ChFC from the American College.
Financial cybersecurity risk management : leadership perspectives and guidance for systems and institutions
by
Understand critical cybersecurity and risk perspectives, insights, and tools for the leaders of complex financial systems and markets. This book offers guidance for decision makers and helps establish a framework for communication between cyber leaders and front-line professionals. Information is provided to help in the analysis of cyber challenges and choosing between risk treatment options. Financial cybersecurity is a complex, systemic risk challenge that includes technological and operational elements. The interconnectedness of financial systems and markets creates dynamic, high-risk environments where organizational security is greatly impacted by the level of security effectiveness of partners, counterparties, and other external organizations. The result is a high-risk environment with a growing need for cooperation between enterprises that are otherwise direct competitors. There is a new normal of continuous attack pressures that produce unprecedented enterprise threats that must be met with an array of countermeasures. Financial Cybersecurity Risk Management explores a range of cybersecurity topics impacting financial enterprises. This includes the threat and vulnerability landscape confronting the financial sector, risk assessment practices and methodologies, and cybersecurity data analytics. Governance perspectives, including executive and board considerations, are analyzed as are the appropriate control measures and executive risk reporting. What You'll Learn: Analyze the threat and vulnerability landscape confronting the financial sector Implement effective technology risk assessment practices and methodologies Craft strategies to treat observed risks in financial systems Improve the effectiveness of enterprise cybersecurity capabilities Evaluate critical aspects of cybersecurity governance, including executive and board oversight Identify significant cybersecurity operational challenges Consider the impact of the cybersecurity mission across the enterprise Leverage cybersecurity regulatory and industry standards to help manage financial services risks Use cybersecurity scenarios to measure systemic risks in financial systems environments Apply key experiences from actual cybersecurity events to develop more robust cybersecurity architectures.
Financial Management
by
Most newly qualified architects have scant knowledge about the practicalities of running a practice and in particular the challenges of managing the financial side of the business. This book highlights the major financial risks and how these can be avoided. The chapters give straightforward advice and practical solutions based on the author's years of hard-won experience. Friendly, clear and concise, it will give you all the knowledge and tools you need to plan for business success. Based on the original Good Practice Guide, this updated and re-designed version is now even more comprehensive and contains detailed information on fees, as well as real life anecdotal advice from practitioners, updated references, and is in line with the latest legislation. This is invaluable reading for sole and small practitioners of architecture and other creative industries.
Financial management : partner in driving performance and value
by
A comprehensive and insightful approach enabling finance mangers to contribute to business performance and valuation In Financial Management: Partner in Driving Performance and Value, experienced financial executive and consultant Jack Alexander delivers a fresh, new take on improving performance and creating shareholder value for CFOs, controllers, C-suite executives, and FP&A professionals. In the book, you'll learn about best practices in operational and strategic planning, forecasting, enterprise performance management, business valuation, capital investment, mergers and acquisitions, developing finance talent, supporting growth, and more. Frameworks for dealing with the pace of change and level of uncertainty in today's environment are also provided, including scenario planning, business agility and monitoring external forces. The book provides actionable insights and practical tools for finance professionals to contribute as trusted advisors and business partners. The author offers free access to financial models in Microsoft Excel and PowerPoint templates on the accompanying website, as well as: Expanded and enhanced content from the author's widely read previous works Models, illustrations, examples, and dashboards Anecdotes and stories drawn from the author's 45-year-long career in financial leadership Perfect for CFOs, controllers, financial executives, financial planning and analysis professionals, and accounting managers, Financial Management is also the ideal desk reference for treasurers, strategic planners, Certified Public Accountants, and equity research analysts. It's an essential and timely resource for financial leaders everywhere.
Financial management for nonprofit organizations : policies and practices
by
Essential tools and guidance for effective nonprofit financial management Financial Management for Nonprofit Organizations provides students, professionals, and board members with a comprehensive reference for the field. Identifying key objectives and exploring current practices, this book offers practical guidance on all major aspects of nonprofit financial management. As nonprofit organizations fall under ever-increasing scrutiny and accountability, this book provides the essential knowledge and tools professional need to maintain a strong financial management system while serving the organization's stated mission. Financial management, cash flow, and financial sustainability are perennial issues, and this book highlights the concepts, skills, and tools that help organizations address those issues. Clear guidance on analytics, reporting, investing, risk management, and more comprise a singular reference that nonprofit finance and accounting professionals and board members should keep within arm's reach. Updated to reflect the post-recession reality and outlook for nonprofits, this new edition includes new examples, expanded tax-exempt financing material, and recession analysis that informs strategy going forward. Articulate the proper primary financial objective, target liquidity, and how it ensures financial health and sustainability Understand nonprofit financial practices, processes, and objectives Manage your organization's resources in the context of its mission Delve into smart investing and risk management best practices Manage liquidity, reporting, cash and operating budgets, debt and other liabilities, IP, legal risk, internal controls and more Craft appropriate financial policies Although the U.S. economy has recovered, recovery has not addressed the systemic and perpetual funding challenges nonprofits face year after year. Despite positive indicators, many organizations remain hampered by pursuit of the wrong primary financial objective, insufficient funding and a lack of investment in long-term sustainability; in this climate, financial managers must stay up-to-date with the latest tools, practices, and regulations in order to serve their organization's interests. Financial Management for Nonprofit Organizations provides clear, in-depth reference and strategy for navigating the expanding financial management function.
Financial management for small businesses : financial statements & present value models
by
This book is for those whose financial management focus is on small businesses. For you, we adapt the traditional financial management themes emphasized in corporate financial management courses to meet the needs of small businesses.
Financial Markets Operations Management
by
A comprehensive text on financial market operations management Financial Market Operations Management offers anyone involved with administering, maintaining, and improving the IT systems within financial institutions a comprehensive text that covers all the essential information for managing operations. Written by Keith Dickinson--an expert on the topic--the book is comprehensive, practical, and covers the five essential areas of operations and management including participation and infrastructure, trade life cycle, asset servicing, technology, and the regulatory environment. This comprehensive guide also covers the limitations and boundaries of operational systems and focuses on their interaction with external parties including clients, counterparties, exchanges, and more. This essential resource reviews the key aspects of operations management in detail, including an examination of the entire trade life cycle, new issue distribution of bonds and equities, securities financing, as well as corporate actions, accounting, and reconciliations. The author highlights specific operational processes and challenges and includes vital formulae, spreadsheet applications, and exhibits. Offers a comprehensive resource for operational staff in financial services Covers the key aspects of operations management Highlights operational processes and challenges Includes an instructors manual, a test bank, and a solution manual This vital resource contains the information, processes, and illustrative examples needed for a clear understanding of financial market operations.
Fundamentals of Finance
by
Finance is the study of how individuals, institutions, governments, and businesses acquire, spend, and manage their money and other financial assets to maximize their value or wealth. Fundamentals of Finance introduces the nuances of finance in a comprehensive yet concise manner and is essential reading for professionals building a career in finance or for students taking a course in finance. The book consists of four parts: Part I: "Introduction to Finance, Money and Interest Rates, and Time Value of Money" focuses on the role financial markets play in the financial system and financial basics that underlie how markets operate. Part II: "Investments and Portfolio Management" discusses the characteristics of stocks and bonds, how securities are valued, the operations of securities markets, formation of optimal portfolios, and derivatives. Part III: "Financial Management/Corporate Finance" explores financial planning, asset management, and fund-raising activities that will enhance a firm's value. Part IV: "Management of Financial Institutions" focuses on management of financial institutions in general, and risk management in financial institutions in particular. The book's many examples, appendices, graphs and tables provide valuable know-how to a wide audience, making it an excellent resource for professionals as well as students who wish to attain a broad understanding of finance. Please contact Stefan.Giesen@degruyter.com to request additional instructional material comprising a chapter-wise listing of questions and answers.
Fundamentals of futures and options markets
by
Fundamentals of Futures and Options Markets covers much of the same material as Hull’s acclaimed title, Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives. However, this text simplifies the language for a less mathematically sophisticated audience. Omitting calculus completely, the book is suitable for any graduate or undergraduate course in business, economics, and other faculties.
Microsoft Dynamics 365 enterprise edition - financial management : maximize your business productivity through modern financial management in Dynamics 365
by
Microsoft Dynamics 365 for finance and operations is a rapidly growing application and is widely used in enterprise organizations. Because of its ability to maximize business productivity, it is a fast-growing business application package in the ERP market. We will start by looking into ERP concepts, implementation needs, and interface design, giving you basic knowledge of financial management aspects and explaining key concepts along the way. To begin with, you'll be taken through the general ledger and financial dimension functions. You'll later learn about the sales tax mechanism and multi-currency in Microsoft Dynamics 365. We tackle each topic with focused examples and explanations on topics such as payable/receivable accounts, forecasting, cash and bank management, budgeting planning/control, and fixed assets. Finally, we walk you through intercompany, consolidation, costing basics, and financial reporting. By the end of this book, your finance team will have a much richer understanding of Microsoft Dynamics 365 for finance and operations and its powerful capabilities.
Network models in finance : expanding the tools for portfolio and risk management
by
Expansive overview of theory and practical implementation of networks in investment management Guided by graph theory, Network Models in Finance: Expanding the Tools for Portfolio and Risk Management provides a comprehensive overview of networks in investment management, delivering strong knowledge of various types of networks, important characteristics, estimation, and their implementation in portfolio and risk management. With insights into the complexities of financial markets with respect to how individual entities interact within the financial system, this book enables readers to construct diversified portfolios by understanding the link between price/return movements of different asset classes and factors, perform better risk management through understanding systematic, systemic risk and counterparty risk, and monitor changes in the financial system that indicate a potential financial crisis. With a practitioner-oriented approach, this book includes coverage of: Practical examples of broad financial data to show the vast possibilities to visualize, describe, and investigate markets in a completely new way Interactions, Causal relationships and optimization within a network-based framework and direct applications of networks compared to traditional methods in finance Various types of algorithms enhanced by programming language codes that readers can implement and use for their own data Network Models in Finance: Expanding the Tools for Portfolio and Risk Management is an essential read for asset managers and investors seeking to make use of networks in research, trading, and portfolio management.
Operational Risk Management
by
OpRisk Awards 2020 Book of the Year Winner! The Authoritative Guide to the Best Practices in Operational Risk Management Operational Risk Management offers a comprehensive guide that contains a review of the most up-to-date and effective operational risk management practices in the financial services industry. The book provides an essential overview of the current methods and best practices applied in financial companies and also contains advanced tools and techniques developed by the most mature firms in the field. The author explores the range of operational risks such as information security, fraud or reputation damage and details how to put in place an effective program based on the four main risk management activities: risk identification, risk assessment, risk mitigation and risk monitoring. The book also examines some specific types of operational risks that rank high on many firms' risk registers. Drawing on the author's extensive experience working with and advising financial companies, Operational Risk Management is written both for those new to the discipline and for experienced operational risk managers who want to strengthen and consolidate their knowledge.
Practical Project Risk Management, Third Edition
by
This new edition of an award-winning risk management classic is more actionable than ever with new chapters on facilitating risk conversations and running a risk workshop. Risk isn't just about threat; it's also about opportunity. You have to be ready to take advantage of the most unexpected events--good or bad--with any project you are managing. But how does this work in practice? The Active Threat and Opportunity Management (ATOM) methodology offers a simple, scalable risk process that applies to all projects in all industries and business sectors. For each process step, the authors offer practical advice, hints, and tips on how to get the most out of the risk management process. Risk management really can work in practice. This Project Management Institute award-winning methodology is already used by top corporations. Whether you are someone with no prior knowledge of risk management or someone who simply needs guidance on how to apply risk management successfully, this book will help you tackle the ups and downs of this unpredictable world.
Risk Management for Events
by
Risk Management for Events is a comprehensive and practical guide that supports academic and professional development programs to prepare individuals for entering or advancement in the international events industry. Events of all types are produced every day for all manner of purposes, attracting all sorts of people. Creating and managing the environment in which these people will gather carries with it awesome responsibilities -- legal, ethical, and financial. To provide a safe and secure setting and to operate in a manner that ensures that the hosting organizations or individuals achieve their objectives in a proper and profitable way, event risk management must be fully integrated into all event plans and throughout the event management process. This new edition has been revised and updated to include: New case studies and examples from a wide range of international destinations and different types of events. Updated statistics and data throughout. New content on emergent risk, on-site decision-making, terrorism, and public health, including the COVID-19 pandemic, and corruption within events. Updated online material, including a case study archive and weblinks to useful resources. This will be an invaluable resource for all those studying events management.
Solving for project risk management : understanding the critical role of uncertainty in project management
by
"From a top risk analyst on major NASA and DoD projects-the concepts, information, and approaches you need to dramatically reduce financial risk on any project, in any industry Even when a quantitative approach to risk management is taken, the process is fraught with obstacles, including a lack of understanding of uncertainty and ignorance of actual risk levels, peoples' inherent biases that cause them to underestimate risk, and disconnection of staff and teams involved in the process. Ideal for project managers, business analysts, and senior decision makers in both the public and private sectors, Solving for Project Risk Management explains why standard cost and schedule management practices are sub-par and offers practical guidance on how to fix them. With heavy emphasis on risk management and understanding the role of uncertainty, this comprehensive guide provides everything readers need to ensure project success by conducting risk management the right way. Whatever the size or complexity of a project, the failure to manage it with diligence and know-how can-and often does-lead to devastating consequences for an organization. Chapters include: The Enduring Problem of Cost and Schedule Growth The Quantitative Cost and Schedule Risk Imperative Incorporating Realism in Risk Analysis Considering the Right Tail in Risk Management The Need for Portfolio Management Smart lays out common problems and explains how to solve them for positive outcomes, including how to use uncertainty to make better decisions, and employs narrative and personal experience to illustrate key concepts. Whatever the size or complexity of a project, the failure to manage its inherent risk with diligence and know-how can-and often does-lead to devastating consequences for an organization. Solving for Project Risk Management delivers everything you need to ensure your projects run smoothly and deliver the expected value to your organization"-- Provided by publisher.
Strategic Risk Management
by
STRATEGIC RISK MANAGEMENT Having just experienced a global pandemic that sent equity markets into a tailspin in March 2020, risk management is a more relevant topic than ever. It remains, however, an often poorly understood afterthought. Many portfolios are designed without any thought given to risk management before they are handed off to a dedicated--but separate--risk management team. In Strategic Risk Management: Designing Portfolios and Managing Risk, Campbell R. Harvey, Sandy Rattray, and Otto Van Hemert deliver a reimagining of the risk management process. The book envisions a marriage between the investment and risk processes, an approach that has proven successful at the world''s largest publicly listed hedge fund, Man Group. The authors provide readers with a new framework for portfolio design that includes defensive strategies, drawdown risk controls, volatility targeting, and actively timing rebalancing trades. You will learn about how the book''s new approach to risk management fared during the recent market drawdown at the height of the COVID-19 pandemic. You will also discover why the traditional risk weighting approach only works on certain classes of assets. The book shows you how to accurately evaluate the costs of defensive strategies and which ones offer the best and most cost-effective protection against market downturns. Finally, you will learn how to obtain a more balanced return stream by targeting volatility rather than a constant notional exposure and gain a deeper understanding of concepts like portfolio rebalancing. Perfect for people working in the asset management industry and financial policy makers, Strategic Risk Management: Designing Portfolios and Managing Risk will also earn a place in the libraries of economics and finance scholars, as well as casual readers who take an active approach to investing in their savings or pension assets. PRAISE FOR STRATEGIC RISK MANAGEMENT "Strategic Risk Management shows how to fully embed risk management into the portfolio management process as an equal partner to alpha. This should clearly be best practice for all asset managers." --Jase Auby, Chief Investment Officer, the Teacher Retirement System of Texas "This book shows the power of integrating risk and investment management, rather than applying risk management as an afterthought to satisfy set limits. I was pleased to shepherd some of the key ideas in this book through the publication process at The Journal of Portfolio Management." --Frank J. Fabozzi, Editor, The Journal of Portfolio Management "Financial markets today are quite different from those of the last century. Understanding leverage, correlations, tails, and other risk parameters of a portfolio is at least as important as work on signals and alpha. In that sense, bringing risk management from ''control'' to ''front office'' should be a priority for asset managers. This book explains how to do it." --Marko Kolanovic, Chief Global Market Strategist, J.P. Morgan A powerful new approach to risk management in volatile and uncertain markets While the COVID-19 pandemic threw the importance of effective risk management into sharp relief, many investment firms hang on to a traditional and outdated model of risk management. Using siloed and independent portfolio management and risk monitoring teams, these firms miss out on the opportunities presented by integrated risk management. Strategic Risk Management: Designing Portfolios and Managing Risk delivers a fresh approach to risk management in difficult market conditions. The accomplished author team advocates for the amalgamation of portfolio design and risk monitoring teams, incorporating risk management into every aspect of portfolio design. The book provides a roadmap for the crucial aspects of portfolio design, including defensive strategies, drawdown risk controls, volatility targeting, and actively timing rebalancing trades. You will discover how these techniques helped the authors achieve remarkable results during the market drawdown in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic and how they can help you protect your assets against unpredictable--but inevitable--future bear markets. Ideal for professionals in the asset management industry, Strategic Risk Management: Designing Portfolios and Managing Risk is a valuable resource for financial policy makers, economics and finance scholars, and anyone with even a passing interest in taking an active role in investing for their future.
Strategic Risk Management
by
This book presents a new approach to risk management that enables executives to think systematically and strategically about future risks and deal proactively with threats to their competitive advantages in an ever more volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous world. Organizations typically manage risks through traditional tools such as insurance and risk mitigation; some employ enterprise risk management, which looks at risk holistically throughout the organization. But these tools tend to focus organizational attention on past actions and compliance. Executives need to tackle risk head-on as an integral part of their strategic planning process, not by looking in the rearview mirror. Strategic Risk Management (SRM) is a forward-looking approach that helps teams anticipate events or exposures that fundamentally threaten or enhance a firm's position. The authors, experts in both business strategy and risk management, define strategic risks and show how they differ from operational risks. They offer a road map that describes architectural elements of SRM (knowledge, principles, structures, and tools) to show how leaders can integrate them to effectively design and implement a future-facing SRM program. SRM gives organizations a competitive advantage over those stuck in outdated risk management practices. For the first time, it enables them to look squarely out the front windshield.
The successful trader's guide to money management : proven strategies, applications, and management techniques
by
Discover how to maximize the effectiveness of your trading techniques by applying the right money management techniques Money management is a central element of trading the financial markets, especially in uncertain times. Yet investors often misinterpret the central concepts of money management. To manage risk and obtain optimal rewards from your trades, you will benefit from a deeper understanding of how the professionals manage money. The Successful Trader's Guide to Money Management describes the operating methods that seasoned investors use. With this book, you'll avoid the common mistake of focusing too much on entry levels and stop-losses, and you'll learn to consider the impact of proper money management on your final portfolio results. Successful traders focus on risk management, avoiding opening positions that are too large with respect to the total capital they have available. Packed with practical examples and with special focus on money management or position-sizing, The Successful Trader's Guide to Money Management offers a comprehensive coverage of widely practiced risk management models, examining their strengths and weaknesses. You will learn how to use the most effective operating models, including the Fixed Fractional, Fixed Ratio, and Percent Volatility models. This book also provides a thorough analysis of portfolio management models. These essential tips will nudge you toward a more winning position as you enter your next trades. Learn how the professionals manage money and avoid common trading mistakes Design a trading system that minimizes risk and maximizes reward through correct position sizing Understand the most important money and portfolio management models, including Fixed Ratio, Percent Volatility, Fixed Fractional, and more Equip yourself to trade smarter, individually or with a broker, on equity, derivatives and Forex markets For individual and institutional investors alike, this book is a ticket to more solid trading strategy, especially in uncertain times.
Systemic risk and complex networks in modern financial systems
by
This open access book is a groundbreaking exploration of systemic risk in modern financial systems. Through its theoretical and empirical investigations, it reveals the multidimensionality of systemic risk, the transmission channels of crises, and the interlinkages between physical, transition, and financial risks. It introduces cutting-edge methodologies, including prediction and optimization models based on complex networks, multilayer networks and eXplainable Artificial Intelligence (XAI) approaches, to forecast and measure systemic risk and financial crisis. It provides insight for academics, practitioners, policy and supervisory authorities, and bankers and financial market operators on understanding the links that determine the propagation of financial crises and the emergence of systemic risks. This book is essential for those wishing to better understand systemic risk and its implications.
This course will enable you to learn some tools necessary to understand how the world economy functions. Discussions related to the economic performance of countries, trading of goods and services across borders, and factors of global production will help you think critically about the going-ons in world economy. This course will also help you understand the effects of the flow of goods and services as well as the varying policies enforced by countries to limit or stimulate such activities.
Applied International Economics
by
Applied International Economics, 4th Edition offers a modern and accessible treatment of international economics, shifting the emphasis from pure theory to the application of theory by using some of the key tools of economic analysis. This new edition of the text formerly known as International Economics makes the real-life application of international economics clearer than ever before, and focuses on the basics that students will need in order to analyse information on the world economy throughout their future careers. The new edition has been refocused, revised and thoroughly updated. Key features include: A new chapter on the firm in international trade accompanies a greater focus on firms in the world economy, how trade influences income inequality and how businesses can apply principles of international economics.　 New or expanded chapter subsections on topics including the intersection of international economics and international business; money, interest rates, and the exchange rate; and the dynamic gains from trade. Replacement and expansion of case studies to bring them fully up to date. Chapters on economic development in both the international trade and finance sections on the book to reflect the increasing importance of low- and middle-income countries in the world economy. A streamlined treatment of Purchasing Power Parity, leading into the concept of the real exchange rate.　 Expanded treatment of the Eurozone and the Eurozone crisis. Written in a thorough and engaging style, the book covers topics at a level appropriate for students specializing in business or international relations, as well as for economics students. Along with a wealth of case studies and real-life examples, the book offers extensive pedagogy including a companion website, end of chapter summaries, explanations of key concepts and terms, problem sets and additional readings.
China and the Global Economy
by
China's Global Economic Footprint is large and growing. In recent years, China has contributed a third or more to the growth of the global economy following its meteoric rise starting in the 1980s and gathering momentum in the 1990s. China has convincingly demonstrated the efficacy of investment and export-led growth as a model of development and has achieved economic stardom using a mix of industrial, trade and exchange rate policies within the framework of a gradually reforming socialist market economy. This Research Review explores China's economy and will be an invaluable resource for China watchers and researchers, students and policymakers interested in learning from East Asia's development, understanding how China transformed its economy and exploring how China might come to grips with the challenges ahead.
Comparative Economics in a Transforming World Economy, Third Edition
by
An approach to comparative economic systems that avoids simple dichotomies to examine a wide variety of institutional and systemic arrangements, with updated country case studies.Comparative economics, with its traditional dichotomies of socialism versus capitalism, private versus state, and planning versus market, is changing. This innovative textbook offers a new approach to understanding different economic systems that reflects both recent transformations in the world economy and recent changes in the field.This new edition examines a wide variety of institutional and systemic arrangements, many of which reflect deep roots in countries' cultures and histories. The book has been updated and revised throughout, with new material in both the historical overview and the country case studies. It offers a broad survey of economic systems, then looks separately at market capitalism, Marxism and socialism, and "new traditional economies" (with an emphasis on the role of religions, Islam in particular, in economic systems). It presents case studies of advanced capitalist nations, including the United States, Japan, Sweden, and Germany; alternative paths in the transition from socialist to market economies taken by such countries as Russia, the former Soviet republics, Poland, China, and the two Koreas; and developing countries, including India, Iran, South Africa, Mexico, and Brazil. The new chapters on Brazil and South Africa complete the book's coverage of all five BRICS nations; the chapter on South Africa extends the book's comparative treatment to another continent. The chapter on Brazil with its account of the role of the Amazon rain forest as a great carbon sink expands the coverage of global environmental and sustainability issues. Each chapter ends with discussion questions.
Emerging global trade governance : mega free trade agreements and implications for ASEAN
by
Mega free trade agreements (FTAs) are being formed to fill the gap created by new developments in global governance and are reshaping the world economic order. The Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) agreement is one of such 21st century FTAs. This book highlights three trade-related issues covered by the TPP that greatly concern emerging countries - investment, intellectual property rights (IPR), and state-owned enterprises (SOEs). It contains rigorous economic, legal, and political analyses on the final text of the agreement, combined with country-specific policy discussions focusing on Indonesia, the Philippines, Thailand, and Viet Nam, giving readers insights on the establishment of global rules and regulations for 21st century trade. The book also outlines the requirements for emerging Asian countries to better formulate trade policies in the new era of international trade and promote regional integration in ASEAN and East Asia.
The global business environment : sustainability in the balance
by
"This text challenges students to think critically about global issues that affect the business environment and provides them with a wealth of pedagogical features that help cement learning. Its coverage includes the economic, political, social, legal, cultural, technological and financial environments. The book is truly global in coverage, with case studies and examples from all over the world, including Afghanistan, China, Sweden and Thailand. It also has a strong focus on ethics, responsibilities and sustainability and what this means for business organizations. Janet Morrison's writing style makes difficult concepts easy to understand and its clarity makes it suitable for students with English as a second language. New to this edition: - The theme of uncertainty in global contexts, examining how best to assess and confront the challenges of uncertainties and risks in the differing dimensions of the business environment - A chapter on the worldwide pandemic and the global business environment - Increased coverage of FDI, industrial policy and global communication - New coverage relating to race relations and decolonising the curriculum - 10 new cases, making a total of 52 cases, with all other cases fully updated - A brand new decision-making feature linked to some of the cases studies"-- Provided by publisher.
Global Cultural Economy
by
Global Cultural Economy critically interrogates the role cultural and creative industries play in societies. By locating these industries in their broader cultural and economic contexts, Christiaan De Beukelaer and Kim-Marie Spence combine their repertoires of empirical work across four continents to define the 'cultural economy' as the system of production, distribution, and consumption of cultural goods and services, as well as the cultural, economic, social, and political contexts in which it operates. Each chapter introduces and discusses a different theme, such as inclusion, diversity, sustainability, and ownership, highlighting the tensions around them to elicit an active engagement with possible and provisional solutions. The themes are explored through case studies including Bollywood, Ghanaian music, the Korean Wave, Jamaican Reggae, and the UN Creative Economy Reports. Written with students, researchers, and policy-makers in mind, Global Cultural Economy is ideal for anyone interested in the creative and cultural industries, media and cultural studies, cultural policy, and development studies.
Global Cultural Economy
by
Global Cultural Economy critically interrogates the role cultural and creative industries play in societies. By locating these industries in their broader cultural and economic contexts, Christiaan De Beukelaer and Kim-Marie Spence combine their repertoires of empirical work across four continents to define the 'cultural economy' as the system of production, distribution, and consumption of cultural goods and services, as well as the cultural, economic, social, and political contexts in which it operates. Each chapter introduces and discusses a different theme, such as inclusion, diversity, sustainability, and ownership, highlighting the tensions around them to elicit an active engagement with possible and provisional solutions. The themes are explored through case studies including Bollywood, Ghanaian music, the Korean Wave, Jamaican Reggae, and the UN Creative Economy Reports. Written with students, researchers, and policy-makers in mind, Global Cultural Economy is ideal for anyone interested in the creative and cultural industries, media and cultural studies, cultural policy, and development studies.
The Global Economy in Turbulent Times
by
A leading authority's answer to today's global economic challenges In Global Economy in Turbulent Times, Harvard economist Dr. See-Yan Lin offers his timely and incisive views on today's key economic issues. Adapted from his hugely popular column in the Malaysia Star newspaper, these articles offer fresh and entertaining perspectives on perennial economic problems. The discussion covers the world economy, with particular attention to the US, EU, Japan, and the international monetary system, as Dr. Lin explains how the economy is broken and offers multiple paths to repair. Coverage includes emerging East Asia, ASEAN (especially Malaysia), and BRICS nations, plus the author's own views on global demography, the need for quality education, corporate governance in Malaysia, and more. Dr. Lin's expertise in strategic and financial issues is renown and actively sought in the academic, economic, banking, and business realms. In this book, he presents his observations and analysis of the global economy, and the most pressing issues facing the world's financial future. Consider the issues faced by the world's leading economies Examine the factors underlying inadequacy of political will to act Gain insight into the middle class that's emerging across the globe Get new perspective on CSR and management from a leading authority Opinions on the world's economic problems are abundant, but seldom do they come from such an authoritative source. Dr. Lin draws upon decades of economic experience and the knowledge gained through three post-graduate Harvard degrees to give you a deeper understanding of the current state of the economy. Gain the insight of a multi-awarded scholar and economist with the deep discussion and expert analysis in Global Economy in Turbulent Times.
The global factory : networked multinational enterprises in the modern global economy
by
This book brings together the key works on the global factory - a unique approach to the modern global economy that focuses on the orchestrating role of key multinational firms that control an integrated international network of independent firms. This analysis is conducted at global system level, at the level of global value chains and for individual firms. These three levels represent consistent, nested approaches to the analysis of pressing issues of the modern international economy. The Global Factoryexamines the internalisation theory of the multinational enterprise as it applies to global interfirm networks, and pays particular attention to multinational firms from emerging countries. It examines the governance and performance of global factories, their internationalisation and knowledge management strategies and the potential for multinational firms to address societal failures. The role of technology, the use of tax havens by Chinese multinationals and the division of entrepreneurial labour between global factories and smaller local firms are all explored as fascinating aspects of the overarching theory. This is an essential point of reference on Buckley's work on the global factory for academics and students of business, as well as managers of multinational firms and public policy makers.
The Globalization Backlash
by
Globalization, heralded for decades as a harbinger of prosperity, faces a huge backlash. Derided by right-wing nationalists as a 'globalist' plot to undermine traditional communities, and by left-wing critics as the rule of rampaging corporations, it's become a political punching bag around the world. In this incisive book, leading commentator Colin Crouch defends globalization against its critics to the right and left. He argues that reversing the process would mean a poorer world riven by nationalistic and reactionary antagonisms. However, globalization will only be worth saving if we institute reforms to promote social solidarity and recover pride and confidence for the cities and regions that have lost out. Crouch shows that we can therefore only save globalization from itself if we transcend the nation state and subject global economic flows to democratically responsible transnational governance. Crouch provides a much-needed riposte to the delusions that risk plunging the world back into a zero-sum game of regressive economic nationalism, combining cool-headed analysis with a visionary call for a reformed and genuinely progressive globalization.
Global shift : mapping the changing contours of the world economy
by
The definitive text on globalization, this book provides an accessible, jargon-free analysis of how the world economy works and its effects on people and places. Peter Dicken synthesizes the latest ideas and empirical data to blaze a clear path through the thicket of globalization processes and debates. The book highlights the dynamic interactions among transnational corporations, nations, and other key players, and their role in shaping the uneven contours of development. Mapping the changing centers of gravity of the global economy, Dicken presents in-depth case studies of six major industries. Now in full color throughout, the text features 228 figures. Companion websites for students and instructors offer extensive supplemental resources, including author videos, applied case studies with questions, lecture notes with PowerPoint slides, discipline-specific suggested further reading for each chapter, and interactive flashcards. New to This Edition: Every chapter thoroughly revised and updated. All 228 figures (now in color) are new or redesigned. Addresses the ongoing fallout from the recent global financial crisis. Discussions of timely topics: tax avoidance and corporate social responsibility; global problems of unemployment, poverty, and inequality; environmental degradation; the Eurozone crisis; and more. Enhanced online resources for instructors and students.
International business
by
International business enterprises
International Economics
by
Discover the proven, market-leading text that is a favorite among students of all backgrounds for its clear, concise treatment of international trade and finance theory. Carbaugh's INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS, 17E uses a wealth of contemporary examples and practical applications to vividly demonstrate the relevance of the theory you are learning to real economic issues and global policy questions. The author presents both written and graphical discussions, making the book highly understandable even if you have little economics background. This edition reflects the latest theoretical developments with a continued emphasis on current applications to keep your instruction current and interesting. You will soon discover, "If it�s clear, concise, and contemporary, it has to be Carbaugh."
International Economics
by
Appleyard and Field's International Economics offers a consistent level of analysis and treatment of the two main subdivisions of international economics--international trade theory and policy and international monetary theory and policy. Comprehensive and clear, International Economics helps students move beyond recognition toward an understanding of current and future international events. New improvements covering the emerging issues in the global economy are designed to help readers both understand and appreciate the growing importance of the global economy in their lives.
International Economics
by
Now in its 15th edition, this proven, market-leading book remains a favorite among readers of all backgrounds for its clear, concise treatment of international trade and finance theory. Using a wealth of contemporary examples and practical applications, INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS vividly demonstrates the relevance of theory to real-world economic issues and policy questions. Discussions are presented both verbally and graphically, making the book highly accessible even if you have little economics background. As you will soon discover, "If it's clear, concise, and contemporary, it has to be Carbaugh!"
The new economic diplomacy : decision-making and negotiation in international economic relations
by
The New Economic Diplomacy explains how states conduct their external economic relations in the 21st century: how they make decisions domestically, how they negotiate internationally and how these processes interact. Although the previous edition, published in 2011, was able to reflect the impact of the financial crisis and the immediate reaction to it, a lot has happened since then, and the atmosphere of economic diplomacy has darkened. To capture the emergence of new trends and the intensification of old ones, the salient features of this new edition are: The advance of China and other emerging powers at the expense of G7 governments, despite some setbacks; Much greater activity in negotiating regional and plurilateral trade agreements, while the multilateral system struggles; The persistence of problems exposed by the financial crisis, notably the long-running euro-zone crisis. The interaction between domestic and external forces: the balance has shifted towards the domestic axis, with international agreement more difficult to achieve. This edition goes further in comparing the practice of different players, to reflect the greater diversity of economic diplomacy. Based on the authors' work in the field of International Political Economy, it is suitable for students interested in the decision-making processes in foreign economic policy, including those studying international relations, government, politics and economics. It will also appeal to politicians, bureaucrats, business people, NGO activists, journalists and the informed public.
Terms of trade : glossary of international economics
by
Have you ever wondered what a term in international economics means? This useful reference book offers a glossary of terms in both international trade and international finance, with emphasis on economic issues. It is intended for students getting their first exposure to international economics, although advanced students will also find it useful for some of the more obscure terms that they have forgotten or never encountered.Besides an extensive glossary of terms that has been expanded about 50% from the first edition, there is a picture gallery of diagrams used to explain key concepts such as the Edgeworth Production Box and the Offer Curve Diagram in international economics. This section is followed by over 30 lists of terms that occur a lot in international economics, grouped by subject to help users find terms that they cannot recall.Prior to an enlarged bibliography is an expanded section on the origins of terms in international economics, which records what the author has been able to learn about the origins of some of the terms used in international economics. This is a must-have portable glossary in international trade and international economics!
This course will enable you to learn some tools necessary to understand how the world economy functions. Discussions related to the economic performance of countries, trading of goods and services across borders, and factors of global production will help you think critically about the going-ons in world economy. This course will also help you understand the effects of the flow of goods and services as well as the varying policies enforced by countries to limit or stimulate such activities.
Advances on international economics
by
"In a globalized world characterized by huge international capital mobility, there has been renewed interest in international economics in both academic circles and economic policy forums and supranational institutions. The recent financial and economic crisis, in particular, has raised questions concerning the usefulness of several economic paradigms accepted by both academia and advising government institutions. Advances on International Economics offers a broad overview of recent developments in international economics, both theoretical and empirical, adapted from contributions to the XV Conference on International Economics, organized by the Spanish Association of International Economics and Finance (AEEFI), and the University of Salamanca, Spain. The main topics of the contributions to this volume cover modelling international economics, macroeconomic aspects of international trade and finance, international factor movements, and international business. The chapters offer new theories and practical insights through the use of empirical tools for international policy recommendations."--Provided by publisher.
Big picture economics : how to navigate the new global economy
by
Navigate the economy with this insightful new book The world is awash with economic information. Governments release reports. Pundits give their interpretation on television. And the stock market may go its own way, confusing everyone. How can you better understand what it means for you? Big Picture Economics, a new book by award-winning columnist and futurist Joel Naroff and veteran journalist Ron Scherer, says the thread that ties everything together is "context." The authors show how consumers, business, the Federal Reserve, and government take into account what's going on around them to make critical decisions like buying new products, building new factories, changing interest rates, or setting budget goals. The book provides a clear roadmap to understanding the whole story behind the global economy. Big Picture Economics helps readers understand how context impacts decisions and decision makers. - The Federal Reserve and Congress in formulating economic policy - Consumers in a shopper nation and what makes us buy or not buy - Corporations making decisions on whether to build new factories and buy other companies - The federal budget that must deal with complex issues, including the reduction of health care spending - A simple test for tax cuts or increases: will they help the economy grow? - Where to produce and where to sell in a global economy that is more like a Mobius strip than a flat world - International events that can ripple through the economy and ultimately affect workers in the Midwest - Technology, such as intelligent drones to wearable computers, are changing the future Experts laud the book for its perceptive insights: "It all sounds like common sense, but it is actually based on a close, expert reading of economic history and what that history implies for the future. Read this book to become a more educated judge of economic policy." --Robert Moffitt, Krieger-Eisenhower Professor of Economics at Johns Hopkins University "Naroff and Scherer show how seemingly unrelated things like an upgrade of the Panama Canal, a Tex-Mex restaurant's menu change, or how many Americans are overweight turn out to be intricately linked to our daily experiences. What brings the book to life is the authors' focus on these hidden interconnections." --Brendan Conway, blogger and columnist, Barron's
The Cultural Dimension of Global Business
by
Now in its ninth edition, The Cultural Dimension of Global Business continues to provide an essential foundation for understanding the impact of culture on global business and global business on culture. The highly experienced authors demonstrate how the theory and insights of cultural anthropology can positively influence the conduct of global business, examining a range of issues that individuals, teams, and organizations face as they work globally and across cultures. The cross-cultural scenarios presented at the end of each chapter allow students of business, management, and anthropology alike to explore cultural differences while gaining valuable practice in thinking through a variety of complex and thorny cultural issues. The fully updated ninth edition offers: * An expanded focus on international perspectives, and greater insight into China and its emergence as a global economic power * Consideration of team interactions in complex global environments, including virtually, while recognizing that individuals have critical influence on business processes and outcomes * New methodological tools with reflections and exercises to inspire readers to begin thinking and acting globally, offering guidance on identifying salient features of an international business or partnership, adjusting to novel or unexpected circumstances, and capturing the perceptions and behaviors of global businesspeople * New chapters on understanding one's own organizational culture as a precursor to conducting business globally, additional material to enhance business partnership interactions, and strategies for integrating the global into local operations * Discussion of the wide-ranging disruptions facing people and business around the world and the ways in which the global pandemic affected business processes and practices * Further resources via the Instructor & Student Resource, www.routledge.com/cw/ferraro2, including links, blogs, and videos, an instructor's resource manual, and a section on relevant cultural sources.
The Ethics of Global Business
by
Provides an original account of international business ethics grounded in cosmopolitan human rights theory Transnational companies (TNCs) operate in a variety of political jurisdictions and legal frameworks. As international trade and foreign direct investment (FDI) continue to increase, TNCs based in industrialized 'home' nations are gaining enormous economic and political influence in developing 'host' nations. Corporations operating internationally, particularly in nations with limited regulatory and enforcement resources, are often free to determine whether they will follow existing laws and guidelines regarding consumer protection, worker safety, and environmental protection. The Ethics of Global Business provides clear and pragmatic guidance for business leaders interested in the ethical conduct of international business. With a cosmopolitan human rights perspective on international business ethics, this comprehensive volume describes modern transnational companies, explains why companies and their leaders are responsible for company policies and practices, and presents a conceptual framework grounded in respect for basic human rights. Arnold addresses a wide range of central topics, such as the role of transnational companies in global justice, the human rights obligations of transnational companies, labor rights in global supply chains, corporate responsibility regarding global climate change, and exploitation and empowerment at the base of the global economic pyramid. Presents and defends a theory of moral legitimacy that views TNCs as agents of justice Offers an alternative ethical conception of CSR that integrates a cosmopolitan human rights perspective Provides critical and ethical analysis of recent United Nations (UN) initiatives on business and human rights including the UN tripartite framework recently approved by the UN Human Rights Council Analyzes current Base of the Pyramid (BoP) strategies Defends minimum standards for working conditions in global supply chains and analyzes wage exploitation in developing nations Demonstrates the need for ethical CSR and morally legitimate BoP business ventures that do not exploit people living in moderate and extreme poverty (MEP) The Ethics of Global Business is essential reading for business leaders, policymakers, scholars, undergraduate and graduate students, and general readers with an interest in business ethics, global justice, human rights, sweatshop ethics, solutions to global poverty, corporate environmental sustainability, and global climate change as related to transnational companies.
Fair progress? : economic mobility across generations around the world
by
Fair Progress? Economic Mobility across Generations around the World focuses on an issue that has gotten much attention in the developed world, but will present new data and analysis covering most of the world including developing economies. The analysis considers whether those born in poverty or in prosperity are destined to remain in the same economic circumstances into which they were born, and looks back over a half a century at whether children's lives are better or worse than their parents' in different parts of the world. It suggests local, national, and global actions and policies that can help break the cycle of poverty, paving the way for the next generation to realize their potential and improve their lives.
Global economic disparity
by
The world is a veritable stage for superpowers. Major historical events are best viewed as the outcomes of games played by superpowers for their own economic interests. The objective of this book is to explore the primary cause of global historical events. A global economic disparity (GED) motivates superpowers to pursue their interests and results in the corresponding global historical event (GHE). This book explores the causal relationships between GEDs and GHEs that stand out in recent global history since the first Industrial Revolution, taking a geoeconomic approach which encompasses economics, international political affairs, history, and geography. The book confirms the causalities between GEDs and GHEs. It is a pioneering work that provides a unique but powerful policy implication: in order to alleviate international conflicts and tensions between superpowers, it is necessary to reduce GEDs. And since it is virtually impossible for a few superpowers to reduce the GEDs, the world economy needs a multipolar economic system for global stability through competition. The book was written shortly after the world economy was trapped within downward spirals caused by the US financial crisis and its contagion. As a collective representation of GEDs in various areas, the financial disparity is a central part of GEDs. The book rigorously examines the financial crisis (2008-2014) in the United States and the Fed’s response, a program of quantitative easing (QE) implemented in three phases, while bearing in mind that the origin of the current crisis is not solely the financial sector or stock markets, but worldwide economic disequilibrium. This book also focuses on the details for the causal relationships prevailing in several major areas: human resources, raw materials, energy, environment, and poverty.
Global economic prospects, January 2017 : weak investment in uncertain times
by
Stagnant global trade, subdued investment, and heightened policy uncertainty marked another difficult year for the world economy. A subdued recovery is expected for 2017, with receding obstacles to activity in commodity exporters and solid domestic demand in commodity importers. Weak investment is weighing on medium-term prospects across many emerging markets and developing economies (EMDEs). Although fiscal stimulus in major economies, if implemented, may boost global growth above expectations, risks to growth forecasts remain tilted to the downside. Important downside risks stem from heightened policy uncertainty in major economies. Global Economic Prospects is a World Bank Group Flagship Report. On a semiannual basis (January and June), it examines global economic developments and prospects, with a special focus on developing countries. The report includes analysis of topical policy challenges faced by developing countries through in-depth research in the January edition and shorter analytical pieces in the June edition.
Global economic prospects. January 2021
by
Although the global economy is emerging from the collapse triggered by COVID-19, the recovery is likely to be subdued, and global GDP is projected to remain well below its pre-pandemic trend for a prolonged period. Several risks cloud the outlook, including those related to the pandemic and to rapidly rising debt. The pandemic has further diminished already-weak growth prospects for the next decade. Decisive policy actions will be critical in raising the likelihood of better growth outcomes while warding off worse ones. Immediate priorities include supporting vulnerable groups and ensuring a prompt and widespread vaccination process to bring the pandemic under control. Although macroeconomic policy support will continue to be important, limited fiscal policy space amid high debt highlights the need for an ambitious reform agenda that bolsters growth prospects. To address many of these challenges, global cooperation will be key.Global Economic Prospects is a World Bank Group Flagship Report that examines global economic developments and prospects, with a special focus on emerging market and developing economies, on a semiannual basis (in January and June). The January edition includes in-depth analyses of topical policy challenges faced by these economies, while the June edition contains shorter analytical pieces.
Global Economy in Transition
by
This volume covers various issues in global development and global economic transformation including factors affecting economies and development in the European Union (EU), the Ukraine, select countries in Africa, the Caribbean, the South Pacific as well as India and the United States. The global economy is in transition, from the 1990s? status quo to the ?new normal? with heavy reliance on the internet, rapid communications, sophisticated payment systems, diminishing importance of size and distance and changing notions of the market. This volume discusses how this process is affecting economies across the globe and why an appreciation of it will help efforts by governmental bodies and the private sector to reassess societal relationships - both economic and political. This volume shows that challenges to policy-making and the achievement of social consensus on development issues are often quite similar in all countries, irrespective of size, geographical location, endowment and developmental status. The chapters speak to concerns that touch on a cross-section of issues which are driving transition and transformation at multiple levels. As a group, they compare economic factors across transnational economic or political associations (OECD, European Union, G20) or make comparisons across or within emerging markets or small states (BRICS, various African countries, the Caribbean, South Pacific). They include the presentation of a new model for transnational agreements, discussions of policies related to labor compensation and corporate governance, comparisons of nations across the world using indices of economic development and governance, an analysis of gender inequality in employment in the European Union, comparisons of tax burdens across the European Union and the USA, discussions of employee representation in corporate governance, and a look at grass-roots development and markets in developing economies. As a whole, these contributions make an important scholarly contribution to international economics in their breadth and cross-national analyses.
Globalization alternatives : strategies for the new international economy
by
In a complex and growingly chaotic global environment, individuals, companies, and countries are forced to adapt, innovate, and operate in new ways. Creative and unconventional economic and business models are constantly being developed in order for countries and corporations to gain a competitive advantage. Countless novel ideas have challenged traditional views on the merits of globalization. Populist and protectionist sentiments have gained ground alongside calls for economic nationalism, alter-globalization, deglobalization and even unglobalization. Skepticism is on the rise, and there is a pressing need for fresh solutions and viable strategies. This book assembled a cast of international experts and thought leaders and gathered their views on alternative pathways toward global success.
Globalization and Economic Justice
by
A collection of articles dedicated to raising global awareness and the restraining of growing injustice, while supporting the building up of a community that guarantees basic rights in a democratic society.
Global meets digital : global strategy for digital businesses : digital strategy for global businesses
by
The world today is at the intersection of two megatrends - Globalization and Digitalization - a business revolution unfolding in real time. Global Meets Digital captures the many nuances of this revolution succinctly, including its impact on our lives and business. An immediate implication of this revolution is that the economic principles that underpinned business and strategy for hundreds of years, such as diminishing returns to scale and resource scarcity, are no longer valid for a large and growing number of products and services. The book will challenge you to think differently not just about digital products, but also about physical products. In the global-digital world, products are of three kinds--physical, digital, and smart machines (products that are both physical and digital, and connected to the internet)--a distinction missed by most books on strategy and global business. The economics of each kind of products is distinct from that of the others, which has strategic implications for all kinds of businesses -implications such as how to compete and how to create and capture value. With several mini case studies and over 300 company examples, the book covers themes and cutting-edge issues like the paradox of globalization, digital disruption, disruptive business models, exponential technologies, Internet of Things, competition in digital markets, winner-take-all market dynamics, Industry 4.0, how to innovate, strategizing for the New Normal, and value creation and value capture in both B2C and B2B contexts. The book derives its underpinnings from the practice of global and digital business, while theory remains in the background. Intended specifically for an executive/professional audience, Global Meets Digital should also be of value to business students and professors learning to dip their toes into a digital world. Vinod Jain is an expert in global and digital strategy, award-winning professor, Fulbright Scholar, and author of an MBA textbook, Global Strategy. He taught at the Rutgers Business School, Newark and New Brunswick, and the Robert H. Smith School of Business, University of Maryland, College Park. At Maryland, he was also the Founding Director of the federally funded Center for International Business Education and Research and Academic Director of Smith School's Executive MBA program in China. Since leaving Maryland, he has taught in China, Denmark, Finland, Poland, and India as a visiting or term professor. His opinion pieces have appeared in The Washington Post, The Baltimore Sun, Mensa Bulletin, and Economic Times and Mint (India's #1 and #2 business dailies), among other media. In the past, he worked as a middle- and senior-level executive with American and British multinationals. Vinod has a PhD in Strategy and International Business from the University of Maryland, College Park, MS in Management from UCLA, and MS and BS (Hons) in Statistics from the Indian Statistical Institute, Calcutta.
A Guide to International Economics
by
This book adopts a nontechnical approach to explaining the basis for trade between countries and the role of firms in global trade and describes the effect of tariffs and fluctuations in exchange rates on a company's sales, costs, and profits The study of international economics has never been more vital than it is today. The past global financial crisis, the economic uncertainty in many advanced countries, increasing barriers to international trade, and currency crises have created challenges for both policy makers and corporate decision makers involved in international trade and finance. This book provides a concise and rigorous approach to the understanding of international trade and finance without relying on mathematical models or graphs. It explains the basis and pattern of trade, the effects of trade and trade policies on companies, national welfare, and the global economy. It explains the determination and changes in exchange rates. Finally, it describes the operation of the economy and examines the impact of national economic policies on the domestic economy and the rest of the world. Corporate managers and MBA students must learn the complex interrelationships between trade policies; the actions of central banks; and changes in government spending and taxes on interest rates, prices, exchange rates, and economic activity. This book adopts a nontechnical approach to explaining the basis for trade between countries and the role of firms in global trade and describes the effect of tariffs and fluctuations in exchange rates on a company's sales, costs, and profits.
Handbook of International Economics, Volume 4
by
What conclusions can be drawn from recent advances in international trade and international macroeconomics? New datasets, theoretical models, and empirical studies have resulted infresh questions aboutthe world trade and payment system. These chapters--six on trade and six on international macroeconomics--reveal the richness that researchers have uncovered in recent years. The chapters on foreign trade present, among other subjects, new integrated multisector analytical frameworks, the use of gravity equations for the estimation of trade flows, the role of domestic institutions in shaping comparative advantage, and international trade agreements. On international macroeconomics, chapters explore the relation between exchange rates and other macroeconomic variables; risk sharing, allocation of capital across countries, and current account dynamics; and sovereign debt and financial crises. By addressingnew issues while enabling deeper and sharper analyses of old issues, this volume makes a significant contribution to our understanding of the global economy. Systematically illuminates and interprets recent developments in research on international trade and international macroeconomicsFocuses on newly developing questions and opportunities for future researchPresents multipleperspectives on ways to understand the global economy"
Innovative Models to Revive the Global Economy
by
The series is aimed at publishing peer-reviewed articles presented at the International Conference on Economics and Social Sciences (ICESS), organized yearly by the Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania. Each volume is associated with a particular edition of the conference. ICESS welcomes empirical and theoretical work, especially in the economics, business, finance, and management fields. ADVISORY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE CLODNIȚCHI Roxana, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania SABIE Oana Matilda, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania STATE Olimpia, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania HERȚELIU Claudiu, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania ALBU Nadia, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania STANEF-PUICÃ Roberta Mihaela, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania PÃTÃRLÃGEANU Simona Roxana, Ph.D. Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania CÂMPEANU Emilia, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania SIMION Cezar-Petre, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania DUMITRU Ionel, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania PÃUN Cristian Valeriu, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania LAZÃR Valentin, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania EDITORIAL ASSISTANT MANAGER VARGAS Vanesa Mãdãlina, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania Editorial Policy ICESS Instruction for authors ICESS Review process Publication_Ethics_ICESS
International Business Diplomacy
by
Multinational enterprises (MNEs) experienced 'golden days' during the 1990s and 2000s, they expanded globally and were major players in globalization. Today they have become powerful actors in the global economy. CEOs of international businesses are welcomed by heads of state as their counterparts, they are invited by governments to help solve global issues such as climate change and poverty, and they are facing dilemmas comparable to those of other international actors. However, MNEs are facing global legitimacy challenges. They are suspected of tax avoidance, using low wage countries for corporate benefits only, disrespecting privacy regulations, abusing consumer data, violating local community rights, exploiting natural resources, ignoring basic human rights, and employing too many lobbyists targeting national and international political decision-making processes for their own corporate interests. Although many of these challenges are not new, they have resurfaced and become more apparent during the past couple of years, partly due to the economic recession that many developed economies have faced and to the broader awareness of increasing global inequality and the importance of sustainability. How can international business respond? Strategic business diplomacy may be the answer. Business diplomacy involves developing strategies for long-term, positive relationship building with governments, local communities, and interest groups, aiming to establish and sustain legitimacy and to mitigate the risks arising from all non-commercial or exogenous factors in the global business environment. Business diplomacy is different from lobbying or strategic political activity; it implies an (strategic / holistic) approach of an international business to look at itself as an actor in the international diplomatic arena. Representation, communication and negotiation are key in such an approach.One of the consequences is that MNEs are able to operate in and show respect for an international business environment that consists of multiple stakeholders. This demands a strategic perspective and vision on the sector and the business environments in which the company wants to operate, and requires a specific set of instruments, skills and competences.
International Economics, Second Edition : Understanding the Forces of Globalization for Managers.
by
Today's news media displays an intense fascination with the global economy--and for good reason. The degree of worldwide economic integration is unprecedented. Rising globalization has lifted living standards and reduced poverty, while foreign markets and new technologies continue to present opportunities for entrepreneurs and corporations. Still, economic shocks can spread across the world in minutes, impacting billions of lives. The political framework supporting globalization is now under scrutiny, and recent elections suggest economic policies may be readjusted in the coming years. This book will help you learn about economics in everyday language, using little or no math, giving you better tools to interpret current events as well as long-term economic and political developments. Modern economics offers a powerful framework for understanding globalization, international trade, and economic growth. You may possess years of hands-on experience dealing with business cycles and foreign competitive pressures, but lack a solid grounding in economic concepts that shed light on the forces of globalization. This book is here to help.
Tracing the Roots of Globalization and Business Principles, Second Edition
by
The book begins with a historical perspective of recorded trade. It then offers a deeper insight into the first global products, the infrastructures created to support the trade initiative and the development of financial instruments to further its growth. The cross collateral influences of religion and government on the global commercial landscape follows.
The World Economic Forum and Transnational Networking
by
In recent years new political actors, drawing on innovative sources of power and legitimacy, have become increasingly influential in world politics. Traditional international politics is being supplemented by non-state actors, organizations, and networks. The World Economic Forum and Transnational Networkingpresents an informative investigation of the WEF as a political actor and important part of transnational civil society. Drawing upon extensive original research, Friesen analyzes the surprising role the WEF has played in international processes such as the campaign for the cancellation of third world debt, a campaign which culminated in the adoption of the Multilateral Debt Relief Initiative at the G8 in 2005. Her findings provoke even wider questions about the role and influence of other non-state organizations and about transnational politics, questions that are particularly pressing at a time when the norms and formal institutional structures of the liberal international order appear to be eroding. Theoretically rigorous, empirically sound, and engagingly written, this book is essential reading not only for researchers and students within international political economy, but also for practitioners within transnational organizations and transnational civil society campaigns.
Financial Services Marketing
by
Now in its 3rd edition, Financial Services Marketing offers a balanced and useful guide to the topic that is both conceptual and practical. The authors have drawn from 　extensive international experience to ensure that this text will resonate with users across the globe.　 This edition is complemented by numerous international references, examples and case studies featuring companies such as American Express, Direct Line, Barclays, NatWest RBS, Aviva and HSBC. This fully updated and revised edition features: An expanded section on regulation which has international reach and addresses the post-Brexit world Greatly expanded coverage of digital marketing at both the strategic and tactical levels New material on how to improve a company's trustworthiness and safeguard a culture that is customer-focussed New examples, vignettes and case studies that showcase best practice from around the world B2B and B2C marketing Upgraded PowerPoint support on the companion website Financial Services Marketing 3e will be hugely beneficial to academic students of marketing and finance, as well as essential reading to those industry-based and studying for professional qualifications.　
Foundations of Global Financial Markets and Institutions, Fifth Edition
by
A thoroughly revised and updated edition of a textbook for graduate students in finance, with new coverage of global financial institutions.This thoroughly revised and updated edition of a widely used textbook for graduate students in finance now provides expanded coverage of global financial institutions, with detailed comparisons of U.S. systems with non-U.S. systems. A focus on the actual practices of financial institutions prepares students for real-world problems. After an introduction to financial markets and market participants, including asset management firms, credit rating agencies, and investment banking firms, the book covers risks and asset pricing, with a new overview of risk; the structure of interest rates and interest rate and credit risks; the fundamentals of primary and secondary markets; government debt markets, with new material on non-U.S. sovereign debt markets; corporate funding markets, with new coverage of small and medium enterprises and entrepreneurial ventures; residential and commercial real estate markets; collective investment vehicles, in a chapter new to this edition; and financial derivatives, including financial futures and options, interest rate derivatives, foreign exchange derivatives, and credit risk transfer vehicles such as credit default swaps. Each chapter begins with learning objectives and ends with bullet point takeaways and questions.
Global finance in emerging market economies
by
Emerging market economies have accounted for three quarters of world economic growth and more than half of world output over the last decade. But the energy and ideas inherent in emerging economies cannot generate growth by themselves without resources to support them -- and first among these resources is money which is needed to purchase the capital and knowhow that turn ideas and initiative into income. How do emerging economies rich in resources other than money get money? This question encapsulates what emerging market finance is all about, and why finance is absolutely crucial to economic development. In emerging countries, most of the population does not have access to bank accounts or financial markets to save or borrow. The result is that many firms cannot get access to financial resources to grow, while households cannot borrow and save in ways that could reduce the riskiness and poverty of their lives. Even those that do have access to formal finance find that credit is unreliable and expensive. These financial failures limit growth and also increase the frequency of costly financial crises. These issues, and many more like them, mean that finance in emerging economies is different and often more complex than the view presented in most textbooks, where finance is only considered from the perspective of wealthy, developed economies. This book addresses this failure by focusing on the important characteristics of financial systems in emerging market economies and their differences from those in developed countries. This book surveys both theoretical and empirical research on finance in emerging economies, as well as reviewing numerous case studies. The final chapters describe and compare financial systems within the four different regions that encompass most emerging economies: Sub-Saharan Africa, the Middle East, Asia, and South America.
Handbook of Key Global Financial Markets, Institutions, and Infrastructure
by
Understanding twenty-first century global financial integration requires a two-part background. The Handbook of Key Global Financial Markets, Institutions, and Infrastructure begins its description of how we created a financially-intergrated world by first examining the history of financial globalization, from Roman practices and Ottoman finance to Chinese standards, the beginnings of corporate practices, and the advent of efforts to safeguard financial stability. It then describes the architecture itself by analyzing its parts, such as markets, institutions, and infrastructure. The contributions of sovereign funds, auditing regulation, loan markets, property rights, compensation practices, Islamic finance, and others to the global architecture are closely examined. For those seeking substantial, authoritative descriptions and summaries, this volume will replace books, journals, and other information sources with a single, easy-to-use reference work.
Handbook of safeguarding global financial stability : political, social, cultural, and economic theories and models
by
Political and social forces exert pressure on our globalized economy in many forms, from formal and informal policies to financial theories and technical models. Our efforts to shape and direct these forces to preserve financial stability reveal much about the ways we perceive the financial economy. The Handbook of Safeguarding Global Financial Stability examines our political economy, particularly the ways in which these forces inhabit our institutions, strategies, and tactics. As economies expand and contract, these forces also determine the ways we supervise and regulate. This high-level examination of the global political economy includes articles about specific countries, crises, and international systems as well as broad articles about major concepts and trends.
The IMF and global financial crises phoenix rising?
by
The IMF's response to the global crisis of 2008-9 marked a significant change from its past policies. The Fund provided relatively large amounts of credit quickly with limited conditions and accepted the use of capital controls. This book traces the evolution of the IMF's actions to promote international financial stability from the Bretton Woods era through the most recent crisis. The analysis includes an examination of the IMF's crisis management activities during the debt crisis of the 1980s, the upheavals in emerging markets in the 1990s and early 2000s, and the ongoing European crisis. The dominant influence of the United States and other advanced economies in the governance of the IMF is also described, and the replacement of the G7 nations by the more inclusive G20, which have promised to give the IMF a role in their mutual assessment of policies while undertaking reforms of the IMF's governance.
International Financial Centres after the Global Financial Crisis and Brexit
by
As well as marking the tenth anniversary of the collapse of Lehman Brothers and the consequent unleashing of the global financial crisis, 2018 is also the year of negotiations on the terms of the UK's exit from the European Union. Within a decade the banking world has witnessed two epochal events with potential to redraw the map of international financial centres: but how much has this map actually changed since 2008, and how is it likely to change in the near future? International Financial Centres after the Global Financial Crisis and Brexit gathers together leading economic historians, geographers, and other social scientists to focus on the post-2008 developments in key international financial centres. It focuses on the shifting hierarchies of New York, London, Paris, Geneva, Zurich, Frankfurt, Singapore, Hong Kong, Beijing, Shanghai, and Tokyo to question whether Asian financial centres have taken advantage of the crisis in the West. It also examines the medium-effects of the crisis, the level of regulation, and the rise of new technology (fintech). By exploring these crucial changes, it questions whether shifts in the financial industry and the global landscape will render these centres unnecessary for the functioning of the global economy, and which cities are likely to emerge as hubs of new financial technology.
International financial management
by
Designed for students taking courses in international finance, international finance management, multinational finance and multinational financial management, this book offers a variety of real-life examples, both numerical and institutional, that demonstrate the use of financial analysis and reasoning in solving international financial problems.
International Financial Management
by
- Provides students witha foundation for analysis that will serve them well in their careers ahead. - The decision-making process is presentedthrough the text with the goal of teaching students how to make informedmanagerial decisions in an evolving global financial landscape.
International Financial Management
by
This new and fully updated edition of International Financial Management blends theory, data analysis, examples and practical case situations to equip students and business leaders with the analytical tools they need to make informed financial decisions and manage the risks that businesses face in today's competitive global environment. Combining theory and practice, the authors offer the reader a multitude of real-world examples and case studies, emphasising fundamental concepts, principles and analytical theories to enable students to understand not only what to do when confronted with an international financial decision, but why that choice is the correct one. Features include: real data analysis - all fully updated for the third edition; extended cases illustrating practical application of theory; point-counterpoints offering insight into contentious issues; concept boxes that explore and illustrate key concepts; and end-of-chapter questions. Suitable for M.B.A and advanced undergraduate business students taking a course in international financial management or international finance.
International financial management
by
Equip your students for success in international finance with the unrivalled depth of theory and practical applications presented in Madura's INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, Asia-Pacific 1st edition. This APAC edition builds on the fundamental principles of corporate finance to provide the timely information and contemporary insights your students need to prosper in today's global business environment. With the original US edition being well known for its inviting reader-friendly style and clear explanations, this APAC 1st edition introduces international finance with a focus on the important role of modern multinational corporations in global commerce within a strong APAC context. Using a strong corporate perspective, it discusses a wide range of managerial topics and emphasises the most recent changes in the international environment. Relevant examples, instructive diagrams, self-tests, and other learning features provide hands-on experience to help your students develop the skills they need to effectively manage in contemporary practice.-publisher's description.
International financial management
by
Presuming an understanding of basic corporate finance, this text is designed for both undergraduate and masters level courses in international financial management.
International financial reporting and analysis
by
This title maintains its longstanding and popular conceptual approach to financial accounting and international accounting standards. It takes into account the new international requirements reflecting changes in the IASB and IFRS.
International Money and Finance
by
Its high-level perspective on the global economy differentiates this introduction to international finance from other textbooks. Melvin and Norrbin provide essential information for those who seek employment in multinational industries, while competitors focus on standard economic tools and financial management skills. Readers learn how to reach their own conclusions about trends and new developments, not simply function within an organization. The 8th edition, newly updated and expanded, offers concise descriptions, current case studies, and new pedagogical materials to help readers make sense of global finance.
An Introduction to Global Financial Markets
by
An Introduction to Global Financial Markets describes the financial world in clear, easy to understand terms. The authors provide comprehensive coverage of commercial and investment banking, foreign exchange, money and bond markets, stock markets and derivatives and an up to date analysis of the global financial crisis. Key benefits: • A new chapter on the global financial crisis and banking regulation • Updated coverage of investment banking, hedge funds and private equity • Details of controversial new market instruments: credit default stops and collateralised mortgage obligations • Expanded coverage of emerging markets, including Brazil, Russia, India and China • New companion website featuring PPT slides, interactive revision questions, case studies and exercises, bonus chapters and analytical content An Introduction to Global Financial Markets is recommended for students studying finance and financial institutions, practitioners, and those who require an understanding of the global financial system.
Principles of International Finance and Open Economy Macroeconomics : Theories, Applications, and Policies
by
Principles of International Finance and Open Economy Macroeconomics: Theories, Applications, and Policies presents a macroeconomic framework for understanding and analyzing the global economy from the perspectives of emerging economies and developing countries. Unlike most macroeconomic textbooks, which typically emphasize issues about developed countries while downplaying issues related to developing countries, this book emphasizes problems in emerging economies, including those in Latin American countries. It also explains recent developments in international finance that are essential to a thorough understanding of the effects and implications of the recent financial crisis.
Applied International Finance I
by
This volume is part of a three-volume set designed for use in a course in applied international corporate finance for managers and executives. Instead of the "encyclopedic" approach, the volumes focus on main issues of interest to managers who deal with overseas operations. This volume's issue is how uncertain foreign exchange (FX) rate changes affect a firm's ongoing cash flows and equity value, and what can be done about this risk. Numerous examples of real-world companies are used. The volume contains a hypothetical case that aims to tie the material together. The case company has overseas operations and is faced with ongoing FX exposure in corporate revenues. The decision maker estimates the FX exposure and considers financial hedging using foreign currency debt and currency swaps. The accounting implications are also considered. The volume reviews some basics of FX rates; for more information, see the first volume: Introduction to Foreign Exchange Rates, 2nd edition, Business Expert Press, 2016. The third volume deals with the estimation of the cost of capital for international operations and the evaluation of overseas investment proposals: Applied International Finance: International Capital Budgeting, 2nd edition, Business Expert Press, 2017.
Can BRICS de-Dollarize the Global Financial System?
by
Existing scholarship has not systematically examined BRICS (Brazil-Russia-India-China-South Africa) as a rising power de-dollarization coalition, despite the group developing multiple de-dollarization initiatives to reduce currency risk and bypass US sanctions. To fill this gap, this study develops a 'Pathways to De-dollarization' framework and applies it to analyze the institutional and market mechanisms that BRICS countries have created at the BRICS, sub-BRICS, and BRICS Plus levels. This framework identifies the leaders and followers of the BRICS de-dollarization coalition, assesses its robustness, and discerns how BRICS mobilizes other stakeholders. The authors employ process tracing, content analysis, semi-structured interviews, archival research, and statistical analysis of quantitative market data to analyze BRICS activities during 2009-2021. They find that BRICS' coalitional de-dollarization initiatives have established critical infrastructure for a prospective alternative nondollar global financial system. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core.
Can finance save the world? : regaining control over money to serve the common good
by
Can Finance Save the World? Regaining Power over Money to Serve the Common Good Just as Thomas Piketty offered a sweeping critique and progressive reassessment of capitalism, former World Bank Group chief financial officer Bertrand Badré looks at the destructive role finance played in the global economic crisis of 2007-2008 and offers a bold prescription for making it a force for good. Badré says that finance is inherently neither good nor bad. It's just a tool--the most powerful tool on earth. Used correctly, it can be at the heart of the way we address many of the world's biggest problems, ranging from climate change to the eradication of poverty to building much-needed infrastructure. He describes innovations in financial tools and approaches that are already happening around the world and looks at the role regulation can play in channeling the power of finance in a positive direction. He details options for strengthening international cooperation for financial stability and prosperity and overcoming the blinkered nationalism currently on the rise. And he tells what is working and what needs to change in financing the sustainable development of the world. This book is rich with practical examples, some developed by Badré himself. For instance, he describes how at the World Bank he devised an innovative way to use insurance, a financial tool rarely considered in international development, to buttress fragile emerging economies against natural disasters and pandemics. Initiatives like these show that, as Badré writes, "when controlled and used intelligently, with benevolence and inventiveness, finance can accomplish great things."
The Financial Advisor's Success Manual
by
Do you want to become a million-dollar financial advisor, boost client satisfaction, and dramatically expand your business? This book provides all the answers and strategies you need to do just that. Complete with proven techniques, expert insights, and practical tips to maximize your profitability, The Financial Advisor's Success Manual will show you how to break the cycle of moderate growth by teaching you how to: Develop a differentiation strategy Define and implement your six core client-facing processes Balance the cost of services with the value delivered Enhance client loyalty Perfect your personal marketing and sales approach You didn't start your financial services firm with a goal of modest gains. So don't settle for that! By implementing the methodologies and strategies in this manual, you can grow your business beyond your wildest expectations--all while serving your clients better.
Financial Security for Dummies
by
Boost your financial health so you're ready for any economic or personal upheaval Crisis is inevitable--but it doesn't have to torpedo your finances! Financial Security For Dummies offers proven advice to help you prep your finances for the next economic downturn, personal setback, pandemic, plague of locusts--or anything else life throws your way. This book contains the historical perspective and up-to-date info you'll need to anticipate, understand, and navigate a wide range of personal financial challenges. If your monthly income and expenses are on steady ground and you're ready to secure your financial future, this is the For Dummies guide for you. Not only will you create a plan to keep your family's finances afloat during turbulent times, but you'll also be liberated from the pressure to "keep up with the Joneses" so you can make smarter financial decisions, starting today. This book will help you: Gain an understanding of how unforeseen personal or global events could affect your financial life Learn strategies for protecting your assets when economic downturns and other emergencies occur Feel confident in your unique path to financial freedom so you can remain calm when life takes an unexpected turn Build a survival plan for protecting yourself with broader safety nets, better money decisions, and improved financial literacy Whether you want to reduce your stress surrounding your financial goals or take advantage of financial opportunities crises create, Financial Security For Dummies will equip you to navigate financial challenges and ultimately achieve peace of mind.
Financial Services Marketing
by
Now in its 3rd edition, Financial Services Marketing offers a balanced and useful guide to the topic that is both conceptual and practical. The authors have drawn from 　extensive international experience to ensure that this text will resonate with users across the globe.　 This edition is complemented by numerous international references, examples and case studies featuring companies such as American Express, Direct Line, Barclays, NatWest RBS, Aviva and HSBC. This fully updated and revised edition features: An expanded section on regulation which has international reach and addresses the post-Brexit world Greatly expanded coverage of digital marketing at both the strategic and tactical levels New material on how to improve a company's trustworthiness and safeguard a culture that is customer-focussed New examples, vignettes and case studies that showcase best practice from around the world B2B and B2C marketing Upgraded PowerPoint support on the companion website Financial Services Marketing 3e will be hugely beneficial to academic students of marketing and finance, as well as essential reading to those industry-based and studying for professional qualifications.　
Global finance : places, spaces and people
by
The financial crisis of 2007-8 and its aftermath have resulted in the role of money and finance within the global economy becoming the subject of considerable debate in public, policy and media circles. Global Finance is a timely look at the contemporary international financial environment, providing an introduction to this dynamic field of research for students and more advanced researchers. Drawing on economic geography, economic sociology and critical management, Hall offers a broad selection of case studies that ground critical theory in our current financial climate. Hall examines and reviews a wide range of critical approaches relating to the role of money and finance in the global economy, dividing these approaches into three key sections: Global finance and international financial centres. Global finance and the 'real' economy'. Global financial subjects and actors. The book takes a uniquely interdisciplinary approach which, combined with an international spread of case studies, makes this book highly valuable to a wide range of upper level undergraduate courses across the social sciences.
Global fintech : financial innovation in the connected world
by
Academic, industry, and government experts provide a global survey of the financial services sector's transformation by AI, data science, and blockchain
Global Investing : A Practical Guide to the World's Best Financial Opportunities.
by
Identify and invest in the world's best performing companies In Global Investing: A Practical Guide to the World's Best Financial Opportunities, veteran portfolio manager Darrin Erickson walks readers through how to best analyze, understand, and invest in leading global businesses. In the book, you'll discover how you can improve the performance of your investment portfolio by taking advantage of opportunities that exist outside of the borders of the country you happen to inhabit. The author discusses how to identify and make investments around the world in effective and efficient ways, and how to successfully manage the risks associated with investing in a foreign country. You'll also find: Relevant information about key stock markets around the world Insights into the underlying dynamics of the world's major global industries Fulsome discussions on how to evaluate companies within each global industry Advice on how to construct a portfolio of global stocks that will help you to build wealth and protect it during times of stock market weakness Descriptions of free and paid tools that belong on the radar of every successful global investor An indispensable and accessible resource for investors with a desire to engage with the world's financial markets, Global Investing is a must-read handbook for any investor seeking to expand their horizons beyond their own country's borders.
Global Mergers and Acquisitions, Volume II
by
This book primarily deals with corporate restructuring through mergers and acquisitions (M&As). It critically examines all functions that must be performed in completing an M&A transaction. Domestic and cross-border M&A's are very similar in many respects even though differences between them also exist. The book includes discussions of international finance and multinational financial management, the topics that arise in cross-border M&A transactions. Given the increasing importance of China as the second largest economy in the world and Chinese companies' growing merger and acquisition (M&A) activities globally, we devote the last two chapters of the book to China's outward foreign direct investment and cross-border M&A activities. Moreover, the second volume includes the case studies regarding Chinese foreign direct investment both in Greenfield and acquisition forms give additional insights into challenging tasks of due diligence and post-merger cultural integration that foreign investors face. The M&A literature is a fragmented field of inquiry. The book brings together important, practical insights from this vast literature in a short, but cohesive form that has high managerial relevance.
Global Tensions in Financial Markets
by
Research in Finance seeks to provide a collection of quality research articles that reflect the current and primary issues in financial markets. Contributions include finance theory and financial practice, plus accounting issues such as reporting derivatives positions, reflecting intangible holdings, or predicting financial distress. Thevolume starts with empirical investigations of the impact from macroeconomicvariables upon equity values in emerging economies compared with developedeconomies. Next is an empirical affirmation of the efficiency of theMidcontinent Independent System Operator (MISO) electricity exchange. Next we find several investigations into theefficacy of efforts to stimulate the arousal of emerging nations around theworld.
A guide to financing mechanisms in international business transactions
by
This book outlines features of international business transactions, and discusses their various associated risks. For the successful completion of an international business transaction, depending on its terms, both parties need access to funds. This text deals with financing mechanisms mainly in the international sale of goods and in overseas construction projects. Concerning financing international sale of goods, it discusses export working capital financing, documentary credit, negotiation of bills of exchange, export factoring, and international forfaiting. Concerning financing an overseas.
International Corporate Finance
by
A thorough introduction to corporate finance from a renowned professor of finance and banking As globalization redefines the field of corporate finance, international and domestic finance have become almost inseparably intertwined. It's increasingly difficult to understand what is happening in capital markets without a firm grasp of currency markets, the investment strategies of sovereign wealth funds, carry trade, and foreign exchange derivatives products. International Corporate Finance offers thorough coverage of the international monetary climate, including Islamic finance, Asian banking, and cross-border mergers and acquisitions. Additionally, the book offers keen insight on global capital markets, equity markets, and bond markets, as well as foreign exchange risk management and how to forecast exchange rates. Offers a comprehensive discussion of the current state of international corporate finance Provides simple rules and pragmatic answers to key managerial questions and issues Includes case studies and real-world decision-making situations For anyone who wants to understand how finance works in today's hyper-connected global economy, International Corporate Finance is an insightful, practical guide to this complex subject.
International Finance for Dummies
by
Want to get the most out of your International Finance course? Nowadays the value of daily foreign exchange trading is more than one hundred times the value of annual international trade in goods and services. As result of the great importance of international financial transactions, the subject of international finance continues to develop as fast as--or faster than--any other field in economics and finance. International Finance For Dummies sheds light on this increasingly important subject for the growing number of students required to take this course. If you're an undergraduate or MBA student enrolled in an international finance course, this hands-on, friendly guide gives you everything you need to succeed. Plus, it includes up-to-date information on the latest changes to International Finance Reporting Standards, its impact on a company's overall finances, and the various currencies and institutions available worldwide. Serves as an excellent supplement to your international finance texts Provides easy-to-understand explanations of complex material Brings you up-to-speed on the concepts and subject matter you need to know International Finance For Dummies is your ticket to scoring your highest in your international finance course.
International Money and Finance
by
International Money and Finance, Ninth Edition presents an institutional and historical overview of international finance and international money, illustrating how key economic concepts can illuminate real world problems. With three substantially revised chapters, and all chapters updated, it functions as a finance book that includes an international macroeconomics perspective in its final section. It emphasizes the newest trends in research, neatly defining the intersection of macro and finance. Successfully used worldwide in both finance and economics departments at both undergraduate and graduate levels, the book features current data, revised test banks, and sharp insights about the practical implications of decision-making. Includes current events, such as the LIBOR and Greek crises increases emphasis on countries other than the US Minimizes prerequisites to encourage use by students from varied backgrounds
The Law of Global Digitality
by
The Internet is not an unchartered territory. On the Internet, norms matter. They interact, regulate, are contested and legitimated by multiple actors. But are they diverse and unstructured, or are they part of a recognizable order? And if the latter, what does this order look like? This collected volume explores these key questions while providing new perspectives on the role of law in times of digitality. The book compares six different areas of law that have been particularly exposed to global digitality, namely laws regulating consumer contracts, data protection, the media, financial markets, criminal activity and intellectual property law. By comparing how these very different areas of law have evolved with regard to cross-border online situations, the book considers whether cyberlaw is little more than "the law of the horse", or whether the law of global digitality is indeed special and, if so, what its characteristics across various areas of law are. The book brings together legal academics with expertise in how law has both reacted to and shaped cross-border, global Internet communication and their contributions consider whether it is possible to identify a particular mediality of law in the digital age. Examining whether a global law of digitality has truly emerged, this book will appeal to academics, students and practitioners of law examining the future of the law of digitality as it intersects with traditional categories of law.
Principles of International Finance and Open Economy Macroeconomics
by
Principles of International Finance and Open Economy Macroeconomics: Theories, Applications, and Policies presents a macroeconomic framework for understanding and analyzing the global economy from the perspectives of emerging economies and developing countries. Unlike most macroeconomic textbooks, which typically emphasize issues about developed countries while downplaying issues related to developing countries, this book emphasizes problems in emerging economies, including those in Latin American countries. It also explains recent developments in international finance that are essential to a thorough understanding of the effects and implications of the recent financial crisis. Concentrates on developing country perspectives on International Finance and the Economy, including those in Latin American countries Provides case studies and publicly available data allowing readers to explore theories and their applications Explains recent developments in international finance that are essential to a thorough understanding of the effects and implications of the recent financial crisis Proposes a unified mathematical model accessible to those with basic mathematical skills
Sticky power : global financial networks in the world economy
by
"Modern civilization revolves around money. However, money is a paradox. It is nothing more than a representation of and medium for decentralized networks of social trust, but its production is controlled by highly centralized networks of firms, places, and governments, and there is never enough of it to go around. Moreover, given that the creation of money, as credit, is based on expectations, money is at its heart an instrument for human agency to change the future. At the same time, however, the financial systems that produce money are deeply rooted in the past, and perpetuate themselves through history. This book seeks to deepen our understanding of the paradox of money, by introducing a novel conceptual lens--that of Global Financial Networks--to cast new light on the geography, history, politics, and sociology of finance from the middle ages to the global financial crisis and beyond. It shows that the power of finance is inherently "sticky"; with what are generally assumed to be new innovations such as "offshore" finance actually dating back centuries, and the architecture of global financial networks more broadly adapting to the rise and fall of empires and new technologies while changing surprisingly little in their basic character; or at most changing very slowly. A recognition of the mechanics of this durability, it is argued, calls for a new approach to reforming finance which is less reactively focused on regulation, and more proactively focused on building new institutional systems with a long-term "sticky power" of their own"--Publisher's description.
Strategies for the Global Economic System For 2030
by
This book series presents new achievements in the scientific thought of the 21st century in the spheres of management, economics, and law, aimed at enhancing the potential of the global economic system's development in modern economic conditions and providing solutions to the complex problems it faces. The books in this series will have a wide international outlook with a focus on both macro and micro issues, placing emphasis on a wide range of global, regional and national threats and opportunities for economic sectors and systems. By unifying the scholarly efforts of academics from adjacent spheres of socio-humanitarian sciences (management, economics, and law), the series will allow for coverage of a plethora of organizational and managerial, financial and economic, and normative and legal issues and present multi-disciplinary approaches and original solutions to the pressing problems of modern economic theory and practice. Series editors Elena G. Popkova is a leading researcher of the Center for applied research of the chair "Economic policy and public-private partnership" of Moscow State Institute of International Relations (MGIMO), Moscow, Russia. Artem Krivtsov, Moscow State Institute of International Relations (MGIMO), Moscow, Russia.
Transnational Financial Associations and the Governance of Global Finance
by
The role of business in global governance is now widely recognized, but exploration of its role in global financial governance has been more haphazard than systematic. This book provides the first comprehensive analysis of the role of transnational financial associations (TFAs) in the organization of global finance. This book develops three theoretical themes of assemblage, functionality, and power as enrolment. These themes challenge approaches that treat financial power as emanating from a single location or force. Whilst existing approaches tend to treat TFAs as irrelevant or as merely transmitting power originating elsewhere, this book argues that power must be created by painstakingly assembling actors, networks, and objects that are often quite autonomous and working at cross purposes to one another--a process in which TFAs play a central role. The book explores these themes in chapters examining the roles of TFAs in interacting with public authorities, constructing global financial markets, and creating financial communities. The authors additionally analyse the roles of TFAs in the European Union, in the Global South, and in promoting goals other than profitability, including Islamic finance, microfinancing, savings banks and cooperatives. Making a distinctive contribution to our understanding of global finance and global governance, Transnational Financial Associations and the Governance of Global Finance is an important book for students and scholars of international political economy, finance, global governance and international relations.
Using Fiscal Policy and Public Financial Management to Promote Gender Equality
by
This book examines how fiscal policy and management can promote gender equality in developing as well as developed countries. Providing an international look at gender budgeting, it draws on countries at different levels of development, with an emphasis on low-income developing countries. It introduces the reader to the main trends in gender equality, the key ideas and rationale of gender budgeting from a fiscal policy perspective and where gender budgeting fits into public financial management. It offers case studies and other empirical evidence from developing, emerging, and developed countries on what works in using fiscal policy and public financial management to narrow gender gaps in education, health care, access to infrastructure, and economic empowerment. It also provides policy recommendations appropriate to countries at different levels of development. The reader will gain an understanding of how fiscal policy and public financial management can contribute to gender equality and women's advancement. The book provides a well-grounded set of conclusions and policy recommendations, drawn from evaluation of the evidence. The focus is on low-income developing countries but is combined with a well-rounded look at developing countries, more generally, emerging markets, and developed countries as well. This book will be a valuable resource for economists and policy makers, particularly those in developing countries still grappling with large disparities between women and men. It will also prove useful to researchers and those who provide technical assistance and aid to countries on fiscal policies and tools for gender equality.
Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management
by
Traditional narratives on strategic management no longer fulfil the needs of students, practitioners, consultants and business owners operating within contemporary society. This textbook provides a differentiated approach to the topic, highlighting the dichotomy between theory and practice, and guiding readers towards an understanding of the future of strategic management. Moving beyond the short-sighted goal of profit maximization, Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management shines a light on measures that really matter, such as value. A wealth of global examples provide an illustration of competitive advantage from market-based and state-based perspectives, giving an insight into the activities that lead to the formation of successful and unsuccessful strategies. Written by two distinguished scholars in the field, this global textbook is essential reading for postgraduate students of strategic management worldwide.
Sustainable growth through strategic innovation : driving congruence in capabilities
by
Strategic innovation dynamically brings about strategic positioning through new products, services and business models. Through detailed reviews of existing dynamic capabilities and in-depth case studies, this book presents a theoretical model of a strategic innovation system to enable a large company to maintain its competitiveness and establish sustainable growth. Companies studied include Apple, Sony, Cisco, SoftBank and Fujifilm. Large corporations have to be innovators that can reinforce their positions through incremental innovation, while constantly renewing or destroying existing business through radical innovation. To achieve this, Mitsuru Kodama presents the concept of 'Capabilities Congruence' - a business factor in large corporations that brings about sustainable growth over the long term by achieving strategic innovation as the corporation enacts dynamic capabilities and strategic innovation capabilities. Sustainable Growth Through Strategic Innovationoffers fresh insights to academics, researchers and students in business and management. It is also intended to provide practical guidance to leaders and managers in the broader business environment.
Big data strategies for agile business : framework, practices, and transformation roadmap
by
Agile is a set of values, principles, techniques, and frameworks for the adaptable, incremental, and efficient delivery of work. Big Data is a rapidly growing field that encompasses crucial aspects of data such as its volume, velocity, variety, and veracity. This book outlines a strategic approach to Big Data that will render a business Agile. It discusses the important competencies required to streamline and focus on the analytics and presents a roadmap for implementing such analytics in business.
Crafting and Executing Strategy
by
Crafting and executing strategy : the quest for competitive advantage : concepts and cases
by
This edition presents the latest research findings from the literature, incorporating the cutting-edge strategic practices of many high-profile companies to keep step with both theory and practice. The chapter content continues to be solidly mainstream and balanced, mirroring both the best academic thinking and the pragmatism of real-world strategic management.
Dynamic Competitive Strategy
by
Dynamic Competitive Strategy by best -selling author Dr Tony Grundy casts a radically new light on Competitive Strategy by showing you the dynamic dimension of existing strategy tools and new ones created to deal with rapid innovation and turbulent change. He shows us refreshing and challenging ways of developing strategy, including: Agile approaches to Strategy and Planning The art of the Cunning Plan -with 101 ways of being innovative The alien approach: how might an alien see your industry and business? A whole new set of dynamic strategy tools Scenario storytelling and the art of mental time travel How emotional value can leverage competitive advantag Dynamic stakeholder analysis and influencing He also includes case studies of Arsenal, Brexit, Dyson, Metrobank, Tesco, the infamous honey badger and others from everyday life. This book provides an overall theory and a wealth of practical guidance based on 30 years of Strategy Consulting and Management Research and Teaching that will transform your thinking about strategy. Tony truly "turns strategy upside down," as he does on the cover.
Essentials of strategic management : the quest for competitive advantage
by
Contents:
Concepts and techniques for crafting and executing strategy -- Section a: introduction and overview -- Strategy, business models, and competitive advantage -- The strategy formulation, strategy execution process -- Section b: core concepts and analytical tools -- Evaluating a company's external environment -- Evaluating a company's resources, capabilities, and competitiveness -- Section c: Crafting a strategy -- The five generic competitive strategies -- Strengthening a company's competitive -position: strategic moves, timing, and scope of operations -- Strategies for competing in international markets -- Corporate strategy: diversification and the -multibusiness company -- Ethics, corporate sustainability, and strategy -- Section d: Executing the strategy -- Superior strategy execution-another path to competitive advantage -- Part two: Cases in crafting and executing strategy -- Case 1 airbnb in 2022 -- Case 2 costco wholesale in 2022: mission, business model, and strategy -- Case 3 lululemon athletica's strategy in 2022: can the retailer continue to deliver growth despite the headwinds? -- Case 4 yeti in 2022: will its strategy lead to sustainable advantage and growth? -- Case 5 beyond meat in 2022: what can it do to rejuvenate revenue growth and stem mounting losses? -- Case 6 spotify technology in 2022: will it strategy lead to profitability with growth? -- Case 7 tesla's strategy in 2022: can it deliver sustained revenue growth and profitability? -- Case 8 ulta beauty's race to win in an omnicahnnel world -- Case 9 pepsiCo's diversification strategy in 2022 -- Case 10 robin hood -- Case 11 macy's, Inc. in 2022: has the impementation of its polaris strategy produced a successful turnaround? -- Case 12 meta platforms, Inc.: will the compnay's name change resolve ethical issues at facebook and instagram.
Essentials of strategic management : the quest for competitive advantage
by
The Flexible Enterprise
by
The need for enterprise flexibility in an era of rapidly advancing technology, increasing competition, and globalization, is apparent. Flexibility can be thought of as an ability of the enterprise to quickly and efficiently respond to market changes and to bring new products and services quickly to the market place. Beyond this definition, a truly flexible enterprise should proactively change the market through its ability to create new and innovative products and services. The proposed book is intended to provide a conceptual framework of 'Flexible Enterprise' supported by researches/case applications in various types of flexibilities exhibited by a flexible enterprise. The selected papers from a variety of issues concerning the planning and operation of a flexible enterprise are organized into following four parts: I Enterprise and Strategic Flexibility II Organizational Flexibility III Business Process and Information Systems Flexibility IV Operations Flexibility
Global Strategic Management
by
Seamlessly blending academic rigour and practicality, this textbook provides an introduction to global business strategy. Assuming a born global perspective, Global Strategic Management is supported by ample pedagogical features, including numerous case studies and examples featuring both established multinationals and unknown SMEs from across the globe. The book takes an applied approach to global business strategy, emphasising functional parts of international business (managing marketing, operations, HR and finance). The text has been widely updated to incorporate the impacts of the Covid-19 pandemic, such as work from anywhere and deglobalization. New to this fifth edition is increased material on sustainability and corporate social responsibility, including discussion of climate change, NGOs and sustainable development goals. Subjects such as the impact of technology, cryptocurrency and global strategy in the digital space are discussed in more detail, while the conflict in Ukraine is also considered.
Google preview button Strategic management : competitiveness and globalisation
by
Contents:
Part 1: Strategic management inputs -- 1. Strategic management and strategic competitiveness -- 2. The external environment: opportunities, threats, industry competition and competitor analysis -- 3. The internal organisation: resources, capabilities, core competencies and competitive advantages -- Part 2: Strategic actions: strategy formulation -- 4. Business-level strategy -- 5. Competitive dynamics -- 6. Corporate-level strategy -- 7. Acquisition and restructuring strategies -- 8. International strategy -- 9. Cooperative strategy -- Part 3: Strategic actions: strategy implementation -- 10. Corporate governance -- 11. Organisational structure and controls -- 12. Strategic leadership -- 13. Strategic entrepreneurship -- Part 4: Case studies.
Performance based strategy : tools and techniques for successful decisions
by
Executives in today's business environment havenever been busier. Time constraints are ever present. Resources are strained.Strategic planning constantly competes with the tactical demands of running anorganization. To make matters worse, most organizational leaders, whenconfronted with the need for strategic planning, have no idea about how to goabout it. They have plenty of knowledge and information about the organizationand their situation, but no effective tools to analyze their thoughts, to make decisionsthat will lead to effective strategies, and most importantly, to create a planof action. In Performance Based Strategy, Steve Fairbanks and Aaron Buchko offer a practical set of simple, productive tools that will enableleaders to develop effective strategies. The book offers tools that have been tested in small, medium, and Fortune 100 companies, with forprofit and not-for-profit organizations, and across a breadth of industries,such as manufacturing, health care, banking, distribution, transportation,government, and charities, among others. The authors have used these toolsas insiders to turn around companies, and as outsiders in advisory and boardroles. When properly applied, the strategies offered here enable leaders to seetheir situations and organizations in new ways. Managers will be able topresent information in a way that everyone in the organization willunderstand. Executives can provide a sense of direction that will providea framework for decision making that will give guidance to people. Aboveall, applying these tools will enable managers to improve their firm'sperformance.
Strategic analytics : integrating management science and strategy
by
Defines common ground at the interface of strategy and management science and unites the topics with an original approach vital for strategy students, researchers and managers Strategic Analytics: Integrating Management Science and Strategy combines strategy content with strategy process through the lenses of management science, masterfully defining the common ground that unites both fields. Each chapter starts with the perspective of a certain strategy problem, such as competition, but continues with an explanation of the strategy process using management science tools such as simulation. Facilitating the process of strategic decision making through the lens of management science, the author integrates topics that are usually in conflict for MBAs: strategy and quantitative methods. Strategic Analytics features multiple international real-life case studies and examples, business issues for further research and theory review questions and exercises at the end of each chapter. Strategic Analytics starts by introducing readers to strategic management. It then goes on to cover: managerial capabilities for a complex world; politics, economy, society, technology, and environment; external environments known as exogenous factors (PESTE) and endogenous factors (industry); industry dynamics; industry evolution; competitive advanta≥ dynamic resource management; organisational design; performance measurement system; the life cycle of organisations from start-ups; maturity for maintaining profitability and growth; and finally, regeneration. Developed from the author's own Strategy Analytics course at Warwick Business School, personal experience as consultant, and in consultation with other leading scholars Uses management science to facilitate the process of strategic decision making Chapters structured with chapter objectives, summaries, short case studies, tables, student exercises, references and management science models Accompanied by a supporting website Aimed at both academics and practitioners, Strategic Analytics is an ideal text for postgraduates and advanced undergraduate students of business and management.
Strategic Corporate Social Responsibility
by
With the changing expectations of consumers, employees and regulators, being best in the world is no longer enough. Businesses are now also expected to be best for the world: to be socially and environmentally responsible, sustainable and ethical. Based on the idea that strategic CSR offers the most holistic and effective approach to corporate social responsibility, the author presents the key concepts, theories and philosophical approaches to CSR, along with the practical tools needed to implement this knowledge in the real world. The book is split into three parts; the first part provides the theoretical background of CSR, the second part examines various CSR approaches and how they can be implemented, and the third part discusses measuring and communicating CSR. Each chapter contains questions for reflection & discussion, exercises, and case studies from globally recognised brands such as Ben & Jerry's, Nestle, Marks & Spencer, TOMS Shoes, LEGO, Coca-Cola and McDonald's. The book is complemented by chapter specific lecturer PowerPoint slides, which can be found here. Suitable reading for students on Corporate Social Responsibility modules.
Strategic decision making : a discovery-led approach to critical choices in turbulent times
by
Making strategic decisions is a fundamental skill for leaders and managers. However, in a business environment that is in a constant state of change, making strategic decisions has never been more difficult. Strategic Decision Making addresses this challenge by providing a framework that can be used to make sound decisions in an uncertain world. Structured around the core concepts of framing, experimenting and scaling, this book will ensure that efforts are focused where the need is greatest, that interventions are tested, evaluated and revised if necessary and that successful initiatives are effectively rolled out across the business.Packed with real world examples and backed up by academic research, Strategic Decision Making will allow today's leaders and the leaders of tomorrow to make successful and defensible business choices. It shows how to: avoid decision-making bias, overcome organizational inertia, manage the difficulties of rigid organizational structures and avoid being side tracked by outdated or irrelevant experience. Essential reading for business practitioners and management students alike, this comprehensive guide provides a robust approach to achieving strategic success.
Strategic Human Resource Management
by
Research in the domain of Strategic Human Resource Management (SHRM) has burgeoned over the past thirty years. Over this time there was a shift towards a strategic conception which posited workers as 'assets' rather than 'costs'. These 'human resources' were reconceptualised as a key source of competitive advantage. Hence, these assets were to be treated seriously: selected with care, trained and developed, and above all, induced to offer commitment. The concept of 'human capital' came to the fore and during these three decades research output has been voluminous. Meanwhile, other trends vie with the SHRM model: precarious employment, zero-hour contracts, sub-contracting and outsourcing and other competing ways of arranging work. Finding a pathway through this minefield is challenging. Strategic Human Resource Management: A Research Overview, authored by three global research leaders, provides an expert summary and guide. This new shortform book develops the argument that a crucial element of organizational performance is the way work is organized in skill and talent packages both domestically and across global competency clusters. This succinct guide focuses on current and emergent challenges. The 'package' of HR approaches has changed over time. This new volume pays special regard to the HR implications which arise from radically altering contexts - economic, social and technological. This concise volume covers themes of vital interest and is essential reading for business scholars and professionals.
Strategic management
by
ISBN: 9781260092370 is an International Student Edition of Strategic Management 4th Edition by Frank T. Rothaermel This ISBN is Textbook only. It will not come with online access code. Online Access code (if required by your instructor ) sold separately at ISBN 9781260141825 The content of of this title on all formats are the same. Strategic Management, 4e by Frank T. Rothaermel is the fastest growing Strategy title in the market because it uses a unified, singular voice to help students synthesize and integrate theory, empirical research, and practical applications with current, real-world examples. His approach not only offers students a learning experience that uniquely combines rigor and relevance, but also provides tight linkage between the concepts and cases. Rothaermel 4e prepares students with the foundation they need to understand how companies gain and sustain competitive advantage, while developing students’ skills to become successful future leaders capable of making well-reasoned strategic decisions. [https://www.amazon.com/Strategic-Management-Concepts-4Th-NA/dp/1260092372].
Strategic management : awareness and change
by
"The tenth edition of Strategic Management: Awareness and Change provides students with a sound intellectual framework of the various models and theories of strategic management. Learners explore strategic concepts and strategy implementation to find out how organizations deal with continual transformation-from the rapid growth of the internet, disruptive business models such as the gig economy and online subscriptions and COVID-19-which highlight the need for strategic agility and resilience in all sectors." -- provided by publisher.
Strategic management : competitiveness and globalisation
by
Strategic Management 7th Edition offers a comprehensive examination of regional and international issues to provide a complete, accurate and up-to-date explanation of the strategic management process. This edition includes new coverage on the public sector, not-for-profit organisations, Australian legal frameworks and corporate social responsibility as well as examples and cases from Australia, New Zealand and Asia-Pacific. This coverage of localised content serve to engage students and reflects the current climate of strategic management while updated international content demonstrates how strategic management is used in the global economy. [https://www.amazon.com/Strategic-Management-Competitiveness-Michael-Hitt/dp/0170451119].
Strategic Management: Concepts and Cases
by
Examine strategic management with the market-leading book that sets the standard as today's most intellectually rich, practical analysis of strategic management. Written by prominent management scholars and award-winning instructors, Hitt/Ireland/Hoskisson's STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: COMPETITIVENESS AND GLOBALIZATION, 13E incorporates cutting-edge research and new examples from more than 600 companies to reveal how firms effectively use the strategic management process. This edition combines a classic industrial organization model with a resource-based view of the firm to demonstrate how businesses establish competitive advantages and create value for stakeholders in the global marketplace. You study how firms govern themselves, the value of strategic alliances to global companies and the value firms create by melding strategic management and entrepreneurial behaviors when competing. MindTap online learning solution is also available with new real-world activities designed to help you outperform and excel as a strategic leader.
Strategic management : concepts and cases : a competitive advantage approach
by
"In today's economy, gaining and sustaining a competitive advantage is harder than ever. Strategic Management: A Competitive Advantage Approach,Concepts and Cases captures the complexity of the current business environment and delivers the latest skills and concepts with unrivaled clarity, helping students develop their own cutting-edge strategy through skill-developing exercises. It offers more coverage than any other textbook on important issues related to business ethics, social responsibility, global operations, and sustainability -- one of the reasons it is adopted at more than 500 colleges and universities worldwide. Thoroughly updated and revised with current research and examples,the 17th Edition helps students and managers effectively formulate and implement a strategic plan that can lead to a sustainable competitive advantage for any type of business." -- Provided by publisher.
Strategic management : text and cases
by
Strategic management of technological innovation
by
"This book approaches the subject of innovation management as a strategic process. It is organized to mirror the strategic management process used in most strategy textbooks, progressing from assessing the competitive dynamics of a situation to strategy formulation, to strategy implementation."--Publisher's description
Facilities @ management, concept - realization - vision : a global perspective
by
Facilities @ Management Reference work describing the evolution of Facilities Management from a global perspective as experienced by the leaders in the field With valuable insights from over fifty diverse contributors from all around the world, Facilities @ Management: Concept, Realization, Vision - A Global Perspective describes the evolution of the Facilities Management (FM) internationally, discussing the past, present, and future of a profession that has grown significantly over the last forty years. The contributors are made up of industry professionals, many of whom are the founders of the profession, and members from academia teaching future FM leaders. This edited work is a Facilities Management anthology, with a focus on reviewing the origin of the industry through best practices and lessons learned from some of the sharpest minds in the field. Facilities @ Management: Concept, Realization, Vision - A Global Perspective includes information on: Handling legal compliance, strategic policies, and overall best practices to ensure a successful career in the field Understanding practical guidance for the role of Facilities Management in the world's biggest challenges, including sustainability and climate change Building systems and equipment through strong technical knowledge, project management, and communication and interpersonal skills Managing a diverse range of stakeholders and contractors and adapting to changing technologies, regulatory requirements, and socio-political and ecological challenges With unique firsthand insight, including case studies, from thought leaders in FM from 16 countries around the world, this book is ideal for practicing FM professionals as well as students and researchers involved in the field.
Financial and Strategic Management for Nonprofit Organizations, Fourth Edition
by
The highly acclaimed Financial and Strategic Management for Nonprofit Organizations provides an encyclopedic account of all the key financial, legal, and managerial issues facing nonprofit executives. This is today's definitive single-source text and reference for managing any nonprofit organization. Designed for both professional and graduate student readers, this work thoroughly addresses all key aspects of building managerial skill and promoting imagination and innovation in organizations across the nonprofit spectrum. Herrington J. Bryce presents every technique and concept in the context of today's public policies, leading practices, laws, norms, and expectations. Herrington J. Bryce was a senior economist at the Urban Institute, a Brookings Economic Policy Fellow, a Fellow at the Institute of Politics at Harvard and a visiting professor in regional economics and planning at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He taught micro economic theory and public finance at Clark University in Worcester, Massachusetts, and was director of the program in legal and budget studies at the University College at the University of Maryland. He currently teaches courses at the College of William & Mary in nonprofits but mostly in corporate financial strategy and cost management--heavily reflected in this text. He has published extensively and has served on many state, local and federal government advisory committees. He has a PhD in economics from the Maxwell School at Syracuse University, and a CLU and ChFC from the American College.
Innovative Models to Revive the Global Economy
by
The series is aimed at publishing peer-reviewed articles presented at the International Conference on Economics and Social Sciences (ICESS), organized yearly by the Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania. Each volume is associated with a particular edition of the conference. ICESS welcomes empirical and theoretical work, especially in the economics, business, finance, and management fields. ADVISORY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE CLODNIȚCHI Roxana, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania SABIE Oana Matilda, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania STATE Olimpia, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania HERȚELIU Claudiu, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania ALBU Nadia, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania STANEF-PUICÃ Roberta Mihaela, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania PÃTÃRLÃGEANU Simona Roxana, Ph.D. Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania CÂMPEANU Emilia, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania SIMION Cezar-Petre, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania DUMITRU Ionel, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania PÃUN Cristian Valeriu, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania LAZÃR Valentin, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania EDITORIAL ASSISTANT MANAGER VARGAS Vanesa Mãdãlina, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania Editorial Policy ICESS Instruction for authors ICESS Review process Publication_Ethics_ICESS
Making Mergers and Acquisitions Work
by
For many industries, mergers and acquisitions have become the main pathway for reaching strategic objectives like growth, technological leadership, or efficiency in production and distribution. However, the success rate of most M&A deals is low - and flawed. Unrealistic synergies, wrong target selection, culture clashes and, most of all, weak post-merger integration processes pose huge challenges, and this book addresses the salient question of how to make M&A deals work. The authors offer readers unique access to each stage of the M&A process, with added depth and perspective provided by Prysmian - the global leader in energy and telecom cables. Prysmian's perspective enables the authors to deliver a manual for successful M&A in mature industries that require high levels of integration between operating companies. This collection of existing M&A experiences that identify clear action steps will be an essential tool for managers to develop their growth strategies and accelerate their post-merger integration processes. This guide will also prove useful for practitioners and academics as they seek to improve the ability of firms to conduct M&A, through dissemination in academic and executive classrooms.
Reimagining industry growth : strategic partnership strategies in an era of uncertainty
by
Tap into the potential of strategic partnerships with industry associations in this groundbreaking new book Reimagining Industry Growth offers readers a blueprint to harnessing the power of leading industry associations as strategic partners. By utilizing those partnerships, business leaders will become able to leverage the collective strength of the supply chain to overcome challenges, address uncertainty, mitigate risks, and position their industries for growth. The book provides an overview of strategic partnerships, how they work, and how they can be applied to industry relationships with trade associations. It includes: Illuminating and factual case studies outlining strategic partnerships in five different industry segments Roadmaps for executives to apply the lessons learned from industry success stories on leveraging relationships with trade associations Advice on how to move the needle for entire industries via effective strategic partnerships and achieve unprecedented growth Ideal for executives, managers, business leaders of all kinds, business students and professors, and association executives. Reimagining Industry Growth is required reading for anyone who hopes to tap into the potential strength and value of effective strategic partnerships.
Rethinking strategy : how to anticipate the future, slow down change, and improve decision making
by
Seize opportunity from uncertainty What if you could use strategy to turn market volatility to your competitive advantage? Rethinking Strategy shows you how to anticipate and benefit from emerging market shifts and free your organisation from a cycle of disruption and response. In this ground-breaking book, author and strategist Steve Tighe helps you use scenarios to envisage what your industry and organisation could look like in the future and prepare for what's to come. Through detailed case studies and practical tools, this guide reveals how to make strategy development your organisation's principal creative and learning activity. anticipate impending market shifts before they emerge slow down change by making the future familiar unlock the entrepreneurial talent that lies within your organisation mobilise an army of internal advocates to drive strategy execution embed foresight into your planning and innovation processes Have you ever wondered how some companies seem to always be ahead of the curve while others struggle to keep up in today's ever-changing competitive environment? With Rethinking Strategy, you'll learn how to make better decisions and thrive alongside increasing competition and uncertainty.
Strategic Analytics
by
Defines common ground at the interface of strategy and management science and unites the topics with an original approach vital for strategy students, researchers and managers Strategic Analytics: Integrating Management Science and Strategy combines strategy content with strategy process through the lenses of management science, masterfully defining the common ground that unites both fields. Each chapter starts with the perspective of a certain strategy problem, such as competition, but continues with an explanation of the strategy process using management science tools such as simulation. Facilitating the process of strategic decision making through the lens of management science, the author integrates topics that are usually in conflict for MBAs: strategy and quantitative methods. Strategic Analytics features multiple international real-life case studies and examples, business issues for further research and theory review questions and exercises at the end of each chapter. Strategic Analytics starts by introducing readers to strategic management. It then goes on to cover: managerial capabilities for a complex world; politics, economy, society, technology, and environment; external environments known as exogenous factors (PESTE) and endogenous factors (industry); industry dynamics; industry evolution; competitive advanta≥ dynamic resource management; organisational design; performance measurement system; the life cycle of organisations from start-ups; maturity for maintaining profitability and growth; and finally, regeneration. Developed from the author's own Strategy Analytics course at Warwick Business School, personal experience as consultant, and in consultation with other leading scholars Uses management science to facilitate the process of strategic decision making Chapters structured with chapter objectives, summaries, short case studies, tables, student exercises, references and management science models Accompanied by a supporting website Aimed at both academics and practitioners, Strategic Analytics is an ideal text for postgraduates and advanced undergraduate students of business and management.
Strategic Human Resource Management
by
The concept of strategic human resource management has developed widely in the last couple of years, especially because of the impact of human resources on the competitiveness of organizations. The development of human resource strategies involves taking into account their multiple mutual dependencies and the fact that they must be vertically integrated with the business strategy. These strategies define the intentions and plans related to the overall organizational considerations, such as organizational competitiveness, effectiveness or image, and to more specific aspects of human resources management, such as resourcing, motivating, valuating, learning and development, reward and employee relations. Strategic management of human resources provides a large perspective on the way critical issues or success factors related to people can be addressed and how different concepts of strategic decisions are made, with long-term impacts on the behavior and success of the organization. The fundamental objective of human resource strategic management is to generate strategic capabilities by ensuring that the organization has the high-qualified, committed and well-motivated employees it needs to achieve and sustain the competitive advantage. The emergence of strategic human resource management (SHRM) is influenced by global competition and the corresponding search for sources of a sustainable competitive advantage. SHRM has achieved its prominence because it provides a means by which business firms can enhance the competitiveness and promote managerial efficiency. It facilitates the development of human capital that meets the requirements of a competitive business strategy, so that organizational goals and the mission of the organization will be achieved. The HRM system is defined as "a set of distinct but interrelated activities, functions and processes that are directed at attracting, developing, and maintaining (or disposing of) a firm's human resources." Many agree that HRM is the most effective tool which contributes to the creation of human capital, and in turn, contributes to organizational performance and the competitive advantage. This book puts emphasis on understanding the role of HRM between organizations and people and provides an analytical approach toward encompassing HRM, employment relations, and organizational behavior. As a management discipline, HRM draws insights, models and theories from cognate disciplines and applies them to real-world settings. Further, this book discusses how current theoretical perspectives and frameworks (e.g., those related to strategic competitiveness, knowledge management, learning organization, communities of practice, etc.) can be applied by reflective practitioners to create an eco-friendly organizational culture.
Strategic Intelligence for the Future 1
by
Information in all its forms is at the heart of the economic intelligence process. It is also a powerful vector of innovation and, more than ever, a balance between economic and societal forces. Strategic Intelligence for the Future 1 analyzes the need for the French economic intelligence to mutate in order to develop the economy, strengthen social cohesion and protect vital interests. This mutation requires a change of attitudes and a new way of thinking, widely open to global change and new technologies. The focus of the French economic intelligence on conventional objectives such as business and the economy does not allow for the integration of its multiple possible fields and thus its global nature. The strategy, foresight and temporal dynamics necessary to the understanding of the world, and the new balance of power and control of complex situations, have thus increased the time needed to put this in place. Both theoretical and practical, this book provides a basis from which to develop "enhanced economic intelligence" leading to the implementation of global security.
Strategic Intelligence for the Future 2
by
Information in all its forms is at the heart of the economic intelligence process. It is also a powerful vector of innovation and, more than ever, a balance between economic and societal forces. That is why a large part of Strategic Intelligence for the Future 2 analyzes the various aspects of information, from traditional processing and research to the psychological and epigenetic aspects of its development. This leads to a new vision of its integration into organizations. In addition, new technologies offer extensive access to information, including social networks which are critically analyzed here. In a complex world where geopolitics and the new concept of information warfare are becoming increasingly important, it becomes imperative to better apprehend and understand our environment, in order to develop critical thinking that will reinforce the different global aspects of security in economic intelligence.
Strategic Management
by
Organizational success crucially depends on having a superior strategy and effectively implementing it. Companies that outperform their rivals typically have a better grasp of what customers value, who their competitors are, and how they can create an enduring competitive advantage. Successful strategies re ect a solid grasp of relevant forces in the external and competitive environment, a clear strategic intent, and a deep understanding of a company's core competencies and assets. Generic strategies rarely propel a rm to a leadership position. Knowing where to go and nding carefully considered, creative ways of getting there are the hallmarks of successful strategy.
Strategic management : text and cases
by
Key Features: • An innovative six 'I' theoretical framework for strategy has been introduced • A leader or an aspiring leader can get an insight into what is strategy through a quick reading of the material on the side columns • The book focuses on imagination with intention as a conditional precedent for durability of success • Strategy Live: Real examples of crafting and implementing strategy Strategy Stars: The academicians and practitioners who have illuminated strategy • Strategy Show: Introducing ideas-at-work in very chapter, with featuring real business organizations • Strategy Practice: A brief business case at the end of every chapter illustrating a concept • Projects, exercises, questions, models, learning capsules and full-length cases to add to the learning experience. • Inspiring quotes across chapters to trigger the imaginative process Introduction of New Topics: Strategy for Special Situations and Institutions, Strategy for Family Business, Organizational Effectiveness Evaluation, Embedding Environmental and Social Consideration in Strategy have also been added.
Strategic Management of Diversity in the Workplace
by
Strategic Management of Diversity in the Workplace discusses the strategic management of ethnic and cultural diversity by taking particular examples from Australia, Canada, The United Kingdom and the United States of America, in order to determine the salient benefits that organisations could derive when ethnic and cultural differences are seen as opportunities, not as problems, and are viewed as benefits rather than threats. Strategic Management of Diversity in the Workplace provides a clear demonstration of the benefits, conflicts and challenges faced by organisations. The renewed interest in multiculturalism in academic and policy circles revives the debate about issues related to the management of ethnic diversity in society at large and in specific settings, such as corporate Australia. This book specifically focuses on this problematic area by aiming to explore the practice of management and application of multiculturalism in the workplace. This book seeks to examine post-multiculturalism in Australia and explore whether it has affected the ways in which corporate Australia deals with issues of diversity and the lessons learned here are ones that apply across the business world. Strategic Management of Diversity in the Workplace would be of interest for researchers, academics, undergraduate and postgraduate business degrees students in the fields of Strategic Human Resources Management, Cross-Cultural Management, Managing Workplace Training and Managing and Leading People.
STRATEGIC MANAGING IN A TURBULENT WORLD; LEARNING TO MAKE YOUR ORGANIZATION FUTURE-PROOF .
by
Old and well-known strategy models are hardly usable when making strategic choices in this era of ever-increasing turbulence.Innovative business and organizational insights on strategic management, appealing examples and practical tools and instruments.Guidance to leaders, professionals and students who wish to further develop their skills in strategic management issues.
Strategizing : new thinking about strategy, planning, and management
by
Strategy is an essential part of business, but strategizing often gets ignored or left behind. In this exciting new work, Eric J. Bolland introduces strategizing as a key component of strategy development and execution, showing strategizing as a way to aid organizations with their futures. To strategize successfully, businesses need a set of well-developed tools to help them perform specific actions continuously. Starting by tracing the origin and evolution of strategy and strategic planning, this exciting new guide puts forward advice on how to put strategy research into strategizing practice. In detailed chapters, Bolland addresses how strategizing works, with twenty real-world cases to show how theory can become reality, citing art, history, literature, science, psychology and philosophy to explore the human impulse to strategize. A valuable accompaniment for business students of strategy, as well as a practical handbook for staff and mid- and upper-level managers, this book is an essential read for anyone seeking guidance about planning the futures of their organizations.
Value Creation in Management Accounting and Strategic Management
by
This book explores two combined approaches (strategy and accounting) from a cross-disciplinary perspective in order to improve knowledge of value creation in various contexts. Existing studies on this topic have generally adopted a purely account-based or strategy-oriented approach to address this issue. However, this book draws upon a number of well-defined theoretical and empirical backgrounds and methodologies. Since the 1980s, many changes have occurred and companies have increasingly focused their strategies on value creation. Consequently, new strategic directions have emerged, especially for managerial accounting. Management accounting and alignment with strategy could thus improve performance. This book encourages further thought and reflection on these issues which should be pursued in the future as firms face new challenges associated with the acceleration of digital transformation.
Business Models for Strategic Innovation
by
This book extends our understanding of how different cross- functional business and management disciplines, such as innovation and entrepreneurship, strategic management, marketing and HRM, individually and collectively underpin innovation in business management. Business Models for Strategic Innovation develops insights from cross-disciplinary business knowledge streams and their cutting edge discipline-specific practical implications to create a cross- functional business innovation management model. Novel cross- disciplinary knowledge plays an imperative role in business innovation and we know that innovative management processes have significant implications for effective cross- functional management. In this context, each chapter of the book presents fresh insights on diverse business knowledge- streams as well as their applied implications on cross- functional business innovation management. Finally, centred on these cross- disciplinary business theories and their cutting edge implications, the last chapter of this book proposes a model of strategic cross- functional business innovation management process. This academically rigorous work uses innovative theoretical propositions and state- of- the- art empirical analysis in order to enable cross- functional management teams to support organisation- wide business innovation processes.
Sustainable growth through strategic innovation : driving congruence in capabilities
by
Strategic innovation dynamically brings about strategic positioning through new products, services and business models. Through detailed reviews of existing dynamic capabilities and in-depth case studies, this book presents a theoretical model of a strategic innovation system to enable a large company to maintain its competitiveness and establish sustainable growth. Companies studied include Apple, Sony, Cisco, SoftBank and Fujifilm. Large corporations have to be innovators that can reinforce their positions through incremental innovation, while constantly renewing or destroying existing business through radical innovation. To achieve this, Mitsuru Kodama presents the concept of 'Capabilities Congruence' - a business factor in large corporations that brings about sustainable growth over the long term by achieving strategic innovation as the corporation enacts dynamic capabilities and strategic innovation capabilities. Sustainable Growth Through Strategic Innovationoffers fresh insights to academics, researchers and students in business and management. It is also intended to provide practical guidance to leaders and managers in the broader business environment.
Lean six sigma for leaders : a practical guide for leaders to transform the way they run their organisation
by
A refreshingly practical guide to real-world continuous improvement Lean Six Sigma for Leaders presents a no-frills approach to adopting a continuous improvement framework. Practical, down-to-earth and jargon-free, this book outlines the basic principles and key points of the Lean Six Sigma approach to help you quickly determine the best course for your company. Real-world case studies illustrate implementation at various organisations to show you what went right, what went wrong, what they learned and what they would have done differently, giving you the distilled wisdom of hundreds of implementations with which to steer your own organisation. Written from a leader's perspective, this quick and easy read presents the real information you need to make informed strategic decisions. While many organisations have implemented either Lean or Six Sigma, there is a growing interest in a combined approach; by implementing the most effective aspects of each, you end up with a more potent, adaptable system that benefits a wider range of organisations. This book shows you how it works, and how to tailor it to your organisation's needs. Understand the basic principles and key aspects of Lean Six Sigma Examine case studies of organisations that have implemented the framework Build on the lessons learned by other leaders to shape your own path Achieve continuous improvement by creating the right environment for success In theory, every organisation would like to attain continuous improvement -- but what does that look like in day-to-day practice? How is it structured? What practices are in place? How can you implement this new approach with minimal disruption to daily operations? Lean Six Sigma for Leaders answers these questions and more, for a clear, actionable guide to real-world implementation.
Strategic Leadership of Change in Higher Education
by
The contributors to this book are all leaders in their field ¿ senior executives who have successfully led pan-university initiatives. Providing examples of bold initiatives and an analysis of their implementation, this book helps the reader reflect on how they might wish to proceed, authentically, in leading and supporting wide-scale change in the future. Each chapter highlights the power of the narrative of change. In particular, this second edition demonstrates a change in considering global factors; it: Uses a case study approach to examine global higher education institutions Reflects the huge change in the global higher education landscape over the past 10 years Reflects on initiatives from the first edition in terms of how they were scaled up and draws on the advantages and disadvantages of each Includes a conclusive ¿Where to Next' section that ensures responsiveness and agility to the rapidly changing landscape and flags up a new paradigm for leadership: E4 leadership (engaging, energised, empowering and engaged). Strategic Leadership of Change in Higher Education is crucial reading for all those involved in leadership and management positions in higher education. With an emphasis on behaviours, alongside passion, ambition and a commitment to shared values as key ingredients to the success of strategic leaders, this book provides expert commentary and global insights. This is a cutting-edge book that will continue to provide higher education leaders and managers with the information necessary to stay ahead of the curve.
Strategic management : text and cases
by
Strategic Management: Text and Cases, Ninth edition, written by authors Dess, McNamara, Eisner, and Lee continues its tradition of being readable, relevant, and rigorous. Its engaging writing style minimizes jargon to maximize readability. It provides examples from management practice and societal themes including environmental sustainability, ethics, globalization, entrepreneurship, and data analytics to make the content relevant. It draws on the latest research by management scholars and insights from executives to balance accessibility with rigor. [https://www.amazon.com/Strategic-Management-Text-and-Cases/dp/1260288358].
Thank you for disrupting : the disruptive business philosophies of the world's great entrepreneurs
by
The business ideas and innovation philosophies of the world's great entrepreneurs--for anyone to implement in any business Steve Jobs. Jeff Bezos. Larry Page. Sergey Brin. Zhang Ruimin. Marc Benioff. Millions of words have been written about the great entrepreneurs of the world. This book is not about describing their achievements. Nor is it about their charisma, personal trials, or their place in popular culture. We have all heard or read about them already. This book is about the entrepreneur, the thinker. It is about the grand ideas, the disruptive thoughts, the innovative underpinnings and business philosophies that gave rise to their achievements. Thank You For Disrupting: The Disruptive Business Philosophies of The World's Great Entrepreneurs examines 20 of the most significant business leaders of our time. Author Jean-Marie Dru, himself a disruptor who coined the term decades ago, explains not only the impact these leaders have had on their own companies, but also their immense influence on the business world as a whole. Each chapter is replete with in-depth analyses, insightful comments, and personal observations from the author, including discussions covering the experimentation and platforms of Jeff Bezos, to the recruitment policies and core values of Sergey Brin and Larry Page, to the complete CSR and company activism of Paul Polman, and many more. Illustrating how the vision of a disruptive innovator can reach far beyond his or her company, this engaging book encourages and inspires readers to become disruptors in in their own businesses. The Disruptive Business Philosophies of The World's Great Entrepreneurs is a must-read for anyone interested in the why and how behind the most significant and influential business achievements of our time.
Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management
by
Traditional narratives on strategic management no longer fulfil the needs of students, practitioners, consultants and business owners operating within contemporary society. This textbook provides a differentiated approach to the topic, highlighting the dichotomy between theory and practice, and guiding readers towards an understanding of the future of strategic management. Moving beyond the short-sighted goal of profit maximization, Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management shines a light on measures that really matter, such as value. A wealth of global examples provide an illustration of competitive advantage from market-based and state-based perspectives, giving an insight into the activities that lead to the formation of successful and unsuccessful strategies. Written by two distinguished scholars in the field, this global textbook is essential reading for postgraduate students of strategic management worldwide.
Crafting and Executing Strategy
by
Crafting and executing strategy : the quest for competitive advantage : concepts and cases
by
This edition presents the latest research findings from the literature, incorporating the cutting-edge strategic practices of many high-profile companies to keep step with both theory and practice. The chapter content continues to be solidly mainstream and balanced, mirroring both the best academic thinking and the pragmatism of real-world strategic management.
Essentials of strategic management : the quest for competitive advantage
by
Contents:
Concepts and techniques for crafting and executing strategy -- Section a: introduction and overview -- Strategy, business models, and competitive advantage -- The strategy formulation, strategy execution process -- Section b: core concepts and analytical tools -- Evaluating a company's external environment -- Evaluating a company's resources, capabilities, and competitiveness -- Section c: Crafting a strategy -- The five generic competitive strategies -- Strengthening a company's competitive -position: strategic moves, timing, and scope of operations -- Strategies for competing in international markets -- Corporate strategy: diversification and the -multibusiness company -- Ethics, corporate sustainability, and strategy -- Section d: Executing the strategy -- Superior strategy execution-another path to competitive advantage -- Part two: Cases in crafting and executing strategy -- Case 1 airbnb in 2022 -- Case 2 costco wholesale in 2022: mission, business model, and strategy -- Case 3 lululemon athletica's strategy in 2022: can the retailer continue to deliver growth despite the headwinds? -- Case 4 yeti in 2022: will its strategy lead to sustainable advantage and growth? -- Case 5 beyond meat in 2022: what can it do to rejuvenate revenue growth and stem mounting losses? -- Case 6 spotify technology in 2022: will it strategy lead to profitability with growth? -- Case 7 tesla's strategy in 2022: can it deliver sustained revenue growth and profitability? -- Case 8 ulta beauty's race to win in an omnicahnnel world -- Case 9 pepsiCo's diversification strategy in 2022 -- Case 10 robin hood -- Case 11 macy's, Inc. in 2022: has the impementation of its polaris strategy produced a successful turnaround? -- Case 12 meta platforms, Inc.: will the compnay's name change resolve ethical issues at facebook and instagram.
Essentials of Strategic Management: the Quest for Competitive Advantage
by
Essentials of Strategic Management presents a conceptually strong treatment of strategic management principles and analytic approaches that features straight-to-the-point discussions, timely examples, and a writing style that captures the interest of students. The standout features of this fifth edition of Essentials of Strategic Management are its concisely written and robust coverage of strategic management concepts and its compelling collection of cases. The text presents a conceptually strong treatment of strategic management principles and analytic approaches that features straight-to-the-point discussions, timely examples, and a writing style that captures the interest of students. The fundamental character of the fifth edition is very much in step with the best academic thinking and contemporary management practice. The chapter content continues to be solidly mainstream and balanced, mirroring both the penetrating insight of academic thought and the pragmatism of real-world strategic management.
Global Strategic Management
by
Seamlessly blending academic rigour and practicality, this textbook provides an introduction to global business strategy. Assuming a born global perspective, Global Strategic Management is supported by ample pedagogical features, including numerous case studies and examples featuring both established multinationals and unknown SMEs from across the globe. The book takes an applied approach to global business strategy, emphasising functional parts of international business (managing marketing, operations, HR and finance). The text has been widely updated to incorporate the impacts of the Covid-19 pandemic, such as work from anywhere and deglobalization. New to this fifth edition is increased material on sustainability and corporate social responsibility, including discussion of climate change, NGOs and sustainable development goals. Subjects such as the impact of technology, cryptocurrency and global strategy in the digital space are discussed in more detail, while the conflict in Ukraine is also considered.
Outcome-driven business architecture : synergizing strategies and intelligence with architecture
by
This book discusses business architecture as a basis for aligning efforts with outcomes. It views BA as complementary to enterprise architecture, where the focus of technological initiatives and inventories is to understand and improve business organization, business direction, and business decision-making. This book provides a practical, long-term view on BA. Based on the authors' consulting experience and industrial research, the material in this book is a valuable addition to the thought processes around BA and EA. The lead author has direct and practical experience with large clients in applying APQC capability framework for undertaking multiple enterprise-wide capability assessments.
Profit-driven business analytics : a practitioner's guide to transforming big data into added value
by
Maximize profit and optimize decisions with advanced business analytics Profit-Driven Business Analytics provides actionable guidance on optimizing the use of data to add value and drive better business. Combining theoretical and technical insights into daily operations and long-term strategy, this book acts as a development manual for practitioners seeking to conceive, develop, and manage advanced analytical models. Detailed discussion delves into the wide range of analytical approaches and modeling techniques that can help maximize business payoff, and the author team draws upon their recent research to share deep insight about optimal strategy. Real-life case studies and examples illustrate these techniques at work, and provide clear guidance for implementation in your own organization. From step-by-step instruction on data handling, to analytical fine-tuning, to evaluating results, this guide provides invaluable guidance for practitioners seeking to reap the advantages of true business analytics. Despite widespread discussion surrounding the value of data in decision making, few businesses have adopted advanced analytic techniques in any meaningful way. This book shows you how to delve deeper into the data and discover what it can do for your business. Reinforce basic analytics to maximize profits Adopt the tools and techniques of successful integration Implement more advanced analytics with a value-centric approach Fine-tune analytical information to optimize business decisions Both data stored and streamed has been increasing at an exponential rate, and failing to use it to the fullest advantage equates to leaving money on the table. From bolstering current efforts to implementing a full-scale analytics initiative, the vast majority of businesses will see greater profit by applying advanced methods. Profit-Driven Business Analytics provides a practical guidebook and reference for adopting real business analytics techniques.
Strategic Alliance Management
by
Strategic alliances - partnerships between separate organizations to share resources collaboratively toward mutually beneficial goals - are an important management instrument, but one that is difficult for firms to manage. Among many desirable outcomes, alliances can reduce costs, provide access to new technology, and improve research and development endeavours, though collaborative arrangements come with risks, peril, and adversities. This renewed and re-worked text connects theory to practice to help understand this important business practice. Strategic Alliance Management presents an academically grounded alliance development framework, detailing eight stages of alliance development with consideration for specific management challenges. For each stage, readers are presented with state-of-the-art theoretical insights, evidence-based managerial guidelines and a business case illustration. Additional chapters detail on contemporary alliance management challenges, including co-opetition and business eco-systems. Other chapters highlight the role of alliance professionals, alliance capabilities and paradoxical challenges in alliance relationships. This second edition retains a blend of academic knowledge and practical examples, while updating case examples and adding five new chapters on emerging alliance topics. This book remains vital reading for business students and professionals interested in strategic management.
Strategic Corporate Social Responsibility
by
With the changing expectations of consumers, employees and regulators, being best in the world is no longer enough. Businesses are now also expected to be best for the world: to be socially and environmentally responsible, sustainable and ethical. Based on the idea that strategic CSR offers the most holistic and effective approach to corporate social responsibility, the author presents the key concepts, theories and philosophical approaches to CSR, along with the practical tools needed to implement this knowledge in the real world. The book is split into three parts; the first part provides the theoretical background of CSR, the second part examines various CSR approaches and how they can be implemented, and the third part discusses measuring and communicating CSR. Each chapter contains questions for reflection & discussion, exercises, and case studies from globally recognised brands such as Ben & Jerry's, Nestle, Marks & Spencer, TOMS Shoes, LEGO, Coca-Cola and McDonald's. The book is complemented by chapter specific lecturer PowerPoint slides, which can be found here. Suitable reading for students on Corporate Social Responsibility modules.
Strategic doing : ten skills for agile leadership
by
Ten skills for agile leadership Complex challenges are all around us--they impact our companies, our communities, and our planet. This complexity and the emergence of networks is changing the practice of strategic management. Today's leaders need to understand how to design and guide complex collaborations to accelerate innovation and change--collaborations that cross boundaries both inside and outside organizations. Strategic Doing introduces you to the new disciplines of agile strategy and collaborative leadership. You'll learn how to design and guide complex collaborations by following a discipline of simple rules that you won't find anywhere else. * Unleash the power of true collaboration * Learn and master the 10 skills of agile leadership * Apply individual skills to targeted situations * Introduces a new discipline of leadership strategy Filled with compelling case studies, Strategic Doing outlines a new discipline of leadership strategy specifically designed for open, loosely-connected networks.
Strategic HRM : contemporary issues in the Asia Pacific region
by
The intention behind Strategic HRM: Contemporary Issues in the Asia Pacific Region was to create a unique text in terms of both structure and content that is both useful and appealing to human resource scholars, practitioners and industry leaders. Although there is an increasing amount of literature being published on the topic of strategic human resource management the editors believe that this book contributes a distinctive product to the discipline area. The book takes into account the changes that have been occurring in the global and domestic external environment and the consequent impact on workplaces and role expectations of human resource specialists. Contents include: * Developments in employment relations in the Asia Pacific * Managing globalisation and international HRM * Sustainability and SHRM * The transfer of HRM policies and practices in multinational companies * Work-life management * Managing talent * An ageing workforce * Managing diversity, social inclusion and change in the workplace * Performance management of expatriates in China
Strategic human resource management : a research overview
by
Research in the domain of Strategic Human Resource Management (SHRM) has burgeoned over the past thirty years. Over this time there was a shift towards a strategic conception which posited workers as 'assets' rather than 'costs'. These 'human resources' were reconceptualised as a key source of competitive advantage. Hence, these assets were to be treated seriously: selected with care, trained and developed, and above all, induced to offer commitment. The concept of 'human capital' came to the fore and during these three decades research output has been voluminous. Meanwhile, other trends vie with the SHRM model: precarious employment, zero-hour contracts, sub-contracting and outsourcing and other competing ways of arranging work. Finding a pathway through this minefield is challenging. Strategic Human Resource Management: A Research Overview, authored by three global research leaders, provides an expert summary and guide. This new shortform book develops the argument that a crucial element of organizational performance is the way work is organized in skill and talent packages both domestically and across global competency clusters. This succinct guide focuses on current and emergent challenges. The 'package' of HR approaches has changed over time. This new volume pays special regard to the HR implications which arise from radically altering contexts - economic, social and technological. This concise volume covers themes of vital interest and is essential reading for business scholars and professionals.
Strategic information technology : best practices to drive digital transformation
by
Successfully navigate the changing face of the CIO role Strategic Information Technology offers CIOs a handbook for engaging with the senior management conversations surrounding strategy. The CIO role is currently undergoing a massive transition from technology-focused expert to a more strategic mindset, and this book provides proven methods for taking your seat at the table. Lessons from high-performing CIOs and a wealth of leading-edge insight provide invaluable guidance for positioning technology as a strategic driver across the business, while a focus on building the necessary connections--for example, an alliance between IT and HR--provide a multimodal approach to navigating the transition. The evolution of the CIO's role involves more than simply technical knowledge; the new CIO must be an influencer, an engager, and just as adept at the soft skills that become increasingly crucial as you climb the management ladder. It's about changing mindsets, translating hard skills into strategic advantages, and demonstrating IT's value to the strategic decision making process. This book provides best practices, illustrative examples, and up-to-date perspective for CIOs wanting to: Position IT as a critical driver of overall strategy Build on functional expertise with strategic insight Learn from the stories of successful tech-to-strategy transformations Engage C-Suite peers in shaping the strategic conversation Not long ago, the CIO occupied a unique place in the C-Suite. Executive by title, CIOs have nevertheless been seen as predominantly the "chief tech expert" with little input into strategy, as IT has historically been regarded as a tool rather than a source of competitive advantage. The truth is becoming increasingly apparent, with companies around the world turning to technology in order to gain a competitive edge, and CIOs are beginning to claim their place in strategy discussions. Strategic Information Technology offers much needed guidance for a successful transformation.
Strategic management : awareness and change
by
The tenth edition of Strategic Management: Awareness and Change provides students with a sound intellectual framework of the various models and theories of strategic management. Learners explore strategic concepts and strategy implementation to find out how organizations deal with continual transformation-from the rapid growth of the internet, disruptive business models such as the gig economy and online subscriptions and COVID-19-which highlight the need for strategic agility and resilience in all sectors." -- provided by publisher
Strategic management : competitiveness and globalisation
by
Strategic management : competitiveness & globalization : concepts & cases
by
Examine strategic management with the market-leading book that sets the standard as today's most intellectually rich, practical analysis of strategic management. Written by prominent management scholars and award-winning instructors, Hitt/Ireland/Hoskisson's STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: COMPETITIVENESS AND GLOBALIZATION, 13E incorporates cutting-edge research and new examples from more than 600 companies to reveal how firms effectively use the strategic management process. This edition combines a classic industrial organization model with a resource-based view of the firm to demonstrate how businesses establish competitive advantages and create value for stakeholders in the global marketplace. You study how firms govern themselves, the value of strategic alliances to global companies and the value firms create by melding strategic management and entrepreneurial behaviors when competing. MindTap online learning solution is also available with new real-world activities designed to help you outperform and excel as a strategic leader.
Strategic Management: Concepts and Cases
by
Examine strategic management with the market-leading text that sets the standard for the most intellectually rich, yet thoroughly practical, analysis of strategic management today. Written by highly respected experts Hitt, Ireland, and Hoskisson, STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: COMPETITIVENESS AND GLOBALIZATION, CONCEPTS AND CASES, Eleventh Edition, combines the latest cutting-edge research and strategic management trends with ideas from some of today's most prominent scholars. This is the only text that integrates the classic industrial organization model with a resource-based view of the firm to give you a complete understanding of how today's businesses use strategic management to establish a sustained competitive advantage. A strong global focus and examples from more than 600 emerging and leading companies place ideas into context within an inviting, practical presentation. A wealth of learning features and more than 30 all-new compelling cases examine a broad range of critical issues confronting managers today. Engaging video cases, CengageNOW online learning tools, and a complete electronic business library help keep your study current and relevant. STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: COMPETITIVENESS AND GLOBALIZATION provides the solid understanding you need to effectively apply strategic management tools and techniques for increased performance and tomorrow's competitive advantage.
Strategic management : concepts and cases : a competitive advantage approach
by
In today's economy, gaining and sustaining a competitive advantage is harder than ever. Strategic Management: A Competitive Advantage Approach,Concepts and Cases captures the complexity of the current business environment and delivers the latest skills and concepts with unrivaled clarity, helping students develop their own cutting-edge strategy through skill-developing exercises. It offers more coverage than any other textbook on important issues related to business ethics, social responsibility, global operations, and sustainability -- one of the reasons it is adopted at more than 500 colleges and universities worldwide. Thoroughly updated and revised with current research and examples,the 17th Edition helps students and managers effectively formulate and implement a strategic plan that can lead to a sustainable competitive advantage for any type of business
Strategic management of technological innovation
by
"This book approaches the subject of innovation management as a strategic process. It is organized to mirror the strategic management process used in most strategy textbooks, progressing from assessing the competitive dynamics of a situation to strategy formulation, to strategy implementation."--Publisher's description
Strategic performance management : accounting for organizational control
by
One of the most important challenges that people in senior management positions face is the responsibility of ensuring their organizations¿ effective practice of performance management. As this book reveals, performance management comprises an interdisciplinary field of study and practice that draws upon a wide set of business disciplines, including strategic management, organizational behaviour, organizational theory, and management accounting. This book provides a contemporary examination of theories, issues, and practices related to performance management. An original performance management framework helps structure the book, and in particular the ordering and layout of the book¿s chapters. Unlike other performance management frameworks, the one used here is grounded in concrete organizational phenomena, therefore making it more accessible and meaningful to practitioners, scholars, and students.
Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations
by
The essential planning resource and framework for nonprofit leaders Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations is the comprehensive, practical guide to building and sustaining a more effective organization. Solid strategy is now more important than ever, and this book provides a clear framework for designing and implementing an effective and efficient planning process. From identifying stakeholders and clarifying a shared vision, to implementing plans and revising strategies, the discussion covers all aspects of the process to help you keep your organization united and on track into the future. The field's leading authority shares insight, advice, helpful tools, and specific techniques, alongside a widely used and well-regarded approach to real-world planning. This new fifth edition includes new case studies and examples along with up-to-date resources and references, and new multimedia-related content. Innovation and creativity produce great ideas, but these ideas must be collected and organized into an actionable plan supported by a coalition of support to make your organization great. This book provides expert guidance and perspective to help you bring everything together into a workable organizational strategy. Discover an effective approach to the strategic planning process Identify issues, establish a vision, clarify mandates, and implement plans Manage the process with continual learning and revising Link unique assets and abilities to better accomplish the central mission Public and nonprofit leaders are forever striving to do more with less, and great strategic planning can help you build efficiency and effectiveness into your organization's everyday operations. Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations provides the framework and tools you need to start planning for tomorrow today.
Strategic renewal : core concepts, antecedents, and micro foundations
by
Strategic Renewalis an original research anthology offering insight into a subject area which, although critical for the sustained success of organizations, has received relatively little attention as distinct from the more general phenomenon of strategic change. Firstly, by providing a summary of the literature, this research anthology helps graduate students and new researchers grasp the current state of affairs in the field. Secondly, this research anthology will help update the knowledge base of the existing researchers in the field. By bringing together various studies, the research anthology determines the core concepts of the field and elucidates the key gaps and future research areas. Through contributions building on the knowledge bases of other disciplines, this research anthology develops an interdisciplinary research agenda, giving the reader an in-depth understanding of the mediating, moderating, and antecedent variables concerning strategic renewal. Strategic Renewalaims to provide a state-of-understanding to the subject, as well as a clear picture of the cross-disciplinary landscape that informs the subject. Thus, this research anthology is essential reading for managers, consultants, and other practitioners, as well as students and scholars of business. newal. Strategic Renewalaims to provide a state-of-understanding to the subject, as well as a clear picture of the cross-disciplinary landscape that informs the subject. Thus, this research anthology is essential reading for managers, consultants, and other practitioners, as well as students and scholars of business.
Strategic talent management : contemporary issues in international context
by
With contributions from leading scholars and practitioners, this Cambridge Companion examines the topical issue of talent management from a strategic perspective, mapping out insights from a number of related fields including strategy, organisational learning, marketing and supply chain management. The authors examine the challenges faced when viewing talent management in a global context, showing how both comparative and international HRM thinking have become increasingly important when, for example, managing talent in emerging markets or trying to globalise the talent management function. The book concludes with a valuable summary of key learning points about talent management for both practitioners and researchers, as well as a discussion of the most fruitful areas for future research. This Companion will be an essential resource for academic researchers, graduate students and practitioners of global strategic talent management.
Business Models for Strategic Innovation
by
This book extends our understanding of how different cross- functional business and management disciplines, such as innovation and entrepreneurship, strategic management, marketing and HRM, individually and collectively underpin innovation in business management. Business Models for Strategic Innovation develops insights from cross-disciplinary business knowledge streams and their cutting edge discipline-specific practical implications to create a cross- functional business innovation management model. Novel cross- disciplinary knowledge plays an imperative role in business innovation and we know that innovative management processes have significant implications for effective cross- functional management. In this context, each chapter of the book presents fresh insights on diverse business knowledge- streams as well as their applied implications on cross- functional business innovation management. Finally, centred on these cross- disciplinary business theories and their cutting edge implications, the last chapter of this book proposes a model of strategic cross- functional business innovation management process. This academically rigorous work uses innovative theoretical propositions and state- of- the- art empirical analysis in order to enable cross- functional management teams to support organisation- wide business innovation processes.
Facilities @ Management
by
Facilities @ Management Reference work describing the evolution of Facilities Management from a global perspective as experienced by the leaders in the field With valuable insights from over fifty diverse contributors from all around the world, Facilities @ Management: Concept, Realization, Vision - A Global Perspective describes the evolution of the Facilities Management (FM) internationally, discussing the past, present, and future of a profession that has grown significantly over the last forty years. The contributors are made up of industry professionals, many of whom are the founders of the profession, and members from academia teaching future FM leaders. This edited work is a Facilities Management anthology, with a focus on reviewing the origin of the industry through best practices and lessons learned from some of the sharpest minds in the field. Facilities @ Management: Concept, Realization, Vision - A Global Perspective includes information on: Handling legal compliance, strategic policies, and overall best practices to ensure a successful career in the field Understanding practical guidance for the role of Facilities Management in the world's biggest challenges, including sustainability and climate change Building systems and equipment through strong technical knowledge, project management, and communication and interpersonal skills Managing a diverse range of stakeholders and contractors and adapting to changing technologies, regulatory requirements, and socio-political and ecological challenges With unique firsthand insight, including case studies, from thought leaders in FM from 16 countries around the world, this book is ideal for practicing FM professionals as well as students and researchers involved in the field.
Firms' Strategic Decisions: Theoretical and Empirical Findings
by
This volume of the series features 14 chapters covering theoretical and empirical research on strategic decision making of monopolistic and oligopolistic organizations. Topics covered in this volume include strategic behavior of different types of firms, identifying insiders in organizations, the relationship of employees' green behavior with environmental sustainability, the relationship between firm size and export-intensities of manufacturing firms in India in a discriminating oligopoly model, and how industrial economics modeling can be particularly useful to analyze development issues in a context of food safety regulations. This volume is suitable for academics, students and professionals studying firm behavior in the fields of economics, business administration, policymaking and engineering.
Profit Driven Business Analytics
by
Maximize profit and optimize decisions with advanced business analytics Profit-Driven Business Analytics provides actionable guidance on optimizing the use of data to add value and drive better business. Combining theoretical and technical insights into daily operations and long-term strategy, this book acts as a development manual for practitioners seeking to conceive, develop, and manage advanced analytical models. Detailed discussion delves into the wide range of analytical approaches and modeling techniques that can help maximize business payoff, and the author team draws upon their recent research to share deep insight about optimal strategy. Real-life case studies and examples illustrate these techniques at work, and provide clear guidance for implementation in your own organization. From step-by-step instruction on data handling, to analytical fine-tuning, to evaluating results, this guide provides invaluable guidance for practitioners seeking to reap the advantages of true business analytics. Despite widespread discussion surrounding the value of data in decision making, few businesses have adopted advanced analytic techniques in any meaningful way. This book shows you how to delve deeper into the data and discover what it can do for your business. Reinforce basic analytics to maximize profits Adopt the tools and techniques of successful integration Implement more advanced analytics with a value-centric approach Fine-tune analytical information to optimize business decisions Both data stored and streamed has been increasing at an exponential rate, and failing to use it to the fullest advantage equates to leaving money on the table. From bolstering current efforts to implementing a full-scale analytics initiative, the vast majority of businesses will see greater profit by applying advanced methods. Profit-Driven Business Analytics provides a practical guidebook and reference for adopting real business analytics techniques.
Project-Led Strategic Management
by
Strategic management is very well documented in business books and in the literature, but that does not make the task any easier. Because formulating and implementing strategy is so taxing, and the environmental signals are so intangible, strategic planning is a responsibility that is easy to avoid. The solution proposed in this book is a project management framework to advance organizational strategy. In this book, you'll find not only a description of how use the project management framework to advance strategic management, but also a case study that illustrates the positive impact.
Strategic doing : ten skills for agile leadership
by
Ten skills for agile leadership Complex challenges are all around us--they impact our companies, our communities, and our planet. This complexity and the emergence of networks is changing the practice of strategic management. Today's leaders need to understand how to design and guide complex collaborations to accelerate innovation and change--collaborations that cross boundaries both inside and outside organizations. Strategic Doing introduces you to the new disciplines of agile strategy and collaborative leadership. You'll learn how to design and guide complex collaborations by following a discipline of simple rules that you won't find anywhere else. * Unleash the power of true collaboration * Learn and master the 10 skills of agile leadership * Apply individual skills to targeted situations * Introduces a new discipline of leadership strategy Filled with compelling case studies, Strategic Doing outlines a new discipline of leadership strategy specifically designed for open, loosely-connected networks.
Strategic human resource management formulating and implementing HR strategies for a competitive advantage
by
The concept of strategic human resource management has developed widely in the last couple of years, especially because of the impact of human resources on the competitiveness of organizations. The development of human resource strategies involves taking into account their multiple mutual dependencies and the fact that they must be vertically integrated with the business strategy. These strategies define the intentions and plans related to the overall organizational considerations, such as organizational competitiveness, effectiveness or image, and to more specific aspects of human resources management, such as resourcing, motivating, valuating, learning and development, reward and employee relations. Strategic management of human resources provides a large perspective on the way critical issues or success factors related to people can be addressed and how different concepts of strategic decisions are made, with long-term impacts on the behavior and success of the organization. The fundamental objective of human resource strategic management is to generate strategic capabilities by ensuring that the organization has the high-qualified, committed and well-motivated employees it needs to achieve and sustain the competitive advantage. The emergence of strategic human resource management (SHRM) is influenced by global competition and the corresponding search for sources of a sustainable competitive advantage. SHRM has achieved its prominence because it provides a means by which business firms can enhance the competitiveness and promote managerial efficiency. It facilitates the development of human capital that meets the requirements of a competitive business strategy, so that organizational goals and the mission of the organization will be achieved. The HRM system is defined as "a set of distinct but interrelated activities, functions and processes that are directed at attracting, developing, and maintaining (or disposing of) a firm's human resources." Many agree that HRM is the most effective tool which contributes to the creation of human capital, and in turn, contributes to organizational performance and the competitive advantage. This book puts emphasis on understanding the role of HRM between organizations and people and provides an analytical approach toward encompassing HRM, employment relations, and organizational behavior. As a management discipline, HRM draws insights, models and theories from cognate disciplines and applies them to real-world settings. Further, this book discusses how current theoretical perspectives and frameworks (e.g., those related to strategic competitiveness, knowledge management, learning organization, communities of practice, etc.) can be applied by reflective practitioners to create an eco-friendly organizational culture.
Strategic information technology : best practices to drive digital transformation
by
Successfully navigate the changing face of the CIO role Strategic Information Technology offers CIOs a handbook for engaging with the senior management conversations surrounding strategy. The CIO role is currently undergoing a massive transition from technology-focused expert to a more strategic mindset, and this book provides proven methods for taking your seat at the table. Lessons from high-performing CIOs and a wealth of leading-edge insight provide invaluable guidance for positioning technology as a strategic driver across the business, while a focus on building the necessary connections--for example, an alliance between IT and HR--provide a multimodal approach to navigating the transition. The evolution of the CIO's role involves more than simply technical knowledge; the new CIO must be an influencer, an engager, and just as adept at the soft skills that become increasingly crucial as you climb the management ladder. It's about changing mindsets, translating hard skills into strategic advantages, and demonstrating IT's value to the strategic decision making process. This book provides best practices, illustrative examples, and up-to-date perspective for CIOs wanting to: Position IT as a critical driver of overall strategy Build on functional expertise with strategic insight Learn from the stories of successful tech-to-strategy transformations Engage C-Suite peers in shaping the strategic conversation Not long ago, the CIO occupied a unique place in the C-Suite. Executive by title, CIOs have nevertheless been seen as predominantly the "chief tech expert" with little input into strategy, as IT has historically been regarded as a tool rather than a source of competitive advantage. The truth is becoming increasingly apparent, with companies around the world turning to technology in order to gain a competitive edge, and CIOs are beginning to claim their place in strategy discussions. Strategic Information Technology offers much needed guidance for a successful transformation.
Strategic Management of Diversity in the Workplace
by
Strategic Management of Diversity in the Workplace discusses the strategic management of ethnic and cultural diversity by taking particular examples from Australia, Canada, The United Kingdom and the United States of America, in order to determine the salient benefits that organisations could derive when ethnic and cultural differences are seen as opportunities, not as problems, and are viewed as benefits rather than threats. Strategic Management of Diversity in the Workplace provides a clear demonstration of the benefits, conflicts and challenges faced by organisations. The renewed interest in multiculturalism in academic and policy circles revives the debate about issues related to the management of ethnic diversity in society at large and in specific settings, such as corporate Australia. This book specifically focuses on this problematic area by aiming to explore the practice of management and application of multiculturalism in the workplace. This book seeks to examine post-multiculturalism in Australia and explore whether it has affected the ways in which corporate Australia deals with issues of diversity and the lessons learned here are ones that apply across the business world. Strategic Management of Diversity in the Workplace would be of interest for researchers, academics, undergraduate and postgraduate business degrees students in the fields of Strategic Human Resources Management, Cross-Cultural Management, Managing Workplace Training and Managing and Leading People.
Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations
by
The essential planning resource and framework for nonprofit leaders Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations is the comprehensive, practical guide to building and sustaining a more effective organization. Solid strategy is now more important than ever, and this book provides a clear framework for designing and implementing an effective and efficient planning process. From identifying stakeholders and clarifying a shared vision, to implementing plans and revising strategies, the discussion covers all aspects of the process to help you keep your organization united and on track into the future. The field's leading authority shares insight, advice, helpful tools, and specific techniques, alongside a widely used and well-regarded approach to real-world planning. This new fifth edition includes new case studies and examples along with up-to-date resources and references, and new multimedia-related content. Innovation and creativity produce great ideas, but these ideas must be collected and organized into an actionable plan supported by a coalition of support to make your organization great. This book provides expert guidance and perspective to help you bring everything together into a workable organizational strategy. Discover an effective approach to the strategic planning process Identify issues, establish a vision, clarify mandates, and implement plans Manage the process with continual learning and revising Link unique assets and abilities to better accomplish the central mission Public and nonprofit leaders are forever striving to do more with less, and great strategic planning can help you build efficiency and effectiveness into your organization's everyday operations. Strategic Planning for Public and Nonprofit Organizations provides the framework and tools you need to start planning for tomorrow today.
Transforming project management : an essential paradigm for turning your strategic planning into action
by
"Turn your strategic-planning dreams into business reality with these project management and leadership best practices Executing on strategic planning is one of the biggest challenges leaders today. For example, Harvard Business Review reports that IT project failure costs businesses $3 trillion dollars annually. Stop Strategic Planning into the Abyss provides business leaders the key to addressing this issue head on. Stop Strategic Planning into the Abyss takes you beyond envisioning a great strategy and into the realm of implementing it-with skill, care, and expertise. Strategy-execution guru Duane Petersen reveals his unique and proven approach for tying strategic planning directly to project management. He explains how to break down a strategic plan into key objectives and project portfolios to make sense of all the project "parts," then successfully lead the execution of the plan. You'll learn how to evaluate where you are versus where you want to be, develop plans to move your vision forward, translate strategic plans into action plans with tangible efforts, budgets, and schedules, and guide and inspire the individuals and teams tasked with implementing their plans"-- Provided by publisher
Let me walk you through to what this course is all about. The worldwide economy and global competition have grown increasingly important to modern businesses. Large firms usually have physical locations and personnel in multiple nations worldwide. Still, even if geographically based in one or a few countries, many very modest organizations compete globally. Because of the global marketplace, organizational leaders must have a global mindset to be effective in their roles; that is, an understanding of the impact of culture on factors such as work-related values, norms, and expectations, so that cultural differences are an automatic part of leader and organization decision-making.
This course examines the psychological, sociological, and cultural aspects that influence expectations, preferences, and perceived effectiveness of leadership techniques and styles in organizations and workgroups across the world's foremost cultural factors. The course will emphasize the development of students' critical thinking skills as they consider the complexities of these factors' direct, indirect, and interaction effects on leadership in multinational firms that operate globally.
When seeking to lead with a global perspective, students will appreciate the paradoxical necessity for flexibility and consistency. They will also be ready to build a leadership style in their organizations that can achieve appropriate levels of both consistencies (required for perceptions of fairness and predictability) and flexibility across multiple global and cultural situations (necessary for adaptation to cultural and social differences). Students will also learn about the hurdles that expatriate leaders encounter when sent to international assignments outside of their culture. Students will study relevant examples, cases, and discussions throughout the semester that emphasize applying psychological theory and research results from many cultural settings to the practice of leadership functions in global organizations and work circumstances.
Dimensions of national culture relevant for work organizations; research on the differences and similarities of preferred and effective leadership across dimensions of cultural differences; developing a global mindset and global leaders; leading multinational and culturally diverse teams; challenges of expatriate leadership assignments are just a few examples of the course material that this course will cover.
Business-dō : the way to successful leadership
by
Practical advice for your personal journey, from a self-made billionaire Business-Do is your personal handbook for achieving happiness by systematically turning your dreams into reality. Success looks different to everyone, but author Hiroshi Mikitani exemplifies its essential, universal qualities: as the founder and CEO of Rakuten, Mikitani is a self-made entrepreneur who became Japan's leader in the new global economy--a journey that made him a billionaire. In this book, he shows you how to achieve your own version of success in work and in life. Paying homage to Japan's ethos of quality and discipline, this book shares 89 principles Mikitani has gathered over the course of his remarkable career. These thought-provoking, action-oriented rules show you everything from how useful your dreams are, to the best way to harness the internet, to what management techniques work to the importance of self-improvement. The result: your own powerful, personal playbook straight from the mind of an inspirational trailblazer. Mikitani guided Rakuten from its 1997 foundation to become one of the world's largest e-commerce platforms, with a still rapidly-expanding global footprint reaching industries including fintech, messaging, digital content, and even drones. This book describes the ideas, thoughts, actions, and philosophies that drove Mikitani to the top. Discover the myriad ways in which the internet is fundamentally transforming the world Learn from a blend of Japanese discipline and commitment to quality and the Silicon Valley approach to business, where collaboration and agility are essential and lucrative Adopt data-driven management techniques that constantly question, constantly improve, and empower people to exceptional performance Share in Mikitani's optimistic vision, and his industry-specific predictions Happiness is something you live every day. It is both the result and the critical ingredient of success, and there is plenty to go around. Business-Do gives you the principles you need on your own journey to success.
Discover Your True North
by
"One of the 25 Best Leadership Books of All-Time." - Soundview The Leadership Classic, Discover Your True North, expanded for today's leaders Discover Your True North is the best-selling leadership classic that enables you to become an authentic leader by discovering your True North. Originally based on first-person interviews with 125 leaders, this book instantly became a must-read business classic when it was introduced in 2007. Now expanded and updated to introduce 48 new leaders and new learning about authentic global leaders, this revisited classic includes more diverse, global, and contemporary leaders of all ages. New case studies include Warren Buffett, Indra Nooyi, Arianna Huffington, Jack Ma, Paul Polman, Mike Bloomberg, Mark Zuckerberg, and many others. Alongside these studies, former Medtronic CEO Bill George continues to share his personal stories and his wisdom by describing how you can become the leader you want to be, with helpful exercises included throughout the book. Being a leader is about much more than title and management skills--it's fundamentally a question of who we are as human beings. Discover Your True North offers a concrete and comprehensive program for becoming an authentic leader, and shows how to chart your path to leadership success. Once you discover the purpose of your leadership, you'll find the true leader inside you. This book shows you how to use your natural leadership abilities to inspire and empower others to excellence in today's complex global world. Discover Your True North enables you to become the leader you were born to be, and stay on track of your True North.
Becoming the best : build a world-class organization through values-based leadership
by
What does it mean in practice to be a values-based leader? When faced with real situations, how can you be your best self and create best teams--while also being a best partner with customers and vendors, a best investment for your stakeholders, and a best citizen making a difference in the world? It's a tall order, but these are the expectations for world-class organizations today. In his bestselling book From Values to Action, Harry Kraemer showed how self-reflection, balance, true self-confidence, and genuine humility are the traits of today's most effective leaders. In Becoming the Best, his highly anticipated follow-up, Kraemer reveals how, in practical terms, anyone can apply these principles to become a values-based leader and to help create values-based organizations. Drawing on his own experiences as the former CEO and chairman of Baxter International, as well as those of other notable leaders and organizations, Kraemer lays out a pathway for understanding the principles and putting them into practice, showing specifically, how to: Use self-reflection to become your "best self" as you lead yourself and others more effectively Create a "best team" that understands and appreciates what they're doing, and why Forge "best partnerships" through win/win collaboration with vendors and customers that enhance the end user's experience Support the mission, vision, and values of the organization to generate returns that distinguish a "best investment" Make a difference in the world beyond the organization by becoming a "best citizen" Powerful case studies from Campbell's Soup, Ernst & Young, Target, Northern Trust, and many others demonstrate the four principles of values-based leadership in action and show how thinking beyond the corporation can trigger positive outcomes for both the company and the world. Regardless of level or job title, individuals can make a difference in their organization and beyond by embodying the essential traits of a great leader. Becoming the Best offers a definitive, actionable guide to show anyone how to apply in practice the principles of values-based leadership personally and professionally, making it an indispensable manual for the new wave of better leaders. All of Harry's proceeds from the book sales are donated to the One Acre Fund in Africa.
Daring to compete : accelerate your business to market leadership with ey's 7 drivers of growth
by
The successful entrepreneur's guide to accelerating growth Daring to Compete offers real-world strategies to accelerate the growth of your business and secure your place as a market leader. This expert guide is the result of years of comprehensive research and experience from global professional services organization EY, originator of the celebrated "Entrepreneur Of The Year" program. Employing its worldwide reach and extensive network of successful entrepreneurs, EY has developed a model of sustainable business development--"The 7 Drivers of GrowthTM." This innovative and highly effective approach to strategic growth is an invaluable resource for high-growth businesses, entrepreneurs, and start-ups. Favoring practical strategies over abstract theories, this book provides clear guidance on the Customer; Funding and Finance; Transactions and Alliances; Risk; People, Behaviors, and Culture; Digital Technology and Analytics; and Operations. This book brings the application of these drivers to life by featuring insights from Entrepreneur Of The Year award-winning entrepreneurs from a wide range of industries and geographic locations. These entrepreneurs share how each driver functions in actual business situations and present first-hand advice on their application and implementation. Planned and sustainable growth is a challenge faced by businesses every day, from developing ventures to leading enterprises. Effective entrepreneurs embrace the drivers of growth and recognize what areas require sharper focus. This book allows you to identify and apply these elements in your own business--facilitating optimal outcomes and accelerating growth. This indispensable guide enables you to: Implement a proven business model to compete more effectively and achieve market leadership Gain the knowledge and confidence to face challenges, anticipate, and overcome obstacles Access research, tools, and services to accelerate growth and compete on a global scale Learn invaluable market leadership strategies from a team of highly successful entrepreneurs Developed from the real-life stories of EY Entrepreneur Of The Year winners, this book is an inspirational and informative must-read guide to business growth and market leadership. Daring to Compete is an invaluable resourcefor both aspiring and experienced entrepreneurs and established business leaders seeking to become more entrepreneurial.
Disruptive leadership : Apple and the technology of caring deeply : nine keys to organizational excellence and global impact
by
Disruptive leadership is a topic generating intense interest. Companies all over the world are trying to upend their industry through innovative products and services. Becoming a disruptive organization, however, is easier said than done. Even more difficult is being a company that continually disrupts. Is it possible to discern a code for how companies can achieve this? In this highly readable and engaging book, a disruptive leadership framework is proposed in which caring deeply is placed at the center of the model. By turning care into a focal point, a triphasic model is proposed that moves from the personal sphere (individual), to the corporate arena (organizational), and then to the global stage (impact). Nine keys are identified along this path for how companies can realize organizational excellence. While care may seem like a soft concept in the rough and tumble world of business, it is argued how it is actually an inspired manner for providing direction, structure, and know-how that leads to powerful outcomes. Apple is profiled as a leading example of leveraging what is termed the technology of caring deeply. Other companies, such as Nike, IKEA, Zappos, Starbucks are also profiled. Finally, a leadership canvas is provided to help activate the lessons shared in the book.
Global leadership : a transnational perspective
by
The clash of cultures, coupled with rapid technological advances, seems to be pushing us in paradoxical directions. On the one hand, the world seems to be falling apart; while on the other, the world seems to be converging. Do we have thoughtful leaders to guide us through these uncertain times? As globalization breaks down barriers, global leaders are becoming more visible players on the world stage. From executives of multinational corporations (e.g., high-tech entrepreneurs in Silicon Valley) to social activists (e.g., Malala Yousafzai), individuals from many different cultural backgrounds and ages are reshaping the way we see global leadership. These global leaders have to contend with a variety of transnational contexts that call for different leadership styles. This book assesses four of these styles - transactional, participatory, transformational, and directive - with representative case studies for each. It provides practical skills that global leaders must master in order to be more effective at the transnational level - cultivating a global mindset; developing intercultural communication; leveraging diversity and inclusion; and managing intercultural conflict. Global Leadership is valuable reading for educators in undergraduate and graduate leadership programs; practitioners involved in global for-profit and nonprofit organizations; and leadership educators interested in exploring the impact of technology on global leadership. It provides an excellent balance between the study and practice of global leadership.
Global leadership : research, practice, and development
by
This text focuses on leading across cultural, economic, social, national, and political boundaries simultaneously. Global Leadership presents the field's latest studies and practices in a succinct and engaging style that helps scholars, managers, and students grasp the complexities of being a global leader. The authors begin by explaining the conceptual differences between general leadership and global leadership before examining the various dimensions of the global leadership field, and how it will develop in the future. Users of previous editions will notice that the book has been restructured into five new parts to provide a better conceptual flow. Other new features include: A new chapter on talent management and its relationship to global leadership processes. Updates to the chapter on global leadership development, including material on international service learning approaches and other "best practice" examples. Significant updates to the chapters on responsible global leadership and leading global teams, accounting for recent advances in both disciplines. This edition will prove a useful guide for graduate students of global leadership, international business, and general leadership classes as well as scholars and managers seeking a thorough understanding of the field today. PowerPoint slides and a list of suggested cases are available to further assist instructors.
Global leadership perspectives : insights and analysis
by
A critical, global counterpoint to more western-centric texts that will appeal to critical leadership scholars, those teaching leadership from a critical perspective and those teaching leadership with an international focus. Split into two parts; its first part presents the local and regional variations in leadership from across the globe, with each of the twenty individual authors presenting the histories, cultures, tensions and social changes that shape the practice of everyday leadership in their respective region. Regions and countries included are: the Arab Middle East, Argentina, ASEAN, Australia, Brazil, China, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ethiopia, France, Germany, India, Japan, Mexico, Poland, Russia, Scandinavia, South Africa, Turkey, UK, USA. In the second part, the editors then critically analyse these chapters and identify the key themes and specific issues, enabling the reader to challenge their own leadership perceptions and move beyond the normative, uncritical approach to leadership. Suitable reading for leadership students, researchers and practitioners looking to enhance their knowledge of global leadership.
The leadership contract : the fine print to becoming an accountable leader
by
Step up, get tough, and commit to your decision to lead The Leadership Contract provides the manual that leaders around the world need. With only seven percent of employees feeling confident in senior leadership, the problem is evident: disappointing, and often disgraceful leaders. Employees deserve better than that; organizations need better than that--and this book provides a robust framework for stepping up and making the decision to lead. This new third edition has been updated, featuring a new foreword by Adecco CEO Alain Dehaze, new findings from the Global Leadership Accountability Study, and more insights to help you chart your own path to build strong leadership accountability at a personal and organizational level. Great leadership doesn't happen by accident. It's more than just being in charge; it's a decision, an obligation and potentially your legacy. Mediocre is no longer good enough--in today's business climate, organizations need stellar leadership. If you're not exceptional, step up or step aside -- this book helps you toughen up and put your commitment to great leadership in writing for yourself as much as everyone else. Learn how a leadership contract is vital for truly accountable leadership Discover the mindset and practices needed to be a deliberate and decisive leader Communicate to inspire, motivate, and drive high performance Become the leader your organization needs today and into the future Leadership is not a birthright, not an accident, and not for everyone. It is the only differentiator between an organization's success and failure, and it has been entrusted to you. Can you step up to the challenge? Can you execute strategy while inspiring peak performance, nurturing top talent, managing complexity, creating value, conquering uncertainty, and yes, developing new leaders? Put your name on the line--literally--by drawing up a contract for leadership accountability. The Leadership Contract provides a proven and practical framework used by companies and leaders around the world. Join them and take your leadership to next level.
The leadership lab : understanding leadership in the 21st century
by
FINALIST: American Book Fest Best Book Award 2020 - Business: Management & LeadershipWINNER: Independent Press Award 2020 - Leadership CategoryWINNER: NYC Big Book Award 2019 - Business General CategoryWINNER: Business Book Awards 2019 - Business Book of the YearHow can today's business leaders keep up with seismic geopolitical and economic shifts that include Brexit, inflation and the unseating of traditional political powers, and what do these mean for their own leadership narratives? In The Leadership Lab, bestselling author Chris Lewis and superstar megatrends analyst Dr Pippa Malmgren help you lead your team through this change successfully. Covering everything from how to build a new type of leadership trust when other spheres of public power have been overturned, to robots overtaking companies and worldwide indebtedness affecting business, this book explains not only why the old rules no longer apply, but also how to blaze a trail in this new world order and be the best leader you can be.The Leadership Lab includes exclusive interviews with top executives grappling with the new world order and discusses what key global trends keep them awake at night and how they respond to them. It is a must-read for aspiring leaders and C-level executives seeking to develop a real intuition when it comes to dealing with the global currents disrupting business and how to build an empathetic, credible, stable and strong leadership path.
Leadership results : how to create adaptive leaders and high-performing organisations for an uncertain world
by
A model for developing the leaders and delivering the leadership results the world needs Leadership Results explores the fall of traditional leadership thinking and the struggling multibillion dollar leadership development industry that is failing to deliver results, and explains the mindset, skills, ways of being and methods that will get results in the new context and evolving paradigm. The Leadership Results model is practical and predictive, providing a way forward for companies seeking to build sustainable leadership capacity, develop individual leaders, boost employee engagement and deliver breakthrough results through shared and collective leadership. Actionable steps guide you through the process of evolving leadership culture to see increased productivity, growth opportunities and ensured profitability borne on a culture of trust, collaboration, fairness and a commitment to innovation and real prosperity. Expert analysis debunks pervasive myths and assumptions surrounding leadership, employee engagement, and talent development, while demystifying the role technology plays in innovation and progress. Leaders, coaches, trainers, OD practitioners, change agents, and students will find insightful guidance, thought-provoking discussion and illustrative case studies that will help them: Rethink leadership to make a stronger impact Take bold action to change the status quo Marry strategic and innovation leadership into a force for real change Stop making the same mistakes and start forging a new path forward From the heads of state on down, all levels of leadership are experiencing a rapid loss of trust and confidence -- and the glaring absence of results that follows. Unethical business practices are costing more than five per cent of the global GDP every year; citizens around the world have lost faith in the public and private sectors; only 13% of employees are engaged at work -- clearly, there is a severe lack of effective leadership. Leadership Results provides a practical way forward through this global quagmire, with a clear, actionable model for leadership that works.
Managing cultural differences : global leadership for the 21st century
by
In today's global business environment, it is vital that individuals and organizations have sophisticated global leadership skills. Communication and understanding of different cultures is paramount to business success. This new edition of the bestselling textbook, Managing Cultural Differences, guides students and practitioners to an understanding of how to do business internationally, providing practical advice on how competitive advantage can be gained through effective cross-cultural management. Crises in the Middle East, the weakening of some emerging markets, and the value of diversity and inclusion are just a few examples of contemporary issues discussed in this text, which also introduces a completely new chapter on global business ethics. With a wealth of new examples, case studies, and online materials, this textbook is required course reading for undergraduates, postgraduates, and MBA students alike, as well as being a vital tool for anybody selling, purchasing, traveling, or working internationally.
The Power of Positive Leadership
by
We are not positive because life is easy. We are positive because life can be hard. As a leader, you will face numerous obstacles, negativity, and tests. There will be times when it seems as if everything in the world is conspiring against you and your vision seems more like a fantasy than a reality. That's why positive leadership is essential! Positive leadership is not about fake positivity. It is the real stuff that makes great leaders great. The research is clear. Being a positive leader is not just a nice way to lead. It's the way to lead if you want to build a great culture, unite your organization in the face of adversity, develop a connected and committed team and achieve excellence and superior results. Since writing the mega best seller The Energy Bus, Jon Gordon has worked and consulted with leaders who have transformed their companies, organizations and schools, won national championships and are currently changing the world. He has also interviewed some of the greatest leaders of our time and researched many positive leaders throughout history and discovered their paths to success. In this pioneering book Jon Gordon shares what he has learned and provides a comprehensive framework on positive leadership filled with proven principles, compelling stories, practical ideas and practices that will help anyone become a positive leader. There is a power associated with positive leadership and you can start benefiting yourself and your team with it today.
Critical systems thinking and the management of complexity : responsible leadership for a complex world
by
From the winner of the INCOSE Pioneer Award 2022 The world has become increasingly networked and unpredictable. Decision makers at all levels are required to manage the consequences of complexity every day. They must deal with problems that arise unexpectedly, generate uncertainty, are characterised by interconnectivity, and spread across traditional boundaries. Simple solutions to complex problems are usually inadequate and risk exacerbating the original issues. Leaders of international bodies such as the UN, OECD, UNESCO and WHO -- and of major business, public sector, charitable, and professional organizations -- have all declared that systems thinking is an essential leadership skill for managing the complexity of the economic, social and environmental issues that confront decision makers. Systems thinking must be implemented more generally, and on a wider scale, to address these issues. An evaluation of different systems methodologies suggests that they concentrate on different aspects of complexity. To be in the best position to deal with complexity, decision makers must understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various approaches and learn how to employ them in combination. This is called critical systems thinking. Making use of over 25 case studies, the book offers an account of the development of systems thinking and of major efforts to apply the approach in real-world interventions. Further, it encourages the widespread use of critical systems practice as a means of ensuring responsible leadership in a complex world. The INCOSE Pioneer Award is presented to someone who, by their achievements in the engineering of systems, has contributed uniquely to major products or outcomes enhancing society or meeting its needs. The criteria may apply to a single outstanding outcome or a lifetime of significant achievements in effecting successful systems. Comments on a previous version of the book: Russ Ackoff: 'the book is the best overview of the field I have seen' JP van Gigch: 'Jackson does a masterful job. The book is lucid ...well written and eminently readable' Professional Manager (Journal of the Chartered Management Institute): 'Provides an excellent guide and introduction to systems thinking for students of management'
Relational leadership : theory, practice and development
by
The traditional idea of leadership as being about the solo, heroic leader has now run its course. A new way of thinking about leadership is now needed to address major challenges such as achieving greater social responsibility, enhancing leadership capacity and recognising the importance of context as affecting how leadership occurs. Relational leadership offers a new perspective of leadership that addresses these challenges. At its core, relational leadership recognises leadership as centred in the relationships that form between both formal and informal leaders and those that follow them, far more so than the personality or behaviours of individual leaders. This book introduces readers to the most up-to-date research in this area and the differing theoretical perspectives that can help us better understand leadership as a relational phenomenon. Important characteristics of effective leadership relationships such as trust, respect and mutuality are discussed, focusing on how they develop and how they bring about leadership effects. Specific forms of relational leadership such as shared leadership, responsible leadership, global team leadership and complexity leadership are addressed in subsequent chapters. The book is the first to examine recent ideas about how these new forms of relational leadership are put into practice as well as techniques, tools and strategies available to organisations to help do so. The inclusion of three detailed case studies is specifically designed to help readers understand many of the key concepts covered in the book, with key learning points emphasised. The book offers an excellent summary of the state-of-the-art topics in this new and exciting field of relational leadership.
Let me walk you through to what this course is all about. The worldwide economy and global competition have grown increasingly important to modern businesses. Large firms usually have physical locations and personnel in multiple nations worldwide. Still, even if geographically based in one or a few countries, many very modest organizations compete globally. Because of the global marketplace, organizational leaders must have a global mindset to be effective in their roles; that is, an understanding of the impact of culture on factors such as work-related values, norms, and expectations, so that cultural differences are an automatic part of leader and organization decision-making.
This course examines the psychological, sociological, and cultural aspects that influence expectations, preferences, and perceived effectiveness of leadership techniques and styles in organizations and workgroups across the world's foremost cultural factors. The course will emphasize the development of students' critical thinking skills as they consider the complexities of these factors' direct, indirect, and interaction effects on leadership in multinational firms that operate globally.
When seeking to lead with a global perspective, students will appreciate the paradoxical necessity for flexibility and consistency. They will also be ready to build a leadership style in their organizations that can achieve appropriate levels of both consistencies (required for perceptions of fairness and predictability) and flexibility across multiple global and cultural situations (necessary for adaptation to cultural and social differences). Students will also learn about the hurdles that expatriate leaders encounter when sent to international assignments outside of their culture. Students will study relevant examples, cases, and discussions throughout the semester that emphasize applying psychological theory and research results from many cultural settings to the practice of leadership functions in global organizations and work circumstances.
Dimensions of national culture relevant for work organizations; research on the differences and similarities of preferred and effective leadership across dimensions of cultural differences; developing a global mindset and global leaders; leading multinational and culturally diverse teams; challenges of expatriate leadership assignments are just a few examples of the course material that this course will cover.
Becoming the best : build a world-class organization through values-based leadership
by
What does it mean in practice to be a values-based leader? When faced with real situations, how can you be your best self and create best teams--while also being a best partner with customers and vendors, a best investment for your stakeholders, and a best citizen making a difference in the world? It's a tall order, but these are the expectations for world-class organizations today. In his bestselling book From Values to Action, Harry Kraemer showed how self-reflection, balance, true self-confidence, and genuine humility are the traits of today's most effective leaders. In Becoming the Best, his highly anticipated follow-up, Kraemer reveals how, in practical terms, anyone can apply these principles to become a values-based leader and to help create values-based organizations. Drawing on his own experiences as the former CEO and chairman of Baxter International, as well as those of other notable leaders and organizations, Kraemer lays out a pathway for understanding the principles and putting them into practice, showing specifically, how to: Use self-reflection to become your "best self" as you lead yourself and others more effectively Create a "best team" that understands and appreciates what they're doing, and why Forge "best partnerships" through win/win collaboration with vendors and customers that enhance the end user's experience Support the mission, vision, and values of the organization to generate returns that distinguish a "best investment" Make a difference in the world beyond the organization by becoming a "best citizen" Powerful case studies from Campbell's Soup, Ernst & Young, Target, Northern Trust, and many others demonstrate the four principles of values-based leadership in action and show how thinking beyond the corporation can trigger positive outcomes for both the company and the world. Regardless of level or job title, individuals can make a difference in their organization and beyond by embodying the essential traits of a great leader. Becoming the Best offers a definitive, actionable guide to show anyone how to apply in practice the principles of values-based leadership personally and professionally, making it an indispensable manual for the new wave of better leaders. All of Harry's proceeds from the book sales are donated to the One Acre Fund in Africa.
Business-dō : the way to successful leadership
by
Practical advice for your personal journey, from a self-made billionaire Business-Do is your personal handbook for achieving happiness by systematically turning your dreams into reality. Success looks different to everyone, but author Hiroshi Mikitani exemplifies its essential, universal qualities: as the founder and CEO of Rakuten, Mikitani is a self-made entrepreneur who became Japan's leader in the new global economy--a journey that made him a billionaire. In this book, he shows you how to achieve your own version of success in work and in life. Paying homage to Japan's ethos of quality and discipline, this book shares 89 principles Mikitani has gathered over the course of his remarkable career. These thought-provoking, action-oriented rules show you everything from how useful your dreams are, to the best way to harness the internet, to what management techniques work to the importance of self-improvement. The result: your own powerful, personal playbook straight from the mind of an inspirational trailblazer. Mikitani guided Rakuten from its 1997 foundation to become one of the world's largest e-commerce platforms, with a still rapidly-expanding global footprint reaching industries including fintech, messaging, digital content, and even drones. This book describes the ideas, thoughts, actions, and philosophies that drove Mikitani to the top. Discover the myriad ways in which the internet is fundamentally transforming the world Learn from a blend of Japanese discipline and commitment to quality and the Silicon Valley approach to business, where collaboration and agility are essential and lucrative Adopt data-driven management techniques that constantly question, constantly improve, and empower people to exceptional performance Share in Mikitani's optimistic vision, and his industry-specific predictions Happiness is something you live every day. It is both the result and the critical ingredient of success, and there is plenty to go around. Business-Do gives you the principles you need on your own journey to success.
China's Political Worldview and Chinese Exceptionalism
by
This book uses the notion of "Chinese exceptionalism" as a framework to analyze China's international politics and foreign policy. It argues that China's approach to international relations is best understood in the context of these claims to exceptionalism and China's broader political world view. In doing so, it fosters a more comprehensive understanding of China's actions within the realms of foreign policy and international politics, and in the context of the preferred world order, norms and rules that the country seeks to promote.
China's race to global technology leadership
by
The current trade war between the US and China looks like a small piece in a much larger puzzle over world leadership in which China plays the part of the ascending challenger seeking to upset the existing balance of power. Technology and innovation seem to be Beijing’s weapons of choice in its frontal assault on Washington in sectors traditionally led by the US. China is not only acquiring technology. Its ambitions include the regulation of international trade and global governance. Just what a China-led global order would look like is still unclear, but the inherent side-effects of technology need to be meticulously assessed, as they have the potential to alter the core values of modern societies. To what extent will technology facilitate China’s rise?
Critical Systems Thinking and the Management of Complexity
by
From the winner of the INCOSE Pioneer Award 2022 The world has become increasingly networked and unpredictable. Decision makers at all levels are required to manage the consequences of complexity every day. They must deal with problems that arise unexpectedly, generate uncertainty, are characterised by interconnectivity, and spread across traditional boundaries. Simple solutions to complex problems are usually inadequate and risk exacerbating the original issues. Leaders of international bodies such as the UN, OECD, UNESCO and WHO -- and of major business, public sector, charitable, and professional organizations -- have all declared that systems thinking is an essential leadership skill for managing the complexity of the economic, social and environmental issues that confront decision makers. Systems thinking must be implemented more generally, and on a wider scale, to address these issues. An evaluation of different systems methodologies suggests that they concentrate on different aspects of complexity. To be in the best position to deal with complexity, decision makers must understand the strengths and weaknesses of the various approaches and learn how to employ them in combination. This is called critical systems thinking. Making use of over 25 case studies, the book offers an account of the development of systems thinking and of major efforts to apply the approach in real-world interventions. Further, it encourages the widespread use of critical systems practice as a means of ensuring responsible leadership in a complex world. The INCOSE Pioneer Award is presented to someone who, by their achievements in the engineering of systems, has contributed uniquely to major products or outcomes enhancing society or meeting its needs. The criteria may apply to a single outstanding outcome or a lifetime of significant achievements in effecting successful systems. Comments on a previous version of the book: Russ Ackoff: 'the book is the best overview of the field I have seen' JP van Gigch: 'Jackson does a masterful job. The book is lucid ...well written and eminently readable' Professional Manager (Journal of the Chartered Management Institute): 'Provides an excellent guide and introduction to systems thinking for students of management'
Daring to compete : accelerate your business to market leadership with ey's 7 drivers of growth
by
The successful entrepreneur's guide to accelerating growth Daring to Compete offers real-world strategies to accelerate the growth of your business and secure your place as a market leader. This expert guide is the result of years of comprehensive research and experience from global professional services organization EY, originator of the celebrated "Entrepreneur Of The Year" program. Employing its worldwide reach and extensive network of successful entrepreneurs, EY has developed a model of sustainable business development--"The 7 Drivers of GrowthTM." This innovative and highly effective approach to strategic growth is an invaluable resource for high-growth businesses, entrepreneurs, and start-ups. Favoring practical strategies over abstract theories, this book provides clear guidance on the Customer; Funding and Finance; Transactions and Alliances; Risk; People, Behaviors, and Culture; Digital Technology and Analytics; and Operations. This book brings the application of these drivers to life by featuring insights from Entrepreneur Of The Year award-winning entrepreneurs from a wide range of industries and geographic locations. These entrepreneurs share how each driver functions in actual business situations and present first-hand advice on their application and implementation. Planned and sustainable growth is a challenge faced by businesses every day, from developing ventures to leading enterprises. Effective entrepreneurs embrace the drivers of growth and recognize what areas require sharper focus. This book allows you to identify and apply these elements in your own business--facilitating optimal outcomes and accelerating growth. This indispensable guide enables you to: Implement a proven business model to compete more effectively and achieve market leadership Gain the knowledge and confidence to face challenges, anticipate, and overcome obstacles Access research, tools, and services to accelerate growth and compete on a global scale Learn invaluable market leadership strategies from a team of highly successful entrepreneurs Developed from the real-life stories of EY Entrepreneur Of The Year winners, this book is an inspirational and informative must-read guide to business growth and market leadership. Daring to Compete is an invaluable resourcefor both aspiring and experienced entrepreneurs and established business leaders seeking to become more entrepreneurial.
Evolving digital leadership : how to be a digital leader in tomorrow's disruptive world
by
As a leader you need to constantly evolve to achieve sustained success. The world is being transformed by Digital. The pace of change is constantly accelerating and volatility and complexity are the new norms. Digital leaders are at the forefront of these waves of change, creating new markets and transforming traditional ones. This book is a framework and set of tools that will help you develop a deep awareness of yourself, your teams, and your stakeholders. The powerful four-step process (designed to remain relevant over time) ensures that you are embracing adversity, driving disruption, and unlocking your full leadership potential.
Global leadership perspectives : insights and analysis
by
A critical, global counterpoint to more western-centric texts that will appeal to critical leadership scholars, those teaching leadership from a critical perspective and those teaching leadership with an international focus. Split into two parts; its first part presents the local and regional variations in leadership from across the globe, with each of the twenty individual authors presenting the histories, cultures, tensions and social changes that shape the practice of everyday leadership in their respective region. Regions and countries included are: the Arab Middle East, Argentina, ASEAN, Australia, Brazil, China, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ethiopia, France, Germany, India, Japan, Mexico, Poland, Russia, Scandinavia, South Africa, Turkey, UK, USA. In the second part, the editors then critically analyse these chapters and identify the key themes and specific issues, enabling the reader to challenge their own leadership perceptions and move beyond the normative, uncritical approach to leadership. Suitable reading for leadership students, researchers and practitioners looking to enhance their knowledge of global leadership.
Global Meets Digital
by
The world today is at the intersection of two megatrends - Globalization and Digitalization - a business revolution unfolding in real time. Global Meets Digital captures the many nuances of this revolution succinctly, including its impact on our lives and business. An immediate implication of this revolution is that the economic principles that underpinned business and strategy for hundreds of years, such as diminishing returns to scale and resource scarcity, are no longer valid for a large and growing number of products and services. The book will challenge you to think differently not just about digital products, but also about physical products. In the global-digital world, products are of three kinds--physical, digital, and smart machines (products that are both physical and digital, and connected to the internet)--a distinction missed by most books on strategy and global business. The economics of each kind of products is distinct from that of the others, which has strategic implications for all kinds of businesses -implications such as how to compete and how to create and capture value. With several mini case studies and over 100 company examples, the book covers themes and cutting-edge issues like the paradox of globalization, digital disruption, disruptive business models, exponential technologies, Internet of Things, competition in digital markets, winner-take-all market dynamics, Industry 4.0, how to innovate, strategizing for the New Normal, and value creation and value capture in both B2C and B2B contexts. The book derives its underpinnings from the practice of global and digital business, while theory remains in the background. Intended specifically for an executive/professional audience, Global Meets Digital should also be of value to business students and professors learning to dip their toes into a digital world. Vinod Jain is an expert in global and digital strategy, award-winning professor, Fulbright Scholar, and author of an MBA textbook, Global Strategy. He taught at the Rutgers Business School, Newark and New Brunswick, and the Robert H. Smith School of Business, University of Maryland, College Park. At Maryland, he was also the Founding Director of the federally funded Center for International Business Education and Research and Academic Director of Smith School's Executive MBA program in China. Since leaving Maryland, he has taught in China, Denmark, Finland, Poland, and India as a visiting or term professor. His opinion pieces have appeared in The Washington Post, The Baltimore Sun, Mensa Bulletin, and Economic Times and Mint (India's #1 and #2 business dailies), among other media. In the past, he worked as a middle- and senior-level executive with American and British multinationals. Vinod has a PhD in Strategy and International Business from the University of Maryland, College Park, MS in Management from UCLA, and MS and BS (Hons) in Statistics from the Indian Statistical Institute, Calcutta.
Innovating in a secret world : the future of national security and global leadership
by
Our national security increasingly depends on access to the most sophisticated and advanced technology. Yet the next time we set out to capture a terrorist leader, we may fail. Why? The answer lies in a conflict between two worlds. One is the dynamic, global, commercial world with its thriving innovations. The other is the world of national security, in which innovation is a matter of life or death. The conflict is about secrecy. Innovating in a Secret World is a detailed examination of the U.S. government and innovation landscapes and of the current trends in often secret national security-related research and development (R&D). Based on case studies, detailed research, and interviews with executives at Fortune 500s, startup entrepreneurs, and military directors and program managers, this accessible and timely book is a must-read. Tina P. Srivastava evaluates whether the strategy of technology innovation in the world of national security leaves certain innovations behind or unintentionally precludes certain classes of innovators from participating. She identifies the unintended consequences and emergent behaviors of this conflict. This examination unfolds in a complex, dynamic system that includes the legal framework in which technology innovation must exist. For more than a decade Srivastava has been on the front lines of cutting-edge technology innovation. She suggests focusing on an emerging class of R&D strategy called "open innovation"--a strategy that broadens participation in innovation beyond an individual organization or division traditionally assigned to perform R&D activities. Through compelling stories of commercial and early government applications, she shows how open technology innovation strategies can enable, accelerate, and enhance technology innovation. Successful incorporation of open innovation into the previously closed U.S. government R&D landscape can yield profound benefits to both national security and global leadership.
Leadership
by
This book, when compared to other books on leadership, is expected to present a new understanding of the essential features of leadership and it varies from the wealth of literature in the following ways: firstly, this book attempts to include leaders at all management levels within an organization and across various sectors. This book also aims to provide experiences and reflections across a variety of sectors and organizational structures rather than focusing on one set of definitions (as is the case in current leadership sources). Finally, this book is expected to offer a new perspective addressing and inspiring actual leaders today and potential ones and contributing to the existing debate on leadership.
Leadership
by
Written by an author team from one of Europe's leading management schools, Leadership combines highly up-to-date research with a wealth of real-world case studies to help readers make the transition from theory to practice. This student-focussed text encourages critical appraisal of the mainstream viewpoints and personal reflection on leadership experience in a way that is both clear and highly engaging. Divided into four parts, the book guides the reader thematically through the big issues and debates in the field, including the leadership versus management debate, team performance, and the question of whether leaders are born or made. The first part of the book, "Defining the Terrain", lays the foundation for subsequent chapters by exploring what we mean by leadership, how it compares to management, and why we study it. The second and third parts of the book build on this, addressing core topics that have shaped leadership thinking for academics and practitioners over the last fifty years, as well as considering the cutting-edge debates within the field, and tackling issues such as strategic leadership, ethical leadership, and leading change. Finally, the fourth part, "Developing Leaders", explores traditional and state-of-the-art development techniques, before encouraging the reader to consider their own leadership through identity work. Leadership mappings in the final chapter assimilate the range of theories and themes from the previous chapters, providing a framework for comparisons and connections throughout the book.This clear and logical structure is combined with carefully designed learning features including author and student reflection boxes, film and media parallels, case studies, and discussion points to develop and support learning, while the critical approach invites students to exercise their thinking skills and develop their own perspectives on the material presented. The authors draw upon their years of academic and business experience to offer an insight into this important and dynamic field, making this text a must read for all students concerned with understanding and practicing leadership. This book has a dedicated online resource centre, with the following materials: Student resources:* Online glossary - a searchable list of key terms from the book ensures you have a firm graps of relevant leadership terminology.* Links to feeds from topical journals - this resource points you towards a number of relevant journal articles, and provides a good starting point to begin further research.* Web links to related sites - relevant and reliable content to simplify your Internet research and allow you to widen your reading. Lecturer resources: * Integrative case studies - access a number of additional and extended case studies linking to content in the book.* PowerPoint slides - fully customizable lecture slides to accompany each chapter of the book.* Suggestions for discussion points - suggestions and guidance for using the discussion points feature in the book in tutorials, group work, and written work.* Video clips - support class discussion with a selection of video clips and accompanying teaching notes.
The leadership contract : the fine print to becoming an accountable leader
by
Step up, get tough, and commit to your decision to lead The Leadership Contract provides the manual that leaders around the world need. With only seven percent of employees feeling confident in senior leadership, the problem is evident: disappointing, and often disgraceful leaders. Employees deserve better than that; organizations need better than that--and this book provides a robust framework for stepping up and making the decision to lead. This new third edition has been updated, featuring a new foreword by Adecco CEO Alain Dehaze, new findings from the Global Leadership Accountability Study, and more insights to help you chart your own path to build strong leadership accountability at a personal and organizational level. Great leadership doesn't happen by accident. It's more than just being in charge; it's a decision, an obligation and potentially your legacy. Mediocre is no longer good enough--in today's business climate, organizations need stellar leadership. If you're not exceptional, step up or step aside -- this book helps you toughen up and put your commitment to great leadership in writing for yourself as much as everyone else. Learn how a leadership contract is vital for truly accountable leadership Discover the mindset and practices needed to be a deliberate and decisive leader Communicate to inspire, motivate, and drive high performance Become the leader your organization needs today and into the future Leadership is not a birthright, not an accident, and not for everyone. It is the only differentiator between an organization's success and failure, and it has been entrusted to you. Can you step up to the challenge? Can you execute strategy while inspiring peak performance, nurturing top talent, managing complexity, creating value, conquering uncertainty, and yes, developing new leaders? Put your name on the line--literally--by drawing up a contract for leadership accountability. The Leadership Contract provides a proven and practical framework used by companies and leaders around the world. Join them and take your leadership to next level.
Leadership for a Better World
by
The essential guide to the theory and application of the Social Change Model Leadership for a Better World provides an approachable introduction to the Social Change Model of Leadership Development (SCM), giving students a real-world context through which to explore the seven C's of leadership for social change as well as a approaches to socially responsible leadership. From individual, group, and community values through the mechanisms of societal change itself, this book provides fundamental coverage of this increasingly vital topic. Action items, reflection, and discussion questions throughout encourage students to think about how these concepts apply in their own lives. The Facilitator's Guide includes a wealth of activities, assignments, discussions, and supplementary resources to enrich the learning experience whether in class or in the co-curriculum. This new second edition includes student self-assessment rubrics for each element of the model and new discussion on the critical roles of leadership self-efficacy, social perspective, and social justice perspectives. Content is enriched with research on how this approach to leadership is developed, and two new chapters situate the model in a broader understanding of leadership and in applications of the model. The Social Change Model is the most widely-used leadership model for college students, and has shaped college leadership curricula at schools throughout the U.S. and other countries including a translation in Chinese and Japanese. This book provides a comprehensive exploration of the model, with a practical, relevant approach to real-world issues. Explore the many facets of social change and leadership Navigate group dynamics surrounding controversy, collaboration, and purpose Discover the meaning of citizenship and your commitment to the greater good Become an agent of change through one of the many routes to a common goal The SCM is backed by 15 years of research, and continues to be informed by ongoing investigation into the interventions and environments that create positive leadership development outcomes. Leadership for a Better World provides a thorough, well-rounded tour of the Social Change Model, with guidance on application to real-world issues. Please note that The Social Change Model: Facilitating Leadership Development (978-1-119-24243-7) is intended to be used as a Facilitator's Guide to Leadership for a Better World, 2nd Edition in seminars, workshops, and college classrooms. You'll find that, while each book can be used on its own, the content in both is also designed for use together. A link to the home page of The Social Change Model can be found below under Related Titles.
Leadership in Complexity and Change
by
If we needed a reminder that the world is complex and in constant motion, then 2020 certainly delivered. Suddenly, the inherent uncertainties and ambiguities of leadership were starkly revealed for all to see as the dynamics of complexity and change played out intensively, and very publicly, on the global stage. Leadership in Complexity and Change draws on complexity science to paint a picture of a world in constant motion, where leadership is enacted in the midst of complexity and continuous change. We must learn to engage with complexity. If not now, when? Part I of this insightful book brings complexity science to life by considering the practical challenges of complexity and its implications for leadership. Part II considers how leaders can reinvigorate existing tools and approaches with a new mindset, before offering some new tools and practices for learning informed leadership. Part III concludes by considering the person in the practice of leadership in complexity and change. Key ideas are presented through mini-cases and practical examples embedded throughout the book. This book will help executives, managers, and professionals recognise where some of the challenges come from understand why those challenges persist engage with the dynamic patterning of organisational life appreciate the scope for leadership recognise the choices that can be made choose how to manage themselves
Leadership results : how to create adaptive leaders and high-performing organisations for an uncertain world
by
A model for developing the leaders and delivering the leadership results the world needs Leadership Results explores the fall of traditional leadership thinking and the struggling multibillion dollar leadership development industry that is failing to deliver results, and explains the mindset, skills, ways of being and methods that will get results in the new context and evolving paradigm. The Leadership Results model is practical and predictive, providing a way forward for companies seeking to build sustainable leadership capacity, develop individual leaders, boost employee engagement and deliver breakthrough results through shared and collective leadership. Actionable steps guide you through the process of evolving leadership culture to see increased productivity, growth opportunities and ensured profitability borne on a culture of trust, collaboration, fairness and a commitment to innovation and real prosperity. Expert analysis debunks pervasive myths and assumptions surrounding leadership, employee engagement, and talent development, while demystifying the role technology plays in innovation and progress. Leaders, coaches, trainers, OD practitioners, change agents, and students will find insightful guidance, thought-provoking discussion and illustrative case studies that will help them: Rethink leadership to make a stronger impact Take bold action to change the status quo Marry strategic and innovation leadership into a force for real change Stop making the same mistakes and start forging a new path forward From the heads of state on down, all levels of leadership are experiencing a rapid loss of trust and confidence -- and the glaring absence of results that follows. Unethical business practices are costing more than five per cent of the global GDP every year; citizens around the world have lost faith in the public and private sectors; only 13% of employees are engaged at work -- clearly, there is a severe lack of effective leadership. Leadership Results provides a practical way forward through this global quagmire, with a clear, actionable model for leadership that works.
Leadership Revolution
by
Transform the next generation of talent into capable and productive leaders In Leadership Revolution: The Future of Developing Dynamic Leaders, distinguished executive coach Lori Mazan delivers an exciting new approach to leadership development tailor-made for the 21st century. Drawing on lessons learned from coaching top executives for 25 years and from democratizing executive coaching by founding a cutting-edge scalable leadership coaching firm, you'll learn how to attract and retain talent by accelerating and individualizing their professional growth and how to re-think leadership in the new remote and hybrid work environment. You'll also discover how to help your staff flourish by relying on a sense of community and shared purpose, even when they're working from a distance. The book includes: Concrete, hands-on strategies for becoming a leader who develops other leaders Ways to avoid the creation of a gap between the upper echelon of executives and high-potential managers and grow a diverse leadership pipeline Techniques for carefully considering a potential leader's skills, experiences, and interests while moving them up the leadership ladder Deep understanding of how leadership coaching opens the door to breakthrough thinking and results How to move from the traditional focus on measuring activities to measuring and cultivating true developmental and organizational impact An invaluable and practical strategy guide for leadership and talent development, Leadership Revolution is the perfect resource for managers, executives, coaches, and other business leaders looking for proven ways to shape the next generation of leaders in their firms.
Leadership team alignment : from conflict to collaboration
by
Leadership Team Alignment provides evidence-based strategy and solutions from two authors who bring a wealth of practical experience buttressed by an in-depth knowledge of the most recent leadership team research. This work is based on over eight hundred hours of direct observation of over fifty leadership teams on different continents, and thousands more hours working with their executives assessing team challenges and implementing solutions to address them. Global companies examined in depth span the financial services, gaming, health, media, construction, transport, hospitality, aerospace, and chemicals industries. The result is a targeted strategy for building and managing a top executive team to gain competitive advantage. The book debunks much of the received wisdom regarding the sources of leadership team dysfunctionality and explains why commonly adopted remedies end up doing more harm than good. Distinct and empirically driven, this work is the needed action plan for creating alignment from the leadership team and across organizations to maximize performance.
Leadership through a screen : a definitive guide to leading a remote, virtual team
by
The book defines and helps provide key solutions for some of the greatest leadership challenges facing global managers today. Leadership Through the Screen is a business leadership guidebook that tells a story. Written in an easy-to-read manner, each chapter highlights a single issue through the eyes of a fictional VP of marketing. The authors have done the research and included it in these pages so that business leaders do not have to. This book is meant to serve as a map to help modern managers weave their way through many of the fundamental challenges of leading people in a global and virtual realm. It provides the tools, knowledge, and potential solutions these leaders can use to forge successful and productive virtual teams.
Leading cities : a global review of city leadership
by
Leading Cities is a global review of the state of city leadership and urban governance today. Drawing on research into 202 cities in 100 countries, it offers an evidence-based and practical assessment of how cities are led, what challenges their leaders face, and the ways in which cities are increasingly connected to global affairs.
On the Emergence and Understanding of Asian Global Leadership
by
In the twenty-first century, it is necessary for Asia to step up and assume a larger leadership role on the global stage, commensurate with its economic weight and interests. Eighty-eight percent of the increase in the numbers of the middle class in the next five years will take place in Asia, underscoring the reality that global business and leadership will be colored in significant ways by Asian values, approaches and strategies. This book explores how this may impact our view and conceptual approach to the notion of global leadership. The contributors to this collection explore and examine the concept of global Asian leadership and outcome implications at the societal, corporate and policy-making level. They argue that global leaders will increasingly focus on specific needs, values and strategies that are uniquely Asian, which emphasizes the reality that we most likely will have to redefine our notion of global leadership. This comprehensive study of the integration of Asian and global leadership will benefit those employed in the corporate, government and educational sectors as well as a broader audience with an interest in leadership, policy-making and economics. "To truly understand Asia, one needs to grasp not only its cultural dimensions, but also the organizational and societal contexts which provide a training ground and unique challenges and opportunities for Asian leaders. In this book, leading scholars share the latest thinking and scientific research on exactly these topics. Highly recommended for both novices and seasoned executives and scholars!" Donald L. Ferrin, Ph.D., Professor of Organisational Behaviour and Human Resources, Lee Kong Chian School of Business, Singapore Management University "While Asia's rapid economic growth has caught the attention of the world, the study of the leadership engine behind the growth has been scarce. This book fills the void by assembling a coherent group of insightful articles to explore and explicate how Asian business leadership is different yet also similar to Western business leadership. The similarity resides in the meaning of leadership, that is, the capacity to influence others to achieve a common goal, whereas the difference manifests in the means or styles to exert such influence. With better and deeper understandings of Asian business leadership, this book offers invaluable wisdom to bridge the gap between the East and West for a more prosperous future of all mankind" Philip M. Condit, Endowed Chair Professor in Business Administration, Editor-in-Chief of Management Insights and Incoming Editor-in-Chief of Management and Organization Review, Department of Management and Organization, Foster School of Business, University of Washington
The Power of Positive Leadership
by
We are not positive because life is easy. We are positive because life can be hard. As a leader, you will face numerous obstacles, negativity, and tests. There will be times when it seems as if everything in the world is conspiring against you and your vision seems more like a fantasy than a reality. That's why positive leadership is essential! Positive leadership is not about fake positivity. It is the real stuff that makes great leaders great. The research is clear. Being a positive leader is not just a nice way to lead. It's the way to lead if you want to build a great culture, unite your organization in the face of adversity, develop a connected and committed team and achieve excellence and superior results. Since writing the mega best seller The Energy Bus, Jon Gordon has worked and consulted with leaders who have transformed their companies, organizations and schools, won national championships and are currently changing the world. He has also interviewed some of the greatest leaders of our time and researched many positive leaders throughout history and discovered their paths to success. In this pioneering book Jon Gordon shares what he has learned and provides a comprehensive framework on positive leadership filled with proven principles, compelling stories, practical ideas and practices that will help anyone become a positive leader. There is a power associated with positive leadership and you can start benefiting yourself and your team with it today.
Managing Global Production and Technology
In this course, you will examine the concepts, processes, and methods of managing operations in both manufacturing and service settings. Today’s competitive market requires companies to use innovative tools and technologies designed to help them work more productively and be more operationally efficient. Current issues such as supply chain strategy, ebusiness, and ERP will be covered.
To stay competitive, progressive companies are now adopting new management approaches, tools and techniques in order to cope-up with recent developments in global trade, utilizing new/ emerging technologies in information, communication, big-data analytics and storage, automation and robotics, artificial intelligence (AI), transportation and logistics etc. It is important that business strategy is properly supported by an appropriate supply-chain (SC) strategy whose effectiveness greatly depends on good planning and execution of its driver-components i.e., production and storage facilities, inventories, transportation, sourcing, information, among others.
Global Production and Technology is a critical component of a company’s supply chain as it defines the proper functioning of its facilities, inventories, and the sourcing of its resource-requirements; and should be managed properly in order to maximize its contribution to the attainment of the company’s strategic-goals that is necessary to compete sustainably.
This course, therefore, will introduce you to 1.) the evolution and rationale of global production technologies and systems; 2.) the essential concepts, principles, frameworks, and tools/ techniques in designing and managing them; 3.) its current state-of-the-art and the new/ emerging technologies; and 4.) proven quality- and productivity-improvement and SC-transformation methodologies; that will provide you with a good head start in mapping-out the most appropriate strategic option for your product, company, principals and/ or clients. Additionally, it will also provide you with a checklist and working knowledge of operational items that are essential in crafting an effective Business Plan.
China and global value chains : globalization and the information and communications technology sector
by
President Trump has raised the intriguing question of bringing the manufacturing of companies like Apple back from China to the U.S. This book, however, argues that in this age of the knowledge-based economy and increased globalization, that value creation and distribution based on knowledge and innovation activities are at the core of economic development. The double-edged sword of globalization has transformed China's economic development in the past few decades. Although China has benefitted from globalization and is now the second largest economy in the world, having become a global manufacturing power and the biggest exporter of high-tech products, it continues to be highly dependent on foreign sources of capital and technology. This book will explore the core of the Chinese economy from the perspective of the Global Value Chain (GVC), combining analysis of inward investment, international trade, Science and Technology and Innovation (S&TI) and economic development. Specifically, it investigates China's evolving role in GVCs with some innovative Chinese companies emerging in the global market and China's ongoing efforts to become an innovation-driven economy. China's impressive economic record and experience provides an impressive role model for other developing countries.
Global production networks : operations design and management
by
The phenomenon of globalization has increased in recent decades due to the opening of borders in Eastern Europe and the sudden emergence of other countries in the global trade economy. Yet, the process of becoming global to get access to growing markets or to achieve quality, service, and/or cost advantages from the reconfigured Value Chains is one of the most complex processes that companies undertake. Global Production Networks: Operations Design and Management addresses the challenges that companies face and proposes a range of innovative methodological approaches when designing and implementing global manufacturing and logistics networks. The book provides principles, tools, and techniques to help managers and practitioners tackle the design and management of global manufacturing and logistics networks. It presents guidelines based on the key activities and decisions of operations management for companies that have begun the internationalization process over the past few years, focusing on small and medium enterprises, and includes case studies that show best practices and recent trends. The author has worked closely with researchers and practitioners throughout the world to offer a methodological answer for the analysis and design of global networks with productive multilocation as well as the design of plants, warehouses, and supplier networks in new international contexts. The text also outlines the GlobOpe (Global Operations) framework and roadmap that outlines a logical path to identifying sources of competitiveness when designing and managing Global Production Networks. The process of internationalization in global markets has often been tackled from the business point of view, but rarely from the perspective of the production and logistics systems that support it. This book takes an in-depth look at the strategy of production and logistics operations, providing a roadmap for managers who need to analyze, assess, define, and deploy the operations strategy in their companies.
Organizing global technology flows : institutions, actors, and processes
by
Research on the international transfer of technology in economics and management literature has primarily focused on the role of countries and that of companies, in particular multinational enterprises (MNEs). Similarly, economic and business historians have tended to view international technology transfer as a way for economically 'backward' countries to acquire new technologies in order to catch up with more developed economies. This volume provides a more in-depth understanding of how the international transfer of technologies is organized and, in particular, challenges the core-periphery model that is still dominant in the extant literature. By looking beyond national systems of innovation, and statistics on foreign trade, patent registration and foreign direct investment, the book sheds more light on the variety of actors involved in the transfer process (including engineers, entrepreneurs, governments, public bodies, firms, etc.) and on how they make use of a broad set of national and international institutions facilitating technology transfer. Put differently, the volume offers a better understanding of the complexity of global technology flows by examining the role and actions of the different actors involved. By bringing together a number of original case studies covering many different countries over the period from the late 19th to the 21st century, the book demonstrates how technology is being transferred through complex processes, involving a variety of actors from several countries using the national and international institutional frameworks.
E-Business and E-Commerce Management
by
This volume covers business models, theoretical tools and international aspects of e-business and e-commerce. Developed for students studying e-business and e-commerce at undergraduate or postgraduate level, and also used by many business managers, E-Business and E-Commerce Management is the essential text to keep pace with technology, strategy and implementation. Dave Chaffey is an e-business consultant and visiting lecturer on e-business courses at Warwick University and Cranfield School of Management.
Electronic Commerce
by
Examine the latest developments in online business with cutting-edge coverage, real examples, actual business cases, and hands-on applications found in the market-leading ELECTRONIC COMMERCE, 12E. With comprehensive coverage of emerging strategies and today�s most important technologies, this popular book equips you with a solid understanding of the dynamics of this fast-paced industry. The new edition offers thorough discussions of e-commerce growth in the rapidly-developing economies of China, India, and Brazil. You also examine key topics, such as social media and online marketing strategies, technology-enabled outsourcing, and online payment processing systems. New intriguing "Learning From Failure" segments help you draw important lessons from the experiences of actual companies as you review real-world e-commerce practices in action.
Entrepreneurial Marketing
by
An eye-opening discussion of the future of marketing, from four of the leading minds in the field In Entrepreneurial Marketing: Beyond Professional Marketing, a renowned team of marketing leaders, including the "Father of Modern Marketing," Professor Philip Kotler, delivers a groundbreaking and incisive redefinition of entrepreneurial marketing. In the book, some of the marketing sector's brightest minds explore the increasingly essential initiative to build new capabilities beyond the mainstream marketing approach that also consider the effect of digital connectivity on consumers and companies everywhere. This book also discusses what marketers need to do to break the stagnation of normative marketing approaches that are often no longer effective in dealing with dynamic business environments. The authors introduce a fresh entrepreneurial marketing approach, converging dichotomies into a coherent form. The book also includes: A post-entrepreneurial-marketing view of the commercial landscape which puts the operational aspect at the center of the action, converging marketing and finance, and adopting technology for humanity Discussions of the strategies and techniques that will drive the actions of the marketing departments to create value with values that will lead the company to success through the year 2030 Explorations of the paradox between the development of core competencies and collaboration with various parties, including competitors The latest publication from some of the foremost minds in marketing--and in business, generally--Entrepreneurial Marketing: Beyond Professional Marketing is a must-read combination of unique insight, concrete advice, and implementable strategies that introduce a new mindset for every professional marketer, entrepreneur, and business leaders worldwide.
Global Production Networking and Technological Change in East Asia
by
In the coming decades, East Asian economies must face the challenges of an increasingly globalized marketplace. This book explores the changing parameters of competition in East Asia, and argues that success ultimately will depend on the ability of the regions firms to harness the potential of global production networks and to build their own innovative capability. Presenting the latest findings on global production networks and the evolution of technological capabilities, it provides researchers, students, and policymakers with in-depth information and analysis on key issues related to growth and development in East Asia.
How to build an online business : Australia's top digital disruptors reveal their secrets for launching and growing an online business
by
The ultimate guide to launching and growing an online business You've got a crazy idea, a hobby, a business or special expertise. You want to take it online, and you want to it be a money-making success. But what do you do next? Using a simple 5-step approach, best-selling author and digital marketing specialist Bernadette Schwerdt uncovers the inside tips and tricks that Australia's most successful online entrepreneurs use to build their multi-million dollar businesses. For those just starting out, this book will help you identify the best business idea to pursue, guide you on how to set it up and give you the strategies to grow it quickly using low-cost tools. For those with existing businesses, you'll learn how to maximise your online impact and access the little-known but powerful tools and technologies the top disruptors use to create a global presence. Featuring dozens of case studies of how Australia's most successful disruptors have done it, Bernadette reveals the underlying patterns common to all successful online businesses - what they did right, what they did wrong, what they would do differently and the short cuts to building an online business that only the successful know. You'll learn how to: Develop the entrepreneurial mindset needed to turn your passion, hobby or expertise into an online business Access free tools and technologies to help you build and test your online idea (before launching) to ensure a viable market exists Create a minimum viable product (MVP) that attracts attention and generates instant income Source web developers, designers and other important suppliers for a fraction of the usual cost Write, pitch, persuade and present like a professional to attract investors, customers and high-quality strategic partners Understand the basics of the Internet of Things, virtual reality, augmented reality and artificial intelligence and use these technologies to help your business create a point of difference Work from home and set up your online business in just a few hours a week Whether you are starting an online business or building on an existing one, How to Build an Online Business is your complete, how-to guide for making it a success.
Innovations in e-Systems for Business and Commerce
by
Innovations in E-Systems for Business and Commerce presents some of the latest research and direction in the field of e-business and e-commerce. With up-to-date information for top researchers from around the world, the volume covers a wide selection of topics on innovations in e-business and e-commerce. E-systems are becoming standard practice across all sectors, including healthcare, engineering, business, education, security, and citizen interaction with local and national government. The use of Internet technologies facilitates rapid and easy dissemination of information and data as well as increased convenience and efficiency to assist service providers and end-users. This book is aimed at three groups of people: undergraduate students and postgraduate students conducting research in the areas of e-systems related to e-business or e-commerce; researchers at universities and other institutions working in these fields; and practitioners in the research and development departments of industrial settings. The volume can also be used as an advanced reference for classroom use.
International marketing strategy : analysis, development and implementation
by
Major global events such as the COVID-19 pandemic and the UN Sustainable Development Goals have changed the business landscape with significant consequences for trade. Understanding such environmental issues, politics, economics and more, is critical in international marketing strategy. Fully updated and revised, the ninth edition of this popular text reflects the changing focus of international marketing and ensures students are fully up-to-date with the challenges posed by new patterns of development in global markets. It provides accessible content from around the world including newly emerging economies as well as explaining increasingly global risks and the role of digital developments. An exciting range of features including Management Challenges, Illustrations and contemporary case studies guide students through the complexities of international marketing as it responds to a rapidly changing environment."-- Publisher's description.
M : marketing
by
"M: Marketing, 8e emphasize how marketing has evolved into its present-day, integral business function of creating value. It also focus on how firms maintain value and rely on value for establishing lasting relationships with their customers"--
Managing (e)Business Transformation
by
Managing (e)Business Transformation comprises text and cases designed to show students how a business can be transformed into an internetworked enterprise where IT infrastructures are used to link customers, suppliers, partners and employees to create superior economic value. The book is written based on the premise that integrating internet technologies throughout the value chain is crucial to building and managing customer relationships. Importantly, it underscores the centrality of basic business and economic principles within the context of a networked environment. The book builds on established business and economic theories, concepts and fundamentals to show that 'e-business' will soon be synonymous with 'business'. The book takes a strong managerial perspective, especially popular with MBA students, to argue that the internet is simply an enabling technology, which allows firms to build the infrastructure needed to operate in an evolving business world. The application of theory/concepts is emphasized throughout and contains a range of international case studies enhance the learning experience. This book is a must for all students studying e-business strategy at undergraduate, MBA and postgraduate level. Also available is a companion website with extra features to accompany the text, please take a look by clicking below - http://www.palgrave.com/business/farhoomand/index.asp
Managing innovation : new technology, new products, and new services in a global economy
by
Managing Innovation: New Technology, New Products, and New Services in a Global Economy, 2nd Edition is devoted to providing a better understanding and better management of all of the causes and consequences of change that have technological implications in and around our global organizations. This text is a unique, original contribution and represents a significant alternative to the collection of chapters written by others. The second edition has new cases with a few classics from the first edition that have been retained in response to reader feedback. The key subjects that are included have been significantly updated and treated in greater depth. The number of chapters has been reduced from 12 to 10 so it is easy to adapt to almost any course or training on the subject in any discipline or to any audience. This exceptionally informative book provides a broad perspective on how technological change can be effectively managed in modern organizations. The text explains the conceptual frameworks supported by new and original case studies for start-up companies like Askmen.com, the complex challenges of managing international technology-based companies like NexPress (a joint venture of Kodak and Heidelberg) in the digital printing industry, and corporate sustainability using innovative new product technologies illustrated by the case of Evinrude's launch of the E-tec® outboard motor. John E. Ettlie's three decades in the field of innovation as an instructor and researcher bring an exceptional perspective to this subject. His text is unique in its discussion of how technology has transformed the service sector. Few books on technology make the distinction between new offerings in manufacturing and the service sector which is emphasized in this text.
The ultimate route to market : how technology professionals can work successfully with global systems integrators, outsourcers and consulting firms
by
Global systems integrators, outsourcers and consulting firms are responsible for directly leveraging or influencing most　IT investment in large corporations. Original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), software companies and other technology providers aspire to create mutually successful partnerships with the large influencers due to their 'business case' driven approach, their early stage engagement in the sales cycle, their C-Suite relationships with large multi-national enterprises, and the often-giant scale of the typical technology spend that their projects and engagements drive. The projects that these companies deliver are specialist and complex, meaning that companies who aspire to work successfully in the sector require skill, knowledge and a sophisticated alliance approach to gain credibility and maintain long term sustainable relationships.　 The Ultimate Route to Market provides an insight into the practices, construct and culture of global consulting firms, systems integrators and outsourcers and provides a suggested framework for a successful alliance with them. Here, Ian Shanahan provides organisations with an overview of the global systems integrator, outsourcer and consulting firm sectors, provides insight into their culture and expertly explains alliance best practice methodology. This is a must read for anyone that aspires to understand the market, how it works and how they become desirable to the large IT services companies, so that they can execute alliance engagements to the sector in a measured, methodical and low risk way.
Managing Global Production and Technology
In this course, you will examine the concepts, processes, and methods of managing operations in both manufacturing and service settings. Today’s competitive market requires companies to use innovative tools and technologies designed to help them work more productively and be more operationally efficient. Current issues such as supply chain strategy, ebusiness, and ERP will be covered.
To stay competitive, progressive companies are now adopting new management approaches, tools and techniques in order to cope-up with recent developments in global trade, utilizing new/ emerging technologies in information, communication, big-data analytics and storage, automation and robotics, artificial intelligence (AI), transportation and logistics etc. It is important that business strategy is properly supported by an appropriate supply-chain (SC) strategy whose effectiveness greatly depends on good planning and execution of its driver-components i.e., production and storage facilities, inventories, transportation, sourcing, information, among others.
Global Production and Technology is a critical component of a company’s supply chain as it defines the proper functioning of its facilities, inventories, and the sourcing of its resource-requirements; and should be managed properly in order to maximize its contribution to the attainment of the company’s strategic-goals that is necessary to compete sustainably.
This course, therefore, will introduce you to 1.) the evolution and rationale of global production technologies and systems; 2.) the essential concepts, principles, frameworks, and tools/ techniques in designing and managing them; 3.) its current state-of-the-art and the new/ emerging technologies; and 4.) proven quality- and productivity-improvement and SC-transformation methodologies; that will provide you with a good head start in mapping-out the most appropriate strategic option for your product, company, principals and/ or clients. Additionally, it will also provide you with a checklist and working knowledge of operational items that are essential in crafting an effective Business Plan.
Application Performance Management (APM) in the Digital Enterprise
by
Application Performance Management (APM) in the Digital Enterprise enables IT professionals to be more successful in managing their company's applications. It explores the fundamentals of application management, examines how the latest technological trends impact application management, and provides best practices for responding to these changes. The recent surge in the use of containers as a way to simplify management and deploy applications has created new challenges, and the convergence of containerization, cloud, mobile, virtualization, analytics, and automation is reshaping the requirements for application management. This book serves as a guide for understanding these dramatic changes and how they impact the management of applications, showing how to create a management strategy, define the underlying processes and standards, and how to select the appropriate tools to enable management processes. Offers a complete framework for implementing effective application management using clear tips and solutions for those responsible for application management Draws upon primary research to give technologists a current understanding of the latest technologies and processes needed to more effectively manage large-scale applications Includes real-world case studies and business justifications that support application management investments
Building ERP solutions with Microsoft Dynamics NAV : create real-world enterprise solutions with NAV, Cloud and the Microsoft stack
by
Create real-world enterprise solutions with NAV, Cloud, and the Microsoft stack About This Book Integrate NAV with various offerings of the Microsoft stack to create enterprise-ready and service-oriented solutions Use Power BI and Universal Windows Platform for effective data analysis and real-time tracking with NAV Discover the services offered by Microsoft Azure and implement them in different industries using real-world case scenarios Who This Book Is For This book is for NAV developers and solution architects who need to implement real-world enterprise solutions based on Microsoft Dynamics NAV. Knowledge of the NAV programming language (C/AL) and C# language is recommended. Knowledge of ASP.NET and Visual Studio development would help, but is not necessary. What You Will Learn Configure NAV Web Services and create external applications with Visual Studio, .NET, and .NET Core Solve technical architectural problems by implementing enterprise solutions with NAV Develop applications and solutions with Microsoft Dynamics NAV and the Microsoft technology stack Create a Power BI dashboard for rich reporting and NAV data analysis Find out how to transmit your device location from a UWP application to NAV in order to implement a distributed solution for managing couriers in a sales company Make the most of Microsoft Azure and its services Create enterprise solutions with NAV by using Azure App Service Use Azure Service Bus for managing distributed NAV applications In Detail Implementing Microsoft Dynamics NAV in the real world often requires you to integrate the ERP with external applications or solve complex architectural tasks in order to have a final successful project. This book will show you how to extend a Microsoft Dynamics NAV installation to the enterprise world in a practical way. The book starts with an introduction to Microsoft Dynamics NAV architecture and then moves on to advanced topics related to implementing real-world solutions based on NAV and external applications. You will learn how an enterprise distributed architecture with NAV at the core can be implemented. Through a series of real-world cases on every topic and every industry (sales, retail, manufacturing, distribution, healthcare, and so on), you'll see step by step how to efficiently solve a technical problem. These common problems encountered in a NAV implementation will be solved using the entire technology stack that Microsoft offers. By the end of the book, you will ...
Global Meets Digital
by
The world today is at the intersection of two megatrends - Globalization and Digitalization - a business revolution unfolding in real time. Global Meets Digital captures the many nuances of this revolution succinctly, including its impact on our lives and business. An immediate implication of this revolution is that the economic principles that underpinned business and strategy for hundreds of years, such as diminishing returns to scale and resource scarcity, are no longer valid for a large and growing number of products and services. The book will challenge you to think differently not just about digital products, but also about physical products. In the global-digital world, products are of three kinds--physical, digital, and smart machines (products that are both physical and digital, and connected to the internet)--a distinction missed by most books on strategy and global business. The economics of each kind of products is distinct from that of the others, which has strategic implications for all kinds of businesses -implications such as how to compete and how to create and capture value. With several mini case studies and over 100 company examples, the book covers themes and cutting-edge issues like the paradox of globalization, digital disruption, disruptive business models, exponential technologies, Internet of Things, competition in digital markets, winner-take-all market dynamics, Industry 4.0, how to innovate, strategizing for the New Normal, and value creation and value capture in both B2C and B2B contexts. The book derives its underpinnings from the practice of global and digital business, while theory remains in the background. Intended specifically for an executive/professional audience, Global Meets Digital should also be of value to business students and professors learning to dip their toes into a digital world. Vinod Jain is an expert in global and digital strategy, award-winning professor, Fulbright Scholar, and author of an MBA textbook, Global Strategy. He taught at the Rutgers Business School, Newark and New Brunswick, and the Robert H. Smith School of Business, University of Maryland, College Park. At Maryland, he was also the Founding Director of the federally funded Center for International Business Education and Research and Academic Director of Smith School's Executive MBA program in China. Since leaving Maryland, he has taught in China, Denmark, Finland, Poland, and India as a visiting or term professor. His opinion pieces have appeared in The Washington Post, The Baltimore Sun, Mensa Bulletin, and Economic Times and Mint (India's #1 and #2 business dailies), among other media. In the past, he worked as a middle- and senior-level executive with American and British multinationals. Vinod has a PhD in Strategy and International Business from the University of Maryland, College Park, MS in Management from UCLA, and MS and BS (Hons) in Statistics from the Indian Statistical Institute, Calcutta.
Global Production Networking and Technological Change in East Asia
by
In the coming decades, East Asian economies must face the challenges of an increasingly globalized marketplace. This book explores the changing parameters of competition in East Asia, and argues that success ultimately will depend on the ability of the regions firms to harness the potential of global production networks and to build their own innovative capability. Presenting the latest findings on global production networks and the evolution of technological capabilities, it provides researchers, students, and policymakers with in-depth information and analysis on key issues related to growth and development in East Asia.
Global Productivity : Trends, Drivers, and Policies
by
The COVID-19 pandemic struck the global economy after a decade that featured a broad-based slowdown in productivity growth. Global Productivity: Trends, Drivers, and Policies presents the first comprehensive analysis of the evolution and drivers of productivity growth, examines the effects of COVID-19 on productivity, and discusses a wide range of policies needed to rekindle productivity growth. The book also provides a far-reaching data set of multiple measures of productivity for up to 164 advanced economies and emerging market and developing economies, and it introduces a new sectoral database of productivity.The World Bank has created an extraordinary book on productivity, covering a large group of countries and using a wide variety of data sources. There is an emphasis on emerging and developing economies, whereas the prior literature has concentrated on developed economies. The book seeks to understand growth patterns and quantify the role of (among other things) the reallocation of factors, technological change, and the impact of natural disasters, including the COVID-19 pandemic. This book is must-reading for specialists in emerging economies but also provides deep insights for anyone interested in economic growth and productivity.Martin Neil BailySenior Fellow, The Brookings InstitutionFormer Chair, U.S. President's Council of Economic AdvisersThis is an important book at a critical time. As the book notes, global productivity growth had already been slowing prior to the COVID-19 pandemic and collapses with the pandemic. If we want an effective recovery, we have to understand what was driving these long-run trends. The book presents a novel global approach to examining the levels, growth rates, and drivers of productivity growth. For anyone wanting to understand or influence productivity growth, this is an essential read.Nicholas BloomWilliam D. Eberle Professor of Economics,Stanford UniversityThe COVID-19 pandemic hit a global economy that was already struggling with an adverse pre-existing condition--slow productivity growth. This extraordinarily valuable and timely book brings considerable new evidence that shows the broad-based, long-standing nature of the slowdown. It is comprehensive, with an exceptional focus on emerging market and developing economies. Importantly, it shows how severe disasters (of which COVID-19 is just the latest) typically harm productivity. There are no silver bullets, but the book suggests sensible strategies to improve growth prospects.John FernaldSchroders Chaired Professor of European Competitiveness and Reformand Professor of Economics, INSEAD
How to build an online business : Australia's top digital disruptors reveal their secrets for launching and growing an online business
by
The ultimate guide to launching and growing an online business You've got a crazy idea, a hobby, a business or special expertise. You want to take it online, and you want to it be a money-making success. But what do you do next? Using a simple 5-step approach, best-selling author and digital marketing specialist Bernadette Schwerdt uncovers the inside tips and tricks that Australia's most successful online entrepreneurs use to build their multi-million dollar businesses. For those just starting out, this book will help you identify the best business idea to pursue, guide you on how to set it up and give you the strategies to grow it quickly using low-cost tools. For those with existing businesses, you'll learn how to maximise your online impact and access the little-known but powerful tools and technologies the top disruptors use to create a global presence. Featuring dozens of case studies of how Australia's most successful disruptors have done it, Bernadette reveals the underlying patterns common to all successful online businesses - what they did right, what they did wrong, what they would do differently and the short cuts to building an online business that only the successful know. You'll learn how to: Develop the entrepreneurial mindset needed to turn your passion, hobby or expertise into an online business Access free tools and technologies to help you build and test your online idea (before launching) to ensure a viable market exists Create a minimum viable product (MVP) that attracts attention and generates instant income Source web developers, designers and other important suppliers for a fraction of the usual cost Write, pitch, persuade and present like a professional to attract investors, customers and high-quality strategic partners Understand the basics of the Internet of Things, virtual reality, augmented reality and artificial intelligence and use these technologies to help your business create a point of difference Work from home and set up your online business in just a few hours a week Whether you are starting an online business or building on an existing one, How to Build an Online Business is your complete, how-to guide for making it a success.
Innovation-Development Detours for Latecomers
by
Many developing countries still face difficulties initiating and sustaining economic development. Such difficulties have been exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic, resulting in an increasing divergence between rich and poor countries. One crucial question is whether to follow the trajectories of present-day rich countries or seek out different, new trajectories. Although this is a fundamental question, scholars offering mainstream prescriptions have not sufficiently explored it. Drawing on extensive empirical studies of firms and industries, Innovation and Development Detours for Latecomers proposes an effective alternative to prevailing development thinking. It presents a rich menu of development pathways, including a new role for Schumpeterian states whereby they do not follow the paths of technological development already taken by advanced countries. Rather, they can skip certain stages and even create their own detours thereby leapfrogging advanced countries in both manufacturing and service sectors. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core.
Innovative Models to Revive the Global Economy
by
The series is aimed at publishing peer-reviewed articles presented at the International Conference on Economics and Social Sciences (ICESS), organized yearly by the Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania. Each volume is associated with a particular edition of the conference. ICESS welcomes empirical and theoretical work, especially in the economics, business, finance, and management fields. ADVISORY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE CLODNIȚCHI Roxana, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania SABIE Oana Matilda, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania STATE Olimpia, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania HERȚELIU Claudiu, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania ALBU Nadia, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania STANEF-PUICÃ Roberta Mihaela, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania PÃTÃRLÃGEANU Simona Roxana, Ph.D. Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania CÂMPEANU Emilia, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania SIMION Cezar-Petre, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania DUMITRU Ionel, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania PÃUN Cristian Valeriu, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania LAZÃR Valentin, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania EDITORIAL ASSISTANT MANAGER VARGAS Vanesa Mãdãlina, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania Editorial Policy ICESS Instruction for authors ICESS Review process Publication_Ethics_ICESS
Internet+ and Electronic Business in China
by
Internet + and Electronic Business in Chinais a comprehensive resource that provides insight and analysis into E-commerce in China and how it has revolutionized and continues to revolutionize business and society. Split into four distinct sections, the book first lays out the theoretical foundations and fundamental concepts of E-Business before moving on to look at internet+ innovation models and their applications in different industries such as agriculture, finance and commerce. The book then provides a comprehensive analysis of E-business platforms and their applications in China before finishing with four comprehensive case studies of major E-business projects, providing readers with successful examples of implementing E-Business entrepreneurship projects.
Mastering Microsoft Dynamics 365 Business Central : discover extension development best practices, build advanced ERP integrations, and use DevOps tools
by
Mastering Microsoft Dynamics 365 Business Central is a comprehensive solution which will help you in managing end-to-end business requirements with its features to connect to your financials, sales, service, and operations to streamline business processes. This book will help you in advancing with developing the solutions for your customers ...
Mobile Commerce
by
Do you know anyone who does not own a mobile device? Consumers use mobile devices not only for communicating but for shopping as well. Searching for product information, inquiring about services, comparing prices, and purchasing make-up are just some of the shopping functions done on mobile devices. How does this change how firms do business? What are the differences between desktop computer shoppers and mobile device shoppers? Moreover, are firms prepared to do business in this changing environment? The purpose of this book is to answer questions concerning the benefits of mobile commerce and its commonalities and contrasts with electronic commerce. Electronic commerce is still viable and we examine its validity along with mobile commerce. Mobile commerce is not electronic commerce, and we discuss the differences, as well as how one can enhance the other. Consumers use both electronic commerce and mobile commerce, as well as offline shopping, on their path to purchase in total omnichannel environment-using all channels. We integrate the opportunities and challenges to bring an idea of the future of marketing with an emphasis on both mobile and electronic commerce, into digital commerce.
NetSuite ERP for Administrators : Learn How to Install, Maintain, and Secure a NetSuite Implementation, Using the Best Tools and Techniques
by
Learn steps and tasks to help a NetSuite administrator perform both his daily and monthly tasks efficiently. Advance his expertise to become NetSuite leader without having to spend time and money on corporate trainings. Key Features Understand the business considerations and implementation of the NetSuite ERP Gain a deep knowledge of enterprise security, data management, process automation, and analytics Learn techniques to sail through system maintenance while ensuring accuracy and to practically troubleshoot issues Book Description NetSuite ERP is a complete, scalable cloud ERP solution targeted at fast-growing, mid-sized businesses and large enterprises. It's the smartly executed combination of financial management operations and built-in business intelligence, which enables companies to make data-driven and well-informed decisions. This book will help administrators become expert enough to be seen as the NetSuite leader at their company and to be able to advise department heads on specific processes, and strategic decisions. We start with an overview of ERP and NetSuite ERP, before going on to explain the built-in features to show the breadth of NetSuite ERP's product and its ease of use. We then discuss business aspects, focusing on the most important processes in NetSuite. Then you'll understand the implementation aspects that are generic enough to cover all the features. The focus then shifts to specific skills that you will need to administer for any system, such as roles, permissions, customization, and data imports. Moving on, you'll learn how to centralize the creation of search templates and give users the tools to pivot the data and expose it to the user in useful ways, such as on the dashboard. The book ends with checklists providing actionable steps that you as an administrator can take to do your job and support the application through new releases and troubleshooting problems. What you will learn Explore how the framework streamlines the implementation of new and existing features Leverage built-in tools to optimize your efficiency and effectiveness Test configuration to check the implementation of role-specific permissions Understand how to optimize the amount of data to be shared with users Import data like new leads and employ current data like pricing updates Perform on-going maintenance and troubleshoot issues Who this book is for This book is for administrators, consultants, and Project Managers who would like to improve their skills in the areas of configuration and system management. Basic experience implementing NetSuite is assumed.
The New Normal in IT
by
Learn how IT leaders are adapting to the new reality of life during and after COVID-19 COVID-19 has caused fundamental shifts in attitudes around remote and office work. And in The New Normal in IT: How the Global Pandemic Changed Information Technology Forever, internationally renowned IT executive Gregory S. Smith explains how and why companies today are shedding corporate office locations and reducing office footprints. You'll learn about how companies realized the value of information technology and a distributed workforce and what that means for IT professionals going forward. The book offers insightful lessons regarding: How to best take advantage of remote collaboration and hybrid remote/office workforces How to implement updated risk mitigation strategies and disaster recovery planning and testing to shield your organization from worst case scenarios How today's CIOs and CTOs adapt their IT governance frameworks to meet new challenges, including cybersecurity risks The New Normal in IT is an indispensable resource for IT professionals, executives, graduate technology management students, and managers in any industry. It's also a must-read for anyone interested in the impact that COVID-19 had, and continues to have, on the information technology industry.
Successful ERP systems : a guide for businesses and executives
by
This book brings a unique combination of years of experience in academics research and studies in regards to "ERP systems" with years of experience from a practitioner's perspective. Each year billions of dollars are spend by organizations to implement, manage, and maintain ERP systems. A simple browse through the Internet will demonstrate how challenging ERP implementations can be. Success rates are seen as quite low with time, costs, and effort typically being above planned and often significantly. Law firms make a living from ERP's gone badly. Academia is investing more and more time and research into developing success models that not only attempt to objectively determine ERP success or failure but also attempt to be a proactive in that effort. But why? If ERP systems (and all their inherent functionality) can bring a true ROI to business, why are they so challenging? Why do they often deliver as advertised? And, why are they often seen as failing?
Supply Chain Strategy, Second Edition: Unleash the Power of Business Integration to Maximize Financial, Service, and Operations Performance
by
The industry standard in supply chain management--fully revised and updated to provide today's logistics solutions The proven pillars of success in logistics and supply chain management introduced in the first edition of Supply Chain Strategy now guide the supply chains of many of the world's most successful organizations, including 3M, Abbott, BP, Coca-Cola, Disney, Hallmark, Honda, Mitsubishi, Oxxo-FEMSA, Payless, P&G, Pratt & Whitney, Wal-Mart, Rio Tinto, and many others. This Second Edition features up-to-date case studies showing how those companies and more meet supply chain goals and helps you overcome your own challenges with the latest supply chain innovations, including big-data analytics, supply chain command and control centers, large-scale supply chain optimization, integrated supply chain planning, real-time global supply chain visibility, omni-channel logistics, re-shoring, global-sourcing optimization, cloud-based supply chain management, supply chain finance, global trade management, and fourth-party logistics.
The Development of International Business
by
The Development of International Businessoffers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century. By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the `theoretical' and the `practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole. Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future.
International business strategy : theory and practice
by
With stagnated demand in many home economies, the need to internationalize and exploit foreign market opportunities has never been more paramount for businesses to succeed at a global level. However, this process raises a number of questions, such as: can firms use their knowledge of one market in the next? Can firms pursue internationalization on several fronts at the same time? How should firms handle cultural and institutional differences between markets? This textbook provides students with the core research in international business and strategy, including organization, efficiency, external relationships and the challenges found in an increasingly multicultural world. Each part begins with a presentation of the issues and controversies faced in that particular area, followed by a synthesis of the research which provides avenues for future research. To facilitate and encourage further debate and learning, each part also includes at least one original case study. Compiled by two of the World's leading scholars of international business, and supplemented with critical commentaries and a range of integrative case studies, this comprehensive textbook provides advanced students of international business and strategy with a resource that will be invaluable in their studies and beyond.
International Business
by
The third edition of International Business offers an action-focused, practical approach to the topic, helping students understand the global business environment and its repercussions for executives. The book provides thorough coverage of the field, delving into fundamental concepts and theory; the cultural, political, and economic environment; international business strategies; and even functional management areas. More comprehensive than competing books, International Business includes: Strengthened, expanded global cases, examples, and 'industry' and 'country' mini-cases that give students practical insight into the ways companies actually behave within a competitive, global environment Updated coverage of key trends that impact how international business functions, including the drivers of globalization, e-commerce and the impact of the Internet, and international entrepreneurship New material on technology issues, the impact of the financial crisis, and problems in the EU Expanded discussion of the skills and strategies students need to succeed in today's international business environment, including dynamic capabilities, foreign direct investment, and market entry strategies Also featuring a companion website with a test bank, Powerpoint slides, and instructor's manual, this book is ideal for undergraduate and graduate students and instructors of any international business course.
International business
by
An adaptation of International business : competing in the global marketplace, tenth edition by Charles W.L. Hill, published by arrangement with McGraw-Hill Education
Dynamics of international business : comparative perspectives of firms, markets and entrepreneurship
by
The Dynamics of International Business offers a comparative, chronological overview of the strategic and structural evolution of international firms. Organized around eras of global economic development, the text synthesizes research on the internationalization of firms, highlighting crucial turning points in the evolution of the international economy. A particular emphasis is placed on the relationship between historical evidence and the theoretical frameworks available for its interpretation. Each period is illustrated by a selection of short case studies from a variety of industry sectors, including the Levant Company, Nestlé, Singer, Saint Gobain and NEC. An essential textbook for courses in business and economic history, this book will also be a valuable resource for scholars and students of international business more generally.
Economics for today
by
Economics for Today aims to simplify the array of confusing economic analyses and present a straightforward and balanced approach that effectively teaches the application of basic economics principles. Only essential material is included in the book and key concepts are explained in clear and simple terms. The resource provides economic theory backed by real-world applications which students understand and engage with enthusiastically. Written in an engaging and user-friendly manner, the book is designed for non-majors (although can also be used in these courses) with a continued focus on ethics in economics, sustainability and environmental economics, housing stress, development, health, happiness and debt crises. Single semester 'Principles of Economics' units in first year as well as in MBA programs, bridging courses and vocational sector. Students in this discipline often move into professional roles, such as chartered accountant, data analyst, economist, financial risk analyst, statistician, etc., following their studies. The subject area has a gender split of approximately 61% male and 39% female (according to a study by the Department of Education and Training, 2015).
Fundamentals of international business : 1st Asia-Pacific edition
by
Global Business Ethics
by
Corporate social responsibility, sustainability and acting ethically are all accepted business aims, but their meaning and implementation in a global context is far less clear-cut. Global Business Ethics cuts through the confusion to provide a coherent basis for ethical decision-making within the complications of the international business landscape. Underpinned by theory and including worked-through examples of ethical dilemmas and their solutions, this textbook will guide the reader beyond theory to real-world business decisions. Practical tools such as decision trees and suggested principles to apply in dilemma situations give readers the skills and confidence to tackle the ethical challenges they face. Global Business Ethics offers a unique working code of ethics provided as a model with guidance to readers for adaptation and implementation. Case studies include: Walmart, Hershey's, Citibank, Ford, Nike, Johnson & Johnson, Harley-Davidson, The Body Shop and Procter and Gamble. A chapter on the legal aspects of ethics provides guidance on the complex relationship between law and ethics in international business. The final part takes an in-depth look at the practical application of ethics in business life. Covering all the major theories of ethics, including an examination of the role of quantification of ethics, Global Business Ethics demonstrates how their principles can be applied to inform better business decisions.Online supporting resources for this book include instructor's manual, lecture slides and appendices.
Global Business Intelligence
by
Global Business Intelligence refers to an organization's ability to gather, process and analyze pertinent international information in order to make optimal business decisions in a timely manner. With a challenging economic and geopolitical environment, companies and executives need to be adept at information gathering in order to manage emerging challenges and gain competitive advantages. This book Global Business Intelligence assembles a cast of international experts and thought leaders and explores the implications of business intelligence on contemporary management. Global Business Intelligence will be a key resource for researchers, academics, students and policy makers alike in the fields of International Business & Management, Business Strategy, and Geopolitics as well as related disciplines like Political Science, Economics, and Geography.
The global factory : networked multinational enterprises in the modern global economy
by
This book brings together the key works on the global factory - a unique approach to the modern global economy that focuses on the orchestrating role of key multinational firms that control an integrated international network of independent firms. This analysis is conducted at global system level, at the level of global value chains and for individual firms. These three levels represent consistent, nested approaches to the analysis of pressing issues of the modern international economy. The Global Factoryexamines the internalisation theory of the multinational enterprise as it applies to global interfirm networks, and pays particular attention to multinational firms from emerging countries. It examines the governance and performance of global factories, their internationalisation and knowledge management strategies and the potential for multinational firms to address societal failures. The role of technology, the use of tax havens by Chinese multinationals and the division of entrepreneurial labour between global factories and smaller local firms are all explored as fascinating aspects of the overarching theory. This is an essential point of reference on Buckley's work on the global factory for academics and students of business, as well as managers of multinational firms and public policy makers.
International business
by
International business
by
Drawing from the combined experiences of Mike Peng and Klaus Meyer, International Business provides a comprehensive insight into contemporary business practices. Covering recent global developments and current issues such as the COVID-19 pandemic, Brexit, the social and environmental impact of globalization and progress in responsible business practices, as well as the historical context of international business, this fourth edition highlights the complex nature of global business."-- Provided by publisher
International business : competing in the global marketplace
by
Market-defining since it was introduced, International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace by Charles W.L. Hill (University of Washington) sets the standard and is the proven choice for International Business at the undergraduate and graduate level. The 14th edition provides a complete solution that is relevant (timely, comprehensive), practical (focus on applications of concepts), integrated (integrated progression of topics) and the most up-to-date on the market."-- Publisher's description
International business : competing in the global marketplace
by
Charles Hill draws on his experience in teaching, writing, and global consulting to create an up-to-date, thought-provoking text on international business. Many issues in international business are complex, so, the text explores the pros and cons of economic theories, government policies, business strategies, organizational structures, etc.
International business : environments & operations
by
"Balancing authoritative theory and meaningful practice, International Business engages students on the subject of conducting business in international markets. The authors' descriptions and ideas of international business are enhanced with contemporary examples, scenarios, and cases that help students effectively apply what they've learned. Now in its 16th Edition, International Businessremains one of the best-selling and most authoritative international business texts available. As rigorous and practical as ever, this edition remains current through updated author-written cases, including seven entirely new cases, streamlined writing, and expanded coverage of relevant global changes."-- Provided by publisher.
International business : perspectives from developed and emerging markets
by
This book provides students with a balanced perspective on business in a global environment, exploring implications for multinational companies in developed and emerging markets. This is the first text of its kind to emphasize strategic decision making as the cornerstone of its approach while focusing on emerging markets. Traditional topics, like foreign exchange markets and global competition, are contrasted with emerging operations, like Chinese market intervention and Islamic finance, to provide students with an understanding of successful business strategy. Readers learn to develop and implement these strategies across cultures, and across economic, legal, and religious institutions, in order to cope with competitive players in the global landscape. Application-based chapters open with reading goals and conclude with case studies and discussion questions to encourage a practical understanding of strategy. With in-depth analyses and recommended strategies, this edition provides students of international business with the skills they need for success on the global stage. A companion website features an instructor's manual, test bank, PowerPoint slides, and useful links for instructors as well as practice quizzes, flashcards, and web resources for students.
International Business Law and Its Environment
by
Today, no business is purely domestic. Even the smallest local firms are affected by global competition and world events. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS LAW AND ITS ENVIRONMENT, 10E delivers complete, reader-friendly coverage of the legal implications and ramifications of doing business internationally. You examine the cultural, political, economic, and ethical issues today�s global business managers face. With a focus on trade, the licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment, you examine the three major forms of doing business in a foreign country. Real examples, precedent-setting cases, managerial implications, and ethical considerations show how to apply key principles. From the legal relationship between parties in an international business transaction to managing risk to the special challenges of conducting business in emerging economies, this edition helps you understand the most common practices and critical issues in global business law.
International Business Management
by
International Business Management offers dynamic opportunities. This text deals with the theories, concepts, and practical strategies that are necessary for success in the global marketplace. It covers topics such as international trade, cultural differences, global marketing, and multinational management. The book offers insights into the challenges faced by businesses operating across borders and provides practical advice for addressing these challenges. Readers will gain a deep understanding of the key concepts and strategies used in international business management and learn how to apply them in real-world situations. The book is an indispensable tool for anyone seeking to build a successful career in today's global business environment.
International Business Strategy
by
With stagnated demand in many home economies, the need to internationalize and exploit foreign market opportunities has never been more paramount for businesses to succeed at a global level. However, this process raises a number of questions, such as: can firms use their knowledge of one market in the next? Can firms pursue internationalization on several fronts at the same time? How should firms handle cultural and institutional differences between markets? This textbook provides students with the core research in international business and strategy, including organization, efficiency, external relationships and the challenges found in an increasingly multicultural world. Each part begins with a presentation of the issues and controversies faced in that particular area, followed by a synthesis of the research which provides avenues for future research. To facilitate and encourage further debate and learning, each part also includes at least one original case study. Compiled by two of the World's leading scholars of international business, and supplemented with critical commentaries and a range of integrative case studies, this comprehensive textbook provides advanced students of international business and strategy with a resource that will be invaluable in their studies and beyond.
Introduction to Global Business
by
The global business environment is rapidly changing due to shifts in geopolitical alliances, active support of global international institutions in promoting market-oriented economic reforms, and advances in the development and use of information technology. INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS, 2e addresses these challenges by providing a comprehensive analysis of the global business environment and lays the foundation for the functional tools used to better prepare you to manage the global business landscape. The text flows smoothly and clearly from concept to application, asking you to apply those learning skills into real-world personal and professional applications. The specialized author team introduces globalization through unparalleled scholarship and a world-view presentation of the fundamental pillars of the global business environment -- culture, ethics, economics, and information technology. Ensure that you understand the procedures and concepts you need to know with MindTap for INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS. MindTap, an online course management and learning system, combines the best of current technology to save time in planning and managing your course and assignments.
Start before you're ready : the young entrepreneur's guide to extraordinary success in work and life
by
Unleash your entrepreneurial spirit with a counterintuitive approach to starting your own venture or taking your career to the next level Start Before You're Ready offers entrepreneurs an inspiring new roadmap to success -- one that runs against nearly everything you've ever been taught about business. Author Mick Spencer is living proof that success doesn't always rest down the traditional path of formal education and deep pockets. At the age of 22, with nothing to his name, he founded ONTHEGO Custom Apparel (www.otgcustom.com), a customised apparel and uniform company. Since then he has built a worldwide network of movers and shakers and raised millions in venture capital. His company is now a multi-million-dollar player on the international stage, disrupting the slow-moving industry with a modern blend of technological disruptions and social responsibility. In this book, he presents a solid case that analysis paralysis and endless 'preparation' won't get you anywhere -- you have to take that leap and do what you really want to do. Indeed, start before you're ready. Spencer challenges you to get outside your comfort zone and, although intimidating, his approach forces you to learn 'on the go' and focus on what you can do rather than what you can't. Engrossing personal anecdotes coach you through the frustrations and challenges, while vital tools and clear strategies give you a concrete plan for making every day count, many of which have been taught to Mick by billionaires, global CEO's and highly sought after founders. Chart your own path to success -- even without a university degree or financial assets Focus on what you can do right now to achieve your goals Master self-reliance, overcome adversity and discover your true purpose Learn positive habits and build confidence to overcome challenges Starting your own venture or pushing the boundaries in your career is always a leap of faith. It's saying 'yes' before figuring out how to deliver. It's moments of self-doubt followed by fiery adventurousness and courageous optimism. You are at once inspired, vulnerable, motivated and proud -- and you are capable of extraordinary things. Start Before You're Ready equips you with the inspiration and practical advice you need to succeed in today's entrepreneurial environment.
Economics for today
by
Economics for Today aims to simplify the array of confusing economic analyses and present a straightforward and balanced approach that effectively teaches the application of basic economics principles. Only essential material is included in the book and key concepts are explained in clear and simple terms. The resource provides economic theory backed by real-world applications which students understand and engage with enthusiastically. Written in an engaging and user-friendly manner, the book is designed for non-majors (although can also be used in these courses) with a continued focus on ethics in economics, sustainability and environmental economics, housing stress, development, health, happiness and debt crises. Single semester 'Principles of Economics' units in first year as well as in MBA programs, bridging courses and vocational sector. Students in this discipline often move into professional roles, such as chartered accountant, data analyst, economist, financial risk analyst, statistician, etc., following their studies. The subject area has a gender split of approximately 61% male and 39% female (according to a study by the Department of Education and Training, 2015).
Adapting to Environmental Challenges
by
The global business environment is as turbulent as ever and organizations must adapt to the changing conditions to survive and persevere. Adapting To Environmental Challenges: New Research In Strategy And International Businessprovides new promising insights on the effects of middle management involvement in adaptive strategy-making processes and applications of interactive control systems in the pursuit of more durable corporate outcomes. The empirical evidence suggests that responsible corporate behaviour drives higher market-valuations of firms and the application of green technologies is associated with more sustainable performance outcomes. For international organizations that operate across a multiplicity of cultural contexts, the ability to manage responsible corporate behavior must be interpreted in the local contexts and not only in a headquarter context, which is the norm. Hence, multinational managers must appreciate and understand the cultural differences to disentangle the managerial challenges in dynamic global markets where resource-poor firms can forge their international market positions by offering advantageous value-to-price trade-offs induced by supportive cultural values. Adapting To Environmental Challenges: New Research In Strategy And International Businessprovide new relevant perspectives and insights to understand strategic adaptation in international business contexts based on corporate responsible behavior and cultural sensitivity as the ingredients for agile operations and a resilient multinational organization.
Distance in International Business
by
This research and teaching volume has been composed in honour of Rosalie Tung, a distinguished institution builder, thought leader and educator in the field of international business (IB). The volume addresses Rosalie Tung's main research focus in a career that has already spanned several decades, namely the analysis of distance facing multinational enterprises (MNEs), with a focus on state-of-the-art conceptual and fact-based empirical developments in the realm of cultural and institutional distance elements. The impact of distance on international business transactions and operations remains ill-understood. How should distance be conceptualized? Which dimensions of distance should be considered? Is distance always a cost, or can it sometimes confer value? This twelfth volume in the Progress in International Business Research series presents extensive accounts of the contemporary scientific debate on how to assess the impacts of distance, both negative and positive ones, on the conduct of international business. This volume covers five dimensions related to the concept, cost and value of distance, in International business: * The concept of distance * The cost of cultural and psychic distance * The cost of institutional distance * The value of distance * Alternative lenses for IB research
Doing Business in Germany : a Short Guide to Understanding Germans and Their Business Practices
by
The focus of the book is to help readers understand how certain concepts and values influence the way Germans like to do business. Germany is the strongest economy in Europe, and one of the largest worldwide. The business climate is good, people are highly skilled, and consumers have plenty of spending money in their pockets; for companies that are doing business internationally, Germany is a market that simply cannot be overlooked. However, many business relationships with Germans come to an end even before they begin; intercultural differences very often result in misunderstandings, frustration, and an unnecessary loss of time and money. Especially with Germans, even small things can be crucial when you are speaking to a (potential) business contact. This book aims at helping students and professionals avoid the common pitfalls that international business people typically step into when dealing with Germans for the very first time. Unlike with the other business- or text-books focusing on culture, this book will do more than just arm you with some simple "Dos and Don'ts;" it will provide interesting and easy-to- understand descriptions and anecdotes that highlight the cultural standards and dimensions that are (typically) theoretically discussed in scientific texts. Essentially, while talking about what makes "the average" German tick, readers will be equipped with the relevant background knowledge. The focus of the book is to help readers understand how certain concepts and values influence the way Germans like to do business. It will guide them on how to successfully interact with Germans, whether at trade shows, during virtual and face-to-face meetings, or when they are negotiating their first contract.
Exporting : key considerations for international business growth : products, communication, brands, trade shows, channels, culture, and cash
by
This book equips readers to optimize genuine export opportunities. Globalization or international development is more vital than ever for business survival, let alone growth. This book equips readers to optimize genuine export opportunities. It addresses the fears and risks associated with exporting and reassures readers that international growth is available to any business that conducts in-depth research, adopts the right attitude, and develops a comprehensive strategy. Readers are challenged to consider seven key business considerations facing them when seeking success in export markets: product and service adaptation, comprehensive communication, portable protected branding, high-performance tradeshows, optimized go-to-market channels, fit-for-purpose internal organization, and controlled effective cashflow. This concise book serves time-starved small to medium enterprise (SME) entrepreneurs, owners, and directors in any industry anywhere in the world who seek international or global development and those studying or teaching international business.
The Functional Areas of Business : a Primer
by
Do we need yet another textbook on business fundamentals when every publishing house has stacks of such books ready for sale? No, we do not need another standard textbook. What we need is a new kind of teaching tool that at once accommodates the modern-day classroom and exposes new century students to the contemporary world of global capitalism in which today's businesses operate. In primer form, Dr. Patrice Flynn clarifies the functional areas of business, a term used to describe what every businessperson needs to understand to be successful, from entrepreneurship to small business development, legal structure, going global, finance, big data, marketing, management, and more. This primer demonstrates how a master teacher teaches new century students, thus giving supremacy to pedagogy along with rigorous content. The primer can be used with both business students and the growing number of nonbusiness students interested in learning how business works before entering the world of work. Every student will come away not only with a sense of the business areas that pique their interest but also with a deeper understanding of business from which to craft next career steps.
A guide to financing mechanisms in international business transactions
by
This book outlines features of international business transactions, and discusses their various associated risks. For the successful completion of an international business transaction, depending on its terms, both parties need access to funds. This text deals with financing mechanisms mainly in the international sale of goods and in overseas construction projects. Concerning financing international sale of goods, it discusses export working capital financing, documentary credit, negotiation of bills of exchange, export factoring, and international forfaiting. Concerning financing an overseas.
A Guide to International Economics
by
This book adopts a nontechnical approach to explaining the basis for trade between countries and the role of firms in global trade and describes the effect of tariffs and fluctuations in exchange rates on a company's sales, costs, and profits The study of international economics has never been more vital than it is today. The past global financial crisis, the economic uncertainty in many advanced countries, increasing barriers to international trade, and currency crises have created challenges for both policy makers and corporate decision makers involved in international trade and finance. This book provides a concise and rigorous approach to the understanding of international trade and finance without relying on mathematical models or graphs. It explains the basis and pattern of trade, the effects of trade and trade policies on companies, national welfare, and the global economy. It explains the determination and changes in exchange rates. Finally, it describes the operation of the economy and examines the impact of national economic policies on the domestic economy and the rest of the world. Corporate managers and MBA students must learn the complex interrelationships between trade policies; the actions of central banks; and changes in government spending and taxes on interest rates, prices, exchange rates, and economic activity. This book adopts a nontechnical approach to explaining the basis for trade between countries and the role of firms in global trade and describes the effect of tariffs and fluctuations in exchange rates on a company's sales, costs, and profits.
International business : perspectives from developed and emerging markets
by
The International Business Environment
by
Managers and executives who work in international trade and foreign direct investment are acutely aware of the importance of the governmental, intergovernmental, and systemic factors that regulate, facilitate, and/or complicate the conduct of international business (IB). But most managers and executives have limited or no expertise in these factors
International Business in the Information and Digital Age
by
This volume is dedicated to Lorraine Eden for herlifetime contributions to IB scholarship. Her research, spanning severaldecades, has addressed many interdisciplinary and societal themes at the heartof the IB field. The story of her intellectual journey -- strongly influenced bythe coming of age of the fourth industrial revolution -- is shared in the opening chapterof this volume. This thirteenth volume in the PIBR series covers an increasingly importantarea of research for International Business (IB) scholars: the role ofmultinational enterprises (MNEs) in the digital and information age. A limitednumber of MNEs now dominate the landscape of the digital age, but almost allinternationally operating firms are being affected by prevailing trends. How totake stock of these trends? How to develop resilient international businessmodels? How to regulate? The digital age presents new opportunities but alsomajor challenges for established and emerging MNEs alike. This volume brings together papers from leading IB scholars and from academics in adjacent disciplines such as economic geography,international relations and political science, strategic management, andtechnology studies. Four dimensions of the information and digital ageare analyzed using an IB angle: Trends and theories in the information age Entrepreneurial strategies in the informationage Functional strategies in the information age Industry 4.0
International Corporate Governance and Regulation
by
Advances in Financial Economics volume 20 deals with International Corporate Governance, particularly the role played by boards of directors, internal organization design and governance mechanisms, franchise agreements, the effect of regulation and policy, the market for corporate control, and strategic alliances.
The New Rules of Marketing and PR
by
The seventh edition of the pioneering guide to generating attention for your idea or business, packed with new and updated information In the Digital Age, marketing tactics seem to change on a day-to-day basis. As the ways we communicate continue to evolve, keeping pace with the latest trends in social media, the newest online videos, the latest mobile apps, and all the other high-tech influences can seem an almost impossible task. How can you keep your product or service from getting lost in the digital clutter? The seventh edition of The New Rules of Marketing and PR provides everything you need to speak directly to your audience, make a strong personal connection, and generate the best kind of attention for your business. An international bestseller with more than 400,000 copies sold in twenty-nine languages, this revolutionary guide gives you a proven, step-by-step plan for leveraging the power of technology to get your message seen and heard by the right people at the right time. You will learn the latest approaches for highly effective public relations, marketing, and customer communications--all at a fraction of the cost of traditional advertising! The latest edition of The New Rules of Marketing & PR has been completely revised and updated to present more innovative methods and cutting-edge strategies than ever. The new content shows you how to harness AI and machine learning to automate routine tasks so you can focus on marketing and PR strategy. Your life is already AI-assisted. Your marketing should be too! Still the definitive guide on the future of marketing, this must-have resource will help you: Incorporate the new rules that will keep you ahead of the digital marketing curve Make your marketing and public relations real-time by incorporating techniques like newsjacking to generate instant attention when your audience is eager to hear from you Use web-based communication technologies to their fullest potential Gain valuable insights through compelling case studies and real-world examples Take advantage of marketing opportunities on platforms like Facebook Live and Snapchat The seventh edition of The New Rules of Marketing and PR: How to Use Content Marketing, Podcasting, Social Media, AI, Live Video, and Newsjacking to Reach Buyers Directly is the ideal resource for entrepreneurs, business owners, marketers, PR professionals, and managers in organizations of all types and sizes.
A Non-Technical Guide to International Accounting
by
Business has become more international and more complex. Whether you are a manager, a student, or someone generally interested in corporate financial information, you want information and you want to understand that information. Companies in all countries are required to generate financial information, if for no other reason than to settle their tax obligations. If you are interested in the larger companies, such as those listed on a stock exchange, they must make financial information public, and the nature and type of that information is strictly regulated. Companies must comply with accounting standards. Many countries use the International Accounting Standards issued by the IFRS Foundation. This is a not-for-profit international organization that has developed a single set of high-quality global accounting standards. These standards can be complex, but this book explains clearly the main requirements.
The Responsive Global Organization
by
The responsive global organization can adapt business operations across multinational markets in response to unpredictable changes in the turbulent global marketplace. This book deals with different aspects of the effective multinational corporation (MNC) pointing to new ways in which the MNC can enhance responsiveness faced with increasing market turbulence. Drawing on contemporary research in strategy and international business, the book considers relevant aspects including subsidiary autonomy, individual and team engagement, local knowledge, knowledge-based innovation, dynamic integrative processes, cross-cultural management, crisis handling, and the impact of abrupt events. The diversity of multinational business provides many opportunities, but also distinct challenges that must be managed effectively. Here an interactive dynamic between headquarters and local business units is driving responsiveness and adaptive behaviors. Corporate headquarters must structure a multinational organization so adaptive initiatives exploit local market insights where opportunities evolve from autonomous responses around the world. This can entail crisis responses involving both local and corporate efforts as a robust way to handle unexpected incidents. Such interactive approaches constitute a combination of central integration and decentralized local responses as the basis for a dynamic adaptive system. To make this work in a multinational context, we must consider the intricate interplay between corporate values and local cultures, and understand how leadership philosophies influence how diverse employees act as team players and global corporate citizens. The book provides relevant insights on all these important issues.
Start before you're ready : the young entrepreneur's guide to extraordinary success in work and life
by
Unleash your entrepreneurial spirit with a counterintuitive approach to starting your own venture or taking your career to the next level Start Before You're Ready offers entrepreneurs an inspiring new roadmap to success -- one that runs against nearly everything you've ever been taught about business. Author Mick Spencer is living proof that success doesn't always rest down the traditional path of formal education and deep pockets. At the age of 22, with nothing to his name, he founded ONTHEGO Custom Apparel (www.otgcustom.com), a customised apparel and uniform company. Since then he has built a worldwide network of movers and shakers and raised millions in venture capital. His company is now a multi-million-dollar player on the international stage, disrupting the slow-moving industry with a modern blend of technological disruptions and social responsibility. In this book, he presents a solid case that analysis paralysis and endless 'preparation' won't get you anywhere -- you have to take that leap and do what you really want to do. Indeed, start before you're ready. Spencer challenges you to get outside your comfort zone and, although intimidating, his approach forces you to learn 'on the go' and focus on what you can do rather than what you can't. Engrossing personal anecdotes coach you through the frustrations and challenges, while vital tools and clear strategies give you a concrete plan for making every day count, many of which have been taught to Mick by billionaires, global CEO's and highly sought after founders. Chart your own path to success -- even without a university degree or financial assets Focus on what you can do right now to achieve your goals Master self-reliance, overcome adversity and discover your true purpose Learn positive habits and build confidence to overcome challenges Starting your own venture or pushing the boundaries in your career is always a leap of faith. It's saying 'yes' before figuring out how to deliver. It's moments of self-doubt followed by fiery adventurousness and courageous optimism. You are at once inspired, vulnerable, motivated and proud -- and you are capable of extraordinary things. Start Before You're Ready equips you with the inspiration and practical advice you need to succeed in today's entrepreneurial environment.
A Strategic and Tactical Approach to Global Business Ethics, Second Edition
by
The inclusion of ethically driven elements into the strategic planning process of multinational corporations (MNCs) is an emerging consideration in the modern era of globalization. Firms pursuing cross-border activities in any capacity, and to whatever degree or scale, are increasingly coming into contact with differences in morally applied decision making that affects their operational success and sustainability. The choices made require the use of clear and unambiguous codes of conduct for embedded managers abroad. The implementation of a properly administered code, coupled with a program of corporate social responsibility (CSR), can add value to a company, while its misapplication or exclusion can diminish value.
Doing Business in Emerging Markets
by
Like Advanced Economies and Emerging Markets, the 'flagship' book of the series, from which this book is derived, Doing Business in Emerging Markets recognizes that there is intense competition among emerging markets to capture their share of the global economy. The series addresses questions that are germane to accomplishing this goal. Most important to this end is the study and practice of international business and foreign trade. Undertaking such a study raises many questions which the series will attempt to answer: Why are emerging markets and the firms doing business in them internationalizing so aggressively; and why in the past decade has the pace of internationalization accelerated so rapidly? What competitive advantages do these emerging economies enjoy in comparison to advanced economies, such as the G20, and what are the origins of those advantages? This volume is devoted to presenting the practical aspects and challenges of doing business in global emerging markets.
Global 3 : global business
by
Learn Global Business YOUR Way with GLOBAL3! GLOBAL3's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, GLOBAL Online allows easy exploration of GLOBAL3 anywhere, anytime - including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits� from interactive content as you go to remember what's important. Then, either use preset study resources, or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker, all in one place and at an affordable price!
Global Business
by
Discover success in global business today with the most strategic approach to international business topics and unique coverage not found in other texts. GLOBAL BUSINESS, 4th Edition, is the first global business book that answers the big question, "What determines the success and failure of firms around the globe?" Globally renowned scholar and author Mike Peng integrates both an institution-based view and resource-based view in every chapter, bringing an unparalleled continuity and strategic approach to the learning process. The book combines an inviting, conversational style with the latest research and examples that reflect the most recent global developments. A wealth of business cases from Mike Peng and other respected international experts delve into how companies throughout the world have expanded globally. All-new video cases that cover each chapter's opening case and closing case, world maps that connect geography and culture to business decisions, and unique global debate sections that draw you into cutting-edge international discussions help you learn to think independently and view business challenges from a truly global perspective. With GLOBAL BUSINESS, 4th Edition, you view business through the eyes of a true world citizen and gain the understanding you need to become an effective manager within today's global business landscape.
Globalizing innovation : state institutions and foreign direct investment in emerging economies
by
The impact of host country institutions and policy on innovation by multinational firms in emerging economies.In the past, multinational firms have looked to developing countries as sources of raw materials, markets, or production efficiencies, but rarely as locations for innovation. Today, however, R&D facilities and other indicators of multinational-linked innovation are becoming more common in emerging economies. In this book, Patrick Egan investigates patterns of inward foreign direct investment (FDI) in developing countries, considering the impact of host country institutions and policy on the innovative activities undertaken by multinational firms. He examines the uneven spread of innovation-intensive foreign direct investment and emerging sectoral distributions, then develops a number of arguments about the determinants of multinational innovation in developing countries. Firms are attracted by a country's supply of skilled labor and are often eager to innovate close to new markets; but, Egan finds, host country institutions and the configuration of the host country's investment policies have a strong impact on firm decisions and evolving country investment profiles. Egan uses econometric analysis to identify determinants of multinational innovation, and examines differences among state institutions as a key variable. He then offers a detailed case study, assessing Ireland's attempts to use foreign direct investment in innovation as a catalyst for development. While FDI is a potential vehicle for industrial upgrading, Egan cautions, it is neither necessary nor sufficient for development. Furthermore, innovation-intensive investments are not likely to develop linkages with local actors or otherwise embed themselves in host economies in the absence of active, discriminating policies channeled through coherent and coordinated institutions.
International business
by
International Business
by
This book provides students with a balanced perspective on business in a global environment, exploring implications for multinational companies in developed and emerging markets. This is the first text of its kind to emphasize strategic decision making as the cornerstone of its approach while focusing on emerging markets. Traditional topics, like foreign exchange markets and global competition, are contrasted with emerging operations, like Chinese market intervention and Islamic finance, to provide students with an understanding of successful business strategy. Readers learn to develop and implement these strategies across cultures, and across economic, legal, and religious institutions, in order to cope with competitive players in the global landscape. Application-based chapters open with reading goals and conclude with case studies and discussion questions to encourage a practical understanding of strategy. With in-depth analyses and recommended strategies, this edition provides students of international business with the skills they need for success on the global stage. A companion website features an instructor's manual, test bank, PowerPoint slides, and useful links for instructors as well as practice quizzes, flashcards, and web resources for students.
International business
by
Drawing from the combined experiences of Mike Peng and Klaus Meyer, International Business provides a comprehensive insight into contemporary business practices. Covering recent global developments and current issues such as the COVID-19 pandemic, Brexit, the social and environmental impact of globalization and progress in responsible business practices, as well as the historical context of international business, this fourth edition highlights the complex nature of global business."-- Provided by publisher
International business : competing in the global marketplace
by
Charles Hill draws on his experience in teaching, writing, and global consulting to create an up-to-date, thought-provoking text on international business. Many issues in international business are complex, so, the text explores the pros and cons of economic theories, government policies, business strategies, organizational structures, etc.
International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace
by
Market-defining since it was introduced, International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace by Charles W. L. Hill, sets the standard, and is the proven choice for International Business. Hill draws upon his experience to deliver a complete solution, and has partnered with G. Tomas M. Hult from Michigan State University to continue to deliver a program that is: Integrated--Integrated Progression of Topics with Results-Driven Technology Practical--Focused on Practical Applications of Concepts Relevant--Timely, Comprehensive Coverage of Theory
International business : competing in the global marketplace
by
Market-defining since it was introduced, International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace by Charles W.L. Hill (University of Washington) sets the standard and is the proven choice for International Business at the undergraduate and graduate level. The 14th edition provides a complete solution that is relevant (timely, comprehensive), practical (focus on applications of concepts), integrated (integrated progression of topics) and the most up-to-date on the market."-- Publisher's description.
International Business Law and Its Environment
by
Today, no business is purely domestic. Even the smallest local firms are affected by global competition and world events. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS LAW AND ITS ENVIRONMENT, 10E delivers complete, reader-friendly coverage of the legal implications and ramifications of doing business internationally. You examine the cultural, political, economic, and ethical issues today�s global business managers face. With a focus on trade, the licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment, you examine the three major forms of doing business in a foreign country. Real examples, precedent-setting cases, managerial implications, and ethical considerations show how to apply key principles. From the legal relationship between parties in an international business transaction to managing risk to the special challenges of conducting business in emerging economies, this edition helps you understand the most common practices and critical issues in global business law.
International Business Management
by
International Business Management offers dynamic opportunities. This text deals with the theories, concepts, and practical strategies that are necessary for success in the global marketplace. It covers topics such as international trade, cultural differences, global marketing, and multinational management. The book offers insights into the challenges faced by businesses operating across borders and provides practical advice for addressing these challenges. Readers will gain a deep understanding of the key concepts and strategies used in international business management and learn how to apply them in real-world situations. The book is an indispensable tool for anyone seeking to build a successful career in today's global business environment.
International Entrepreneurship
by
Rich in examples from the real world, International Entrepreneurship illustrates how theory and practice go hand in hand. Specially designed for courses and tutors of International Entrepreneurship, this essential text discusses the opportunities and challenges facing internationalising entrepreneurial ventures. With clear and concise explanations of the current literature, the subject is explored from the different perspectives of social, cross-cultural and comparative entrepreneurship, as well as including analysis of the relationship to marketing and finance. Key features include: A dedicated overview illustrating the state of the art from the point of view of International Entrepreneurship, rather than from a general business context, allowing students to build in-depth knowledge on the topic from a single resource? Interesting and accessible international case studies provide insight into how real companies handle modern issues, preparing students for future entrepreneurial ventures. Examples include ofo, Nokero, Wonderbly and Blueseed? Flexibility of use for instructors to fit their own context and needs, particularly for integrating into current entrepreneurship or business courses? Further reading references and supplementary example boxes allow students to extend their knowledge outside the lecture hall and inspire a passion for the subject? Case studies inspire a variety of activities for both theoretical discussion and practical applications and can easily be enriched and updated. International Entrepreneurshipis a much-needed text for all IE courses, as well as an ideal supplementary text for postgraduate students studying entrepreneurship, international business, management, and marketing.
International entrepreneurship : starting, developing, and managing a global venture
by
Combining comprehensive coverage with a wide variety of real-life cases,International Entrepreneurship: Starting, Developing, and Managing a Global Venture gives entrepreneurs the tools they need to successfully launch international ventures in today's hypercompetitive world. Bestselling author Dr. Robert D. Hisrich helps students and entrepreneurs develop global business plans, select international opportunities, and determine the best entry strategy. The text also covers practical considerations such as legal concerns, the global monetary systems, global marketing, and global human resource management for entrepreneurs. The fully updated Third Edition provides increased attention to culture and reflects recent changes in our increasingly globalized world. Readers will also be exposed to new cases featuring international activities of entrepreneurs and ventures throughout the world.
International Human Resource Management
by
Thoroughly updated and expanded, the fifth edition of International Human Resource Management focuses on international human resource management (IHRM) within multinational enterprises (MNEs). The book has been designed to lead readers through all of the key topics of IHRM in a highly engaging and approachable way. In addition to the key topics and rich pedagogy students have come to expect, chapters have been updated, including an expanded chapter on Comparative and National Culture. Uncovering precisely why IHRM is important for success in international business, and how IHRM policies and practices function within the multinational enterprise, this comprehensive textbook provides an outstanding foundation for understanding the theory and practice of IHRM. It is essential reading for all students, instructors, and IHRM professionals. Instructor resources can be found at http://routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/_author/globalhrm/
International human resource management
by
Now in its seventh edition, 'International Human Resource Management' is established as a market leader that caters to students worldwide. This textbook has developed alongside the field - helping to shape what it is today - and remains a leading international human resources management (IHRM) textbook worldwide.
International Human Resource Management
by
Used by over 25,000 students across 130 countries, this bestselling text, written by leading international experts in each topic, retains its critical edge, academic rigour and breadth of coverage in the new fifth edition. The new edition reflects the contemporary debates and emerging issues in the field of IHRM, supplementing classic theories and models with recent research and international developments. Divided into three parts, the first section looks at the ways of thinking about IHRM theory and practice; the second section deals with multinational companies and how they manage their workforce around the world; the final section looks at both traditional and newer approaches to IHRM policies and practices. A selection of up-to-date examples from across the globe are used to support the text, including Uber's regulatory challenges across Europe, the gig economy, employment rights after Brexit, health insurance for part-timers in the US and EU, attracting and retaining 'millennials', the world's happiest and unhappiest countries, and CSR in Hong Kong. The book is complemented by free online resources for lecturers and students, including PowerPoint slides, additional case studies, SAGE video clips with critical thinking questions, free SAGE journal articles for every chapter, annotated useful weblinks, and suggested answers to self-assessment questions. Suitable reading for upper-undergraduate and masters level students on IHRM modules.
International human resource management : policies and practices for multinational enterprises
by
Thoroughly updated and expanded, the fifth edition of International Human Resource Management focuses on international human resource management (IHRM) within multinational enterprises (MNEs). The book has been designed to lead readers through all of the key topics of IHRM in a highly engaging and approachable way. In addition to the key topics and rich pedagogy students have come to expect, chapters have been updated, including an expanded chapter on Comparative and National Culture. Uncovering precisely why IHRM is important for success in international business, and how IHRM policies and practices function within the multinational enterprise, this comprehensive textbook provides an outstanding foundation for understanding the theory and practice of IHRM. It is essential reading for all students, instructors, and IHRM professionals. Instructor resources can be found at http://routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/_author/globalhrm/
Navigating Global Business
by
Navigating Global Business integrates and synthesizes all available country cluster studies into a nested meta-structure accompanied by eco-cultural correlates that distinguish amongst clusters. The broad range of analyses will appeal to researchers and practitioners, seasoned multi-firm executives, those in small firms seeking internationalization, and anyone intrigued by the greater question of human diversity. The book covers key work-related cultural dimensions for much of the world, and includes examples of applications in most business areas. Also exhibited are the correlates of culture, some of which, such as language and religion, speak to the origin of cultural variations in addition to illustrating key variants of the global terrain. Finally, the authors examine how patterns might have changed over time, providing a rigorous and realistic assessment of the fruits of globalization.
The Routledge Companion to International Human Resource Management
by
International human resource management (IHRM) is a key area of research in the sphere of international business and management. Described as a field in its infancy in the 1980s, IHRM has quickly advanced through adolescence and into maturity. Today, it is a vibrant and diverse discipline which boasts a large and active body of researchers across the globe. This volume examines cutting-edge themes, with the input of contributions from both established and emerging scholars. The Routledge Companion to International Human Resource Management gives a state-of-the-art overview of the key themes, topics and debates in the discipline, with valuable insights into directions for future research. Drawing on a large and respected international contributor base and with its focus on mature and emerging markets, this book is an essential resource for researchers, students and IHRM professionals alike.
Working internationally : expatriation, migration and other global work
by
Managing expatriates and other 'traditional' internationally mobile workers is a significant part of many academic programmes and the focus of some specialist ones. But we cannot answer the big questions about working internationally if we exclude from our teaching people who do not fit into our usual conceptions and assumptions about who it is that organisations employ. Written by two of the most frequently published authors in the field, this is the only textbook to specialise in all the widely-accepted types of international work such as high-status expatriation, international business travel, short-term project work, and international commuting, while also covering the management of low-status expatriates, qualified immigrants, economic and low-skilled migrants, and refugees. Topics include cost effective global HRM, value and return on investment, localisation, home- and host-based compensation, talent management, human rights, safety and security, and duty of care - all examined from the differing perspectives of organisational practitioners and international workers and their families. In nine clear chapters, this book covers everything that a teacher or student of expatriation and global mobility needs to know, with each chapter written specifically as a primer for teaching sessions. Chapters are research-led and data driven, outlining current research on the topic. Included for each chapter are learning objectives, chapter summaries, key theories, detailed reference lists, additional reading lists, high-quality diagrams and tables, class activities, and reflective questions suitable for exam preparation. Supplemented with consulting reports and surveys that are highly applicable to (working) MBA students, this is the ideal textbook for any contemporary course in expatriate management or international HRM needing to take it to the next level.
Adapting to Environmental Challenges
by
The global business environment is as turbulent as ever and organizations must adapt to the changing conditions to survive and persevere. Adapting To Environmental Challenges: New Research In Strategy And International Businessprovides new promising insights on the effects of middle management involvement in adaptive strategy-making processes and applications of interactive control systems in the pursuit of more durable corporate outcomes. The empirical evidence suggests that responsible corporate behaviour drives higher market-valuations of firms and the application of green technologies is associated with more sustainable performance outcomes. For international organizations that operate across a multiplicity of cultural contexts, the ability to manage responsible corporate behavior must be interpreted in the local contexts and not only in a headquarter context, which is the norm. Hence, multinational managers must appreciate and understand the cultural differences to disentangle the managerial challenges in dynamic global markets where resource-poor firms can forge their international market positions by offering advantageous value-to-price trade-offs induced by supportive cultural values. Adapting To Environmental Challenges: New Research In Strategy And International Businessprovide new relevant perspectives and insights to understand strategic adaptation in international business contexts based on corporate responsible behavior and cultural sensitivity as the ingredients for agile operations and a resilient multinational organization.
Creative Solutions to Global Business Negotiations, Second Edition
by
Making deals globally is a fact of life in modern business. To successfully conduct deals abroad, executives like you need skills to negotiate with counterparts who have different backgrounds and experiences. This book gives you and other international executives the savvy you need to negotiate with finesse and ease. It offers valuable insights into the fine points of negotiating and guidelines on delicate issues that can influence a promising deal. The book is divided into five parts: Global business negotiations framework; the role of culture in negotiations and on choosing an appropriate negotiation style; the negotiation process; negotiation tools, such as communication skills and the role of power in negotiations; and miscellaneous topics such as negotiating on the Internet, gender issue in global negotiations, how small firms can effectively negotiate with large firms, negotiating intangibles, managing negotiating teams, developing an organizational negotiation capability and negotiating via interpreters. Clear and comprehensive, the authors outline the hallmarks of strengthening and maintaining a strong bargaining position for negotiating deals even under adverse conditions.
Doing Business in Emerging Markets
by
Like Advanced Economies and Emerging Markets, the 'flagship' book of the series, from which this book is derived Doing Business in Emerging Markets recognizes that there is intense competition among emerging markets to capture their share of the global economy. The series addresses questions that are germane to accomplishing this goal. Most important to this end is the study and practice of international business and foreign trade. Undertaking such a study raises many questions which the series will attempt to answer: Why are emerging markets and the firms doing business in them internationalizing so aggressively; and why in the past decade has the pace of internationalization accelerated so rapidly? What competitive advantages do these emerging economies enjoy in comparison to advanced economies, such as the G20, and what are the origins of those advantages? This volume is devoted to presenting the practical aspects and challenges of doing business in global emerging markets.
Global Business
by
Globalization has been under extreme pressure in the wake of the financial crisis. Multinational firms are weighing the costs and benefits of international scale and scope, and are increasingly under pressure to hire local, to source local, and to pay taxes domestically. At the same time global competitive pressures have intensified. This book reviews international business practices from the multinational firm perspective, and provides pathways forward concerning competitiveness and sustainability in global markets. What sets this book apart from others is that the benefits and pitfalls of globalization are addressed. Chapter coverage focuses on the functional areas of the business and how they are impacted by international expansion. Practical case studies supplement chapter coverage and highlight both positive and negative developments in the global business arena. Readers should expect to be challenged on what will be the limits of the multinational firm in the future, and how multinational firms can continue to prosper while at the same time adhere to sustainable business initiatives. Equally useful to both undergraduate and graduate students of international business as well as professional development programs, Global Business: Competitiveness and Sustainability provides a necessary tonic for dealing with today's troubled seas of globalization.
Global Business
by
Globalization has been under extreme pressure in the wake of the financial crisis. Multinational firms are weighing the costs and benefits of international scale and scope, and are increasingly under pressure to hire local, to source local, and to pay taxes domestically. At the same time global competitive pressures have intensified. This book reviews international business practices from the multinational firm perspective, and provides pathways forward concerning competitiveness and sustainability in global markets. What sets this book apart from others is that the benefits and pitfalls of globalization are addressed. Chapter coverage focuses on the functional areas of the business and how they are impacted by international expansion. Practical case studies supplement chapter coverage and highlight both positive and negative developments in the global business arena. Readers should expect to be challenged on what will be the limits of the multinational firm in the future, and how multinational firms can continue to prosper while at the same time adhere to sustainable business initiatives. Equally useful to both undergraduate and graduate students of international business as well as professional development programs, Global Business: Competitiveness and Sustainability provides a necessary tonic for dealing with today's troubled seas of globalization.
Global Business Strategy
by
Global Business Strategy looks at the opportunities and risks associated with staking out a global competitive presence and introduces the fundamentals of global strategic thinking. The authors demonstrate how a company should change and adapt its domestic business model to achieve a competitive advantage as it expands globally. Our framework includes a company's business model, the strategic decisions a company needs to make as it globalizes its operations, and globalization strategies for creating a competitive advantage. A business model has four principal dimensions: market participation, the value proposition, the supply chain infrastructure, and its management model.
Global business strategy : multinational corporations venturing into emerging markets
by
This book presents theories and case studies for corporations in developed nations, including Japan, for designing strategies to maximize opportunities and minimize threats in business expansion into developing nations. The case studies featured here focus on Asia, including China and India, and use examples of Japanese manufacturers. Five case studies are provided, including Hitachi Construction Machinery and Shiseido in China and Maruti Suzuki in India. These cases facilitate the reader?s understanding of the business environments in emerging economies. This volume is especially recommended for businesspeople responsible for international business development, particularly in China and India. In addition, the book serves as a useful resource for students in graduate-level courses in international management.
Global Street Economy and Micro Entrepreneurship
by
Throughout the history of capitalism, street economy has found a space in the failures and externalities of the open market economy, but it has been derided or ignored in the mainstream media and academy. However, street economies are a solution, not a problem: popping up as a spontaneous solution to the failures of capitalism, these economies are an opportunity to learn, explore and grow away from the mainstream. Even though discussion of street economy and vendors is on the rise in recent years, the subject is still dealt with on the basis of sectors, cities and countries, not on a global scale. With the increase in the volume, types and functions of street activities, is has become more appealing for the wider population by including a wide variety of sectors. The studies in this volume of Contemporary Studies in Economic and Financial Analysisinvestigate the causes and effects of new street-focused formations, such as NASVI in India, and SWG in ILO, established in response to the new legal regulation and organizational needs that have emerged with increasing employment volume in the street economy. For researchers and students of contemporary economics, interested in a global view on a rising industry, this is a key exploration of how micro businesses play on the global level.
International and Cross-Cultural Business Research
by
Successfully combining cross-cultural management and business research methods, this team of international authors provide much-needed coverage of the implications that should be considered when undertaking research across different cultures. Through the implementation of methodological pluralism, the book investigates the various cultural influences that affect business theories and practices across the world, particularly the specific management styles, behavioural standards and consumer attitudes that exist in developing nations. Examples and theoretical understanding as well as vignettes, diagrams and figures are used to illustrate these key considerations, including: Language and the role of the dominant culture Design and implementation Methodological issues Strategies for improving its relevance within international business. Ideal for students, researchers and practitioners looking to do business research in an international or cross-cultural context.
International business : perspectives from developed and emerging markets
by
International Business: Perspectives from Developed and Emerging Markets provides students with a balanced perspective on business in a global environment, exploring implications for multinational companies in developed and emerging markets. This is the first text of its kind to emphasize strategic decision making as the cornerstone of its approach while focusing on emerging markets. Traditional topics, like foreign exchange markets and global competition, are contrasted with emerging operations, like Chinese market intervention and Islamic finance, to provide students with an understanding of successful business strategy. Readers learn to develop and implement these strategies across cultures, and across economic, legal, and religious institutions, in order to cope with competitive players in the global landscape. Application-based chapters open with reading goals and conclude with case studies and discussion questions to encourage a practical understanding of strategy"-- Provided by publisher.
International Business Diplomacy : How can Multinational Corporations Deal with Global Challenges?
by
Multinational enterprises (MNEs) experienced 'golden days' during the 1990s and 2000s, they expanded globally and were major players in globalization. Today they have become powerful actors in the global economy. CEOs of international businesses are welcomed by heads of state as their counterparts, they are invited by governments to help solve global issues such as climate change and poverty, and they are facing dilemmas comparable to those of other international actors. However, MNEs are facing global legitimacy challenges. They are suspected of tax avoidance, using low wage countries for corporate benefits only, disrespecting privacy regulations, abusing consumer data, violating local community rights, exploiting natural resources, ignoring basic human rights, and employing too many lobbyists targeting national and international political decision-making processes for their own corporate interests. Although many of these challenges are not new, they have resurfaced and become more apparent during the past couple of years, partly due to the economic recession that many developed economies have faced and to the broader awareness of increasing global inequality and the importance of sustainability. How can international business respond? Strategic business diplomacy may be the answer. Business diplomacy involves developing strategies for long-term, positive relationship building with governments, local communities, and interest groups, aiming to establish and sustain legitimacy and to mitigate the risks arising from all non-commercial or exogenous factors in the global business environment. Business diplomacy is different from lobbying or strategic political activity; it implies an (strategic / holistic) approach of an international business to look at itself as an actor in the international diplomatic arena. Representation, communication and negotiation are key in such an approach.One of the consequences is that MNEs are able to operate in and show respect for an international business environment that consists of multiple stakeholders. This demands a strategic perspective and vision on the sector and the business environments in which the company wants to operate, and requires a specific set of instruments, skills and competences.
Leading Global Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion
by
This book offers five proven principles so multinational companies can advance diversity, equity, and inclusion with a nuanced understanding of local contexts across countries and cultures. It's easy to fall into the trap of using a single-culture worldview when implementing global DEI in organizations. But what makes DEI change efforts successful in one country may have opposite, unintended consequences in another. How do companies find the right balance between anchoring their efforts locally while pushing for change that may disrupt existing power dynamics? This is the question at the heart of global DEI work. Along with practical advice and examples, Rohini Anand offers five overarching principles derived from her own experience leading global DEI transformation and interviews with more than sixty-five leaders to provide a through line for leading global DEI transformation in divergent cultures. Local relevance--understanding markets and acknowledging local beliefs, regulations, and history--is essential for global success. This groundbreaking book explicitly details how to take local histories, laws, and practices into account in DEI transformation work while promoting social justice worldwide.
Market entropy : how to manage chaos and uncertainty for improving organizational performance
by
This book discusses competitive market dynamics explain contextual market entropy caused because of swift changes in the innovation and technology scenarios. It delineates the attributes of cognitive ergonomics of consumers responding to the market dynamics under the shrinking scenarios of large markets. The author analyzes the emerging theory of chaos, fragmentation of markets, and agile business models to gain advantage in the competitive marketplace and deliberates upon factors that are critical to success of firms. In addition, this book presents new insights on developing hybrid business models using both aggressive and defensive marketing strategies to manage market chaos and behavioral complexities of consumers.
Regions in International Trade
by
The book provides a comprehensive approach to the assessment of the nature of exporting activity, combining well-established theoretical reasoning with empirical evidence, and also signalling important economic policy recommendations. It is suitable for a wide range of recipients, ranging from scholars and students, to policy-makers or local/regional authorities engaged in the process of designing/implementing regional policies. Regional authorities show more interest in export potential because globalisation makes the regional economies more open and vulnerable to external economic shocks. The international trade channel has become an important factor influencing the region's economic performance, including dynamics and volatility of economic growth as well as labour market performance. Due to economic transition and the accession to the EU, Poland's regions have become more open than ever. For regions of both Poland and Spain (an EU country similar to Poland in terms of size and the number of administrative units), being part of the EU's internal market with a free circulation of goods and capital - exerts competitive pressure, which can be regarded a stress test showing the regional adaptive capacity and competitiveness. Apart from the in-depth review of the regional export activity of Poland and Spain, the book also provides similar insights for Canada and Australia, in terms of their regional export performance and trade policy. About authors: Stanisław Umiński (PhD), professor at the University of Gdansk, Department of International Economics and Economic Development. Co-founder and vice-president of the Institute of Development. BI consultant, ABSL, Poland. Participant and head of research projects on FDI, foreign trade and regional development, carried on for instance for European Commission, National Bank of Poland, Ministry of Regional Development, National Science Centre. Author and co-author of publications in the fields of FDI, competitiveness, the foreign trade of regions and special economic zones. Jarosław M. Nazarczuk (PhD), assistant professor at the Faculty of Economic Sciences of the University of Warmia and Mazury in Olsztyn. Participant of research projects concerning: operation of special economic zones, regional export activity, the role of institutions in firms' location decisions, economic development of selected regions, evaluation of regional operational programmes, high-tech clusters, regional marketing, financed from National Science Centre or carried for regional marshals' offices and other public entities. Author and co-author of publications on SEZs, regional export performance, FDI, smart specialisation, location determinants, public aid effectiveness.
Research methods in international business
by
Showcasing methodological rigour and state-of-the-art methods as hallmarks of modern international business (IB) research, this book offers a collection of the most relevant and highly cited research methods articles from the Journal of International Business Studies (JIBS). Each piece is accompanied by a new Commentary written by experts in the field; some also include Further Reflections by the original authors. Encompassing both qualitative and quantitative approaches, this comprehensive volume explores research design, testing and reporting, as well as specific methodological issues such as endogeneity, common method variance, and theorising from case studies. With recommendations for best practices relating to interaction effects, hypothesis testing, and replicability, this book is a unique and up-to-date reference source on the latest research methods and practices in international business. The book will also be essential reading for those studying any sub-discipline of IB research, including international economics, entrepreneurship, finance, management and marketing.
The Routledge Companion to the Geography of International Business
by
The fields of Economic Geography and International Business share an interest in the same phenomena, whilst each provides both a differing perspective and different research methods in attempting to understand those phenomena. The Routledge Companion to the Geography of International Business explores the nature and scope of inter-disciplinary work between Economic Geography and International Business in explaining the central issues in the international economy. Contributions written by leading specialists in each field (including some chapters written by inter-disciplinary teams) focus on the nature of multinational firms and their strategies, where they choose to locate their activities, how they create and manage international networks and the key relationships between multinationals and the places where they place their operations. Topics covered include the internationalisation of service industries, the influence of location on the competitiveness of firms and the economic dynamism of regions and where economic activity takes place and how knowledge, goods and services flow between locations. The book examines the areas for fruitful inter-disciplinary work between International Business and Economic Geography and sets out a road map for future joint research, and is an essential resource for students and practitioners of International Business and Economic Development.
A Strategic and Tactical Approach to Global Business Ethics, Second Edition
by
The inclusion of ethically driven elements into the strategic planning process of multinational corporations (MNCs) is an emerging consideration in the modern era of globalization. Firms pursuing cross-border activities in any capacity, and to whatever degree or scale, are increasingly coming into contact with differences in morally applied decision making that affects their operational success and sustainability. The choices made require the use of clear and unambiguous codes of conduct for embedded managers abroad. The implementation of a properly administered code, coupled with a program of corporate social responsibility (CSR), can add value to a company, while its misapplication or exclusion can diminish value.
Wiley Interpretation and Application of IFRS Standards 2019
by
The 2019 reference for the interpretation and application of the latest international standards Wiley IFRS® Standards 2019 is a revised and comprehensive resource that includes the information needed to interpret and apply the most recent International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS®) as outlined by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). This accessible resource contains a wide range of practical examples as well as invaluable guidance on the expanding framework for unified financial reporting. The authors provide IFRIC interpretations and directions designed to ensure a clear understanding of the most recent standards. The IFRS® standards are ever evolving, therefore it is essential that professionals and students have the information needed to apply the standards correctly in real-world cases. Wiley IFRS® Standards 2019 offers a complete, up-to-date reference that aids in the application of the latest international standards in a manner that is transparent, accountable and efficient. This edition includes IFRS 9 Financial Instruments; IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers; IFRS 16 Leases and amendments issued and effective for annual periods beginning on or after 01 January 2018 and 01 January 2019 as issued by the IASB by 30 June 2018. This edition also includes some introductory guidance for IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts and incorporates the revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting 2018. This important guide is written by the people passionate about IFRS® at PKF International. PKF International consists of over 400 offices, operating in 150 countries across five regions. PKF International specialises in providing high quality audit, accounting, tax, and business advisory solutions to international and domestic organisations around the globe. PKF International is a global family of legally independent firms bound together by a shared commitment to quality, integrity and the creation of clarity in a complex regulatory environment. PKF International is a member of the Forum of Firms - an organisation dedicated to consistent and high-quality standards of financial reporting and auditing practices worldwide. www.pkf.com. PKF International Limited administers a family of legally independent firms and does not accept any responsibility or liability for the actions or inactions of any individual member or correspondent firm or firms. All rights reserved.
Work together anywhere : a handbook on working remotely successfully : for individuals, teams & managers
by
"An excellent guide on how teams can effectively work together, regardless of location." --STEPHANE KASRIEL, former CEO of Upwork IN TODAY'S MODERN GLOBAL ECONOMY, companies and organizations in all sectors are embracing the game-changing benefits of the remote workplace. Managers benefit by saving money and resources and by having access to talent outside their zip codes, while employees enjoy greater job opportunities, productivity, independence, and work-life satisfaction. But in this new digital arena, companies need a plan for supporting efficiency and fostering streamlined, engaging teamwork. In Work Together Anywhere, Lisette Sutherland, an international champion of virtual-team strategies, offers a complete blueprint for optimizing team success by supporting every member of every team, including: EMPLOYEES advocating for work-from-home options MANAGERS seeking to maximize productivity and profitability TEAMS collaborating over complex projects and long-term goals ORGANIZATIONS reliant on sharing confidential documents and data COMPANY OWNERS striving to save money and attract the best brainpower Packed with hands-on materials and actionable advice for cultivating agility, camaraderie, and collaboration, Work Together Anywhere is a thorough and inspiring must-have guide for getting ahead in today's remote-working world.
International Human Resource Management
International Human Resource Management (IHRM) aims to equip you with knowledge and skills that enable you to meaningfully participate in discourse and decision-making on matters related to the management of the human resource in an international and multi-cultural business environment. The course covers (1) fundamentals of Human Resource Management in consideration of students who might have little or no background in HRM; (2) Essentials of IHRM and current global issues, trends and challenges; and (3) Leading your HR organization in the 21st century, strategically business-wise, and ethically grounded on service.
Global Human Resource Development
by
Drawing on contributions from leading academics in the field, this volume within the Routledge Series in Human Resource Development specifically focuses on Global Human Resource Development (HRD). Specifically, the volume provides an overview of 17 regions, 85 countries and includes one emerging market grouping, CIVETS. This book examines the role of the state in HRD, the relationship between HRD and the level of economic development in the country or region, the influence of foreign direct investment within the country or region, and firm-level HRD practices within countries or regions. Global Human Resource Development analyzes HRD from institutional and cross-cultural perspectives, making it possible, for the first time, to analyze trends across countries and regions and to draw conclusions about the value of institutional and cross-cultural perspectives in the HRD context. There is currently no book on the market that conceptualizes the discipline of global HRD in this way, making this a definitive book on HRD across the globe of particular interest to researchers and reflective practitioners.
The Global Human Resource Management Casebook
by
This casebook is a collection of international teaching cases focusing on contemporary human resource management issues. Each case centers primarily on one country and illustrates a significant challenge faced by managers and HR practitioners, helping students to understand how the issues they learn about in class play out in the real world. The cases emphasize the national and cultural contexts of HR management, providing readers with a global understanding of employee motivation, reward systems, recruitment and selection, career development, and more. In this edition, the editors and authors have made significant updates to reflect recent developments in the field and cover a broader range of countries in Eastern Europe and Africa. The authors also delve into new industries like food service, clothing manufacturing, and transportation as well as IT and academia. Recommendations for further reading and relevant videos provide readers with practical insights into the modern HRM field. With more than 30 cases followed by questions and tasks to encourage reflection, this is a valuable companion for any student of human resource management.
Global Human Resource Management Casebook
by
The Global Human Resource Management Casebook isnbsp;a collection of business teaching cases, focusing on Human Resource Management issues around the world. Each case is based in a single country and illustrates one or more significant challenge faced by managers and HR practitioners. The influence of the unique national cultural and institutional context upon the issues in the case is emphasized. In total 32 unique and original cases are presented, each from different national contexts. Every case is followed by a set of questions for use in class discussion or private study of the cases. This casebook is a project undertaken by a committee of international members of the Human Resources Division of the Academy of Management (USA). The HR Division currently has over 3500 members worldwide, indicating a significant immediate audience for the text. The committee, referred to as the HR Ambassadors Committee (James Hayton, Chair) is intended to represent the global membership of the organization. We currently have members in over 60 countries, and Ambassadors for over 50 of these. The committee was established to contribute to the internationalization of the HR Division and the Academy of Management by creating collaborative projects that both involve and serve the global membership. This book, which represents the first product of our collaboration, is expected to provide a useful teaching tool for HRM educators, and secondarily is expected to be of use to HR practitioners with an interest in the globalization of HRM.
Global Leadership
by
This text focuses on leading across cultural, economic, social, national, and political boundaries simultaneously. Global Leadership presents the field's latest studies and practices in a succinct and engaging style that helps scholars, managers, and students grasp the complexities of being a global leader. The authors begin by explaining the conceptual differences between general leadership and global leadership before examining the various dimensions of the global leadership field, and how it will develop in the future. Users of previous editions will notice that the book has been restructured into five new parts to provide a better conceptual flow. Other new features include: A new chapter on talent management and its relationship to global leadership processes. Updates to the chapter on global leadership development, including material on international service learning approaches and other "best practice" examples. Significant updates to the chapters on responsible global leadership and leading global teams, accounting for recent advances in both disciplines. This edition will prove a useful guide for graduate students of global leadership, international business, and general leadership classes as well as scholars and managers seeking a thorough understanding of the field today. PowerPoint slides and a list of suggested cases are available to further assist instructors.
Handbook of International Human Resource Development
by
This comprehensive Handbook sets out the nature and scope of International Human Resource Development (IHRD) to advance our understanding of research and practice in the field. Drawing on expertise from a global team representing some of the field's most distinguished researchers, the Handbook explores a range of contextual, process and people development practice issues impacting IHRD research and practice. Focusing on IHRD as a distinct field of research and practice, the authors offer comprehensive coverage of a number of critical contextual dimensions that shape the IHRD goals that organisations pursue; impact the IHRD systems, policies and practices that are implemented; and influence the types of IHRD research questions that are investigated. The Handbook examines the processes or actions taken by organisations to globalise IHRD practices and discusses important people development practices that come within the scope of IHRD. By bringing together a variety of research strands and engaging in key debates while also acknowledging the emergent, dynamic and constantly evolving nature of the field, the authors of this Handbook have created an invaluable resource for academics, students, professionals and practitioners in IHRD, HRD, HRM, international management, organisational behaviour and leadership. Contributors: M. Alagaraja, H. Alhejji, V. Anderson, A. Ardichvili, E.E. Bennett, A. Bratton, R. Carbery, N. Clarke, N. D'Annuzio Green, T. Garavan, J. Gedro, K. Grant, C. Gubbins, M. Hammond, J. Kim, S. Kim, Y. Lai, A. McCarthy, A. McDonnell, R.R. McWhorter, H. Moon, C.T. Nolan, D. O'Shea, J. Pearson, V. Pereira, O. Pruetipibultham, W.E.A. Ruona, V. Shanahan, M. Sheehan, C. Valentin, J. Winterton
Human Resource Management
by
This new text treats international, strategic and contemporary issues as central to the study and practice of Human Resource Management. Covering the core curriculum, this book provides all the knowledge and tools you need to get the best possible grades and achieve career success after university. Key Features: Skills and employability focus will help you to develop the key transferable skills valued by graduate employers Debating HRM boxes encourage critical analysis and debate International and cross-cultural cases and discussion will prepare you for the global workplace Contemporary and strategic issuesare introduced early on, underpinning the HRM functions Chapters on SMEs and the not-for-profit and voluntary sectors will ensure that your knowledge and skills can be applied in a range of organisational settings Mapped to the CIPD's learning outcomesbut equally suitable for non-specialist students Journal articles, a glossary, podcasts and other resources are available on the book′s website at www.sagepub.co.uk/crawshaw
Human resource management : strategic and international perspectives
by
This book is not available as a print inspection copy. To download an e-version click here or for more information contact your local sales representative. A comprehensive introduction to HRM for students who are new to the field, but who will be seeking employment in a global market, working with diverse colleagues and across international borders. Broken down into three parts covering Strategic Issues in HRM, HRM in Practice and HRM in Context, and weaving international and cross-cultural perspectives throughout, the text explores the ever-changing world of human resource management. The various theories, practices and debates that populate this field are examined, and the challenges and controversies that arise when theory meets practice are explored. The international dimension in all its aspects including cross-cultural working, diversity, equality and international business have been considered throughout. Practical learning features have been included to help students develop skills they can apply to their course and in graduate employment.In the new edition, the authors have further explored the international context for HRM, not just for multinational corporations but also for small businesses and not-for-profit organizations, with added analysis on the importance of recognizing that effective functioning of organizations is not simply measured by financial performance, but also by taking into account the broader social, economic and political contexts.International case studies covering emerging economies and specific ethical issues are included with each chapter containing two case studies - one short case mid-chapter and a longer end-of-chapter case, each of which has a set of accompanying questions for students to explore individually or in groups to broaden their learning.The book is supported by a SAGE Edge site, featuring a range of tools and resources for lecturers and students, including SAGE journal articles, PowerPoint slides, web and video links, interactive multiple choice questions, chapter specific podcasts and an instructor's manual.Suitable for undergraduates and post-graduate students looking for a strategic and international perspective of HRM.
International business : competing in the global marketplace
by
Charles Hill draws on his experience in teaching, writing, and global consulting to create an up-to-date, thought-provoking text on international business. Many issues in international business are complex, so, the text explores the pros and cons of economic theories, government policies, business strategies, organizational structures, etc.
International Human Resource Management
by
Mapped to the CIPD Level 7 module of the same name, International Human Resource Management is a critical textbook for all HR students. Structured around the three core areas of cross-cultural HRM, comparative HRM and international HRM itself, this book provides students with a thorough grounding in the key approaches to international HRM. Packed with global examples and case studies to support learning, this book explores all aspects of international human resource management from global talent strategy, recruitment and knowledge management to the difference in reward systems across cultures and managing expatriate assignments making it essential reading for students on both CIPD and non-CIPD accredited courses. Supported by 'theory and practice' boxes in every chapter and with reflective activities and learning questions throughout, International Human Resource Management ensures that students without real-world business experience fully understand the main concepts and how they apply in the world of work. This edition now includes new coverage of the impact of the gig economy on international HRM, how technology is impacting HRM across countries and new material on workforce diversity. Online resources include lecture slides and additional case studies.
International Human Resource Management
by
Used by over 25,000 students across 130 countries, this bestselling text, written by leading international experts in each topic, retains its critical edge, academic rigour and breadth of coverage in the new fifth edition. The new edition reflects the contemporary debates and emerging issues in the field of IHRM, supplementing classic theories and models with recent research and international developments. Divided into three parts, the first section looks at the ways of thinking about IHRM theory and practice; the second section deals with multinational companies and how they manage their workforce around the world; the final section looks at both traditional and newer approaches to IHRM policies and practices. A selection of up-to-date examples from across the globe are used to support the text, including Uber's regulatory challenges across Europe, the gig economy, employment rights after Brexit, health insurance for part-timers in the US and EU, attracting and retaining 'millennials', the world's happiest and unhappiest countries, and CSR in Hong Kong. The book is complemented by free online resources for lecturers and students, including PowerPoint slides, additional case studies, SAGE video clips with critical thinking questions, free SAGE journal articles for every chapter, annotated useful weblinks, and suggested answers to self-assessment questions. Suitable reading for upper-undergraduate and masters level students on IHRM modules.
International Human Resource Management
by
I enthusiastically endorse the fourth edition of IHRM. The editors are to be congratulated for recruiting the top-rated authors in this field to contribute to this volume. The chapters are up to date, insightful, and sometimes even provocative. Students, including post-grads and advanced undergraduates, as well as savvy practitioners, will benefit from reading this volume. Neal M. Ashkanasy, Professor of Management, The University of Queensland Anne-Wil Harzing and Ashly Pinnington's bestselling textbook has guided thousands of students through their International Human Resource Management studies. The fourth edition retains the critical edge, academic rigour and breadth of coverage which have established this book as the most authoritative text on the market. The new edition by our international team of experts provides an even more stimulating journey through the core curriculum, contemporary debates and emerging issues in IHRM. New for the fourth edition: Reduced number of chapters to allow for greater depth and an improved structure ensuring fundamental topics underpin your knowledge Expanded coverage of Equality and Diversity, Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustainability and Cross-Cultural Management in line with developments in the field New Stop and Reflect feature provides an opportunity to test your understanding at regular intervals This text comes with access to a companion website containing web links, SAGE journal articles and more.
International Human Resource Management
by
International Human Resource Management offers a contemporary and multilayered introduction to international and comparative human resource management for university study. It critically analyses the core issues and emerging trends in the field, with a consistent emphasis on real-world scenarios and concerns. At the macro level, the book examines how IHRM fits within and adapts to the ever-changing environment of international relations and global development. At the firm level, it elucidates the strategic goals served by IHRM and the processes used to achieve them. At the individual level, the analysis extends beyond the traditional focus on expatriates to encompass the various IHRM actors and their motivations. Each chapter features a case study, tutorial activities and discussion questions. The book concludes with three extended case studies, each based on a specific region, to help students consolidate their understanding.
International human resource management
by
Now in its seventh edition, 'International Human Resource Management' is established as a market leader that caters to students worldwide. This textbook has developed alongside the field - helping to shape what it is today - and remains a leading international human resources management (IHRM) textbook worldwide.
International Human Resource Management
by
An innovative and thought-provoking resource designed to support the study of International and Human Resource Management and Employment Relations. Written by an internationally renowned team of experts and underpinned by cutting-edge research, International Human Resource Management tackles a broad range of controversial and often marginalised issues associated with globalisation and its impact on multinational companies and employees. Prepare to be gripped by fascinating and sometimes shocking revelations about the darker realities of a more globalised context and to emerge fully aware of these issues in the workplace and in employment generally. A truly global range of case studies and examples within the book plus carefully selected journal articles online will further enhance your learning experience and outcomes. Visit the companion website for PowerPoint slides, additional case studies, online journal articles and web links related to topics covered in the book.
International human resource management : policies and practices for multinational enterprises
by
Thoroughly updated and expanded, the fifth edition of International Human Resource Management focuses on international human resource management (IHRM) within multinational enterprises (MNEs). The book has been designed to lead readers through all of the key topics of IHRM in a highly engaging and approachable way. In addition to the key topics and rich pedagogy students have come to expect, chapters have been updated, including an expanded chapter on Comparative and National Culture. Uncovering precisely why IHRM is important for success in international business, and how IHRM policies and practices function within the multinational enterprise, this comprehensive textbook provides an outstanding foundation for understanding the theory and practice of IHRM. It is essential reading for all students, instructors, and IHRM professionals. Instructor resources can be found at http://routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/_author/globalhrm/
Managing a Global Workforce
by
This new edition of Managing a Global Workforce provides balanced and contemporary coverage of human resource management in the international marketplace. Directed at future general managers and international executives, rather than HR specialists, it is designed to help students as well as professionals recognize the critical human resource issues underlying the cultural and economic challenges they face.
Managing Human Resources
by
Learn how today's organizations can most effectively compete through their people with Snell/Morris' market-leading MANAGING HUMAN RESOURCES, 19E. This inviting, practical framework focuses on critical HR issues and practices, examining the impact of the pandemic on HR. More than 500 current, memorable examples from real organizations illustrate key points, while cases connect concepts to current HR practices. Practical content and applications equip you with the tools and understanding to evaluate current HR challenges and opportunities and positively affect change. You learn how HR impacts individuals and organizations as the latest content examines recent developments, such as the impact of data analytics on HR, concerns of Generation Z and millennial employees and the impact of remote work and social media on HR. Learn to think like an effective manager and develop the competencies to succeed in business today. MindTap digital resources further strengthen your skills and understanding.
Resourcing and Talent Management
by
Resourcing and Talent Management provides broad and accessible coverage of key topics such as employment markets, flexibility, fairness, diversity, human resource planning, recruitment, employer branding, retention and retirement. Including in-depth discussion of dismissals and redundancy, this textbook is the essential companion for the CIPD Level 7 Advanced Resourcing and Talent Management module.This fully updated 7th edition of Resourcing and Talent Management includes new information on social media and e-recruitment, additional discussion of flexible working and a brand new chapter on global resourcing. Including new international examples and case studies throughout this is essential reading for all students studying a resourcing, recruitment, selection or talent management module on HR or business masters degree. Online supporting resources for lecturers include an instructor's manual, lecture slides and access to key articles to support the activity boxes in the book. There are also additional web links to support further reading.
The Routledge Companion to International Human Resource Management
by
International human resource management (IHRM) is a key area of research in the sphere of international business and management. Described as a field in its infancy in the 1980s, IHRM has quickly advanced through adolescence and into maturity. Today, it is a vibrant and diverse discipline which boasts a large and active body of researchers across the globe. This volume examines cutting-edge themes, with the input of contributions from both established and emerging scholars. The Routledge Companion to International Human Resource Management gives a state-of-the-art overview of the key themes, topics and debates in the discipline, with valuable insights into directions for future research. Drawing on a large and respected international contributor base and with its focus on mature and emerging markets, this book is an essential resource for researchers, students and IHRM professionals alike.
Strategic HRM
by
The intention behind Strategic HRM: Contemporary Issues in the Asia Pacific Region was to create a unique text in terms of both structure and content that is both useful and appealing to human resource scholars, practitioners and industry leaders. Although there is an increasing amount of literature being published on the topic of strategic human resource management the editors believe that this book contributes a distinctive product to the discipline area. The book takes into account the changes that have been occurring in the global and domestic external environment and the consequent impact on workplaces and role expectations of human resource specialists. Contents include: * Developments in employment relations in the Asia Pacific * Managing globalisation and international HRM * Sustainability and SHRM * The transfer of HRM policies and practices in multinational companies * Work-life management * Managing talent * An ageing workforce * Managing diversity, social inclusion and change in the workplace * Performance management of expatriates in China
Strategic Human Resource Management
by
Strategic Human Resource Management provides practical guidance on putting complex HR strategies into practice. Presenting HRM strategies that have been formulated and developed by practitioners, academics and consultants, it demonstrates how these can be implemented in a real-world context and in-line with business objectives, in order to effect positive and productive change. Substantially updated, this edition includes new material which reflects important developments in HR strategies linked with those issues which affect HRM on a day to day basis including: Human capital management, corporate social responsibility, organization development, engagement and talent management. A new feature, the Strategic HR Toolkit, provides guidance on developing HR strategy through a strategic review.
Strategic Human Resource Management
by
A research-focused introductory text written by a stellar contributor line-up including Linda Holbeche, Stephen Taylor and Jim Stewart. The Second Edition integrates an international perspective using examples and case studies from a broad range of regions and industries including Microsoft, Volkswagen and Rolls-Royce. The 2 new chapters on Culture and Globalisation reflect the contemporary workplace, and the future of HR based on Linda Holbeche's latest research is included in the final chapter.The book is complemented by a companion website featuring a range of tools and resources for lecturers and students, including PowerPoint slides, Testbank, an Instructor's manual, access to SAGE Journal articles and author podcasts.Suitable for upper undergraduate and Masters level strategic HRM modules or HRM modules that have a strategic angle.
International Human Resource Management
International Human Resource Management (IHRM) aims to equip you with knowledge and skills that enable you to meaningfully participate in discourse and decision-making on matters related to the management of the human resource in an international and multi-cultural business environment. The course covers (1) fundamentals of Human Resource Management in consideration of students who might have little or no background in HRM; (2) Essentials of IHRM and current global issues, trends and challenges; and (3) Leading your HR organization in the 21st century, strategically business-wise, and ethically grounded on service.
Essentials of International Human Resource Management
by
Essentials of International Human Resource Management: Managing People Globally, by David C. Thomas and Mila B. Lazarova, provides concise coverage of key HRM concepts, balancing comparative approaches and US and non-US schools of thought. Not limited to the multinational firm, this book reflects the most current knowledge in the field and considers all types of organizations embedded in the global context. Chapter-opening vignettes (short cases) exemplify the chapter's core topics and show readers how chapter content can be applied. Extensive references make it easy for readers to explore concepts in more depth.
The Global Human Resource Management Casebook
by
The third edition of The Global Human Resource Management Casebook provides a wide range of international teaching cases exploring contemporary human resource management (HRM) challenges. Each case focuses primarily on one country and illustrates a critical HRM issue confronting managers and HRM practitioners. This real-world application provides students of HRM with a unique opportunity to examine how key HRM theories and ideas translate into practice. The case studies emphasize the national and cultural contexts of HRM, providing readers with a global understanding of HRM practices like recruitment, reward systems, diversity, and inclusion, as well as recent developments including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, remote working, sustainability, and digital transformation. In this edition, the editors and authors have made significant updates to reflect recent developments in the field and cover a broader range of countries. The authors also delve into new industries including consulting, energy, healthcare, IT, and education. With 31 international cases followed by further reading and learning resources, this extensive collection is an invaluable resource for any student seeking to explore contemporary HRM on a global basis.
The Global Human Resource Management Casebook
by
This casebook is a collection of international teaching cases focusing on contemporary human resource management issues. Each case centers primarily on one country and illustrates a significant challenge faced by managers and HR practitioners, helping students to understand how the issues they learn about in class play out in the real world. The cases emphasize the national and cultural contexts of HR management, providing readers with a global understanding of employee motivation, reward systems, recruitment and selection, career development, and more. In this edition, the editors and authors have made significant updates to reflect recent developments in the field and cover a broader range of countries in Eastern Europe and Africa. The authors also delve into new industries like food service, clothing manufacturing, and transportation as well as IT and academia. Recommendations for further reading and relevant videos provide readers with practical insights into the modern HRM field. With more than 30 cases followed by questions and tasks to encourage reflection, this is a valuable companion for any student of human resource management.
Global Human Resource Management Casebook
by
The Global Human Resource Management Casebookis a collection of business teaching cases, focusing on Human Resource Management issues around the world. Each case is based in a single country and illustrates one or more significant challenge faced by managers and HR practitioners. The influence of the unique national cultural and institutional context upon the issues in the case is emphasized. In total 32 unique and original cases are presented, each from different national contexts. Every case is followed by a set of questions for use in class discussion or private study of the cases. This casebook is a project undertaken by a committee of international members of the Human Resources Division of the Academy of Management (USA). The HR Division currently has over 3500 members worldwide, indicating a significant immediate audience for the text. The committee, referred to as the HR Ambassadors Committee (James Hayton, Chair) is intended to represent the global membership of the organization. We currently have members in over 60 countries, and Ambassadors for over 50 of these. The committee was established to contribute to the internationalization of the HR Division and the Academy of Management by creating collaborative projects that both involve and serve the global membership. This book, which represents the first product of our collaboration, is expected to provide a useful teaching tool for HRM educators, and secondarily is expected to be of use to HR practitioners with an interest in the globalization of HRM.
Human centered organizational culture : global dimensions
by
This book is part of the Human Centered Book Trilogy, the 2021 volumes of the Routledge Human Centered Management HCM Series. HCM books are pioneering transformation from the traditional humans-as-a-resource approach of the industrial past, to the humans at the center management and organizational paradigm of the 21st century. HCM is built on talent and wellbeing of people in the workplace driving work engagement, quality standards, high performance and productivity for long-term organizational sustainability in the global VUCA (volatile, uncertain, complex, ambiguous) environment. This book was carefully crafted by recognized international human centered scholars from four continents. Although all organizations seek to have an optimal culture, unstoppable disruptions in the VUCA environment easily derail even the best efforts. Conventional assumptions of culture as a unifying organizational force are hardly defendable today. HCM maintains that culture is not only about cohesiveness and consensus but effective management of conflict and disagreements continuously testing the capacity of people to work together. This book is about organizational transformation positioning people at the center. Complementary chapters integrate as antidotes to overcome disruptions in the VUCA environment and the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic affecting people and organizations worldwide. This and its two complementary titles Soft Skills for Human Centered Management and Global Sustainability and Sensible Leadership: Human Centered, Insightful and Prudent are timely readings for leaders, managers, researchers, academics, practitioners, students and the general public responsible for organizations across industries and sectors worldwide pursuing quality standards and organizational transformation to attain sustainability.
The Human Side of Management
by
Educational institutions exist to serve the goals of the society and the nation. To attain its goals, the any organization requires human resources in different roles and functions to help achieve its goals (Champoux 2011; Greenberg 2011; Tosi, Rizzo, and Carroll 1986) and the educational institution is not an exception. The educational institutions face competitive environment (Richardson, Nwankwo, & Richardson 1995) in the form of shrinking students' enrollments combined with rising maintenance costs, demographic changes, online competition, burdens of accreditation (Hughes and White 2006), that calls upon the critical role played by leadership in making things happen successfully (Al Matrooshi, Singh, & Farouk, 2016; Al Mehrzi & Singh, 2016; Chaturvedi & Gaur, 2009; Gaur, 2006). The 21st century is an era of knowledge economy characterized by continuous renewal of knowledge and skills of human resources (Bozionelos & Singh, 2017; Gaur, Kumar, & Singh, 2014; Singh & Gaur, 2013) to stay relevant and competitive. It is argued that the role of managers in education institution's innovation processes become critical (Lee & Gaur, 2013; Nuruzzaman, Gaur, & Sambharya, 2018) as the educational institutions face competition for resources (Lorange, 2002) like any other organizations across the industry. At the same time, the extant literature asks organizations to find ways and means to leverage the potential of their human resources towards successful achievement of organizational goals (Al Hosani et al., 2017; Budhwar et al., 2018). Therefore, it comes pertinent for organizations to manage change for growth (Al Ali et al., 2017) so as to stay organic through strong emphasis on their processes, systems, and most importantly through acquiring and retaining talented human resources. It is in this backdrop that the Special Issue (SI) on "The Human side of organization" in International Journal of Educational Management was conceptualized and that was well received as I received 56 paper submissions and 11 best papers after reviews and revisions were found suitable for this SI.
International HRM
by
The book takes a cross-cultural approach to the study and practice of human resource management by examining the contributions of different cultures in interaction and discussing academic issues within the context of actual companies and real cultures. Each chapter provides real-life cases together with sample questions that will help readers to draw conclusions from the cases. Each chapter ends with a section on various management implications, together with a section providing useful pointers for students′ further research. International HRM will be recommended reading on courses in international management, international human resource management and cross-cultural management, for advanced undergraduates, postgraduates and MBA students.
International Human Resource Development
by
Workforce mobility and cultural diversity within contemporary international organizations pose unique challenges for managers and HR professionals. Overcoming the challenges of developing and training such a workforce requires the ability to bridge diverse working, learning and communication styles. In contrast with conventional organizational approaches to international HRD, International Human Resource Development: A Leadership Perspective explores workforce development from a personal perspective, challenging practitioners to develop their own leadership, learning and communication skills. As a point of departure, the book uses a demographic analysis of the workforces of a number of key countries in order to examine cultural implications for training and development, and for best practice. Drawing on a unique anthropological perspective and complete with case studies, exercises and an extensive glossary this text will prove an important resource for students of human resource development, human resource management and international business.
International Human Resource Management
by
The updated sixth edition of International Human Resource Management is an authoritative resource that focuses on international human resource management (IHRM) within multinational enterprises (MNEs). The book includes fifteen chapters with rich pedagogy students have come to expect and is organized into four sections: Strategic Context National and Cultural Context Global Talent Management Role and the Future of IHRM Each chapter has been designed to lead readers through key topics in a highly engaging and approachable way with learning goals, relevant data, exhibits, figures, vignettes, end-of-chapter case studies, discussion questions, up-to-date content, and numerous references. The sixth edition includes discussions on evolving IHRM topics such as international experiences and adult third culture kids, expanded analyses on health and safety statistics and global workforce analytics, as well as updated and revised illustrations, cases, references, and instructor resources. Uncovering precisely why IHRM is essential for success in international business and how IHRM policies and practices function within the multinational enterprise, this comprehensive textbook provides an excellent foundation for understanding the theory and practice of IHRM. It is essential reading for all students, instructors, and IHRM professionals.
International Human Resource Management
by
An innovative and thought-provoking resource designed to support the study of International and Human Resource Management and Employment Relations. Written by an internationally renowned team of experts and underpinned by cutting-edge research, International Human Resource Management tackles a broad range of controversial and often marginalised issues associated with globalisation and its impact on multinational companies and employees. Prepare to be gripped by fascinating and sometimes shocking revelations about the darker realities of a more globalised context and to emerge fully aware of these issues in the workplace and in employment generally. A truly global range of case studies and examples within the book plus carefully selected journal articles online will further enhance your learning experience and outcomes. Visit the companion website for PowerPoint slides, additional case studies, online journal articles and web links related to topics covered in the book.
International Human Resource Management
by
This new textbook provides comprehensive coverage of the key issues facing multinational corporations (MNCs) in their management of human resources across diverse national boundaries. It attempts to answer the question, "Can there be a uniform set of best human resource management (HRM) practices applicable across a spectrum of nations irrespective of cultural and institutional individualities?"The book takes a broad definition of HRM and begins with a summary of key discussions and models in this area before setting them in the international context of the MNC. Adopting an integrated approach, the book covers the theories and practices of international HRM and sets them in context with numerous reference to news stories and case studies developed from the author's own extensive research.The book is student-focussed with strong learning features including learning objectives, chapter summaries, reading lists and an activities section in each chapter.
International Human Resource Management and International Labour Law
by
In globally managed companies International Human Resource Management is more and more understood as coordination instrument, which uses finance oriented instruments as the International Remuneration Management System with stock option programs and the Berlin Human Capital Evaluation Model for the assessment of performance and remuneration of branch managers and leading positions. International staffing decisions are supported by the International Human Resource Controlling and an International Human Resource Information System with the help of web-based tools. These information instruments are necessary for the recruitment of international managerial staff and their delegation in the context of personnel development programs worldwide. In order to avoid mistakes when delegating employees, it is recommendable to point out the social security law, especially pension and health insurance issues to them at an early stage. It will become a standard in International Management to train employees and managerial staff on legal issues on the range of topics of Diversity Management and to sensitize them for European Labour Law and International Law. The delegated person can obtain information on their country of delegation via country profiles and at the same time learn the necessary language skills.
International Human Resource Management in Retrospect and Prospect
by
International human resource management in retrospect and prospect Over the past 20 years both organisations and academics have increasingly explored the ways in which HRM is strategic to business success and, while there have been debates over the meaning of HRM since the term emerged in the mid-1980s, it has become the most influential term referring to the activities of management in the employment relationship (Boxall and Purcell, 2003).Previously published in: Employee Relations, Volume 26, Number 6, 2004
International Project Management, Volume I
by
The book shows the most effective way of balancing the fundamental pillars, assisting the modern day manager by handling a dynamic, constantly adjusting workplace, which easily adapts to all challenges and changes. It was written by an international management professor and technology expert speaking directly to managers and engineers about the four dimensions of international project management; people, value engineering and multinational cooperation. International Project Management will bridge the gap of knowledge and highlight the modern and effective findings related to international project management, value engineering, and multinational cooperation. The author teaches about specifics of international project management and he defines what exactly a project should contain, sharing personal examples as well as models that include all the required steps to reach the set goals. Readers will be able to immediately implement these skills into work, find the motivation to move forward, and have confidence easily manage and complete tasks.
Readings and cases in international human resource management
by
This new edition of Readings and Cases in International Human Resource Management is a classic edited textbook, taking account of recent developments in the international human resources management (IHRM) field, such as the pandemic, the role of diversity, equity, and inclusion, as well as climate change. It includes a range of key readings that are essential for understanding the field and contextualises each one with a selection of real-life case studies that demonstrate their meaning and impact in practice. The book aims to sensitize the reader to the complex human resource issues that exist in the global business environment. To that end, it strives to publish "tried and true" readings and cases that provide stimulating and intellectually challenging material and are written in ways that engage both the student and the instructor. This seventh edition is thoroughly updated to enable students to understand the complexity of human resource issues in the post-pandemic era of global, remote, and technology-mediated working"-- Provided by publisher
Soft Skills for Human Centered Management and Global Sustainability
by
This book is part of the Human Centered Book Trilogy, the 2021 volumes of the Routledge Human Centered Management HCM Series. HCM books are pioneering transformation from the traditional humans-as-a-resource approach of the industrial past, to the humans at the center management and organizational paradigm of the 21st century. HCM is built on the talent and wellbeing of people in the workplace driving work engagement, quality standards, high performance and productivity to attain long-term organizational sustainability in the global VUCA (volatile, uncertain, complex, ambiguous) environment. This book was carefully crafted by recognized international human centered scholars from four continents. Models presented bridge persistent Soft Skills gaps in management and business and particularly between education and the workforce due to excessive testing and hard/technical skills. In contrast with hard skills, Soft Skills are transferable across jobs, industries and applicable to all dimensions of life. Soft Skills are the common language of empathy, collaboration, team building, resilience and agility transforming organizations. Human and social challenges cannot be solved only with hard skills. This is a "must read Soft Skills manual" for survival and success based on attributes all human beings possess but not everybody is optimizing to excel in life and work. This and its two complementary titles Human Centered Organizational Culture: Global Dimensions and Sensible Leadership: Human Centered, Insightful and Prudent are timely readings for leaders, managers, researchers, academics, practitioners, students and the general public responsible for organizations across industries and sectors pursuing quality standards, organizational transformation and sustainability.
Women Leaders
by
Women Leaders - The Power of Working Abroad will benefit those committed to broadening the ranks of leadership and women aspiring to fast track a career. Working and living abroad is the most powerful development approach to diversify talent pipelines to address the swelling talent shortage and leadership crisis. The authors combine their expertise with the advice of women in senior expatriate roles (WiSER) from all corners of the globe to empower women to overcome barriers slowing their career progression. This gives women an edge to succeed in international assignments by decreasing ramp-up time, enabling a smoother work transition, and promoting high performance quickly. This book makes the opportunity to accelerate women into leadership pipelines, by working and living abroad, accessible to all.
This course will enable you to have an overview of the international business law with a concentration on the legal aspects of international business transactions such as import and export trading, transfer and protection of intellectual property rights including franchising licensing agreements, foreign direct investments to include mergers & acquisitions, joint-ventures, share deals and asset deals, international commercial arbitration and other dispute settlements, and multinational corporations.
Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice
by
Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice is the definitive resource for HRM students and professionals, helping readers understand and implement HR to align with business needs.This book provides detailed coverage of all areas essential to the HR function such as employment law, employee relations, learning and development, performance management and reward management. It also covers the HR skills needed to ensure professional success, including leadership, managing conflict, interviewing and using statistics. It is illustrated throughout in full colour and has a range of pedagogical features to consolidate learning such as source review boxes, key learning points and case studies from international organizations such as IBM, HSBC and Johnson and Johnson. This fully updated 16th edition includes new chapters on managing remote workers and developments in digital human resource management practices. There are also updates to reflect the changes throughout the HR function, such as performance leadership, 'smart' reward and employee wellbeing.Armstrong's Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice is suited to both professionals and students of undergraduate and postgraduate degrees. It is also aligned with the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) profession map so can be used by those studying the Associate Level 5 and Advanced Level 7 qualifications. Online supporting resources include comprehensive handbooks for lecturers and students, lecture slides, all figures and tables, toolkits, and a literature review, glossary and bibliography.
Essentials of business law
by
Essentials of Business Law, 10/e is a practical, concise, and broad-based introduction to the vibrant field of business law. Both the traditional areas of law, such as contracts and property, and the emerging areas of law, such as e-commerce and environmental, are covered in short, informative chapters written to capture the essence of each topic. The objective of the text throughout its coverage is ease of use, ease of teaching, ease of assessment, and ease of understanding. It has been developed for those seeking a more fundamental overview of the concepts and principles that are vital to the understanding of business law. With McGraw-Hill Connect, students benefit from SmartBook and additional critical thinking practice.
International business
by
Now in its second edition, and in collaboration with their contributing authors, world renowned academics Peter J. Buckley, Peter Enderwick, and Hinrich Voss draw on their wealth of experience and expertise to present a truly global text on international business
International business
by
International business law : environments and transactions
by
International business law : text, cases, and readings
by
For upper-level undergraduate and MBA students enrolled in an international business law course, this text emphasises the diversity and similarity of how firms are currently regulated and governed around the world.
International Business Law and Its Environment
by
Today, no business is purely domestic. Even the smallest local firms are affected by global competition and world events. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS LAW AND ITS ENVIRONMENT, 10E delivers complete, reader-friendly coverage of the legal implications and ramifications of doing business internationally. You examine the cultural, political, economic, and ethical issues today�s global business managers face. With a focus on trade, the licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment, you examine the three major forms of doing business in a foreign country. Real examples, precedent-setting cases, managerial implications, and ethical considerations show how to apply key principles. From the legal relationship between parties in an international business transaction to managing risk to the special challenges of conducting business in emerging economies, this edition helps you understand the most common practices and critical issues in global business law.
International Business Law and Its Environment
by
Today most people agree that no business is purely domestic and that even the smallest local firms are affected by global competition and world events. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND ITS LEGAL ENVIRONMENT is designed to deliver comprehensive, yet accessible, coverage of the legal implications and ramifications of doing business internationally, along with the related cultural, political, economic, and ethical issues faced by global business managers. Focusing on trade, the licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment, the authors present the three major forms of doing business in a foreign country through real-world examples, precedent-setting cases, managerial implications, and ethical considerations. From the legal relationship between parties in an international business transaction to managing risk to learning the special challenges of doing business in emerging economies, the 9th Edition helps students understand the most common practices and critical issues in global business law.
International human resource management : policies and practices for multinational enterprises
by
The updated sixth edition of International Human Resource Management is an authoritative resource that focuses on international human resource management (IHRM) within multinational enterprises (MNEs). The book includes fifteen chapters with rich pedagogy students have come to expect and is organized into four sections: Strategic Context ; National and Cultural Context ; Global Talent Management Role and the Future of IHRM. Each chapter has been designed to lead readers through key topics in a highly engaging and approachable way with learning goals, relevant data, exhibits, figures, vignettes, end-of-chapter case studies, discussion questions, up-to-date content, and numerous references. The sixth edition includes discussions on evolving IHRM topics such as international experiences and adult third culture kids, expanded analyses on health and safety statistics and global workforce analytics, as well as updated and revised illustrations, cases, references and instructor resources. Uncovering precisely why IHRM is essential for success in international business and how IHRM policies and practices function within the multinational enterprise, this comprehensive textbook provides an excellent foundation for understanding the theory and practice of IHRM. It is essential reading for all students, instructors, and IHRM professionals
International Trade and Business Law Review: Volume XI
by
The International Trade and Business Law Review publishes leading articles, comments and case notes, as well as book reviews dealing with international trade and business law, arbitration law, foreign law and comparative law. It provides the legal and business communities with information, knowledge and understanding of recent developments in international trade, business and international commercial arbitration. The Review contributes in a scholarly way to the discussion of these developments while being informative and having practical relevance to business people and lawyers.nbsp;It also devotes a section to the Willem C. Vis International Commercial Arbitration Moot and publishes the memoranda prepared by teams coached by Professor Gabriël A. Moens. The Review is edited at the Murdoch University School of Law in Perth, Australia. The Editors-in-Chief are Mr Roger Jones, Partner, Latham & Watkins LLP, Chicago and Gabriël A. Moens, Dean and Professor of Law, Murdoch Law School. It is an internationally-refereed journal. The Review is supervised by an international board of editors that consists of leading international trade law practitioners and academics from the European Union, the United States, Asia and Australia. The Student Editors for Volume XI are Adam Totaro and Peter Clay from the Murdoch Law School.
Law and Ethics in Global Business
by
This book provides comprehensive and, above all, business focused guidance on the fundamentals of business law and how they should be integrated into ethical and effective business decisions. It concentrates on legal principles and thereby is able to articulatenbsp;the impact of global business law and its international applicationsnbsp; providing nbsp;a comprehensive overview of the legal and ethical principles which both facilitate and regulate corporate business. This is an ambitious undertaking, yet arguably no more ambitious than the projects undertaken by global business leaders making business decisions around the world. The author combines the expertise of a long-term blue chip law background with the insights of an experienced business educator. Lawnbsp;and Ethics in Global Business is both a comprehensive course book for MBA study and an invaluable business reference source for any executive involved in global business.
Multinational Enterprises and the Law
by
Multinational Enterprises and the Law presents the only comprehensive, contemporary, and interdisciplinary account of the various techniques used to regulate multinational enterprises (MNEs) at the national, regional and multilateral levels. In addition it considers the effects of corporate self-regulation upon the development of the legal order in this area. Split into four parts the book firstly deals with the conceptual basis for MNE regulation, explaining the growth of MNEs, their business and legal forms, the relationship between them and the effects of a globalising economy and society upon the evolution of regulatory agendas in the field. Part II covers the main areas of economic regulation including the limits of national and regional jurisdiction over MNE activities, controls and liberalization of entry and establishment; tax and company, and competition law. Part III introduces the social dimension of MNE regulation covering labour rights, human rights, and environmental issues, and Part IV deals with the contribution of international law and organizations to MNE regulation and to the control of investment risks, covering the main provisions found in international investment agreements and their recent interpretation by international tribunals.
Multinational Human Resource Management and the Law
by
'This volume presents precisely the types of problems facing HR professionals in multinational corporations and reveals the many challenges of bridging across cultures and legal systems.' - Howard Salazar, Manager of HR Operations, Harley-Davidson Motor Company, US 'In aligning human resource management with the legal requirements in different countries, multinational corporations have to simultaneously stay true to their corporate culture and honor the distinct cultures where they do business. This volume provides deep insights for navigating this terrain in the 21st Century.' - Pat Canavan, Senior Vice President for Global Governance, Motorola Corporation (retired), US 'Leading a global HR function requires a deep appreciation of many cultures and laws, which are at the center of this important new book. Organizing the learning around tangible problems is a great approach - valuable for experienced practitioners and newly appointed HR professionals alike.' - Cheri Alexander, Vice President, HR International Operations, General Motors (retired), US Multinational corporations face considerable complexity in setting the terms and conditions of employment. Differing national laws prevent firms from developing consistent sets of employment policies, but, at the same time, employees are often expected to work closely with colleagues located in many different countries and seek comparable treatment. This critical volume offers a comprehensive analysis of how these contradictory issues are dealt with in five countries - Australia, Brazil, Germany, Japan and the United States. The authors identify six key areas that present the most typical challenges: employee voice (unionization and works councils), discrimination, privacy, wrongful dismissal, compensation and benefits administration, and global supply chain and labor standards. Working within these broad categories, legal experts from each country offer a detailed breakdown of twenty commonly confronted human resource problems and the ways in which national laws affect their solutions. Using a unique combination of primary sources, discussion questions and expert analyses, this pioneering volume provides readers with a new and intensive picture of human resource management across the world. Human resources managers and other practitioners will find this book an indispensable resource. The structure and approach make it an ideal classroom text for students of business and management, labor law and other related fields. Instructors from other than the five countries can easily supplement analysis of the problems by reference to their domestic systems, which gives this work added flexibility and relevance.
Multinationals and Corporate Social Responsibility
by
The 'corporate social responsibility' ('CSR') movement has been described as one of the most important social movements of our time. This book looks at what the CSR movement means for multinationals, for states and for international law. International law is often criticized for being too 'state-centred', and ill-equipped to deal with the challenges of globalization. However, drawing from many and varied examples of state, NGO and corporate practice, this 2006 book argues that, while international law has its limitations, it presents more opportunities for the CSR regulation of multinationals than many people assume. The main obstacles to better regulation are, therefore, not legal, but political.
This course will enable you to have an overview of the international business law with a concentration on the legal aspects of international business transactions such as import and export trading, transfer and protection of intellectual property rights including franchising licensing agreements, foreign direct investments to include mergers & acquisitions, joint-ventures, share deals and asset deals, international commercial arbitration and other dispute settlements, and multinational corporations.
Big data in context : legal, social and technological insights
by
Offers an interdisciplinary perspective, combining legal, economic and sociological aspects. Pursues an introductory approach, highlighting the most relevant big data topics in brief. Addresses both theoretical and practical aspects.
Blockchain and private international law
by
Blockchain is the first global mechanism for the transfer and storage of value. Despite being conceived as an alternative to state and law, the technology and its use cases raise many legal questions, most notably, regarding jurisdiction and applicable law with respect to transactions and assets recorded on the blockchain. The issue is complex given the decentralised nature of the network. In this volume, academics and practitioners from various countries try to provide detailed answers to these questions as they relate to stablecoins, crypto-assets, crypto derivatives, Central Bank Digital Currencies, and Decentralised Autonomous Organisations (DAOs), as well as specific transactions and issues, such as property rights and bankruptcy. With specific chapters on national approaches (Germany, Japan, Liechtenstein, Switzerland, United States), the volume explores the need and possibility for legal harmonisation of these issues through global fora, such as the Hague Conference on Private International Law (HCCH)"-- Provided by the publisher
Corporate environmental accountability in international law
by
This fully updated second edition of Corporate Accountability in International Environmental Law examines systematically all international sources of corporate accountability standards with specific reference to environmental protection, and elaborates on their theoretical and practical implications for international environmental law.
General principles of law and international investment arbitration
by
In General Principles of Law in Investment Arbitration, the authors address selected general principles of law, assessing their functions in investment arbitration. The resulting picture is that of a lively source that escapes doctrinal straitjackets and maintains its relevance.
The ILO @ 100 : addressing the past and future of work and social protection
by
On the occasion of the centenary of the International Labour Organization (ILO), this 11th special issue of International Development Policy explores the Organization's capacity for action, its effectiveness and its ability to adapt and innovate. The collection of thirteen articles, written by authors from around the world, covers three broad areas: the ILO's historic context and contemporary challenges; approaches and results in relation to labour and social protection; and the changes shaping the future of work. The articles highlight the progress and gaps to date, as well as the context and constraints faced by the ILO in its efforts to respond to the new dilemmas and challenges of the fourth industrial revolution, with regard to labour and social protection. Contributors are Juliette Alenda-Demoutiez, Abena Asomaning Antwi, Zrampieu Sarah Ba, Stefano Bellucci, Thomas Biersteker, Filipe Calvão, Gilles Carbonnier, Nancy Coulson, Antonio Donini, Christophe Gironde, Karl Hanson, Mavis Hermanus, Velibor Jakovleski, Scott Jerbi, Sandrine Kott, Marieke Louis, Elvire Mendo, Eric Otenyo, Agnès Parent-Thirion, Sizwe Phakathi, Paul Stewart, Kaveri Thara, Edward van Daalen, Kees van der Ree, Patricia Vendramin, Christine Verschuur.
Imposing standards : the north-south dimension to global tax politics
by
"International taxation rules allow Apple, Starbucks, and Nike to avoid billions of dollars of taxes. News stories have focused on tax dodging in developed countries, but developing countries lose at least $200 billion per year in tax revenue. In the Global South, an international tax regime designed by the states of multi-national corporations limits the local ability to raise sorely needed tax revenue from foreign investors. How did developing countries give up their right to tax foreign companies? Martin Hearson charts their assimilation into an OECD-led regime from independence through to the present day."-- Provided by publisher.
International Arbitration and Corporate Law
by
This book is an updated edition of Benoit Le Bars' book "Pratique du droit des societs en droit de l'OHADA." The OHADA treaty (Organisation pour l'Harmonisation en Afrique du Droit des Affaires / Organization for the Harmonization of Business Law in Africa) covers 17 African States - mostly former French colonies from West and Central Africa - that largely followed the French legal model. The book is a welcome addition for non-French speakers interested in arbitration and corporate law in the OHADA countries. It will be of particular interest to readers from the English common law background and those who seek to understand the legal system in the OHADA countries in a more detailed and practical way. It will also appeal to investors, attorneys, and law students interested in the subject.
The International Business Environment
by
Managers and executives who work in international trade and foreign direct investment are acutely aware of the importance of the governmental, intergovernmental, and systemic factors that regulate, facilitate, and/or complicate the conduct of international business (IB). But most managers and executives have limited or no expertise in these factors
International Commercial Arbitration
by
Arbitration clauses in international commercial contracts are often reused from existing contracts. By so doing, the parties choose to apply, for example, either ad hoc or institutional arbitration and the UNCITRAL, ICC, LCIA, SCC, Swiss or other arbitration rules without necessarily being aware of the consequences. Moreover, parties often assume that an arbitration clause has the effect of excluding any kind of interference from a court of law and of rendering any but the chosen law redundant. This book highlights the specific features of various forms of arbitration and enables lawyers to make informed choices when drafting arbitration clauses. Chapters explain the framework for arbitration, its relationship with national law, and the features of the main arbitration institutions in Europe. The book also highlights new trends in other parts of the world that may have repercussions on the theory of international arbitration.
International Human Resource Management
by
The updated sixth edition of International Human Resource Management is an authoritative resource that focuses on international human resource management (IHRM) within multinational enterprises (MNEs). The book includes fifteen chapters with rich pedagogy students have come to expect and is organized into four sections: Strategic Context National and Cultural Context Global Talent Management Role and the Future of IHRM Each chapter has been designed to lead readers through key topics in a highly engaging and approachable way with learning goals, relevant data, exhibits, figures, vignettes, end-of-chapter case studies, discussion questions, up-to-date content, and numerous references. The sixth edition includes discussions on evolving IHRM topics such as international experiences and adult third culture kids, expanded analyses on health and safety statistics and global workforce analytics, as well as updated and revised illustrations, cases, references, and instructor resources. Uncovering precisely why IHRM is essential for success in international business and how IHRM policies and practices function within the multinational enterprise, this comprehensive textbook provides an excellent foundation for understanding the theory and practice of IHRM. It is essential reading for all students, instructors, and IHRM professionals.
International Human Resource Management and International Labour Law
by
In globally managed companies International Human Resource Management is more and more understood as coordination instrument, which uses finance oriented instruments as the International Remuneration Management System with stock option programs and the Berlin Human Capital Evaluation Model for the assessment of performance and remuneration of branch managers and leading positions. International staffing decisions are supported by the International Human Resource Controlling and an International Human Resource Information System with the help of web-based tools. These information instruments are necessary for the recruitment of international managerial staff and their delegation in the context of personnel development programs worldwide. In order to avoid mistakes when delegating employees, it is recommendable to point out the social security law, especially pension and health insurance issues to them at an early stage. It will become a standard in International Management to train employees and managerial staff on legal issues on the range of topics of Diversity Management and to sensitize them for European Labour Law and International Law. The delegated person can obtain information on their country of delegation via country profiles and at the same time learn the necessary language skills.
International Taxation
by
Whether your organization is contemplating a global move or is already involved in international business, you need to know about the activities that create multi-jurisdictional tax exposure and the required tax reporting for each relevant jurisdiction. Information is provided for Tax Reform and the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, this guide covers international tax terminology and regulations that apply to a U.S. entity involved in global operations, or for a foreign entity doing business in the United States. Key topics include: Export income Receipts in foreign currency Allocation and apportionment of deductions U.S. foreign tax credit fundamentals and special rules Initiation of foreign operations Foreign branches and affiliated companies Sale of use of tangible property Foreign business operations in the United States Foreign business sales of tangible property in the United States Foreign business provision of services in the United States Exploitation of business assets outside of the United States Use of foreign tangible/intangible property in the United States U.S. withholding taxes on foreign businesses FDII GILTI
Investor - State Arbitration and Human Rights
by
In Investor - state arbitration and human rights Filip Balcerzak examines the interrelations between human rights and international investment law. The work discusses whether, and how, human rights arguments may be presented in the course of arbitral proceedings based on investment treaties. The work identifies three model situations, derived from existing arbitral jurisprudence, which provide the backdrop and methodological tool underpinning the book's legal analysis. The work considers the perspectives of both host states and investors and analyzes all stages of arbitral proceedings - jurisdiction, admissibility, merits, compensation and costs - to determine the potential impact of human rights on the outcome of proceedings.
A Multilateral Instrument for Updating the Tax Treaty Network
by
The Multilateral Instrument is, and will continue to be, highly important in international tax law. It will modify over 1,200 tax treaties, with the purpose of coordinating the implementation of international tax rules to avoid base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) and reducing the negative effects of harmful tax competition among states. Through the Multilateral Instrument, its parties can incorporate into their tax treaty network the rules resulting from the OECD BEPS Project, addressing hybrid mismatch arrangements, the abuse of treaties and the artificial avoidance of permanent establishment status, as well as rules for improving dispute resolution mechanisms, including mandatory binding arbitration. Although the Multilateral Instrument has spared states the monumental effort that otherwise would have been required to renegotiate their tax treaties in a coordinated and timely manner, it is a complex treaty that has led to uncertainty. The book provides a precise and in-depth analysis of the Multilateral Instrument from a public international law and tax law perspective, to systematically answer the questions that the tax community has raised regarding this convention. In particular, the book analyses how the Multilateral Instrument works, how the Multilateral Instrument impacts tax treaties and to what extent the parties and signatories have committed themselves to implementing the uniform tax treaty-related BEPS measures through the Multilateral Instrument. For this analysis, the book touches upon each of the essential elements of the Multilateral Instrument and considers the options available to the treaty makers in designing the convention, as well as the positions notified to the depositary by the parties and signatories. The book thus provides a unique contribution to an understanding of the Multilateral Instrument, which will be of relevance for academics, practitioners (including the business community and advisory firms), officials of international organizations, government officials and tax judges interested in international taxation.
Read Online Download Book Add to Bookshelf Share Link to Book Cite Book Roy Rohatgi on International Taxation : Volume 1: Principles
by
Roy Rohatgi on International Taxation is an introductory text for practitioners and students of international tax law. For many years, this two-volume title has enjoyed a reputation as one of the leading handbooks in this complex area of taxation.With the latest rewrite of this seminal work, the authors provide in-depth treatment of the key topics in international tax, building up from detailed explanation of the basic concepts, all the way to solid analysis of the complex transactional issues.Volume 1, Principles, lays the foundation for this two-volume set. It examines international taxation through the prism of domestic law, explaining the conflicts of laws that give rise to issues seeking resolution in the international arena. This volume also introduces the reader to the world of tax treaties, crucially focusing on income and capital tax treaties, as well as on the main treaties that concern the administration and collection of taxes in the international sphere.In its analysis of income and capital tax treaties, this book takes the OECD Model Convention as the starting point and enriches the discussion with examples from real-life treaties, as well as by contrasting provisions from other Model treaties. The book is rounded out by a generous analysis of jurisprudence from all over the world. What the reader gets is a thoroughly researched handbook, explaining the key principles of international taxation, buttressed with real-world practice and written with practical application in mind.This volume is one of the first authoritative works to include analysis of the provisions of the updated OECD Model Convention (2017) and UN Model Convention (2017).With contributions by Sophia Akhtar, Vanessa Arruda Ferreira, Victor Chew, Wooje Choi, Giulia Gallo, Francesco De Lillo, Neha Mohan, Belema Obuoforibo, Ola Ostaszewska, Rachel Saw and Ruxandra Vlasceanu.
Roy Rohatgi on international taxation. Volume 1, Principles
by
With its practical approach, this book looks at the key principles of international taxation, from explaining the basic concepts to analysing complex transactional issues.
Special Tax Zones in the Era of International Tax Coordination
by
This book provides a comprehensive analysis of special tax zones, addressing their issues from the perspectives of comparative, international and European tax law.
Transactional Adjustments in Transfer Pricing
by
This book examines whether, and to what extent, transactional adjustments may be applied within transfer pricing, i.e. whether it is possible to alter conditions and circumstances (other than prices or margins) of transactions conducted between related parties. In the context of the comparability analysis demanded by transfer pricing rules, the conditions and circumstances of controlled transactions normally serve to define the magnitude of its identity with an uncontrolled comparable reference, to determine if primary adjustments on profits need to be implemented. Nevertheless, it is relevant to question whether these very factors could also be subject to adjustments, since altering the features of controlled transactions, such as the attribution of risks, the reallocation of intangible assets or even the entire disregarding of a loan transaction, will undoubtedly have an impact on the profits of the assessed entity. In this book, it is shown that transactional adjustments are not only possible but also inherent to the arm's length principle. However, a clear and precise delineation of stringent boundaries, both in the scope and the manner in which adjustments are to be applied, is essential to mitigate undue discretion. Through the examination of such limits, defined in accordance with the arm's length principle, a model on the enforcement of transactional adjustments is proposed. This model is of interest not only for determining the proper implementation of the referred adjustments, but also to duly assess the appropriateness of their treatment in different frameworks, ranging from parameters defined in the Transfer Pricing Guidelines and BEPS Actions referring to transfer pricing, to domestic transfer pricing rules and court decisions. Furthermore, the impact of transactional adjustments on specific scenarios that practitioners, tax administrations and courts have to face regularly within the realm of transfer pricing is thoroughly examined - namely, on the distribution of risks, the attribution of profits generated by intangible assets, the assessment of hard-to-value intangibles, business restructurings and cost sharing agreements.
Urbanizing the Regional Sector to Strengthen Economy and Business to Recover from Recession
by
This pandemic does not only affect health aspects but also economic aspects. The world today faces a recession resulting from the covid-19 pandemic. Indonesia's economy continues to lead to a recovery, although not very significant. The current government continues to make various recovery efforts. One of the flagship programs includes encouraging and strengthening support for social protection and increasing the purchasing power of households as well as various business sectors, including small and medium-sized micro enterprises (MSMEs). This condition urges the world to create new breakthroughs to rise from this adversity. Academicians and practitioners need to work together to find the necessary solutions and developments. Surely, it will contribute to solve the problems in society by interdisciplinary cooperation. This collaboration will create innovations in science and technology especially business and economic field. This book includes in-depth discussions between academicians and practitioners, especially on how to strengthen the regional sectors to be the strong pillars of the country's economy. Interestingly, various methods are used to observe the problems, to explore the solutions, and to develop the innovation. This book will be of interest to students, scholars, and practitioners of social empowerment, governance, and other related stakeholders.
This course will equip you with the tools to explore, understand and explain marketing practices in a global environment. You will learn the scope and challenges faced in international marketing, the dynamic environment of international trade, the culture, political, legal, and business systems of global markets, the global market opportunities and the ways to develop global marketing strategies. You will also learn to apply a formal framework of decision-making based on recent developments in the field of International Marketing through the group project and case studies.
Global Marketing
by
This new textbook introduces students to the essential concepts, theories and perspectives of Global Marketing and these are supported by real-world case studies from North America, Europe and the emerging markets of China, India and Latin America. These emerging markets are given balanced coverage alongside developed markets and the text also includes a dedicated chapter on emerging markets multinationals. Practical in its orientation, the text equips students with the tools needed to make strategic marketing decisions and find solutions in a global business environment. Key features include: A full-colour text design with photos to help bring the content to life and enhance students′ learning ′Spotlight on Research' and 'Expand Your Knowledge', introducing students to some of the seminal scholarly research undertaken in the field ′Real World Challenges' offering additional engaging practice-led examples to Case Studies in chapters and providing a scenario for students to analyse and reflect upon via questions A companion website (https://study.sagepub.com/farrell) offering a range of instructor and student support materials including PowerPoint slides, a testbank for instructors and quizzes for students
Global Marketing
by
The excitement, challenges, and controversies of global marketing. Global Marketing reflects current issues and events while offering conceptual and analytical tools that will help readers apply the 4Ps to global marketing. The seventh edition examines the effect of the global financial crisis on global marketing strategy.
Global Marketing
by
This textbook introduces students to the important concepts of global marketing today, and their managerial implications. Designed to be shorter than many other textbooks, Global Marketing focuses on getting to the point faster. Increasingly, marketing activities must be integrated at a global level. Yet, the enduring influence of culture requires marketers to adapt local strategies in light of cultural differences. Global Marketing takes a similar strategic approach, recognizing the need to address both the forces of globalization and those of localization. Other key features include: Coverage of often overlooked topics, such as the competitive rise of China's state-owned enterprises; the importance of diasporas as target markets; and the emerging threat to legitimate marketers from transnational criminal organizations A chapter dedicated to understanding global and local competitors, setting the stage for ongoing discussion of both buyers and competitors in an increasingly competitive global marketplace Extensive real-life examples and cases from developed and emerging markets, including insights into the often-overlooked markets of Africa, Latin America, and the Middle East Written in a student-friendly style, previous editions have received praise from both students and instructors. This edition continues to build on this strong foundation, making this the book of choice for students of global marketing classes.
Global Marketing and Advertising
by
Packed with cultural, company, and country examples, this book offers a mix of theory and practical applications covering globalization, global branding strategies, classification models of culture, and the consequences of culture for all aspects of marketing communications. The author helps define cross cultural segments to better target consumers across cultures and features content on how culture affects strategic issues, such as the company′s mission statement, brand positioning strategy, and marketing communications strategy. It also demonstrates the centrality of value paradoxes to cross cultural marketing communications, and uses the Hofstede model to help readers see how their understanding of cultural relationships in one country/region can be extended to other countries/regions.Updates to the new edition include: Up-to-date research on new topics, including: culture and the media, culture and the Internet, and a more profound comparison of the different cultural models. More examples from major regions and countries from around the world Broader background theory on usage differences of new digital media and extensive coverage of consumer behaviour A range of online instructor resources complement the book, including chapter-specific PowerPoint slides, downloadable advertising images from the book, chapter-specific questions and key points, and video examples of advertising from around the world.
Handbook on the EU and International Trade
by
The legal, political and economic rationales that underpin trade policy are reflected in the establishment and implementation of EU trade relations with the rest of the world. This comprehensive Handbook provides readers with a multidisciplinary overview of the major perspectives, actors and challenges in contemporary EU trade relations. Changes in institutional dynamics, Brexit, the politicisation of trade, competing foreign policy agendas, and adaptation to trade patterns of value chains and the digital and knowledge economy are reshaping the European Union's trade policy. The authors tackle how these challenges frame the aims, processes and effectiveness of trade policy making in the context of the EU trade relations with developed, developing and emerging states in the global economy. This Handbook presents students and practitioners with an accessible introduction to the policy processes in the EU?'s trade policy. Policy-makers, especially those outside of the EU, will also gain key knowledge regarding the trade policies of the EU by reading this. Contributors include:J. Adriaensen, L. Choukrounel, P. De Lombaerde, F. De Ville, M. Eagleton-Pierce, J. Eckhardt, M. Filadoro Alikhanoff, C. Gammage, M.J. Garcia, T. Heron, W.A. Kerr, S. Khorana, L. Kühnhardt, D. Martens, P. Murray-Evans, L. Nilsson, J. Orbie, L. Perdikis, N. Perdikis, G. Rósen, G. Siles-Brügge, A. Smith, M. Smith, N.R. Smith, M. Shu, L. van der Putte, S. Velluti, W.G. Voss
International marketing
by
This introduction to international marketing reflects the most recent developments in today's dynamic business environment. Contemporary, engaging, and accessible, it is essential reading for the aspiring practitioner.
International Marketing
by
This edition contains an increase in coverage of technologys impact on the international market arena and a more comprehensive website listing, helping to provide updates to text content in this continually changing field.
International marketing
by
This third Asia Pacific edition of International Marketing continues to offer up-to-date examples from Australia, New Zealand and throughout the Asia Pacific region alongside an international perspective to provide a truly global context.
International marketing
by
International Marketing
by
Examine today's best practices and key issues impacting international marketing with the best-selling, upper-level international marketing text -- Czinkota/Ronkainen/Cui's INTERNATIONAL MARKETING, 11E. This innovative resource offers cutting-edge international marketing strategies and guidelines using the latest examples. You explore the range of international marketing topics, from start-up operations and new market entry considerations to key international issues confronting today's giant global marketers. Updates address international e-commerce and technology as well as the impact of culture and government on marketing throughout the world. Case studies highlight the latest marketing practices in real organizations, while Internet exercises focus on online opportunities. This in-depth coverage prepares you for success in today's international business world, whether you are an upcoming international marketer or practicing executive.
International Marketing
by
Pioneers in the field, Cateora, Gilly, and Graham continue to set the standard in this 18th edition of International Marketing with their well-rounded perspective of international markets that encompass history, geography, language, and religion as well as economics, which helps students see the cultural and environmental uniqueness of any nation or region. The dynamic nature of the international marketplace is reflected in the number of substantially improved and expanded topics in this 18th, including the following over 100 new academic articles and their findings. All data, text, photos and images have been updated for currency, as has the corresponding content within McGraw-Hill Education's Connect with adaptive SmartBook. Additional updates include: NEW Cases: New cases accompany the 18e, enlivening the material in the book and class discussions while broadening a student's critical thinking skills. These cases bring forth many of the topics discussed in the chapters and demonstrate how these concepts are dealt with in the real world. These cases can be assigned in Connect and SmartBook. Optionally, a case booklet can be create using McGraw-Hill CREATE. Crossing Borders Boxes: These invaluable boxes offer anecdotal company examples. These entertaining examples are designed to encourage critical thinking and guide students through topics ranging from ethical to cultural to global issues facing marketers today. 4-Color Design: New color maps and exhibits allow for improved pedagogy and a clearer presentation of international symbols and cultural meanings in marketing and advertising. In addition, photos that depend on full color for maximum impact easily bring many global examples to life.
International Marketing
by
Now in its second edition, International Marketing continues to provide its trademark integrated approach that explores marketing concepts in depth within a truly international context. The authors discuss five key factors that impact any international marketing venture - culture, language, political/legal systems, economic systems, and technological differences - in relation to the core marketing concepts of markets, products, pricing, distribution (place), and promotion. The book also covers sustainability and bottom-of-the-pyramid issues within each chapter with rich illustrations and examples from both multinational companies and smaller local concerns. New to the second edition: More global focus through new examples, case studies and the experience brought by new co-author, Barbara Czarnecka Brand new chapter on Culture & Cross-Cultural Marketing, including political unrest and the recent return to nationalism (e.g. Brexit and the Trump presidency) and further coverage of developing countries New coverage of digital advances and social media marketing Updated theory and methods, including Service Dominant Logic (S-DL), Consumer Culture Theory (CCT), and Netnography Additional videos supplementing the comprehensive online resource package for students and lecturers A wealth of online resources complement this book. These include a test bank of 50-65 questions per chapter, PowerPoint slides, sample syllabi, interactive maps, country fact sheets, flashcards, SAGE journal articles, and guidelines for developing a marketing plan.
International marketing
by
International marketing : strategy development and implementation
by
Expanding an organisation internationally presents both opportunities and challenges as marketing departments seek to understand different buying behaviours, power relations, preferences, loyalties and norms. International Marketing offers a uniquely adaptable strategy framework for firms of all sizes that are looking to internationalise their business, using Carl Arthur Solberg's tried and tested Nine Strategic Windows model. Compact and readable, this practical text offers the reader insights into: The globalisation phenomenon Partner relations And Strategic positioning in international markets. Solberg has also created a brand new companion website for the text, replete with additional materials and instructor resources. This functional study, complete with case studies that demonstrate how the theory translates to practice, is an ideal introduction to international marketing for advanced undergraduates and postgraduates in business and management. It also offers a pragmatic toolkit for managers and marketers that are seeking to expand their business into new territories.
International marketing strategy : analysis, development and implementation
by
Major global events such as the COVID-19 pandemic and the UN Sustainable Development Goals have changed the business landscape with significant consequences for trade. Understanding such environmental issues, politics, economics and more, is critical in international marketing strategy. Fully updated and revised, the ninth edition of this popular text reflects the changing focus of international marketing and ensures students are fully up-to-date with the challenges posed by new patterns of development in global markets. It provides accessible content from around the world including newly emerging economies as well as explaining increasingly global risks and the role of digital developments. An exciting range of features including Management Challenges, Illustrations and contemporary case studies guide students through the complexities of international marketing as it responds to a rapidly changing environment.
International Perspectives of Marketing Theory
by
This four-volume major work brings together the key articles on marketing theory, with a distinctive focus on international developments in the field. In the past few years, the theoretical and conceptual basis of the discipline has been scrutinised and deepened via exposure to alternative ways of understanding marketing and consumer practice. This has occurred as a result of some truly exemplary research being conducted outside of marketing′s traditional empirical context; the United States. This major work seeks to engage with this rather underexplored dimension of marketing theory, taking in literature which, for example, situates contemporary business marketing practices in a global context by comparing the systems in West Africa, Argentina, and the United States, while other contributions explore Chinese, Russian and West European practices. This comprehensive, global approach to the topic makes for an invaluable resource for scholars in the field worldwide. Volume One: Performing Marketing Volume Two: Managing Marketplace Relations Volume Three: The Boundaries of Marketing and Consumer Practice Volume Four: Transforming Marketing, Consumer and Society Dynamics
International Trade and Labor Markets
by
This volume collects theoretical papers on the labor market effects of international trade that Udo Kreickemeier has published, together with different co-authors, over the past decade. Many contributions contained in this volume feature labor market imperfections that give rise to involuntary unemployment, and in those contributions, the question of how trade affects aggregate employment typically takes center stage in the analysis. Another recurring theme in many papers is the link between international trade and the income distribution within countries. The channels explored in the different papers include union wage premia, exporter wage premia due to firm-level rent sharing, and ability premia to entrepreneurs that are able to capitalize on their high productivity in global markets.
International Trade in Goods
by
For a couple of years, more and more micro-econometric studies in international trade use data on exports and imports on goods that are based on transaction level data collected by the customs. These data cover detailed information on the goods traded, its value, its weight, and the country of destination (for exports) or origin (for imports). In contrast to data from surveys of firms that were used in empirical studies in the past, these data do not only focus on 'who trades and how much', but also on 'who trades how much of which goods of which value and which weight with firms from which countries'. These transaction data have been used in empirical studies that shed light on various aspects of trade in goods for the first time. This book contains a comprehensive survey of the international literature and selected studies that report results for Germany, the third largest exporter and importer of goods in the world market.
This course will equip you with the tools to explore, understand and explain marketing practices in a global environment. You will learn the scope and challenges faced in international marketing, the dynamic environment of international trade, the culture, political, legal, and business systems of global markets, the global market opportunities and the ways to develop global marketing strategies. You will also learn to apply a formal framework of decision-making based on recent developments in the field of International Marketing through the group project and case studies.
Cause-Related Marketing in International Business What Works and What Doesn't?
by
The purpose of this ebook is to investigate the irrevocable role of cause-related marketing (CRM)and its research imperative, exploring its contemporary insights in and across international markets, towardscholarly and executive application.
Economic Transition and International Business
by
Economic Transition and International Business brings together academic experts in International Business and sheds new light on the international phenomenon of transitions in the worldwide economy. It includes both academic investigations as well as in-depth empirical studies. The purpose of the book is to investigate how international transitions reshape the environment, as they reallocate and renew activities, and create new strategies for actors and stakeholders. It provides essential insights into a number of contextual changes that organisations are facing internationally, and is structured around three complementary themes. In the first part, recent economic and financial crises are analysed and presented as revealing transitions for the business world. In the second part, the impact of these transitions is assessed at the level of various key economic players in today's societies (states, business networks, companies, associations, etc.). In the third part, certain decision-making and managerial transitions are retained to illustrate the new deal linked to international transitions. This book is recommended reading for scholars and students in management and economics, as well as international business managers. They will find insightful information, either theoretical or practical, including various countries impacted by socio-economic transitions.
Entrepreneurship in International Marketing
by
"The latest volume in the Advances in International Marketing series is a fresh addition to the international marketing literature, expanding the current knowledge in several significant ways. Divided in to two sections, the first part of Vol. 25 addresses important issues concerning entrepreneurship in the international market. Pulling together papers authored by well-known scholars they look at issues such as born-global firms' evolution, market orientation, alliance capabilities, customer orientation, and performance in the global market. Collectively, these papers shed significant new light on the role of entrepreneurship in born-global firms and exporting firms. The second part of Entrepreneurship in International Marketing brings together a collection of papers dealing with contemporary international marketing issues, including the conceptual domain of international marketing, global brands and luxury brands in emerging markets, international retail supply chains, and exit behaviour of FDI firms."
Exporting : key considerations for international business growth : products, communication, brands, trade shows, channels, culture, and cash
by
This book equips readers to optimize genuine export opportunities. Globalization or international development is more vital than ever for business survival, let alone growth. This book equips readers to optimize genuine export opportunities. It addresses the fears and risks associated with exporting and reassures readers that international growth is available to any business that conducts in-depth research, adopts the right attitude, and develops a comprehensive strategy. Readers are challenged to consider seven key business considerations facing them when seeking success in export markets: product and service adaptation, comprehensive communication, portable protected branding, high-performance tradeshows, optimized go-to-market channels, fit-for-purpose internal organization, and controlled effective cashflow. This concise book serves time-starved small to medium enterprise (SME) entrepreneurs, owners, and directors in any industry anywhere in the world who seek international or global development and those studying or teaching international business.
A glass half full : the promise of regional trade in South Asia
by
Trade has played a critical role in global poverty reduction. In harnessing the potential of trade, some of the most successful countries have developed strong trade relationships with their neighbors. However, many South Asian countries have trade regimes that often offset the positive impact of geography and proximity. This report documents systematically the gaps between current and potential trade in South Asia and addresses important specific barriers that have held trade back. These barriers include tariffs and paratariffs, real and perceived nontariff barriers, connectivity costs, and the broader trust deficit. This policy-focused report unpacks these critical barriers to effective trade integration in South Asia through four in-depth studies that produce new, detailed, on-the-ground knowledge. Three of the studies are based on extensive stakeholder consultations. Two also rely on tailored surveys. The fourth study, on tariffs, benefits from new data on paratariffs. The report also marshals new evidence showing how trading regimes in South Asia discriminate against each other. Given the South Asian context, incremental, yet concrete steps aimed at tapping the potential of deeper integration are appropriate. The report has been drafted in this spirit. It offers precise, actionable policy recommendations that could help achieve measurable progress in key areas of trade and integration that would be to the advantage of all countries in the region.
Global value chains, international trade, and markets : the role of emerging economies
by
This IJoEM ebook highlights research papers in three research themes (identified above) that contribute to an improved understanding of GVCs and GVC related factors that pivots on inventive process, transformative models, institutional theory, GVC configurations, and cross-cultural collaborative strategies.
International Marketing (RLE International Business)
by
This book is a basic text for international marketing courses. It introduces the different elements of the international marketing mix and sets these in context. It discusses the firm's strategic position: how it is orientated at present to take advantage of international marketing opportunities and how its strategy is developing. It: Stresses the wide differences between different overseas markets and the importance of handling sensitively particular local features. Examines the need to structure the whole business organisation in the right way and make international marketing effective Discusses the importance of communication and control Throughout case studies are used to highlight particular issues.
International marketing : theory and practice from developing countries
by
This volume offers an excellent understanding of international marketing theory and practice within a constantly-changing and increasingly-complex global environment, with greater emphasis on developing countries. Designed for academics, researchers, students, practitioners, and policy-makers in the fields of international marketing, international business, and international trade, the book provides in-depth knowledge and understanding of contemporary theories and their applications in international marketing functions and practices. It exposes the readers to the global environmental forces.
International Marketing Agility
by
This ebooks contains papers related to International Marketing Agility.
International Marketing Strategies of Emerging Market Firms
by
The main objectives of this special issue are to: (1) publish scholarly works that extend knowledge on the drivers, consequences and boundary conditions of international marketing strategies employed by emerging market firms of all sizes and types; and (2) advance a narrative for future research on emerging market firms' international marketing activities. This introduction to the special issue provides a review of the extant literature on the international marketing strategy of emerging market firms, focusing on summarizing key empirical contributions on the topic over the last three decades. Subsequently, we discuss how each article included in this special issue helps advance our agenda to develop scholarly knowledge on emerging market firms' international marketing strategy.
Multicultural marketplaces : new territory for international marketing and cross-cultural consumer research
by
This special issue is dedicated to the memory of Susan P. Douglas, whose pioneering work on multicultural dynamics in international marketing has inspired many other scholars including this issue’s guest editors, to develop further research in this area.
The New Silk Road Leads Through the Arab Peninsula
by
Building on the tradition, promises and advances brought by the historical Silk Road, the Belt and Road Initiative launched by Chinese authorities in 2013 has the potential to re-draw the map of checks and balances in the global economy. The New Silk Road leads through the Arab Peninsula: Mastering Global Business and Innovation offers an in-depth inquiry into the origins, implications, opportunities and synergies that China's Belt and Road Initiative creates for stakeholders in both Asia and the Arab World. Acclaimed academics, practitioners and experts contribute to a fascinating overview of critical issues that emerge along the New Silk Road. Chapters address issues such as dispute resolution, the geopolitics of international business, the enabling role of sophisticated technologies, approaches to innovation promotion and cross-cultural collaboration. Case-studies featuring specific businesses and industries operating in the Belt and Road context further add to the empirical focus that this book offers. An essential resource for graduate and executive education in a range of fields, including international business, international political economy, strategic management, and applied computer science, this volume will also serve as an illuminating study for anyone interested in contemporary global affairs.
Perspectives on International Marketing - Re-Issued (RLE International Business)
by
Marketing strategy is constantly adapting in the changing environment of International Business. This book draws together an eminent and international body of researchers to analyse recent changes in world markets and marketing practices. It analyses, codifies and challenges existing literature on the subject; it offers industry specific studies of international marketing practices and their relative successes; and it presents valuable research findings on the increasingly important markets of China and Japan. The book is a three-fold contribution to the study and practice of International Marketing. Blending empirical studies with critical theory, the collection sheds much desired light on this important and often-neglected area.
Planning for Export after the Pandemic
by
While the COVID-19 pandemic has brought the global economy to a standstill and a deep recession is more than likely, businesses in the UK will nevertheless need to be sure they are ready for exporting in a post-Brexit trade environment once the crisis is over. This downloaded text and reports provide advice on key strategic priorities, documentation, practices and regulations, as well as crucial trade data on key countries. For a more in-depth and comprehensive guide to global trade - including practical insight into areas such as patents, R&D, public funding and trademarks - readers may wish to purchase the more extensive companion publication, Global Innovation.
Research in International Marketing (RLE International Business)
by
This book considers problems which can be serious obstacles in international marketing but which are much less difficult in domestic marketing, such as cultural differences; the establishing and maintaining of relationships with customers' and the special problems for firm strategy and organisation arising from the internationalisation process.
The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing
by
Transform your organization using Agile principles with this proven framework The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing provides a proven framework for applying Agile principles and processes to marketing. Written by celebrated consultant Jim Ewel, this book provides a concise, approachable, and adaptable strategy for the implementation of Agile in virtually any marketing organization. The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing discusses six key areas of practical concern to the marketer who hopes to adopt Agile practices in their organization. They include: Aligning the team on common goals Structuring the team for greater efficiency Implementing processes like Scrum and Kanban in marketing Validated Learning Adapting to Change Creating Remarkable Customer Experiences The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing also discusses four shifts in beliefs and behaviors necessary to achieving an Agile transformation in marketing organizations. They include: A shift from a focus on outputs to one based on outcomes A shift from a campaign mentality to one based on continuous improvement A shift from an internal focus to a customer focus A shift from top-down decisions to de-centralized decisions Perfect for anyone in a leadership position at a marketing agency, The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing also belongs on the bookshelf of anyone interested in improving the efficacy and efficiency of their own marketing efforts. Full of practical advice and concrete strategies that have been successfully implemented at Fortune 500, Silicon Valley, and non-profit organizations alike, this book is an indispensable resource to help your organization make the leap to Agile.
Strategic Integrated Marketing Communications
by
This book provides a disciplined, systematic look at what is necessary to the planning and implementation of an effective Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) programme. Throughout, attention is paid to balancing theory with practical application, how to successfully implement theory for effective communication. Step-by-step, knowledge and understanding builds through the book, starting by laying a foundation to provide context, looking at the role of IMC in building brands and strengthening companies. The book then considers what goes into developing and executing effective messages, and how to ensure that they are consistent and consistently delivered, regardless of media. A detailed, practical overview of the strategic planning process is provided, illustrated by numerous examples and cases, along with 'desktop' tools and worksheets for developing and implementing an IMC plan. The 4th edition of this classic textbook has been fully updated throughout, and includes: Updated and expanded coverage of digital media, including issues relating to privacy and media strategy New sections on setting campaign budgets, brand architecture, target audience action objectives, social marketing communication, and such practices as gamification and experiential marketing Extended content on international advertising and shared cultural values The introduction of a channels-based typology of marketing communication Updated international examples and case studies throughout. A comprehensive and accessible guide to the steps of planning and developing an effective IMC campaign, this book should be core reading for students studying Integrated Marketing Communications, Strategic Communications, Principles of Advertising, Media Planning and Brand Management.
Trade Credit and Financing Instruments
by
This book offers managers a complete analysis of the various facets of commercial credit and presents an analysis of the various types of markets, instruments, and risks associated with trade credit in supply chains across the globe. Trade credit is extensively used in both domestic and international commercial transactions. Although it clearly supports growth, its significance is even greater for developed countries, where the market has recovered remarkably since the global financial crisis. The number and heterogeneity of motivations to trade credit justify the variability observed in the data on global trading, and the role of trade credit has become crucial in supply chain coordination. A range of diverse trade credit finance solutions are available and include products and services offered by financial intermediaries and market products, highlighting a very interesting set of intermediate solutions that have emerged as a result of new technologies utilized in financial services. For financiers trade credit is an attractive option, but an in-depth evaluation of the possibility of losses forms the basis of a deep understating of numerous sources that can create credit risk (default and dilution risk). This book offers managers a complete analysis of the various facets of commercial credit and presents an analysis of the various types of markets, instruments, and risks associated with trade credit in supply chains across the globe.
Trans-pacific partnership agreement : a framework for future trade rules?
by
Explores the impact of the normative provisions of Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement (TPP) on India and other developing countries in an incisive, objective and balanced manner.
The UN global compact : fair competition and environmental and labour justice in international markets
by
Since UN Secretary-General Kofi Annan launched the Global Compact in 1999, over 12,000 organisations around the world have voluntarily adopted and promoted its values and Ten Principles in the areas of human rights, labour, environment and corruption. This corporate citizenship initiative has been seen as a non-compulsory alternative to international market regulations. Around the globe, the UN Global Compact has promoted the creation of local and regional networks for businesses to act together to mainstream the Ten Principles. This edited volume brings together international contributions on the specific implications for business when embracing the Global Compact. Managerial, internationalisation, legal, behavioural and sociological perspectives are explored in this volume in which both evidences and theoretical developments are reflected.
This course will enable you to earn the competencies in dealing with people coming from diverse backgrounds. This is an interactive class intended to offer prologue to intercultural questions brought about by the growing diversity and interconnectedness of different societies coming from different parts of the world. This course will challenge you to gain knowledge of the ways people from different cultural backgrounds think, correspond, and work based on the values, worldviews, and narratives that ground you for you to gain a foundational level of cross-cultural competency.
Developing Global Business Communication in Asia
by
This book is an essential guide for anyone who wishes to develop successful business communication. It provides authentic and memorable workplace scenarios where learners become English communicators when solving authentic problems doing business together. The book aims to help learners: Use authentic workplace materials to solve problems using English Understand how language can be used as a lingua franca effectively when communicating Understand how intertextuality between shared spoken and written texts drives communication Improve communicative performance in spoken and written texts Become familiar with the communication realities of workplaces that are becoming increasingly technology driven and globalised This book will help learners become better equipped with communication strategies through its real life applicable and skills-based examples and will be a useful reference in the digital age.
Developing Intercultural Communicative Competence for Educational Exchange
by
This book explores the nature of intercultural communicative competence (ICC), a set of abilities required to promote sojourner engagement with diversity during study abroad and other educational exchange experiences. A highly original contribution to the intercultural communication literature, this book bases its multinational perspective of ICC on an extensive literary search in six languages and spanning 50 years to identify ICC¿s multiple components, to develop a comprehensive assessment tool, and to assess its development and impact on exchange participants in multiple countries.
Experiencing Intercultural Communication
by
This introductory text covers the core concepts of intercultural communication and offers students a basic skill-building framework designed to be used every day for communicating across cultures. By using the building blocks of the framework in different ways, students will understand the complexities of intercultural interaction and learn about other cultures as well as their relationships with their own culture.
Experiencing Intercultural Communication: an Introduction
by
Experiencing Intercultural Communication: An Introduction provides students with a framework to begin building their intercultural communication skills. Through understanding the complexities of intercultural interaction, students begin the process of learning about other cultures in their professional endeavors and personal relationships. Instructors and students can now access their course content through the Connect digital learning platform by purchasing either standalone Connect access or a bundle of print and Connect access. McGraw-Hill Connect® is a subscription-based learning service accessible online through your personal computer or tablet. Choose this option if your instructor will require Connect to be used in the course. Your subscription to Connect includes the following: * SmartBook® - an adaptive digital version of the course textbook that personalizes your reading experience based on how well you are learning the content. * Access to your instructor's homework assignments, quizzes, syllabus, notes, reminders, and other important files for the course. * Progress dashboards that quickly show how you are performing on your assignments and tips for improvement. * The option to purchase (for a small fee) a print version of the book. This binder-ready, loose-leaf version includes free shipping. Complete system requirements to use Connect can be found here: http://www.mheducation.com/highered/platforms/connect/training-support-students.html
Globalizing Intercultural Communication
by
Translating Theory into Practice Globalizing Intercultural Communication: A Reader introduces students to intercultural communication within the global context, and equips them with the knowledge and understanding to grapple with the dynamic, interconnected and complex nature of intercultural relations in the world today. This reader is organized around foundational and contemporary themes of intercultural communication. Each of the 14 chapters pairs an original research article explicating key topics, theories, or concepts with a first-person narrative that brings the chapter content alive and invites students to develop and apply their knowledge of intercultural communication. Each chapter's pair of readings is framed by an introduction highlighting important issues presented in the readings that are relevant to the study and practice of intercultural communication and end-of-chapter pedagogical features including key terms and discussion questions. In addition to illuminating concepts, theories, and issues, authors/editors Kathryn Sorrells and Sachi Sekimoto focus particular attention on grounding theory in everyday experience and translating theory into practice and actions that can be taken to promote social responsibility and social justice.
The Handbook of Critical Intercultural Communication
by
The Handbook of Critical Intercultural Communication aims to furnish scholars with a consolidated resource of works that highlights all aspects of the field, its historical inception, logics, terms, and possibilities. A consolidated resource of works that highlights all aspects of this developing field, its historical inception, logics, terms, and possibilities Traces the significant historical developments in intercultural communication Helps students and scholars to revisit, assess, and reflect on the formation of critical intercultural communication studies Posits new directions for the field in terms of theorizing, knowledge production, and social justice engagement
The Handbook of Intercultural Discourse and Communication
by
The Handbook of Intercultural Discourse and Communication Intercultural discourse and communication is emerging as an important area of research in a highly globalized and connected world, where language and culture contact is frequent and cultural misunderstandings and misconceptions abound. The handbook contains contributions from established scholars and up-and-coming researchers from a range of subfields to survey the theoretical perspectives and applied work in this burgeoning area of linguistics. This timely volume features first a part that introduces the background detailing the scope and topics of the field; followed by one that describes four different theoretical approaches and their basic research questions, from Ethnography of Speaking and John Gumperz's Interactional Sociolinguistics to Critical Approaches and Postmodernism. The third part, "Interactional Discourse Features," describes and explains the features of talk that are frequently studied in cross-cultural research, such as turn-taking and politeness. The volume also includes a section on Interactional Discourse sites, examining cross-cultural communication (such as Greek-Turkish discourse). The final part considers a variety of domains in which interaction takes place, such as Translation, Business, Law, Medicine, Education, and Religion.
Intercultural Communication
by
In the fully updated Seventh Editionof Intercultural Communication: A Contextual Approach, bestselling author James W. Neuliep provides a clear contextual model (visually depicted by a series of concentric circles) for examining communication within cultural, microcultural, environmental, sociorelational, and perceptual contexts. Students are first introduced to the broadest context--the cultural component of the model--and progress chapter by chapter through the model to the most specific dimensions of communication. Each chapter focuses on one context and explores the combination of factors within that context, including setting, situation, and circumstances. Highlighting values, ethnicity, physical geography, and attitudes, the book examines means of interaction, including body language, eye contact, and exchange of words, as well as the stages of relationships, cross-cultural management, intercultural conflict, and culture shock.
Intercultural Communication
by
In this fully updated Sixth Edition of Intercultural Communication: A Contextual Approach, James W. Neuliep provides a clear contextual model (visually depicted by a series of concentric circles) for examining communication within cultural, microcultural, environmental, sociorelational, and perceptual contexts. Beginning with the broadest context - the cultural component of the model - the book progresses chapter by chapter through the model to the most specific traits of communication: verbal and nonverbal messages. Each chapter focuses on one context and explores the combination of factors within that context, including setting, situation, and circumstances. Highlighting values, ethnicity, physical geography, and attitudes, the book examines means of interaction, including body language, eye contact, and the exchange of words, as well as the stages of relationships, cross-cultural management, intercultural conflict, and culture shock.
Intercultural Communication
by
This new special, anniversary edition of INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION: A READER, celebrates 40 years of publication. In compiling this Fortieth Anniversary Edition, the editors reviewed over 600 articles from the previous 13 editions and selected those essays that educators, both in the United States and abroad, have considered foundational to intercultural communication teaching and research. These essays also illustrate the growth and direction of the field since the early 1970s. This edition offers a series of essays that enables students to gain an appreciation and understanding of intercultural communication. Material is presented in a context that assists students in comprehending and then applying course concepts to their lives.These core readings also demonstrate the historical development and philosophical evolution of the field. As with prior editions, the Reader continues to convey the idea that successful intercultural communication is a matter of highest importance in this globalized, interconnected world. The concluding chapter, "New Perspectives: Prospects for the Future," contains five new essays by leading intercultural communication scholars. These original works offer insight into new directions for intercultural communication in the coming decades.
Intercultural Communication for Everyday Life
by
Written for students studying intercultural communication for the first time, this textbook gives a thorough introduction to inter- and cross-cultural concepts with a focus on practical application and social action. Provides a thorough introduction to inter- and cross-cultural concepts for beginning students with a focus on practical application and social action Defines "communication" broadly using authors from a variety of sub disciplines and incorporating scientific, humanistic, and critical theory Constructs a complex version of culture using examples from around the world that represent a variety of differences, including age, sex, race, religion, and sexual orientation Promotes civic engagement with cues toward individual intercultural effectiveness and giving back to the community in socially relevant ways Weaves pedagogy throughout the text with student-centered examples, text boxes, applications, critical thinking questions, a glossary of key terms, and online resources for students and instructors Online resources for students and instructors available upon publication at www.wiley.com/go/baldwin
Intercultural communication in contexts
by
Intercultural Management
by
This textbook explores the reasons for intercultural differences and their effects on the behavior of individuals and organizations within the context of management. The text embraces the presence of ambiguity and complexity and encourages critical thinking when it comes to intercultural relations in order to avoid ethnocentrism, stereotyping and prejudice, as well as overly simplistic solutions. Integrating findings from management, but also the humanities and social sciences, as well as politics and popular culture, intercultural management is understood as a phenomenon that transcends disciplinary boundaries and includes questions around identity constructions, power relations, and ethics. This makes intercultural management a fascinating and rewarding subject to study. Throughout, the author encourages an analytical approach to intercultural management built upon strong methodological foundations, and draws on examples from a wide range of different contexts and cultures to help reflectively translate research and concepts into practice in a way that is lively and engaging. This textbook is essential reading for students taking university courses related to intercultural management. Lecturers can visit the companion website to access a Teaching Guide and PowerPoint slides that can be adapted and edited to suit teaching needs. Dirk Holtbrügge is Professor of International Management at the School of Business, Economics and Society, Friedrich-Alexander-University Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany.
The International Encyclopedia of Intercultural Communication
by
The International Encyclopedia of Intercultural Communication employs a broadly-based taxonomy of intercultural communication (ICC) that consists of six organizing themes. Those themes are the traditional ICC core theme--known as "intercultural communication"--and five associated themes recognized as "cross-cultural communication," "cultural communication," "intergroup communication," "intercultural training," and "critical intercultural communication." This encyclopedia addresses issues of ethnicity and race in intercultural communication--not as a separate theme, but as an integral part of each thematic area. It also provides entries outside the ICC's discipline of communication, such as cross-cultural psychology, cultural anthropology, and social psychology. This work features 256 articles written by 249 authors representing 19 different countries. The articles address issues, theories, and concepts that have substantively contributed to the development of ICC theory and research (ie: Hall's high- and low-context communication systems; Hofstede's four dimensions); methodological issues of importance to ICC research (ie: emic and etic; sampling equivalence); and summaries of findings from original studies directly pertaining to the ICC domain (ie: cross-cultural psychological studies of cultural differences in variables pertaining to message processing and verbal/nonverbal communication behavior). Overview of the ICC domain as a whole Key research topics in the field with a strong global editorial team Overview essays on the six thematic areas of study Cross-over information from cross-cultural psychology, cultural anthropology, and social psychology Part of The Wiley Blackwell-ICA International Encyclopedias of Communication series, published in conjunction with the International Communication Association. Online version available at Wiley Online Library. The International Encyclopedia of Intercultural Communication is an ideal book for international communication undergraduate and graduate students as well as for academic researchers and professional practitioners of intercultural communication.
Introducing Intercultural Communication
by
Taking a truly global perspective, this textbook presents concepts, theories and applications from the field of intercultural communication in a lively and easy-to-follow style. Covering all the essential topics, from immigration to intercultural conflict to the impact of mass media and technology, this cutting edge new edition features: A student-friendly structure with enhanced signposting to guide students through the book. Expanded coverage of ethics, digital communication and social media. A brand new set of international case studies to tie theory to real-world practices, including the European refugee crisis, Chinese food culture and Barbie dolls and beauty. A suite of student-friendly learning features, including 'Do it!' activity boxes, chapter summaries and applications of key theories in 'Theory Corner'. Links to further reading and SAGE Video to help understanding. A host of online resources to reinforce students′ learning, including multiple choice quizzes, discussion questions and exercises. Introducing Intercultural Communication is the ideal guide to becoming a critical consumer of information and an effective global citizen. It should be required reading for students in media and communications, business and management, linguistics and beyond.
Introducing Intercultural Communication
by
Introducing Intercultural Communication uses examples and case studies from around the world to situate communication theory in a truly global perspective. Covering the essentials from international conflict to migration and social networking, this book shows students how to master the skills and concepts at work in how we communicate and understand each other across cultural boundaries. Each chapter brings to life the links between theory and practice, and between the global and local, showing you how to understand the influence of your culture on how you view yourself and others. In this book: Theory boxes show you how to use key ideas in work contexts. Case studies from European, Chinese, Australian and American contexts give you a truly global perspective. Critical questions help you to challenge yourself. A full chapter gives practical tips on how to become an effective intercultural communicator. Annotated lists of further reading and free access to online SAGE journal articles assist you in your research. A companion website (https://study.sagepub.com/liu2e) provides you with exercise questions, as well as extended reading lists. This book will guide you to success in your studies and will teach you to become a more critical consumer of information.
An Introduction to Intercultural Communication
by
Undergraduate students of intercultural communication.
The SAGE Encyclopedia of Intercultural Competence
by
In 1980, SAGE published Geert Hofstede's Culture's Consequences. It opens with a quote from Blaise Pascal: "There are truths on this side of the Pyrenees that are falsehoods on the other." The book became a classic--one of the most cited sources in the Social Science Citation Index--and subsequently appeared in a second edition in 2001. This new SAGE Encyclopedia of Intercultural Competence picks up on themes explored in that book. Cultural competence refers to the set of attitudes, practices, and policies that enables a person or agency to work well with people from differing cultural groups. Other related terms include cultural sensitivity, transcultural skills, diversity competence, and multicultural expertise. What defines a culture? What barriers might block successful communication between individuals or agencies of differing cultures? How can those barriers be understood and navigated to enhance intercultural communication and understanding? These questions and more are explained within the pages of this new reference work. Key Features: 300 to 350 entries organized in A-to-Z fashion in two volumes Signed entries that conclude with Cross-References and Suggestions for Further Readings Thematic "Reader's Guide" in the front matter grouping related entries by broad topic areas Chronology that provides a historical perspective of the development of cultural competence as a discrete field of study Resources appendix and a comprehensive Index The SAGE Encyclopedia of Intercultural Competence is an authoritative and rigorous source on intercultural competence and related issues, making it a must-have reference for all academic libraries.
Transcultural Communication
by
In Transcultural Communication, Andreas Hepp provides an accessible and engaging introduction to the exciting possibilities and inevitable challenges presented by the proliferation of transcultural communication in our mediatized world. Includes examples of mediatization and transcultural communication from a variety of cultural contexts Covers an array of different types of media, including mass media and digital media Incorporates discussion of transcultural communication in media regulation, media production, media products and platforms, and media appropriation
This course will enable you to earn the competencies in dealing with people coming from diverse backgrounds. This is an interactive class intended to offer prologue to intercultural questions brought about by the growing diversity and interconnectedness of different societies coming from different parts of the world. This course will challenge you to gain knowledge of the ways people from different cultural backgrounds think, correspond, and work based on the values, worldviews, and narratives that ground you for you to gain a foundational level of cross-cultural competency.
The Art of Communication in a Polarized World
by
People's minds are hard to change. In North America and elsewhere, communities are fractured along ideological lines as social media and algorithms encourage individuals to seek out others who think like they do and to condemn those that don't. This social and political polarization has resulted in systemic discrimination and weaponized communication trends such as gaslighting and fake news. In this compelling new book, Kyle Conway confronts the communication challenges of our modern world by navigating the space between opposing perspectives. Conway explores how individuals can come to understand another person's interpretation of the world and provides the tools for shaping effective arguments capable of altering their perspective. Drawing on the theory of cultural translation and its dimensions of power, meaning, and invention, Conway deepens our understanding of what it means to communicate and opens the door to new approaches to politics and ethics. An essential guide for surviving in our polarized society, this book offers concrete strategies for refining how values and ideas are communicated.
Communication across cultures
by
These resources will prepare culturally and linguistically diverse students for academic study in situations involving intercultural communication.
Critical Connections
by
Critical Connections examines how trade, investment, migration, and other linkages among countries drive economic growth in the Europe and Central Asia region. The study breaks new ground by using a multidimensional approach that recognizes how each connectivity channel for growth is likely to be affected by the strength of other channels. This multidimensional view makes it easier to see that diversity in country connections and balance in all channels of connectivity are critical for achieving the greatest impact on growth.Europe and Central Asia provides a great laboratory for observing the role of multidimensional connectivity in action. The region's 30 countries vary widely in the openness of their economies. Its collective experience shows how the various elements of cross-border connectivity work together to accelerate progrowth knowledge transfers, which in turn boost productivity through participation in today's global value chains. A country's economic partner might be just as important as the type of connection. Being well connected to highly connected countries can provide benefits beyond being well connected to comparatively isolated countries.Although greater connectivity can expose countries to external shocks, the report presents fact-based argument for policies that seek to build deeper and more diverse connections within the Europe and Central Asia region and globally. The message is timely. Europe's once-confident march toward economic integration has slowed over the past decade, with voices in many countries questioning the wisdom of opening to the global economy. Critical Connections serves as a reminder to citizens and policy makers that greater regional and global connectivity has been a tremendous "convergence machine," raising living standards of lower-income countries toward those of wealthier middle- to high-income countries.
Culture, class, and race : constructive conversations that unite and energize your school and community
by
Advancing equity in our schools and society requires deep thought and honest conversations about tough topics. These conversations about emotionally charged subjects, including race, class, and culture, can be daunting. Authors Brenda CampbellJones, Shannon Keeny, and Franklin CampbellJones, experts in research and equitable practices, guide you through a meaningful framework for thinking about, preparing for, and having such critical conversations. They invite you to ponder your own cultural identity and assumptions, reflect and deeply consider values and beliefs, and then understand how these factors affect your conversations and interactions with others. They provide essential information about the types of conversations and behaviors we all consciously and subconsciously exhibit and witness, with authentic stories and experiences from people who have used the authors' framework to enrich their communities. As you explore the information and activities in this book that are specifically designed to help you scaffold new ideas into practice, you and your colleagues will examine biases and begin to build equitable experiences for all students. The book's field-tested approach enables every educator to grow professionally by using the power of conversation to develop trust, ask powerful questions, really hear the answers--and learn together in ways that strengthen and invigorate the school and community.
Digital Diversities: Social Media and Intercultural Experience
by
Digital Diversities is a groundbreaking interdisciplinary study of the social, social-psychological, philosophical and political ramifications of the digital turn in human affairs. Focusing, in particular, on connections between the saturation of everyday life by digital communication technologies and 21st century global mobility, it offers fresh and original accounts of the interface between online communication practices and the negotiation of increasingly complex social experience. It provides critical studies of, among other things, the consequences of the widespread shift to remote rather than embodied relationships, the day-to-day management of intercultural encounters in unprecedentedly diverse social settings, new and emerging forms of political expression and cultural diplomacy, and the relationship between posthuman ideology and the googleisation of everything . As such, Digital Diversities is a collection that makes a timely and thought-provoking contribution to the expanding field of studies of the abrupt, and still poorly understood, transformation of everyday life in the early 21st century by the gadgets and communication platforms of the digital global hive."
The Global Intercultural Communication Reader
by
The Global Intercultural Communication Reader is the first anthology to take a distinctly non-Eurocentric approach to the study of culture and communication. In this expanded second edition, editors Molefi Kete Asante, Yoshitaka Miike, and Jing Yin bring together thirty-two essential readings for students of cross-cultural, intercultural, and international communication. This stand-out collection aims to broaden and deepen the scope of the field by placing an emphasis on diversity, including work from authors across the globe examining the processes and politics of intercultural communication from critical, historical, and indigenous perspectives. The collection covers a wide range of topics: the emergence and evolution of the field; issues and challenges in cross-cultural and intercultural inquiry; cultural wisdom and communication practices in context; identity and intercultural competence in a multicultural society; the effects of globalization; and ethical considerations. Many readings first appeared outside the mainstream Western academy and offer diverse theoretical lenses on culture and communication practices in the world community. Organized into five themed sections for easy classroom use, The Global Intercultural Communication Reader includes a detailed bibliography that will be a crucial resource for today's students of intercultural communication.
The Global Intercultural Communication Reader
by
The Global Intercultural Communication Reader is the first anthology to take a distinctly non-Eurocentric approach to the study of culture and communication. In this expanded second edition, editors Molefi Kete Asante, Yoshitaka Miike, and Jing Yin bring together thirty-two essential readings for students of cross-cultural, intercultural, and international communication. This stand-out collection aims to broaden and deepen the scope of the field by placing an emphasis on diversity, including work from authors across the globe examining the processes and politics of intercultural communication from critical, historical, and indigenous perspectives. The collection covers a wide range of topics: the emergence and evolution of the field; issues and challenges in cross-cultural and intercultural inquiry; cultural wisdom and communication practices in context; identity and intercultural competence in a multicultural society; the effects of globalization; and ethical considerations. Many readings first appeared outside the mainstream Western academy and offer diverse theoretical lenses on culture and communication practices in the world community. Organized into five themed sections for easy classroom use, The Global Intercultural Communication Reader includes a detailed bibliography that will be a crucial resource for today's students of intercultural communication.
Globalizing Intercultural Communication
by
Translating Theory into Practice Globalizing Intercultural Communication: A Reader introduces students to intercultural communication within the global context, and equips them with the knowledge and understanding to grapple with the dynamic, interconnected and complex nature of intercultural relations in the world today. This reader is organized around foundational and contemporary themes of intercultural communication. Each of the 14 chapters pairs an original research article explicating key topics, theories, or concepts with a first-person narrative that brings the chapter content alive and invites students to develop and apply their knowledge of intercultural communication. Each chapter's pair of readings is framed by an introduction highlighting important issues presented in the readings that are relevant to the study and practice of intercultural communication and end-of-chapter pedagogical features including key terms and discussion questions. In addition to illuminating concepts, theories, and issues, authors/editors Kathryn Sorrells and Sachi Sekimoto focus particular attention on grounding theory in everyday experience and translating theory into practice and actions that can be taken to promote social responsibility and social justice.
The Handbook of Intercultural Discourse and Communication
by
The Handbook of Intercultural Discourse and Communication Intercultural discourse and communication is emerging as an important area of research in a highly globalized and connected world, where language and culture contact is frequent and cultural misunderstandings and misconceptions abound. The handbook contains contributions from established scholars and up-and-coming researchers from a range of subfields to survey the theoretical perspectives and applied work in this burgeoning area of linguistics. This timely volume features first a part that introduces the background detailing the scope and topics of the field; followed by one that describes four different theoretical approaches and their basic research questions, from Ethnography of Speaking and John Gumperz's Interactional Sociolinguistics to Critical Approaches and Postmodernism. The third part, "Interactional Discourse Features," describes and explains the features of talk that are frequently studied in cross-cultural research, such as turn-taking and politeness. The volume also includes a section on Interactional Discourse sites, examining cross-cultural communication (such as Greek-Turkish discourse). The final part considers a variety of domains in which interaction takes place, such as Translation, Business, Law, Medicine, Education, and Religion.
Intercultural Communication
by
This handbook takes a multi-disciplinary approach to offer a current state-of-art survey of intercultural communication (IC) studies. The chapters aim for conceptual comprehension, theoretical clarity and empirical understanding with good practical implications. Attention is mostly on face to face communication and networked communication facilitated by digital technologies, much less on technically reproduced mass communication. Contributions cover both cross cultural communication (implicit or explicit comparative works on communication practices across cultures) and intercultural communication (works on communication involving parties of diverse cultural backgrounds). Topics include generally histories of IC research, theoretical perspectives, non-western theories, and cultural communication; specifically communication styles, emotions, interpersonal relationships, ethnocentrism, stereotypes, cultural learning, cross cultural adaptation, and cross border messages;and particular context of conflicts, social change, aging, business, health, and new media. Although the book is prepared for graduate students and academicians, intercultural communication practitioners will also find something useful here.
Intercultural Communication Competence
by
Intercultural communication competence is an indispensable ability for people to interact appropriately and effectively across nations and regions in the globalized world. Competent intercultural communication enables people to reach mutual understanding as well as reciprocal relationships. In recent decades, considerable progress has been made in the research of intercultural communication competence. However, due to its complexity, many problems remain unanswered and need to be addressed. ...
Intercultural Communication for Everyday Life
by
Written for students studying intercultural communication for the first time, this textbook gives a thorough introduction to inter- and cross-cultural concepts with a focus on practical application and social action. Provides a thorough introduction to inter- and cross-cultural concepts for beginning students with a focus on practical application and social action Defines "communication" broadly using authors from a variety of sub disciplines and incorporating scientific, humanistic, and critical theory Constructs a complex version of culture using examples from around the world that represent a variety of differences, including age, sex, race, religion, and sexual orientation Promotes civic engagement with cues toward individual intercultural effectiveness and giving back to the community in socially relevant ways Weaves pedagogy throughout the text with student-centered examples, text boxes, applications, critical thinking questions, a glossary of key terms, and online resources for students and instructors Online resources for students and instructors available upon publication at www.wiley.com/go/baldwin
Intercultural Communication for Managers
by
People have always found a way to trade with one another, overcoming enormous barriers. Business and trade relationships are often the foundation for nations to thrive in peace. This book will help you learn about building a successful global relationship for your company, working together in peace while educating yourself and co-workers. Inside, the author teaches you about the essential responsibility to a global environment--knowledge of the people, organizations, and companies you want to work with. Becoming acquainted and eventually immersed in the history, geography, values, traditions, taboos, mindset, prejudices, and legal systems of someone else is an essential step to successful relationships with people from other parts of the world. Knowledge of the culture and management practices of their company is the second step toward success--how they make decisions; how they organize; how they work together; how they view the outside world; how they tolerate risk; how they settle disagreements; how they run meetings; how they view time; how they demonstrate their mission and values. This book will detail all of that so that you can make yourself and your company a real success in a global world.
Intercultural Communication for the Community College (Second Edition)
by
Intercultural Communication for the Community College
Intercultural communicative competence in English language teaching in Polish state colleges
by
This volume provides a strong theoretical introduction to the field of intercultural communication, offering practical examples of classroom activities, as well as presenting empirical research which demonstrates that intercultural communicative competence (ICC) can be developed effectively in specially tailored courses adjusted to the needs of learners. It presents a novel model of intercultural sensitivity assessment, and outlines the results of research into intercultural communicative competence conducted among the students of English Language Studies in state colleges in Poland. The cultu.
Intercultural mirrors : dynamic reconstruction of identity
by
In Intercultural Mirrors: Dynamic Reconstruction of Identity, the authors suggest that the view of us held by culturally different people provides an essential key to self-understanding and identity remodelling. The book aims at analysing intercultural experiences on a deeper level.
Mediated Business Interactions : Intercultural Communication Between Speakers of Spanish
by
This is the first monograph to examine mediated business interaction in Spanish. It focuses on communication between native speakers of Spanish from different Spanish-speaking countries with a view to informing our understanding of intercultural communication in a contemporary business environment. Using elements of pragmatics with tools from conversation analysis, the book examines the various activities that telephone conversationalists engage in to supply and demand a service over the phone through the mediational means of Spanish by addressing the following questions. * Do speakers of Spanish display similar communicative practices as those observed in other languages when requesting and being offered a service over the phone? * Do specifically located activities such as the call openings and closings display similar coordination and ritualisation as that observed in other languages?* Does the language seen as a cultural tool reflect a different orientation towards such activities? * What strategies do telephone agents and (prospective) clients employ to obtain a sale and either procure the best value for money or obviate it, respectively? And, what role does intercultural communication play in the construction of these practices?
Metaphor and Intercultural Communication
by
Metaphor and Intercultural Communication examines in detail the dynamics of metaphor in interlingual contact, translation and globalization processes. Its case-studies, which combine methods of cognitive metaphor theory with those of corpus-based and discourse-oriented research, cover contact linguistic and cultural contacts between Chinese, English including Translational English and Aboriginal English, Greek, Kabyle, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, and Spanish.Part I introduces readers to practical and methodological problems of the intercultural transfer of metaphor through empirical (corpus-based and experimental) studies of translators' experiences and strategies in dealing with figurative language in a variety of contexts. Part II explores the universality-relativity dimension of cross- and intercultural metaphor on the basis of empirical data from various European and non-European cultures. Part III investigates the socio-economic and political consequences of figurative language use through case studies of communication between aboriginal and mainstream cultures, in the media, in political discourse and gender-related discourses. Special attention is paid to cases of miscommunication and of deliberate re- and counter-conceptualisation of clichés from one culture into another. The results open new perspectives on some of the basic assumptions of the 'classic' cognitive paradigm, e.g. regarding metaphor understanding, linguistic relativity and concept-construction.
The Paradoxes of Interculturality
by
Offering a unique reading experience, this book examines the epistemologies of interculturality and explores potential routes to review and revisit the notion anew. Grounded in different sociocultural, economic and political perspectives around the world, interculturality in education and research bears a paradoxical attribute of 'contradictions' and 'inconsistencies', making it a polysemous and flexible notion that has no definitive diagnosis and requires constant unthinking and rethinking. The author provides a toolbox of 'out-of-box ideas' in the form of fragmental yet standalone writings and follow-up questions concerning stereotypes about the very notion of interculturality and conceptual and methodological flaws in the way it is used. Readers are encouraged to critically reflect about interculturality as it stands today in global research and education. In identifying the paradoxes of interculturality and proposing alternative directions, the book stimulates a diversity of thoughts about the notion that goes beyond the 'West'. The book will be an essential reading for scholars, students and educators interested in education philosophy, applied linguistics and the broad field of intercultural communication education.
Person to Person Peacebuilding, Intercultural Communication and English Language Teaching
by
This book maps the discursive terrain and potential of person to person peacebuilding as it intersects with, and is embedded in, intercultural communication. It foregrounds the voices and discourses of participants who came together in the virtual intercultural borderlands of online exchange through a service-learning project with a non-profit organization which focused on peace through education in Afghanistan, primarily through English language tutoring. By analyzing the voices and perspectives of US-based tutors who are pre-service teachers of English as an Additional Language, in equal measure with the voices and perspectives of adult English learners in Afghanistan, the authors examine how intercultural interactants begin to work as peacebuilders. The participants describe the profound transformations they undergo throughout their intercultural tutoring journeys, transformations which evidence three dimensions of person to person peacebuilding: the personal, relational and structural. Inspired by these voices, the book further explores ways teachers and teacher educators of language and intercultural communication can more deliberately leverage the affordance of peacebuilding, whether face to face or in the virtual intercultural borderlands of online exchange.
Research Methods in Intercultural Communication
by
Research Methods in Intercultural Communication introduces and contextualizes the most important methodological issues in the field for upper-level undergraduate and graduate students. Examples of these issues are which paradigms and how to research multilingually, interculturally and ethnically. Provides the first dedicated and most comprehensive volume on research methods in intercultural communication research in the last 30 years Explains new and emerging methods, as well as more established ones. These include: Matched Guise Technique, Discourse Completion Task, Critical Incident Technique, Critical Discourse Analysis, Ethnography, Virtual Ethnography, Corpus Analysis, Multimodality, Conversation Analysis, Narrative Analysis, Questionnaire and Interview. Assists readers in determining the most suitable method for various research questions, conceptualizing the research process, interpreting results, and drawing conclusions Supports students from start to finish with key terms, suggestions for further reading, research summaries, and sound guidance from experienced scholars and researchers
The SAGE Encyclopedia of Intercultural Competence
by
In 1980, SAGE published Geert Hofstede's Culture's Consequences. It opens with a quote from Blaise Pascal: "There are truths on this side of the Pyrenees that are falsehoods on the other." The book became a classic--one of the most cited sources in the Social Science Citation Index--and subsequently appeared in a second edition in 2001. This new SAGE Encyclopedia of Intercultural Competence picks up on themes explored in that book. Cultural competence refers to the set of attitudes, practices, and policies that enables a person or agency to work well with people from differing cultural groups. Other related terms include cultural sensitivity, transcultural skills, diversity competence, and multicultural expertise. What defines a culture? What barriers might block successful communication between individuals or agencies of differing cultures? How can those barriers be understood and navigated to enhance intercultural communication and understanding? These questions and more are explained within the pages of this new reference work. Key Features: 300 to 350 entries organized in A-to-Z fashion in two volumes Signed entries that conclude with Cross-References and Suggestions for Further Readings Thematic "Reader's Guide" in the front matter grouping related entries by broad topic areas Chronology that provides a historical perspective of the development of cultural competence as a discrete field of study Resources appendix and a comprehensive Index The SAGE Encyclopedia of Intercultural Competence is an authoritative and rigorous source on intercultural competence and related issues, making it a must-have reference for all academic libraries.
Technology Mediated Service Encounters
by
The chapters in this collection, authored by renowned scholars, address a gap in the literature by focusing on the consequences that outsourcing, among other globalized economic practices, and remediation by new technologies have had on the service encounters genre (SE). From both a multilingual and a multidisciplinary perspective, this collection explores the development of technological applications and professional best practices as well as call centre interaction, e-commerce, and e-word of mouth. More specifically, the papers in this volume report on technology developed to support SEs and how this technology influences service providers and their allowable linguistic contributions. Further, this collection provides valuable insights on the language and strategic behaviour deployed in less researched kinds of SEs, gives special attention to how technology impacts the interface between the transactional and interactional goals of SEs, and thus has real world applications.
Transcultural Communication
by
In Transcultural Communication, Andreas Hepp provides an accessible and engaging introduction to the exciting possibilities and inevitable challenges presented by the proliferation of transcultural communication in our mediatized world. Includes examples of mediatization and transcultural communication from a variety of cultural contexts Covers an array of different types of media, including mass media and digital media Incorporates discussion of transcultural communication in media regulation, media production, media products and platforms, and media appropriation
Understanding Intercultural Communication
by
In this book, Adrian Holliday provides a practical framework to help students analyse intercultural communication. Underpinned by a new grammar of culture developed by Holliday, this book will incorporate examples and activities to enable students and professionals to investigate culture on very new, entirely non-essentialist lines. This book will address key issues in intercultural communication including: the positive contribution of people from diverse cultural backgrounds the politics of Self and Other which promote negative stereotyping the basis for a bottom-up approach to globalization in which Periphery cultural realities can gain voice and ownership Written by a key researcher in the field, this book presents cutting edge research and a framework for analysis which will make it essential reading for upper undergraduate and postgraduate students studying intercultural communication and professionals in the field.
Understanding Intercultural Communication : Negotiating a Grammar of Culture
by
In this book, Adrian Holliday provides a practical framework to help students analyse intercultural communication. Underpinned by a new grammar of culture developed by Holliday, this book will incorporate examples and activities to enable students and professionals to investigate culture on very new, entirely non-essentialist lines. This book will address key issues in intercultural communication including: the positive contribution of people from diverse cultural backgrounds the politics of Self and Other which promote negative stereotyping the basis for a bottom-up approach to globalization in which Periphery cultural realities can gain voice and ownership Written by a key researcher in the field, this book presents cutting edge research and a framework for analysis which will make it essential reading for upper undergraduate and postgraduate students studying intercultural communication and professionals in the field.
This course will enable you to become effective business practitioners and negotiators in the international business field. Through the use of a combination of simulation, readings and class discussions, you will be given an overview of cross-cultural communication styles, national business opportunities, and political interests that may deviate usual and often impeding cross-border agreements. As globalization creates equal opportunities, corporate expansions to international markets for growth and profitability are nonstop. Since every country has its own unique political, economic, legal, social and cultural systems, business practices varies dramatically as well. Hence, through theory and cases and scrutiny of specific international business negotiations as well as dynamic simulation you will gain hands-on experience in global business strategy, negotiation, conflict resolution, mediation and arbitration.
Architect's Essentials of Negotiation
by
"Where do you turn if you are an architect or student wanting to deepen those skill sets that will make you a more successful professional? Well, taking a look at Ava Abramowitz's new book, "The Architect's Essentials of Negotiation" will be a step in the right direction." --Robert Greenstreet, Dean, University of Wisconsin at Milwaukee School of Architecture and Urban Planning This is an essential guide for architects and their clients and consultants who need professional advice on negotiations, from design development to agreements and fees. Contractors will want to read it, too, especially if they are involved with Integrated Project Delivery. This new edition offers updated insights related to negotiation, with references to the AIA Contract Documents, communication, collaboration, and handling disputes, change, and claims.
The Art of Negotiation
by
A member of the world renowned Program on Negotiation at Harvard Law School introduces the powerful next-generation approach to negotiation. A member of the world-renowned Program on Negotiation at Harvard Law School introduces the powerful next-generation approach to negotiation. For many years, two approaches to negotiation have prevailed: the "win-win" method exemplified in Getting to Yes by Roger Fisher, William Ury, and Bruce Patton; and the hard-bargaining style of Herb Cohen's You Can Negotiate Anything. Now award-winning Harvard Business School professor Michael Wheeler provides a dynamic alternative to one-size-fits-all strategies that don't match real world realities. The Art of Negotiation shows how master negotiators thrive in the face of chaos and uncertainty. They don't trap themselves with rigid plans. Instead they understand negotiation as a process of exploration that demands ongoing learning, adapting, and influencing. Their agility enables them to reach agreement when others would be stalemated. Michael Wheeler illuminates the improvisational nature of negotiation, drawing on his own research and his work with Program on Negotiation colleagues. He explains how the best practices of diplomats such as George J. Mitchell, dealmaker Bruce Wasserstein, and Hollywood producer Jerry Weintraub apply to everyday transactions like selling a house, buying a car, or landing a new contract. Wheeler also draws lessons on agility and creativity from fields like jazz, sports, theater, and even military science.
Developing Global Business Communication in Asia
by
This book is an essential guide for anyone who wishes to develop successful business communication. It provides authentic and memorable workplace scenarios where learners become English communicators when solving authentic problems doing business together. The book aims to help learners: Use authentic workplace materials to solve problems using English Understand how language can be used as a lingua franca effectively when communicating Understand how intertextuality between shared spoken and written texts drives communication Improve communicative performance in spoken and written texts Become familiar with the communication realities of workplaces that are becoming increasingly technology driven and globalised This book will help learners become better equipped with communication strategies through its real life applicable and skills-based examples and will be a useful reference in the digital age.
Doing Business in Emerging Markets
by
Written by leading scholars, this new third edition provides readers with a comprehensive and authoritative examination of emerging markets across the globe.Fully updated in light of the COVID-19 pandemic and other recent macro drivers, the authors present analytical frameworks, tools and best practice insights to help readers develop a critical understanding of the growth economies presented within the book, alongside their common characteristics, evolution, and significance in the global economy.Making use of original cases encompassing countries including Brazil, China, Russia, Thailand, Turkey and Uzbekistan, the authors explore the unique challenges and opportunities for emerging markets throughout the world today, including the rising middle class, partnering, and negotiation techniques. This text is essential reading for international business students, researchers and practitioners focused on business in emerging markets.
Essentials of Negotiation
by
Additional Information and teaching resources to support this text are available from www.mhhe.com/lewickinegotiation. Essentials of Negotiation, 6e is a condensed version of the main text, Negotiation, Seventh Edition. It explores the major concepts and theories of the psychology of bargaining and negotiation, and the dynamics of interpersonal and inter-group conflict and its resolution. Twelve of the 20 chapters from the main text have been included in this edition, several chapters having been condensed for this volume. Those condensed chapters have shifted from a more research-oriented focus to a more fundamental focus on issues such as critical negotiation subprocesses, multiparty negotiations, and the influence of international and cross-cultural differences on the negotiation process.
Harvard business essentials : negotiation
by
Negotiation--whether brokering a deal, mediating a dispute, or writing up a contract--is both a necessary and challenging aspect of business life. This guide helps managers to sharpen their skills and become more effective deal makers in any situation.
The Intelligent International Negotiator
by
In today's business world, people negotiate every day, everywhere, using techniques learned from various books, experience, and education. Some are more culturally aware and others much less. Some forget that negotiation is, first of all, a human interaction. Some still think that negotiation rhymes with competition. If any of this sounds familiar to you, this book can help. Inside, the author presents strategies, stories, facts, and tools that intelligent international negotiators use in order to succeed in their negotiations worldwide. The unique integrative cross-cultural approach to negotiating will provide a different and innovative perception of what negotiating means today. It also provides the perfect approach to international negotiations from the perspective of an expert who has negotiated in international businesses around the world-more human, more pleasant, and more effective. The Intelligent International Negotiator is a ready-to- use book that you will read and digest very quickly, with inputs that you can employ immediately.
Intercultural Management
by
This textbook explores the reasons for intercultural differences and their effects on the behavior of individuals and organizations within the context of management. The text embraces the presence of ambiguity and complexity and encourages critical thinking when it comes to intercultural relations in order to avoid ethnocentrism, stereotyping and prejudice, as well as overly simplistic solutions.Integrating findings from management, but also the humanities and social sciences, as well as politics and popular culture, intercultural management is understood as a phenomenon that transcends disciplinary boundaries and includes questions around identity constructions, power relations, and ethics. This makes intercultural management a fascinating and rewarding subject to study. Throughout, the author encourages an analytical approach to intercultural management built upon strong methodological foundations, and draws on examples from a wide range of different contexts and cultures to help reflectively translate research and concepts into practice in a way that is lively and engaging.This textbook is essential reading for students taking university courses related to intercultural management. Lecturers can visit the companion website to access a Teaching Guide and PowerPoint slides that can be adapted and edited to suit teaching needs. Dirk Holtbrügge is Professor of International Management at the School of Business, Economics and Society, Friedrich-Alexander-University Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany.
International organizational behavior : transcending borders and cultures
by
This book focuses on understanding and managing organizational behavior in an international context, considering the conceptual framework of culture and offering practical advice for navigating cultures in the workplace. Readers will gain new tools to interpret behavior, helping them to manage international challenges effectively. The authors outline the critical management and adaptation skills necessary to develop within a globalized organization, teaching the reader how to recruit, coordinate, and evaluate an international team. Updated "Culture Clash" and "Global Innovations" boxes provide important insights into identifying a core set of values to "customize" management techniques across cultures, focusing particularly on growing countries like India and China. The new edition features a more streamlined chapter structure, updated discussion questions, and new end-of-chapter cases with self-scoring quizzes for further development. International Organizational Behavior will prove a valuable resource for any student of organizational behavior, international management, and international business. A companion website provides additional support for instructors, featuring an instructor's manual, test bank, and PowerPoint slides.
The Legal Environment of Business
by
Now you can examine the practical structure and function of the legal system from the perspective of the professional non-lawyer with the popular THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS, 13E. Readable cases summarize background facts and lower court holdings. Case decisions appear in the words of the court itself but are edited to include only key issues relevant to understanding the legal reasoning. In addition to reviewing the structure of today�s legal system, the book places strong emphasis on the nuts and bolts of legal rules that directly impact business today. Clear, concise coverage of a wide range of topics introduces critical points of law using business-specific examples and realistic scenarios. The authors� readable style complements their extensive knowledge of domestic and international business to make this a favorite among students, like you. To complement this edition, MindTap online solution is available to help you prepare for this course.
Negotiating success : tips and tools for building rapport and dissolving conflict while still getting what you want
by
How to execute win-win negotiations every time, in business and in life Negotiating Success provides expert guidance on how to improve strategies and outcomes in negotiating anything in professional and personal life. With a constant focus on the mind, body, and spirit of the professional negotiator, this easy-to- ready text brings a holistic approach to the hard and soft skills needed for ethical negotiations. The result is a better understanding of how to negotiate successfully for mutual benefit by all parties. Offers tips and tools, such as how to use positive psychology to unite your team, emotional intelligence for successful negotiation, and how to minimize conflict Spells out the six principles of ethical influence Written by Jim Hornickel, the founder of Bold New Directions, a transformational learning organization that provides training, coaching, retreats, and keynotes across the world, specializing in negotiation, leadership, communication, presentation, and corporate training Negotiating Success delivers an unparalleled blend of practical and explicit steps to take to achieve win-win negotiations, every time.
Negotiation
by
Negotiation is a critical skill needed for effective management. Negotiation 6/e explores the major concepts and theories of the psychology of bargaining and negotiation, and the dynamics of interpersonal and intergroup conflict and its resolution. It is relevant to a broad spectrum of management students, not only human resource management or industrial relations candidates.
The Negotiation Book
by
Negotiation is one of the most important skills in business. Fact. No other skill will give you a better chance of optimising your success and your organisation's success. Every time you negotiate, you are looking for an increased advantage. This book delivers it. From planning, dynamics and strategies, to psychology, tactics and behaviours, nothing will put you in a stronger position to build capability, build negotiation strategies and facilitate negotiations through to successful conclusions. Chapters include: The Clock Face of Negotiation Can You Really Negotiate? Limitations The Architect The 'e' Factor Empowerment Creativity Partnerships The Negotiation Book is your competitive advantage. That's something everyone can agree on.
Negotiation Excellence
by
Nearly 300 years ago, Francois de Callieres, a French diplomat, famously observed that the fate of the greatest states depends on the quality of their negotiators. His observation appears to have stood the test of time, as the fate of modern organizations in today's increasingly competitive global economy still depends largely on the skill and conduct of its negotiators. To illustrate the critical role of skilled negotiators, one has to look no further than at the dismal record of recent high-profile mergers and acquisitions. In numerous deals, deal makers have wiped out significant value off their market capitalization through failures in the deal making process. In contrast, successful serial deal makers have long recognized the value of negotiation and invested in building individual and institutional negotiation capabilities. Negotiation Excellence: Successful Deal Making was written by the leading negotiation experts from top-rated universities in the USA and in Asia and its objective is to introduce the readers to the theory and the best practices of effective negotiation. The book includes chapters ranging from: preparing and planning well for successful negotiations; building relationships and establishing trust between negotiators; negotiating creatively to create mutual value and win-win; understanding and dealing with negotiators from different cultures; to managing ethical dilemmas. In addition to emphasizing the link between theory and practice, Negotiation Excellence: Successful Deal Making includes deal examples such as: Renault-Nissan alliance; mega-merger between Arcelor and Mittal Steel; Kraft Foods acquisition of Cadbury PLC; Walt Disney Company negotiation with the Hong Kong government; and Komatsu, a Japanese firm, negotiation with Dresser, an American firm.
Negotiation Excellence
by
Negotiation Excellence: Successful Deal Making is written by leading negotiation experts from top-rated universities in the US and in Asia and its objective is to introduce readers to the theory and best practices of effective negotiation. The book includes chapters ranging from: preparing and planning for successful negotiations; building relationships and establishing trust between negotiators; negotiating creatively to create mutual value and win-win situations; understanding and dealing with negotiators from different cultures; to managing ethical dilemmas.In addition to emphasizing the link between theory and practice, the book includes deal examples such as: Renault-Nissan alliance; mega-merger between Arcelor and Mittal Steel; Kraft Foods' acquisition of Cadbury PLC, Walt Disney Company's negotiation with the Hong Kong government; and Komatsu, a Japanese firm's negotiation with Dresser, an American firm.Following the success of the first edition, the second edition re-emphasizes the spirit of linking theory to practice with two new chapters on emotions in negotiation and the Indian negotiation style.
The New Economic Diplomacy
by
The New Economic Diplomacy explains how states conduct their external economic relations in the 21st century: how they make decisions domestically, how they negotiate internationally and how these processes interact. Although the previous edition, published in 2011, was able to reflect the impact of the financial crisis and the immediate reaction to it, a lot has happened since then, and the atmosphere of economic diplomacy has darkened. To capture the emergence of new trends and the intensification of old ones, the salient features of this new edition are: The advance of China and other emerging powers at the expense of G7 governments, despite some setbacks; Much greater activity in negotiating regional and plurilateral trade agreements, while the multilateral system struggles; The persistence of problems exposed by the financial crisis, notably the long-running euro-zone crisis. The interaction between domestic and external forces: the balance has shifted towards the domestic axis, with international agreement more difficult to achieve. This edition goes further in comparing the practice of different players, to reflect the greater diversity of economic diplomacy. Based on the authors' work in the field of International Political Economy, it is suitable for students interested in the decision-making processes in foreign economic policy, including those studying international relations, government, politics and economics. It will also appeal to politicians, bureaucrats, business people, NGO activists, journalists and the informed public.
Quantum Negotiation
by
Master the art of getting what you need with a more collaborative approach to negotiation Quantum Negotiation is a handbook for getting what you need using a mindset and behaviors based on a refreshingly expansive perspective on negotiation. Rather that viewing every negotiation as an antagonistic and combative relationship, this book shows you how to move beyond the traditional pseudo win-win to construct a deal in which all parties get what they need. By exploring who we are as negotiators in the context of social conditioning, this model examines the cognitive, psychological, social, physical, and spiritual aspects of negotiation to help you produce more sustainable, prosperous, and satisfying agreements. We often think of negotiation as taking place in a boardroom, a car dealership, or any other contract-centered situation; in reality, we are negotiating every time we ask for something we need or want. Building more robust negotiation behaviors that resonate beyond the boardroom requires a deep engagement with others and a clear mindset of interdependence. This book helps you shift your perspective and build these important skills through a journey of discovery, reflection, and action. Rethink your assumptions about negotiations, your self-perception, your counterpart, and the overall relationship Adopt new tools that clarify what you want, why you need it, and how your counterpart can also get what they want and need Challenge fundamental world views related to negotiation, and shift from adversarial to engaging and satisfying Understand the unseen forces at work in any negotiation, and prevent them from derailing your success In the interest of creating an environment that elevates everyone's participation and assists them in reaching their full potential, Quantum Negotiation addresses the reality of hardball and coercion with a focus on engaging the human spirit to create new opportunities and resources.
Sales Negotiations in Professional Service Firms
by
This research study brings theoretical insights on real-life negotiations in sales of professional services in Spain and Germany. From the interview data obtained through an exploratory study based on a grounded theory approach, several factors that affect and determine agenda setting and issue management have emerged. It has been spotted that industry standards rather than negotiation strategy determine agenda setting and that issues about content are usually agreed on before negotiating price and bureaucratic conditions, being the degree of "productization" of Professional Service Firms a variable that needs to be taken into account. Moreover, a pattern has been found in sales negotiations of consulting companies dealing with client companies with an organized purchasing department, which has been labeled as "multi-party sequential negotiation model".
Selling building partnerships
by
Account-based marketing, customer lifetime value, artificial intelligence-all are influencing the way sales is done and taught. We believe that the partnering approach continues to be the best overall way to learn how to sell, particularly in the broader context of undergraduate education
This course will enable you to become effective business practitioners and negotiators in the international business field. Through the use of a combination of simulation, readings and class discussions, you will be given an overview of cross-cultural communication styles, national business opportunities, and political interests that may deviate usual and often impeding cross-border agreements. As globalization creates equal opportunities, corporate expansions to international markets for growth and profitability are nonstop. Since every country has its own unique political, economic, legal, social and cultural systems, business practices varies dramatically as well. Hence, through theory and cases and scrutiny of specific international business negotiations as well as dynamic simulation you will gain hands-on experience in global business strategy, negotiation, conflict resolution, mediation and arbitration.
Advanced Negotiation Techniques
by
Advanced Negotiation Techniques provides a wealth of material in a winning combination of practical experience and good research to give you a series of tools, techniques, and real-life examples to help you achieve your negotiation objectives. For 25 years and across 40 countries, the Resource Development Centre (RDC), run by negotiation experts Alan McCarthy and Steve Hay, has helped thousands of people to conduct successful negotiations of every type. Many RDC clients have been business professionals who have learned how to sell more successfully. Others have improved their buying skills. A few clients have applied the RDC techniques outside the business environment altogether--for instance, in such areas as international diplomatic services, including hostage and kidnap situations. As you'll discover, the RDC philosophy is centered on business ethics and a principled approach to negotiation that maximizes the value of the outcomes for both parties. It can even create additional value that neither party could find in isolation. In this book, you will learn: The ten golden rules for successful negotiations How to handle conflicts with your negotiating partners What hostage and kidnapping negotiations can teach managers negotiating in business settings How to ensure both sides perceive any agreement as a "win" Achieve higher-profit deals in difficult circumstances In the business world, negotiating with other companies, government officials, and even your colleagues is a fact of life. Advanced Negotiation Techniques takes you through a system for planning and conducting negotiations that will enable you and your team to achieve your negotiation objectives. This is an internationally tried and tested process, with many current Blue Chip organizations applying it daily for a simple reason: the techniques are easy to implement and they work. That makes this book essential reading for those who want to achieve their goals in any area of life.
The Book of Real-World Negotiations
by
Real world negotiation examples and strategies from one of the most highly respected authorities in the field This unique book can help you change your approach to negotiation by learning key strategies and techniques from actual cases. Through hard to find real world examples you will learn exactly how to effectively and productively negotiate. The Book of Real World Negotiations: Successful Strategies from Business, Government and Daily Life shines a light on real world negotiation examples and cases, rather than discussing hypothetical scenarios. It reveals what is possible through preparation, persistence, creativity, and taking a strategic approach to your negotiations. Many of us enter negotiations with skepticism and without understanding how to truly negotiate well. Because we lack knowledge and confidence, we may abandon the negotiating process prematurely or agree to deals that leave value on the table. The Book of Real World Negotiations will change that once and for all by immersing you in these real world scenarios. As a result, you'll be better able to grasp the true power of negotiation to deal with some of the most difficult problems you face or to put together the best deals possible. This book also shares critical insights and lessons for instructors and students of negotiation, especially since negotiation is now being taught in virtually all law schools, many business schools, and in the field of conflict resolution. Whether you're a student, instructor, or anyone who wants to negotiate successfully, you'll be able to carefully examine real world negotiation situations that will show you how to achieve your objectives in the most challenging of circumstances. The cases are organized by realms--domestic business cases, international business cases, governmental cases and cases that occur in daily life. From these cases you will learn more about: Exactly how to achieve Win-Win outcomes The critical role of underlying interests The kind of thinking that goes into generating creative options How to consider your and the other negotiator's Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement (BATNA) Negotiating successfully in the face of power Achieving success when negotiating cross-culturally Once you come to understand through these cases that negotiation is the art of the possible, you'll stop saying "a solution is impossible." With the knowledge and self-assurance you gain from this book, you'll roll up your sleeves and keep negotiating until you reach a mutually satisfactory outcome!
Creative Solutions to Global Business Negotiations, Second Edition
by
Making deals globally is a fact of life in modern business. To successfully conduct deals abroad, executives like you need skills to negotiate with counterparts who have different backgrounds and experiences. This book gives you and other international executives the savvy you need to negotiate with finesse and ease. It offers valuable insights into the fine points of negotiating and guidelines on delicate issues that can influence a promising deal. The book is divided into five parts: Global business negotiations framework; the role of culture in negotiations and on choosing an appropriate negotiation style; the negotiation process; negotiation tools, such as communication skills and the role of power in negotiations; and miscellaneous topics such as negotiating on the Internet, gender issue in global negotiations, how small firms can effectively negotiate with large firms, negotiating intangibles, managing negotiating teams, developing an organizational negotiation capability and negotiating via interpreters. Clear and comprehensive, the authors outline the hallmarks of strengthening and maintaining a strong bargaining position for negotiating deals even under adverse conditions.
Creative Solutions to Global Business Negotiations, Third Edition
by
Practical and user friendly, the author describes all the key elements needed to negotiate deals that are doable, profitable, and sustainable. Based on decades of teaching and consultancies around the world, the author provides a useful guide for business executives operating in today's digitalized global economy. This latest edition will help readers enhance their preparation, anticipate objections, create value for tangibles/intangibles, and avoid cultural blunders to reach mutually beneficial outcomes. By sharpening negotiation skills, business executives will be able to interact more effectively with their counterparts in the fast changing global business environment and the rising influence of third parties. Practical and user friendly, the author describes all the key elements needed to negotiate deals that are doable, profitable, and sustainable.
Critical connections : promoting economic growth and resilience in Europe and Central Asia
by
Examines how trade, investment, migration, and other linkages among countries drive economic growth in the Europe and Central Asia region. The study breaks new ground by using a multidimensional approach that recognizes how each connectivity channel for growth is likely to be affected by the strength of other channels. This multidimensional view makes it easier to see that diversity in country connections and balance in all channels of connectivity are critical for achieving the greatest impact on growth. Europe and Central Asia provides a great laboratory for observing the role of multidimensional connectivity in action. The region's 30 countries vary widely in the openness of their economies. Its collective experience shows how the various elements of cross-border connectivity work together to accelerate progrowth knowledge transfers, which in turn boost productivity through participation in today's global value chains. A country's economic partner might be just as important as the type of connection. Being well connected to highly connected countries can provide benefits beyond being well connected to comparatively isolated countries. Although greater connectivity can expose countries to external shocks, the report presents fact-based argument for policies that seek to build deeper and more diverse connections within the Europe and Central Asia region and globally. The message is timely. Europe's once-confident march toward economic integration has slowed over the past decade, with voices in many countries questioning the wisdom of opening to the global economy. This publication serves as a reminder to citizens and policy makers that greater regional and global connectivity has been a tremendous "convergence machine," raising living standards of lower-income countries toward those of wealthier middle- to high-income countries.
Handbook of International Negotiation
by
This book reinforces the foundation of a new field of studies and research in the intersection between social sciences and specifically between political science, international relations, diplomacy, psychotherapy, and social-cognitive psychology. It seeks to promote a coherent and comprehensive approach to international negotiation from a multidisciplinary viewpoint generating a longer term of studies, researches, and networking process that both respond to changes and differences in our societies and to the unprecedented demand and opportunities for international conflict prevention and resolution. There is a need to increase cooperation, coherence, and efficiency of international negotiation. It is necessary to focus our shared attention on new ways to better formulate integrated and sustainable negotiating strategies for conflict resolution. This book acquires innovative relevance in and will impact on the new context of international challenges which do not have a one-off solution that can be settled through a single target-oriented negotiation process. The book brings together leading scholars and researchers into the field from different disciplines, diplomats, politicians, senior officials, and even a Cardinal of the Holy See to give their contributions and make proposals on how best to optimize the use of negotiation and diplomacy structures, tools, and instruments. However, unlike most studies and researches on international negotiation, this book emphasizes processes, not simply outcomes or even tools but the way in which tools are and can be used to achieve better outcomes in international reality-based negotiation.
Inked : the ultimate guide to powerful closing and sales negotiation tactics that unlock yes and seal the deal
by
Learn powerful closing and sales negotiation tactics that unlock yes and seal the deal. Each year, sales professionals leave billions of dollars on the table because they are out gunned, out maneuvered, and out played by savvy buyers, who have been schooled in the art and science of negotiation. Because today's buyers have more power than ever before--more information, more at stake, and more control over the buying process--they almost always enter sales negotiations in a much stronger position than the salespeople on the other side of the table. The results are sadly predictable: salespeople and their companies end up on the losing end of the deal. In this brutal paradigm, if you fail to master the skills, strategies, and tactics to go toe-to-toe with modern buyers and win at the sales negotiation table, your income and long-term earning potential will suffer--along with your company's growth, profits, and market valuation. In his new book INKED: The Ultimate Guide to Powerful Closing and Sales Negotiation Tactics that Unlock YES and Seal the Deal, Jeb Blount levels the playing field by giving you the strategies, tactics, techniques, skills, and human-influence frameworks required to become a powerful and effective sales negotiator. In his signature, straightforward style, Jeb pulls no punches. He slaps you right in the face with the cold, hard truth and lays bare the reasons why you keep getting beaten by buyers who have been trained in how to play you. Then, he teaches you exactly what you need to know, do, and say to gain more control and more power over the outcomes of your deals, and WIN. You'll learn: Seven Immutable Rules of Sales Negotiation Why "Win-Win" Usually Means "You-Lose" The One Rule of Sales Negotiation You Must Never Break How to Leverage the Powerful MLP Strategy to Bend Win Probability in Your Favor The ACED Buyer Persona Model and How to Flex to Buyer Communication Styles Seven Principles of Effective Sales Negotiation Communication How to Leverage the DEAL Sales Negotiation Framework to Control the Negotiation Conversation and Get Ink How to Gain the Advantage with Comprehensive Sales Negotiation Planning Strategies and Tools Powerful Negotiation Psychology and Influence Frameworks that Keep You in Control of the Conversation How to Rise Above the Seven Disruptive Emotions that are Holding You Back at the Sales Negotiation Table How to Protect Yourself from the Psychological Games that Buyers Play With these powerful tactics in your sales arsenal, you will approach sales negotiations with the confidence and power to take control of the conversation and get the prices, terms, and conditions that you deserve. INKED is the most comprehensive Sales Negotiation resource ever developed for the sales profession. Unlike so many other negotiating books that ignore the reality sellers face in the rapid-fire, real world of the sales profession, INKED is a sales-specific negotiation primer. You'll learn directly from one of the most sought-after and celebrated sales trainers of our generation. Following in the footsteps of his blockbuster bestsellers Fanatical Prospecting, Sales EQ, and Objections, Jeb Blount's INKED puts the same strategies employed by his clients--a who's who of the world's most prestigious organizations--right into your hands.
The Intelligent International Negotiator
by
In today's business world, people negotiate every day, everywhere, using techniques learned from various books, experience, and education. Some are more culturally aware and others much less. Some forget that negotiation is, first of all, a human interaction. Some still think that negotiation rhymes with competition. If any of this sounds familiar to you, this book can help. Inside, the author presents strategies, stories, facts, and tools that intelligent international negotiators use in order to succeed in their negotiations worldwide. The unique integrative cross-cultural approach to negotiating will provide a different and innovative perception of what negotiating means today. It also provides the perfect approach to international negotiations from the perspective of an expert who has negotiated in international businesses around the world-more human, more pleasant, and more effective. The Intelligent International Negotiator is a ready-to- use book that you will read and digest very quickly, with inputs that you can employ immediately.
Investor-state dispute settlement and national courts : current framework and reform options
by
This open access book examines the multiple intersections between national and international courts in the field of investment protection, and suggests possible modes for regulating future jurisdictional interactions between domestic courts and international tribunals. The current system of foreign investment protection consists of more than 3,000 international investment agreements (IIAs), most of which provide for investment arbitration as the forum for the resolution of disputes between foreign investors and host States. However, national courts also have jurisdiction over certain matters involving cross-border investments. International investment tribunals and national courts thus interact in a number of ways, which range from harmonious co-existence to reinforcing complementation, reciprocal supervision and, occasionally, competition and discord. The book maps this complex relationship between dispute settlement bodies in the current investment treaty context and assesses the potential role of domestic courts in future treaty frameworks that could emerge from the States' current efforts to reform the system. The book concludes that, in certain areas of interaction between domestic courts and international investment tribunals, the "division of labor" between the two bodies is not always optimal, producing inefficiencies that burden the system as a whole. In these areas, there is a need for improvement by introducing a more fruitful allocation of tasks between domestic and international courts and tribunals - whatever form(s) the international mechanism for the settlement of investment disputes may take. Given its scope, the book contributes not only to legal analysis, but also to the policy reflections that are needed for ongoing efforts to reform investor-State dispute settlement.
The leader's guide to negotiation : how to use soft skills to get hard results
by
PLAY ON YOUR TERMS Negotiation is THE core business skill. It is fundamental to everything we do that involves other people, whether that's asking for a raise, pitching an idea or deciding who gets the coffee. The Leader's Guide to Negotiation is a highly practical guide to getting the most out of your business interactions, whilst building stronger relationships to boot. From achieving win-win outcomes to problem-solving and building trust, it equips you with failsafe strategies for conducting successful and positive negotiations. 'An entertaining, immediately useful book that goes beyond a.
The Legal Environment of Business
by
Now you can examine the practical structure and function of the legal system from the perspective of the professional non-lawyer with the popular THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS, 13E. Readable cases summarize background facts and lower court holdings. Case decisions appear in the words of the court itself but are edited to include only key issues relevant to understanding the legal reasoning. In addition to reviewing the structure of today's legal system, the book places strong emphasis on the nuts and bolts of legal rules that directly impact business today. Clear, concise coverage of a wide range of topics introduces critical points of law using business-specific examples and realistic scenarios. The authors' readable style complements their extensive knowledge of domestic and international business to make this a favorite among students, like you. To complement this edition, MindTap online solution is available to help you prepare for this course.
Negotiating Globally
by
A framework for anticipating and managing cultural differences at the negotiating table In today's global environment, negotiators who understand cultural differences and negotiation fundamentals have a decided advantage at the bargaining table. This thoroughly revised and updated edition of Negotiating Globally explains how culture affects negotiators' assumptions about when and how to negotiate, their interests and priorities, and their strategies. It explains how confrontation, motivation, influence, and information strategies shift due to culture. It provides strategic advice for negotiators whose deals, disputes, and decisions cross cultural boundaries, and shows how to anticipate cultural differences and then manage them when they appear at the negotiating table. It challenges negotiators to expand their repertoire of strategies, so that they are prepared to negotiate deals, resolve disputes, and make decisions regardless of the culture in which they find themselves. Includes a review of the various contexts and building blocks of negotiation strategy Explains how and why negotiation may be practiced differently in different cultures and how to modify strategy when confronted with different cultural approaches Explores the three primary cultural prototypes negotiators should understand Negotiating Globally is ideal for those relatively new to negotiation, particularly in the global arena, and offers an overview of the various contexts and tactics of negotiation strategy. Written by an award-winning negotiation expert, this book provides an ideal framework for any and all global negotiations.
Negotiating success : tips and tools for building rapport and dissolving conflict while still getting what you want
by
How to execute win-win negotiations every time, in business and in life Negotiating Success provides expert guidance on how to improve strategies and outcomes in negotiating anything in professional and personal life. With a constant focus on the mind, body, and spirit of the professional negotiator, this easy-to- ready text brings a holistic approach to the hard and soft skills needed for ethical negotiations. The result is a better understanding of how to negotiate successfully for mutual benefit by all parties. Offers tips and tools, such as how to use positive psychology to unite your team, emotional intelligence for successful negotiation, and how to minimize conflict Spells out the six principles of ethical influence Written by Jim Hornickel, the founder of Bold New Directions, a transformational learning organization that provides training, coaching, retreats, and keynotes across the world, specializing in negotiation, leadership, communication, presentation, and corporate training Negotiating Success delivers an unparalleled blend of practical and explicit steps to take to achieve win-win negotiations, every time.
Negotiating with Winning Words
by
You are about to go into an important negotiation. You have done your homework and you have a plan and a strategy. But now you are face to face with the other person. What should you say, when should you say it, how should you say it? That is what this book is all about. What do you say to gather the information you need, set expectations, build relationships, and create a win-win situation? How do you actually use negotiating tactics and strategies in a whole verity of situations? What should you say to close and wrap up the deal? This book will guide you through the entire negotiating process and make sure that you have the right words at your fingertips for any negotiating situation that you encounter. The author walks you through some key business negotiations, including a sales negotiation, a purchasing negotiation, and even how to negotiate salary and benefits for a new job. It is all here. A complete overview of the negotiation process and scripts you can use and modify to fit any situation.
Negotiation : how to craft agreements that give everyone more
by
Think negotiation is a boardroom battlefield? Think again. We all need to negotiate in our professional and personal lives, but negotiation doesn’t have to be a fight to get what you want. In fact, you’ll create better deals and better relationships through collaboration. In Negotiation, Gavin Presman shares his ethical and mutually-beneficial approach, showing you how to prepare for and engage in every negotiation to achieve better results for yourself and others – whether you’re drawing up a contract with a new client, buying a house or, often the trickiest of all, settling family disagreements. With step-by-step guidance, illustrative examples and checklists to refer back to, this is a practical and empowering guide that will improve the negotiating skills of any reader, enhancing personal and professional relationships in the process.
Negotiation and Foreign Policy Decision Making
by
Foreign policy decisions are influenced by many factors. The real world is complex and many variables have to be considered when making a decision. A psychological approach to decision-making facilitates the understanding and explaining of the complexity of foreign and global policies precisely because of the prolonged transitional stage of the contemporary international system. The course of world politics is shaped by the decisions of leaders. Uncertainty involved in decision-making in fo...
Negotiation and resistance
by
"This book is about how the peasants of northern France in the high Middle Ages, ca. 1000-1250, exercised agency, that is, self-determination and resistance to oppression, especially through collective negotiation with the powerful, including landlords, counts, and dukes, and bishops and abbots"-- Provided by publisher.
The Negotiation Book
by
Winner! - CMI Management Book of the Year 2017 - Practical Manager category Master the art of negotiation and gain the competitive advantage Now revised and updated, the second edition of The Negotiation Book will teach you about one of the most important skills in business. We all have to negotiate at some point; whether in the office or at home and good negotiation skills can have a profound effect on our lives - both financially and personally. No other skill will give you a better chance of optimizing your success and your organization's success. Every time you negotiate, you are looking for an increased advantage. This book delivers it, whilst ensuring the other party also comes away feeling good about the deal. Nothing will put you in a stronger position to build capacity, build negotiation strategies and facilitate negotiations through to successful conclusions. The Negotiation Book: Explains the importance of planning, dynamics and strategies Will help you understand the psychology, tactics and behaviours of negotiation Teaches you how to conduct successful win-win negotiations Gives you the competitive advantage
Negotiation Booster
by
Negotiation Booster is the ultimate guide to winning negotiations through self-empowerment. To successfully conclude a business conversation, negotiation skills and tactics are not enough. If you enter a negotiation with fear, self-doubt or lack of conviction, you will not win no matter how well tactically you have been trained. Negotiation Booster is a novel approach leveraging the task related aspects of a negotiation with the underlying factors, such as emotions, ego, and stress. Negotiation Booster is the ultimate guide to winning negotiations through self-empowerment. By bridging the strategic aspects with a self-management booster, the book will help you develop strategies for thriving in your negotiations. Negotiation Booster draws from interdisciplinary sources. It equips the reader with cutting-edge insights into the key negotiation concepts, fundamental negotiation strategies, communication skills, perception and impression management techniques, the determinants of desired outcomes, and the issues that negotiators face internally and externally in the negotiation process.
The new economic diplomacy : decision-making and negotiation in international economic relations
by
The New Economic Diplomacy explains how states conduct their external economic relations in the 21st century: how they make decisions domestically, how they negotiate internationally and how these processes interact. Although the previous edition, published in 2011, was able to reflect the impact of the financial crisis and the immediate reaction to it, a lot has happened since then, and the atmosphere of economic diplomacy has darkened. To capture the emergence of new trends and the intensification of old ones, the salient features of this new edition are: The advance of China and other emerging powers at the expense of G7 governments, despite some setbacks; Much greater activity in negotiating regional and plurilateral trade agreements, while the multilateral system struggles; The persistence of problems exposed by the financial crisis, notably the long-running euro-zone crisis. The interaction between domestic and external forces: the balance has shifted towards the domestic axis, with international agreement more difficult to achieve. This edition goes further in comparing the practice of different players, to reflect the greater diversity of economic diplomacy. Based on the authors' work in the field of International Political Economy, it is suitable for students interested in the decision-making processes in foreign economic policy, including those studying international relations, government, politics and economics. It will also appeal to politicians, bureaucrats, business people, NGO activists, journalists and the informed public.
Nordic Mediation Research
by
This open access book presents twelve unique studies on mediation from researchers in Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden, respectively. Each study highlights important aspects of mediation, including the role of children in family mediation, the evolution and ambivalent application of restorative justice in the Nordic countries, the confusion of roles in court-connected mediation, and the challenges in dispute systems. Over the past 20-30 years, mediation has gained in popularity in many countries around the world and is often heralded as a suitable and cost-effective mode of conflict resolution. However, as the studies in this volumes show, mediation also has a number of potential drawbacks. Parties' self-determination may be jeopardized, affected third parties are involved in an inadequate way, and the legal regulations may be flawed. The publication can inspire research, help professionals and policymakers in the field and be used as a textbook.
The Paradoxes of Interculturality
by
Offering a unique reading experience, this book examines the epistemologies of interculturality and explores potential routes to review and revisit the notion anew. Grounded in different sociocultural, economic and political perspectives around the world, interculturality in education and research bears a paradoxical attribute of 'contradictions' and 'inconsistencies', making it a polysemous and flexible notion that has no definitive diagnosis and requires constant unthinking and rethinking. The author provides a toolbox of 'out-of-box ideas' in the form of fragmental yet standalone writings and follow-up questions concerning stereotypes about the very notion of interculturality and conceptual and methodological flaws in the way it is used. Readers are encouraged to critically reflect about interculturality as it stands today in global research and education. In identifying the paradoxes of interculturality and proposing alternative directions, the book stimulates a diversity of thoughts about the notion that goes beyond the 'West'. The book will be an essential reading for scholars, students and educators interested in education philosophy, applied linguistics and the broad field of intercultural communication education.
Quantum Negotiation
by
Master the art of getting what you need with a more collaborative approach to negotiation Quantum Negotiation is a handbook for getting what you need using a mindset and behaviors based on a refreshingly expansive perspective on negotiation. Rather that viewing every negotiation as an antagonistic and combative relationship, this book shows you how to move beyond the traditional pseudo win-win to construct a deal in which all parties get what they need. By exploring who we are as negotiators in the context of social conditioning, this model examines the cognitive, psychological, social, physical, and spiritual aspects of negotiation to help you produce more sustainable, prosperous, and satisfying agreements. We often think of negotiation as taking place in a boardroom, a car dealership, or any other contract-centered situation; in reality, we are negotiating every time we ask for something we need or want. Building more robust negotiation behaviors that resonate beyond the boardroom requires a deep engagement with others and a clear mindset of interdependence. This book helps you shift your perspective and build these important skills through a journey of discovery, reflection, and action. Rethink your assumptions about negotiations, your self-perception, your counterpart, and the overall relationship Adopt new tools that clarify what you want, why you need it, and how your counterpart can also get what they want and need Challenge fundamental world views related to negotiation, and shift from adversarial to engaging and satisfying Understand the unseen forces at work in any negotiation, and prevent them from derailing your success In the interest of creating an environment that elevates everyone's participation and assists them in reaching their full potential, Quantum Negotiation addresses the reality of hardball and coercion with a focus on engaging the human spirit to create new opportunities and resources.
Succeeding at Business in Southeast Asia
by
Succeeding at Business in Southeast Asia walks readers through the steps necessary to build and execute a market entry strategy into Southeast Asia, similar to what Eric Moraczewski did with his clients at FDI Strategies. Step by step, readers will learn about the top five pitfalls as well as common areas of concern and mistakes that can be avoided. These can be internal or external issues, country-specific or endemic to the region, but they all are issues Moraczewski solved regularly with clients and other businesses around the globe. Where possible, examples based on his own career experience are used to help reveal the bigger picture and affirm that everyone can, and often times will, make mistakes. Written with humanity and conversational clarity, Moraczewski's book delves into critical topics such as relationship-building, power structures, and the role culture plays in economic value and ethical standards. He inspires would-be investors by tapping into universal human behaviors and shows how they can be leveraged to make the right business connections abroad. Additional topics include: Joint ventures Franchising strategy Small businesses breaking into Asia Lessons to bring back from foreign markets
Factory Physics for Managers: How Leaders Improve Performance in a Post-Lean Six Sigma World
by
From the award-winning developers of Factory Physics--a powerful leadership guide for breakthrough performance A comprehensive guide that cuts through the hodgepodge of copycat initiatives, overblown buzzwords, confusing mathematics, and misguided software, Factory Physics for Managers is a breath of fresh air for operations managers and executives. Written by the leaders and experts behind the bestselling Factory Physics, it's a brilliant crash course in the practical science of operations designed to help you: Achieve best possible profit, cash flow, and customer service Attain highest return with existing Lean, Six Sigma, and ERP initiatives Manage your capacity, inventory, response time, and variability with high predictability Simplify management of complexity using existing IT systems Use the fundamentals of science to ensure your operation's success See your company and procedures more clearly Improve intuition, decision making, and strategy execution A strategy of imitation is not much of a strategy. Most every company uses the common continuous improvement initiatives. This highly accessible guide addresses but goes beyond other business approaches such as Lean, Six Sigma, and Theory of Constraints by offering a customizable plan that you can apply to any manufacturing-based industry or supply chain. You'll discover invaluable tools for developing operations strategy and driving execution by using practical science to assess your procedures, target problems, and find solutions. You'll learn essential life lessons from the best--and worst--practices of corporate leaders like Toyota and Boeing. You'll find ingenious new ways to improve your leadership by predictively managing the tradeoffs that every operation faces--whether it's more or less inventory or capacity, higher or lower customer service, or more or fewer products. Using this approach, you can tackle these natural conflicts in business through a practical, comprehensive science of operations. Factory Physics for Managers makes it easier to choose and execute the best strategy for better productivity--and even bigger profits. Praise for Factory Physics for Managers "Factory Physics for Managers is a proven path to flawless execution and results. Leading vs. following in our industry is predicated on the relentless pursuit of putting order to chaos. Factory Physics science and CSUITE software have given our organization the ability to plan, predict, model, and execute based on explosive growth and rapid-fire, dynamic changes to our business model. In our case, history is not a good predictor of the future, so we need to deploy our resources wisely, and the Factory Physics approach has helped us do just that." --Larry Doerr, COO, Stratasys "Shows how the science behind Lean initiatives can greatly improve results in terms of productivity and resources." --Bill Fierle, Vice President and General Manager, TopWorx, Emerson "Brings powerful, accessible science to operations management. The Factory Physics playbook enables me to lead the harnessing of our data more effectively for modeling, planning, control, and feedback. Armed with the concepts, common language, and tools in this book, I can partner with operations' leadership to impact the bottom line." --Jeffrey Korman, CIO, Hu-Friedy Mfg LLC, Chicago
The Intersection of Change Management and Lean Six Sigma
by
"Randy has crafted an invaluable book, no matter where you are in the journey of organizational change management. A must-have guide you will refer to again and again." - Marshall Goldsmith, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller, Triggers. 　 "Randy Kesterson recognizes that much of the energy that organizations put into Lean and Six Sigma improvements is wasted when the results are not applied effectively due to the organization's resistance to change." 　　 - Ellen Domb, Ph.D. PQR, one of the world's top 50 quality experts at QualityGurus.com "Finally, a book that recognizes that most organizations are on the left side of the FAT-LEAN continuum. Far too many organizations think they are Lean/Six Sigma mature only to realize that they aren't even close." - Gerhard Plenert, Ph.D., serves as Director of Executive Education, Shingo Institute, Home of the Shingo Prize The Intersection of Change Management and Lean Six Sigma: The Basics for Black Belts and Change Agents is for Lean and Six Sigma professionals working inside organizations with low Lean maturity and significant resistance to change. Written by a business executive and certified Lean Six Sigma black belt, this book: Provides sound, innovative practices for those interested in successfully navigating organizational change. Focuses on culture change and mindsets, not just tools and applications. Stresses effective communication ensuring that various stakeholders understand the reasons for the change, the benefits, and the details. Illustrates how the benefits of Lean and Six Sigma initiatives can benefit the change management process. This book pinpoints and examines the intersection of change management and Lean Six Sigma. It features interviews with change management practitioners (executives, project managers, and black belts) and provides pertinent case studies detailing successful and failed changes. 　 　
The Lean Six Sigma Black Belt Handbook
by
Although Lean and Six Sigma appear to be quite different, when used together they have shown to deliver unprecedented improvements to quality and profitability. The Lean Six Sigma Black Belt Handbook: Tools and Methods for Process Acceleration explains how to integrate these seemingly dissimilar approaches to increase production speed while decreasing variations and costs in your organization. Presenting problem-solving tools you can use to immediately determine the sources of the problems in your organization, the book is based on a recent survey that analyzed Six Sigma tools to determine which are the most beneficial. Although it focuses on the most commonly used tools, it also includes coverage of those used a minimum of two times on every five Six Sigma projects. Filled with diagrams of the tools you'll need, the book supplies a comprehensive framework to help you for organize and process the vast amount of information currently available about Lean, quality management, and continuous improvement process applications. It begins with an overview of Six Sigma, followed by little-known tips for using Lean Six Sigma (LSS) effectively. It examines the LSS quality system, its supporting organization, and the different roles involved. Identifying the theories required to support a contemporary Lean system, the book describes the new skills and technologies that you need to master to be certified at the Lean Six Sigma Black Belt (LSSBB) level. It also covers the advanced non-statistical and statistical tools that are new to the LSSBB body of knowledge. Presenting time-tested insights of a distinguished group of authors, the book provides the understanding required to select the solutions that best fit your organization's aim and　culture. It also includes exercises, worksheets, and templates you can easily customize to create your own handbook for continuous process improvement. Designed to make the methodologies you choose easy to follow, the book will help Black Belts and Senseis better engage their employees, as well as provide an integrated and visual process management structure for reporting and sustaining continuous improvement breakthroughs and initiatives.
Lean Six Sigma for Dummies®
by
Maximize the quality and efficiency of your organization If you want to make your organization or team more productive, you have to change the way it thinks. Combining the leading improvement methods of Six Sigma and Lean, this winning technique drives performance to the next level. But the jargon-packed language and theory of Lean Six Sigma can be intimidating for both beginners and experienced users. Whether you want to manage a project more tightly or fine-tune existing systems and processes, Lean Six Sigma For Dummies gives you plain-English guidance to achieve your business goals. Lean Six Sigma For Dummies outlines the key concepts of this strategy and explains how you can use it to get the very best out of your business. You'll discover lots of tools and techniques for implementing Lean Six Sigma; guidance on policy deployment; information on managing change in your organization; useful methods for choosing which projects to tackle; and much more. Gives you plain-English explanations of complicated jargon Serves as a useful tool for businesspeople looking to make their organization more effective Helps you achieve business goals with ease If you're a project manager or other businessperson looking for new and effective ways to improve your process, Lean Six Sigma For Dummies has you covered.
Lean Six Sigma for Supply Chain Management, Second Edition
by
Publisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. A Proven 10-Step Solution Process to Identify and Solve Supply Chain Problems Using the Latest Lean Methods Fully revised to cover recent dramatic developments in supply chain improvement methodologies, this strategic guide brings together the Six Sigma and Lean manufacturing tools and techniques required to eliminate supply chain issues and increase profitability. This updated edition offers new coverage of enterprise kaizen events, big data analytics, customer loyalty metrics, security, sustainability, and design for excellence. The structured 10-Step Solution Process presented in the book ensures that clear goals are established and tactical objectives are consistently met through thedeployment of aligned Lean Six Sigma projects. Written by a Master Black Belt and Lean Six Sigma consultant, this practical resource also provides an inventory model and Excel templates for download at www.mhprofessional.com/LSSSCM2. Lean Six Sigma for Supply Chain Management, Second Edition, covers: Lean Six Sigma applications for service, supply chain, and manufacturing systems Deploying Lean Six Sigma projects using Lean tools and models Demand management impact on Lean Six Sigma projects Lead time impact on Lean Six Sigma projects Root-cause analysis using Six Sigma Tools (with operations research methods) Applications to Lean Six Sigma supply chains and third-party logistics Big data analytics, security, and sustainability applications Voice of the Customer, Kano, and loyalty metrics Supply chain design for excellence methods Lean Six Sigma maturity model
Lean Six Sigma in the Age of Artificial Intelligence: Harnessing the Power of the Fourth Industrial Revolution
by
The world's leading expert on Lean Six Sigma provides the missing link for reducing waste and taking operations to the next level: Artificial Intelligence "Whatever the industry, there is an executive with the grit and determination to apply AI to attain the fastest growth, the highest investment returns, to dominate that industry. The only question is: will it be you?" -from Lean Six Sigma in the Age of Artificial Intelligence Combine the power of AI and LSS to seize the competitive advantage--quickly, decisively, and permanently Since 2001, business leaders have been using Lean Six Sigma (LSS) to drive improvements across industries, enabling their companies to reduce cycle time and waste, thus improving revenue and profits. Now they can finally unlock their company's full potential by combining LSS and AI. In Lean Six Sigma in the Age of Artificial Intelligence, the world's most respected expert on LSS, Michael L. George, Sr., shows how to harness the power of the technology that promises changing everything as we know it--Artificial Intelligence--to dramatically enhance any LSS management program. This game-changing guide takes you through the process of using AI to unlock maximum speed, solve complex manufacturing challenges, reduce waste, increase company profits, and ultimately outflank your competition at every turn. With Lean Six Sigma in the Age of Artificial Intelligence, you'll take this revolutionary approach to its limits--and that will make all the difference between business success and failure in the coming decades.
Management Theory and Practice
by
People's needs are the decisive factor in achieving organizational effectiveness, as per the human relations approach to management. This book covers the fundamental principles, theories, and practices of modern management. The book explores various topics such as organizational behavior, strategic planning, leadership, communication, and decision-making. It offers practical insights and case studies to help readers develop their management skills and apply them in real-world scenarios. Whether you are a student, aspiring manager, or experienced executive, this book is an essential resource for mastering the art and science of management.
Mastering Lean Six Sigma
by
Lean Six Sigma is all about dramatically improving organizational per¬formance. It requires a roadmap, mentoring, teaching, coaching, and training in Six Sigma methodologies. This book gives you those tools, along with practical examples and case studies to achieve the goals of improved customer satisfaction, increased profitability, and enhanced productivity. Modeled on the ASQ Master Black Belt Certificate requirements, this book prepares students for their application process and exam, in ad¬dition to providing practitioners the advanced black belt concepts ap¬plicable in any organization. Those concepts, from the beginning to the end of the process, are the following: - Identifying the needs - Leading the efforts - Defining the projects - Characterizing the processes - Analyzing the processes using statistical tools - Improving and mistake proofing the processes - Sustaining the improved processes
Quality Management for Organizations Using Lean Six Sigma Techniques
by
The next step in the evolution of the organizational quality field, Lean Six Sigma (LSS) has come of age. However, many challenges to using LSS in lieu of, in conjunction with, or integrated with other quality initiatives remain. An update on the current focus of quality management, Quality Management for Organizations Using Lean Six Sigma Techniques covers the concepts and principles of Lean Six Sigma and its origins in quality, total quality management (TQM), and statistical process control (SPC), and then explores how it can be integrated into manufacturing, logistics, and healthcare operations. The book presents the background on quality and Lean Six Sigma (LSS) techniques and tools, previous history of LSS in manufacturing, and current applications of LSS in operations such as logistics and healthcare. It provides a decision model for choosing whether to use LSS or other quality initiatives, which projects should be selected and prioritized, and what to do with non-LSS projects. The author also details an integration model for integrating and developing integrated LSS and other quality initiatives, and common mathematical techniques that you can use for performing LSS statistical calculations. He describes methods to attain the different Six Sigma certifications, and closes with discussion of future directions of Lean Six Sigma and quality. Case studies illustrate the integration of LSS principles into other quality initiatives, highlighting best practices as well as successful and failed integrations. This guide gives you a balanced description of the good, bad, and ugly in integrating LSS into modern operations, giving you the understanding necessary to immediately apply the concepts to your quality processes.
The Six Sigma Black Belt Handbook
by
EXTREME SIX SIGMA: A new series that takes Six Sigma to the next level The Six Sigma Operational Methods Series goes beyond simply explaining Six Sigma basics to interested managers--these are hard-core working tools of statistical methods, quantitative and intense, aimed at mathematically sophisticated Six Sigma practitioners unwilling to settle for anything less than peak performance in manufacturing and services. Written by four instructors from the world-renowned Motorola University, this handbook provides the tools Six Sigma Black Belts and Master Black Belts need to deal with the most intractable business problems. The authors show how to integrate research and development, manufacturing, human resources, finance, marketing, quality, and customer service with corporate vision, mission, and key strategies. * Tools for estimating quality project cost on a project by project basis * A complete guide to understanding and writing financial reports * Methodologies for leading multiple projects * Problem-solving tools like Design for Six Sigma and TRIZ Contents: Strategy: Planning for Six Sigma * Project Management * Performance Reporting * Leadership for Six Sigma: Organizing for Six Sigma * Team Leader’s Tools *Team Measurement Concepts * Corporate Initiatives: SixSigma * Lean Thinking * Human Resources Management:Organizational Alignment * Compensation and Recognition* Methodology Tools: Define * Measure * Analyze *Improve * Triz * Control * Design for Six Sigma * FinancialMeasurements: Financial * Operational * Reporting *By Industry: Service * Transaction * Manufacturing *Healthcare * Human Resources Management
The Six Sigma Handbook, 5E
by
Publisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. The most important reference to Lean Six Sigma―fully updated for the latest advances This thoroughly revised, industry standard guide delivers all the information you need to apply Lean Six Sigma techniques and dramatically improve processes, profitability, sustainability, and long-term growth. Written by two of the foremost authorities in the field, the book contains full explanations of the latest lean, problem solving and change management principles and methods. You will discover how to build the best teams and foster effective leadership while maximizing customer satisfaction and boosting profits. The book includes coverage of the recently released Minitab 18. The Six Sigma Handbook, Fifth Edition covers: * Building the responsive Six Sigma organization * Recognizing and capitalizing on opportunity * Data-driven management * Maximizing resources * Project management using DMAIC and DMADV * The define phase * The measure phase * Process behavior charts * Measurement systems evaluation * The analyze phase * The improve/design phase * The control/verify phase
Sustainability : utilizing lean Six Sigma techniques
by
Although most agree that Lean Six Sigma is here to stay, they also agree that learning how to sustain the results seems problematic at best and unattainable at worst. Reverting to the old way of doing things is inevitable if sustainability measures are not a part of the methodology. Currently there are no standard resource on how to be sustainable or on using statistical techniques and practices. Until now. Sustainability: Utilizing Lean Six Sigma Techniques not only examines how to use particular lean six sigma tools, but how to sustain results that make companies profitable with continuous improvement. The book demonstrates how to use the Six Sigma methodology to make process-focused decisions that will achieve the goals of sustainability and allow organizations to gain true benefits from process improvements. It covers sustainability and metrics, Lean manufacturing, Six Sigma tools, sustainability project management, sustainability modeling, sustainable manufacturing and operations, decision making, and sustainability logistics. These tools help sustain results while keeping organizations competitive regardless of economic conditions. While continuous improvement techniques look good on paper, the implementation of the techniques can become difficult and challenging to maintain. Without utilizing Lean Six Sigma tools and leading the change, companies will become less and less marketable and profitable. This book supplies a blueprint on achieving sustainable results from high-quality improvements and making organizations competitive and first in class in their marketplace.
Factory Physics for Managers: How Leaders Improve Performance in a Post-Lean Six Sigma World
by
From the award-winning developers of Factory Physics--a powerful leadership guide for breakthrough performance A comprehensive guide that cuts through the hodgepodge of copycat initiatives, overblown buzzwords, confusing mathematics, and misguided software, Factory Physics for Managers is a breath of fresh air for operations managers and executives. Written by the leaders and experts behind the bestselling Factory Physics, it's a brilliant crash course in the practical science of operations designed to help you: Achieve best possible profit, cash flow, and customer service Attain highest return with existing Lean, Six Sigma, and ERP initiatives Manage your capacity, inventory, response time, and variability with high predictability Simplify management of complexity using existing IT systems Use the fundamentals of science to ensure your operation's success See your company and procedures more clearly Improve intuition, decision making, and strategy execution A strategy of imitation is not much of a strategy. Most every company uses the common continuous improvement initiatives. This highly accessible guide addresses but goes beyond other business approaches such as Lean, Six Sigma, and Theory of Constraints by offering a customizable plan that you can apply to any manufacturing-based industry or supply chain. You'll discover invaluable tools for developing operations strategy and driving execution by using practical science to assess your procedures, target problems, and find solutions. You'll learn essential life lessons from the best--and worst--practices of corporate leaders like Toyota and Boeing. You'll find ingenious new ways to improve your leadership by predictively managing the tradeoffs that every operation faces--whether it's more or less inventory or capacity, higher or lower customer service, or more or fewer products. Using this approach, you can tackle these natural conflicts in business through a practical, comprehensive science of operations. Factory Physics for Managers makes it easier to choose and execute the best strategy for better productivity--and even bigger profits. Praise for Factory Physics for Managers "Factory Physics for Managers is a proven path to flawless execution and results. Leading vs. following in our industry is predicated on the relentless pursuit of putting order to chaos. Factory Physics science and CSUITE software have given our organization the ability to plan, predict, model, and execute based on explosive growth and rapid-fire, dynamic changes to our business model. In our case, history is not a good predictor of the future, so we need to deploy our resources wisely, and the Factory Physics approach has helped us do just that." --Larry Doerr, COO, Stratasys "Shows how the science behind Lean initiatives can greatly improve results in terms of productivity and resources." --Bill Fierle, Vice President and General Manager, TopWorx, Emerson "Brings powerful, accessible science to operations management. The Factory Physics playbook enables me to lead the harnessing of our data more effectively for modeling, planning, control, and feedback. Armed with the concepts, common language, and tools in this book, I can partner with operations' leadership to impact the bottom line." --Jeffrey Korman, CIO, Hu-Friedy Mfg LLC, Chicago
Green Six Sigma
by
Apply the tried-and-tested principles of Six Sigma to the fight against climate change In this much needed book, Dr Ron Basu delivers an insightful exploration as well as sage advice on how to apply the principles of Lean Six Sigma to today's climate crisis. Green Six Sigma: A Lean Approach to Sustainable Climate Change Initiatives is an adaption of Lean Six Sigma for climate change initiatives. How can we use Green Six Sigma urgently and effectively to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and adapt to the harmful effects of global warming? This practical and workable book covers topics that are highly relevant to the times we live in: Climate change challenges and initiatives to mitigate them Examination of the Green Six Sigma approach, its tools and techniques as well as modifications to incorporate both the digital revolution and sustainability Applications of the Green Six Sigma approach to a variety of areas relevant to climate change and in all economic sectors including energy, transport, manufacturing, services and agriculture Green Six Sigma in retrofitting houses and climate adaptation Guides to the implementation of sustainable climate change initiatives This book is an eye-opening resource, perfect for anyone responsible for sustainability or climate change initiatives at their organisations, NGOs or regulatory agencies. It is also a must-read for academics, managers, participants and practitioners of Six Sigma and Operational Excellence.
Implementing Lean Six Sigma Throughout the Supply Chain
by
Explanations of theory, lists of rules, and discussions of procedure are the basis of learning the lean Six Sigma, however without a visceral understanding of the application of this powerful system in various circumstances the knowledge remains, at best, conjecture. Detailed examination of case studies that take real-world variables into account is the only way to truly master Lean Six Sigma. Providing a comprehensive Lean Six Sigma case study from start to finish, Implementing Lean Six Sigma throughout the Supply Chain: The Comprehensive and Transparent Case Study employs the Define--Measure--Analyze--Improve--Control (DMAIC) process used in today's retail industry. Going far beyond the brief overview found in current texts, this interactive case study presents all of the data used by a team as they implement Lean Six Sigma in a distribution center. It details their decision-making rational, thus allowing the reader to extrapolate and implement the same analyses and conclusions in their own settings. The downloadable resources contain all of the numerous graphs, charts, tables, and data analyses provided in the text. It provides PowerPoint training slides and easily accessible data sets that correspond to the figures in the book, as well as a full Glossary and reference guide to commonly used Lean and Six Sigma terms. Providing a clear link between all of the Lean Six Sigma tools and their application in a real-world setting, indispensible training tool gives the all-important, rubber-meets-the-road understanding needed to start you on your Lean Six Sigma journey.
Improving Business Performance with Lean, Second Edition
by
This book is a concise introduction to the essential concepts and tools used in the Lean method for improving business processes. It constitutes a sufficient toolkit to enable practitioners to quickly start using Lean to improve business processes in their workplace. Alternatively, it can also serve as a textbook in undergraduate or master's programs. This book succinctly describes the benefits of Lean in manufacturing, sales, administration, distribution, health care, and other industries, as well as providing a step-by-step description of how Lean is applied.
Innovating Lean Six Sigma: a Strategic Guide to Deploying the World's Most Effective Business Improvement Process
by
The New and Definitive User's Guide to Lean Six Sigma If you're a business manager, you already know that Lean Six Sigma is one of the most popular and powerful business tools in the world today. You also probably know that implementing the process can be more than a little challenging. This step-by-step guide shows you how to customize and apply the principles of Lean Six Sigma to your own organizational needs, giving you more options, strategies, and solutions than you'll find in any other book on the subject. With these simple, proven techniques, you can: * Assess your current business model and shape your future goals * Plan and prepare a Lean Six Sigma program that's right for your company * Engage your leadership and your team throughout the entire process * Align your LSS efforts with the culture and values of your business * Develop deeper insights into your customer experience * Master the art of project selection and pipeline management * Tackle bigger problems and find better solutions * Become more efficient, more productive, and more profitable This innovative approach to the Lean Six Sigma process allows you to mold and shape your strategy as you go, making small adjustments along the way that can have a big impact. In this book, you'll discover the most effective methods for deploying LSS at every level, from the leaders at the top to the managers in the middle to the very foundation of your company culture. You'll hear from leading business experts who have guided companies through the LSS process--and get the inside story on how they turned those companies around. You'll also learn how to use the latest, greatest management tools like Enterprise Kaizen, Customer Journey Maps, and Hoshin Planning. Everything you need to implement Lean Six Sigma--smoothly and successfully--is right here at your fingertips. When it comes to running a business, there is no better way to improve efficiency, increase productivity, and escalate profits than Lean Six Sigma. And there is no better book on how to make it work than Innovating Lean Six Sigma.
Leading holistic improvement with Lean Six Sigma 2.0
by
We live in a very different world from 1987 when Six Sigma was first introduced by Motorola, and from the early 2000s when the first books on Six Sigma and Lean Six Sigma deployment appeared. How should one think about continuous improvement in a modern world? Is Lean Six Sigma the best approach to take for all problems, including large, complex, unstructured problems, such as climate change or the Millennial Development Goals? The authors argue that a different paradigm is needed to take continuous improvement to a new level in the world in which we now find ourselves. Snee and Hoerl refer to this paradigm as Holistic Improvement, and suggest Lean Six Sigma 2.0, the next version of Lean Six Sigma, as the best methodology based on this paradigm. Holistic improvement incorporates a diverse array of improvement methods, beyond Lean and Six Sigma, to ensure that organizations can apply the most relevant improvement method to a specific problem. Leading Holistic Improvement with Lean Six Sigma 2.0 is the only book on the market that addresses the developments that have occurred in the last 15 years, and also provides a way to address these developments. These developments include the rapid growth of globalization, the recognition of the importance of large, complex, unstructured problems, the rise of Data Science as a discipline, and the growing importance of risk management in a world beset by terrorism and computer hacking of confidential information. This book includes learnings from Snee and Hoerl's extensive use of Lean Six Sigma in improving process and organizational performance, and also their research on the topics that include two previous books and more than twenty published articles on the subject.
Lean Production for Competitive Advantage
by
Lean Production for Competitive Advantage: A Comprehensive Guide to Lean Methodologies and Management Practices, Second Edition introduces Lean philosophy and illustrates the effective application of Lean tools with real-world case studies. From fundamental concepts to integrated planning and control in pull production and the supply chain, the text provides a complete introduction to Lean production. Coverage includes small batch production, setup reduction, pull production, preventive maintenance, standard work, as well as synchronizing and scheduling Lean operations. Detailing the key principles and practices of Lean production, the text also: Illustrates effective implementation techniques with case studies from a range of industries. Includes questions and completed problems in each chapter. Explains how to effectively partner with suppliers and employees to achieve productivity goals Designed for students who have a basic foundation in production and operations management, the text provides a thorough understanding of the principles of Lean. It also offers practical know-how for implementing a culture of continuous improvement on the shop floor and in the office, creating a heightened sense of responsibility in all stakeholders, and enhancing productivity and efficiency to improve the bottom line. In this second edition, the author addresses management's role in Lean production. Early observers of Japanese methods focused on the shop floor to see amazing things unlike anything practiced elsewhere. And the thinking was, if the "methods" could be adopted by companies elsewhere, those companies would experience the success of the Japanese. What the early observers hadn't considered were dramatic differences in the way those companies were managed, both daily and strategically. The "management side" of Lean production is addressed in two new chapters, one devoted to daily management, the other to strategy deployment. Additionally, there is a new chapter that addresses breakthrough improvement and an approach to achieving it called Production Preparation Process. Every chapter has been revised and expanded to better tell the story of Lean production--its history, applications, practices, and methods.
Lean Six Sigma Business Transformation for Dummies
by
Use Lean Six Sigma to transform your business. Lean Six Sigma is a powerful method for improving both the efficiency and quality of projects and operations. In this new book, the team that bought you Lean Six Sigma For Dummies shows you how to take Lean Six Sigma to the next level and manage continual change in your organization. You'll learn to design a roadmap for transformation that's tailored to your business objectives; develop and implement processes that eliminate waste and variation across the company; synchronize your supply chain; and successfully deploy Lean Six Sigma over time. Lean Six Sigma Business Transformation For Dummies shows you how to: Define your transformation objectives and create a bespoke 'Transformation Charter' for your organization. Assess your company's readiness for transformation. Establish a 'Transformation Governance System' to help you manage the transformation programme effectively. Bring your people with you! Plan and achieve the cultural change needed to make the transformation process successful. Join up the dots between planning and effective execution with Strategy Deployment. Deploy a 'Continuous Improvement' toolkit to achieve everyday operational excellence. Sustain the transformation programme and widen the scope across the organization (including deploying to the supply chain). Adopt a 'Capability Maturity Approach' to drive business improvement - recognizing that change is a continuous transformational journey, just as pioneers like Toyota have done. Use a range of Lean Six Sigma Tools - using the right tools, at the right time (and in the right order!) enables continuous improvement by eliminating waste and process variation.
Lean Six Sigma for Dummies
by
Become a process improvement star with Lean Six Sigma! Thinking Lean? Not in terms of weight loss, but operational efficiency? Then you can get into the Lean mindset with Lean Six Sigma For Dummies. A popular process improvement strategy used in many corporations, Lean Six Sigma exemplifies eliminating waste and optimizing flow at an operational level. With the strategies outlined in this book, you'll have your projects, team, and maybe even your organization running at peak efficiency. Written by two experts that have been teaching Lean Six Sigma for over 20 years, Lean Six Sigma For Dummies explains the jargon surrounding this organizational practice, outlines the key principles of both Lean thinking and the Six Sigma process, and breaks it all down into easy-to-follow steps. Use Lean Six Sigma to develop a culture of continuous improvement Complete repetitive tasks through robotic process automation Assess how well your company and employees adapt to Lean Six Sigma Discover tips on how to implement Lean Six Sigma every day Find best practices to sustain ongoing improvements With handy checklists and helpful advice, Lean Six Sigma For Dummies shows you how to implement Lean Six Sigma in any industry, within any size organization. Pick up your copy to successfully lean into the Lean Six Sigma mindset yourself.
Lean Six Sigma for Higher Education
by
The articles in this ebook provide more direction of LSS research in the unique field of Higher Education and greatly add to the body of knowledge through a variety of LSS applied research studies.
Lean Six Sigma for Leaders
by
A refreshingly practical guide to real-world continuous improvement Lean Six Sigma for Leaders presents a no-frills approach to adopting a continuous improvement framework. Practical, down-to-earth and jargon-free, this book outlines the basic principles and key points of the Lean Six Sigma approach to help you quickly determine the best course for your company. Real-world case studies illustrate implementation at various organisations to show you what went right, what went wrong, what they learned and what they would have done differently, giving you the distilled wisdom of hundreds of implementations with which to steer your own organisation. Written from a leader's perspective, this quick and easy read presents the real information you need to make informed strategic decisions. While many organisations have implemented either Lean or Six Sigma, there is a growing interest in a combined approach; by implementing the most effective aspects of each, you end up with a more potent, adaptable system that benefits a wider range of organisations. This book shows you how it works, and how to tailor it to your organisation's needs. Understand the basic principles and key aspects of Lean Six Sigma Examine case studies of organisations that have implemented the framework Build on the lessons learned by other leaders to shape your own path Achieve continuous improvement by creating the right environment for success In theory, every organisation would like to attain continuous improvement -- but what does that look like in day-to-day practice? How is it structured? What practices are in place? How can you implement this new approach with minimal disruption to daily operations? Lean Six Sigma for Leaders answers these questions and more, for a clear, actionable guide to real-world implementation.
Lean Six Sigma for the Office
by
Historically, the integration of manufacturing methodologies into the office environment has proven to be problematic. Part of the difficulty lies in the fact that process workflows tend to be globally dispersed and thus rely heavily on information technology. But in complex service systems that contain a mix of employees, consultants, and technology, standardized protocols have been shown to reduce cycle time and transactional cost as well as improve quality. The successful application of Lean methodologies to improve process workflows is an efficient way to simplify operations and prevent mistakes. In Lean Six Sigma for the Office , Six Sigma guru James Martin presents proven modifications that can be deployed in offices, particularly those offices involved with global operations. Making use of Kaizen and Six Sigma concepts, along with Lean manufacturing principles, this book instructs managers on how they can improve operational efficiency and increase customer satisfaction. The author brings experience gleaned from his application of these methodologies in a myriad of industries to create a practical and hands-on reference for the office environment. Using a detailed sequence of activities, including over 140 figures and tables as well as checklists and evaluation tools, he demonstrates how to realize the rapid improvement of office operations, and how to eliminate unnecessary tasks through value stream mapping (VSM). The book also emphasizes the importance of strategic alignment of Kaizen events and the impact of organizational culture on process improvement activities. Latter chapters in the book discuss key elements of a change model in the context of transitional improvements as they relate to the process owner and local work team. By applying the proven principles found in this book, effective and sustainable organizational change can be accomplished, efficiency can be improved, and mistakes can be eliminated.This 2nd edition provides insight into the new tools and methods Lean Six Sigma process improvement professionals need to improve customer experience and increase productivity within high transaction processes across complex information technology ecosystems. It is one-stop self-contained reference for the application of Lean Six Sigma methods enhanced by powerful approaches for process improvement in highly complex service processes. Several new leading-edge topics are integrated into this new edition, such as:* The "voice of" customers, suppliers, employees and partners* Design Thinking Alignment* Ecosystems in Information Technology * Metadata Definition and Lineage* Information Quality Governance* Big Data Collection and Analytics * Mapping High Volume Transactions through Systems* Robotic Process Automation Applications* Automating for Solution Sustainability* Governing Organizations* Data Privacy (General Data Protection Regulation)
Lean Six Sigma in Higher Education
by
Although Lean Six Sigma (LSS) and its popularity in the context of larger manufacturing and service organizations has long been recognized, it is not widely recognized in the context of Higher Education (HE). This book serves as a practical and systematic roadmap for developing, implementing, sustaining and deploying LSS in any higher education institution. Including various case examples and studies carried out by leading research scholars and practitioners in the field, plus a dedicated chapter on the tools and techniques which can be utilised for problem solving in the HE sector - the contributors illustrate the power of LSS methodology and its relevant tools in the HE context. By demonstrating a clear need for LSS, and guiding the reader through practical implementation solutions, this book, edited by a globally recognised leader in LSS methodology, is a must-have resource for academics and continuous improvement professionals who are interested in applying LSS as a process improvement methodology within the university sector, as well as trainers and consultants who would like to develop LSS training material for their university clients.
Mastering Lean Six Sigma
by
Lean Six Sigma is all about dramatically improving organizational per¬formance. It requires a roadmap, mentoring, teaching, coaching, and training in Six Sigma methodologies. This book gives you those tools, along with practical examples and case studies to achieve the goals of improved customer satisfaction, increased profitability, and enhanced productivity. Modeled on the ASQ Master Black Belt Certificate requirements, this book prepares students for their application process and exam, in ad¬dition to providing practitioners the advanced black belt concepts ap¬plicable in any organization. Those concepts, from the beginning to the end of the process, are the following: - Identifying the needs - Leading the efforts - Defining the projects - Characterizing the processes - Analyzing the processes using statistical tools - Improving and mistake proofing the processes - Sustaining the improved processes
Quality Management for Organizations Using Lean Six Sigma Techniques
by
The next step in the evolution of the organizational quality field, Lean Six Sigma (LSS) has come of age. However, many challenges to using LSS in lieu of, in conjunction with, or integrated with other quality initiatives remain. An update on the current focus of quality management, Quality Management for Organizations Using Lean Six Sigma Techniqu
Reducing Process Costs with Lean, Six Sigma, and Value Engineering Techniques
by
A company with effective cost reduction activities in place will be better positioned to adapt to shifting economic conditions. In fact, it can make the difference between organizations that thrive and those that simply survive during times of economic uncertainty. Reducing Process Costs with Lean, Six Sigma, and Value Engineering Techniques covers
Seeing green : achieving environmental sustainability through Lean and Six Sigma
by
This special issue of the International Journal of Lean Six Sigma (IJLSS) intends to explore the synergies between the lean/six sigma and green paradigms by presenting the latest research and developments in lean and six sigma, with particular interest in their combination with the green paradigm and their contribution and impact upon creating environmentally sustainable supply chains, processes, services and products. In particular, this SI focuses on theoretical, practical, novel and original contributions investigating the combination and/or impact of the lean/six sigma strategies on environmental initiatives and performance.
Sustainability : utilizing lean Six Sigma techniques
by
Although most agree that Lean Six Sigma is here to stay, they also agree that learning how to sustain the results seems problematic at best and unattainable at worst. Reverting to the old way of doing things is inevitable if sustainability measures are not a part of the methodology. Currently there are no standard resource on how to be sustainable or on using statistical techniques and practices. Until now. Sustainability: Utilizing Lean Six Sigma Techniques not only examines how to use particular lean six sigma tools, but how to sustain results that make companies profitable with continuous improvement. The book demonstrates how to use the Six Sigma methodology to make process-focused decisions that will achieve the goals of sustainability and allow organizations to gain true benefits from process improvements. It covers sustainability and metrics, Lean manufacturing, Six Sigma tools, sustainability project management, sustainability modeling, sustainable manufacturing and operations, decision making, and sustainability logistics. These tools help sustain results while keeping organizations competitive regardless of economic conditions. While continuous improvement techniques look good on paper, the implementation of the techniques can become difficult and challenging to maintain. Without utilizing Lean Six Sigma tools and leading the change, companies will become less and less marketable and profitable. This book supplies a blueprint on achieving sustainable results from high-quality improvements and making organizations competitive and first in class in their marketplace.
The Ten Commandments of Lean Six Sigma
by
Lean Six Sigma is a powerful methodology that reduces waste and variation in an organization and ultimately minimizes operating costs, optimizes productivity, and maximizes customer satisfaction. The success stories speak for themselves, but not all LSS stories have a happy ending, and a large body of scholarly research shows why. What is needed now is a set of accessible general guidelines for organizations seeking to implement and sustain such a powerful, but at times perilous, continuous improvement strategy. The Ten Commandments of Lean Six Sigmaprovides just that, offering guidance from the perspective of practitioners, researchers and academics who have been involved in training, teaching, researching and consulting on various topics of quality and continuous improvement such as Lean, Six Sigma and LSS. Delving into the cutting edge of business process enhancement, this book is an essential and practical guide for senior managers and executives who want to achieve operational and service excellence in manufacturing, service and public sector organizations of any size.
Total Innovative Management Excellence (TIME)
by
Dr. H. James Harrington and Frank Voehl have gathered together the thoughts and ideas of more than 20 of the most creative innovation thought leaders from business, professional practice, and academia in this compelling book. The thought leaders look at innovation from almost every angle - their statements offer an unparalleled view of innovation and provide a depth of insight that is extraordinary. Harrington and Voehl's reflection on each chapter, and on the sections within the book, provides useful links between themes and reinforces the relationships between many of the ideas. Anyone interested in innovation (practitioner or researcher) will benefit from this global thought collection. The contributors' multiple perspectives, models, practical examples, and stories provide a sense of innovation that no single writer could ever capture. A company's future growth will only come through successful innovation. This book is organized around Dr. Harrington's innovation pyramid, which consists of the 16 building blocks required to bring about significant improvements in an organization's ability to deliver creative products. It highlights the principles and recommendations in ISO's new innovation standard 56002 and provides many new concepts that are not included in the standard. It includes a free, powerful, and valuable online customized innovation maturity analysis. Following three unassailable facts will strike you as soon as you read this book: 1. Innovation is the new mantra; whether you're involved in a not-for-profit, for-profit, service sector, or governmental organization. 2. Understanding that innovation and creative activities penetrate into every part of an organization requiring multiple perspectives that drive a new way of thinking and working that impacts the organization's culture, social operations, and commercial context that impacts the total organization, and not just new products or services. 3. Innovation is an exciting adventure. Total Innovative Management Excellence (TIME): The Future of Innovation (978-0-367-43242-3, 340635)draws on insights from around the globe in order to be competitive in fast-moving technologies.
Total quality management in education
by
This is a completely revised new edition of a very successful text first published in 2001. The author combines extensive literature review with his own experience as institution builder, and his experiments on quality management to develop a practical guide for quality improvement for the education-institutional leaders.
Value Engineering Synergies with Lean Six Sigma
by
Lean Six Sigma (LSS), Design for Six Sigma (DFSS), and Value Engineering (VE) have a proven track record of success for solving problems and improving efficiency. Depending on the situation, integrating these approaches can provide results that exceed the benefits of each individual approach. Value Engineering Synergies with Lean Six Sigma: Combini
Visual Six Sigma
by
Streamline data analysis with an intuitive, visual Six Sigma strategy Visual Six Sigma provides the statistical techniques that help you get more information from your data. A unique emphasis on the visual allows you to take a more active role in data-driven decision making, so you can leverage your contextual knowledge to pose relevant questions and make more sound decisions. You'll learn dynamic visualization and exploratory data analysis techniques that help you identify occurrences and sources of variation, and the strategies and processes that make Six Sigma work for your organization. The Six Sigma strategy helps you identify and remove causes of defects and errors in manufacturing and business processes; the more pragmatic Visual approach opens the strategy beyond the realms of statisticians to provide value to all business leaders amid the growing need for more accessible quality management tools. See where, why, and how your data varies Find clues to underlying behavior in your data Identify key models and drivers Build your own Six-Sigma experience Whether your work involves a Six Sigma improvement project, a design project, a data-mining inquiry, or a scientific study, this practical breakthrough guide equips you with the skills and understanding to get more from your data. With intuitive, easy-to-use tools and clear explanations, Visual Six Sigma is a roadmap to putting this strategy to work for your company.
International Business Analytics
Take a data-driven approach to the world of business by translating data into actionable insights! This course is a blend of technology and business that will focus in solving business problems, and operational challenges with the use of data, and analytics tools. You will gain an understanding of how analytics can lead to informed decision-making.
You will acquire a working knowledge of the data management techniques, and design data models that you can use to create management information reports. To keep you up-to-date, the course will provide you with the current trends in business analytics that drives today’s business.
Analytics in a Big Data World
by
The guide to targeting and leveraging business opportunities using big data & analytics By leveraging big data & analytics, businesses create the potential to better understand, manage, and strategically exploiting the complex dynamics of customer behavior. Analytics in a Big Data World reveals how to tap into the powerful tool of data analytics to create a strategic advantage and identify new business opportunities. Designed to be an accessible resource, this essential book does not include exhaustive coverage of all analytical techniques, instead focusing on analytics techniques that really provide added value in business environments. The book draws on author Bart Baesens' expertise on the topics of big data, analytics and its applications in e.g. credit risk, marketing, and fraud to provide a clear roadmap for organizations that want to use data analytics to their advantage, but need a good starting point. Baesens has conducted extensive research on big data, analytics, customer relationship management, web analytics, fraud detection, and credit risk management, and uses this experience to bring clarity to a complex topic. Includes numerous case studies on risk management, fraud detection, customer relationship management, and web analytics Offers the results of research and the author's personal experience in banking, retail, and government Contains an overview of the visionary ideas and current developments on the strategic use of analytics for business Covers the topic of data analytics in easy-to-understand terms without an undo emphasis on mathematics and the minutiae of statistical analysis For organizations looking to enhance their capabilities via data analytics, this resource is the go-to reference for leveraging data to enhance business capabilities.
The Analytics Revolution
by
Lead your organization into the industrial revolution of analytics with The Analytics Revolution The topics of big data and analytics continue to be among the most discussed and pursued in the business world today. While a decade ago many people still questioned whether or not data and analytics would help improve their businesses, today virtually no one questions the value that analytics brings to the table. The Analytics Revolution focuses on how this evolution has come to pass and explores the next wave of evolution that is underway. Making analytics operational involves automating and embedding analytics directly into business processes and allowing the analytics to prescribe and make decisions. It is already occurring all around us whether we know it or not. The Analytics Revolution delves into the requirements for laying a solid technical and organizational foundation that is capable of supporting operational analytics at scale, and covers factors to consider if an organization is to succeed in making analytics operational. Along the way, you'll learn how changes in technology and the business environment have led to the necessity of both incorporating big data into analytic processes and making them operational. The book cuts straight through the considerable marketplace hype and focuses on what is really important. The book includes: An overview of what operational analytics are and what trends lead us to them Tips on structuring technology infrastructure and analytics organizations to succeed A discussion of how to change corporate culture to enable both faster discovery of important new analytics and quicker implementation cycles of what is discovered Guidance on how to justify, implement, and govern operational analytics The Analytics Revolution gives you everything you need to implement operational analytic processes with big data.
Big Data, Big Analytics
by
Unique prospective on the big data analytics phenomenon for both business and IT professionals The availability of Big Data, low-cost commodity hardware and new information management and analytics software has produced a unique moment in the history of business. The convergence of these trends means that we have the capabilities required to analyze astonishing data sets quickly and cost-effectively for the first time in history. These capabilities are neither theoretical nor trivial. They represent a genuine leap forward and a clear opportunity to realize enormous gains in terms of efficiency, productivity, revenue and profitability. The Age of Big Data is here, and these are truly revolutionary times. This timely book looks at cutting-edge companies supporting an exciting new generation of business analytics. Learn more about the trends in big data and how they are impacting the business world (Risk, Marketing, Healthcare, Financial Services, etc.) Explains this new technology and how companies can use them effectively to gather the data that they need and glean critical insights Explores relevant topics such as data privacy, data visualization, unstructured data, crowd sourcing data scientists, cloud computing for big data, and much more.
Business Analytics
by
Become a master of data analysis, modeling, and spreadsheet use with BUSINESS ANALYTICS: DATA ANALYSIS AND DECISION MAKING, 5E! This quantitative methods text provides users with the tools to succeed with a teach-by-example approach, student-friendly writing style, and complete Excel 2013 integration. It is also compatible with Excel 2010 and 2007. Problem sets and cases provide realistic examples to show the relevance of the material. The Companion Website includes: the Palisade DecisionTools Suite (@RISK, StatTools, PrecisionTree, TopRank, RISKOptimizer, NeuralTools, and Evolver); SolverTable, which allows you to do sensitivity analysis; data and solutions files, PowerPoint slides, and tutorial videos.
Business Analytics
by
A balanced, holistic approach to understanding business analytics. This book provides readers with the fundamental concepts and tools needed to understand the emerging role of business analytics in organizations. Evans also shows readers how to apply basic business analytics tools in a spreadsheet environment, and how to communicate with analytics professionals to effectively use and interpret analytic models and results for making better business decisions.
Business analytics : an introduction
by
Together, Big Data, high-performance computing, and complex environments create unprecedented opportunities for organizations to generate game-changing insights that are based on hard data. Business Analytics: An Introduction explains how to use business analytics to sort through an ever-increasing amount of data and improve the decision-making capabilities of an organization. Covering the key areas of business analytics, the book explores the concepts, techniques, applications, and emerging trends that professionals across a wide range of industries need to be aware of. Better detection of fraud through visual analytics or better prediction of the likelihood of someone getting an infection while in the hospital are just a few examples of where analytics can play a positive role. As the field of business analytics continues to emerge rapidly, there is a need for a reliable textbook and reference on the subject. Filling this need, this book is suitable for graduate-level students and undergraduate seniors. It maintains a focus on only the key areas so the material can be covered adequately in a one-semester or one-quarter course. Each chapter includes software-generic exercises, labs, and associated answers to the exercises/labs. Author Jay Liebowitz recently had an article published in The World Financial Review. www.worldfinancialreview.com/?p=1904
Business analytics : a practitioner's guide
by
This book provides a guide to businesses on how to use analytics to help drive from ideas to execution. Analytics used in this way provides "full lifecycle support" for business and helps during all stages of management decision-making and execution. The framework presented in the book enables the effective interplay of business, analytics, and information technology (business intelligence) both to leverage analytics for competitive advantage and to embed the use of business analytics into the business culture. It lays out an approach for analytics, describes the processes used, and provides guidance on how to scale analytics and how to develop analytics teams. It provides tools to improve analytics in a broad range of business situations, regardless of the level of maturity and the degree of executive sponsorship provided. As a guide for practitioners and managers, the book will benefit people who work in analytics teams, the managers and leaders who manage, use and sponsor analytics, and those who work with and support business analytics teams.
Business analytics and statistics
by
"As Wiley publishes this title, teaching and learning is going through a period of unprecedented change. Emergent technologies have opened the possibilities to develop interactive resources that enrich the learning experience and optimise course success." -- Provided by publisher.
Business Analytics for Decision Making
by
Business Analytics for Decision Making, the first complete text suitable for use in introductory Business Analytics courses, establishes a national syllabus for an emerging first course at an MBA or upper undergraduate level. This timely text is mainly about model analytics, particularly analytics for constrained optimization. It uses implementations that allow students to explore models and data for the sake of discovery, understanding, and decision making. Business analytics is about using data and models to solve various kinds of decision problems. There are three aspects for those who want to make the most of their analytics: encoding, solution design, and post-solution analysis. This textbook addresses all three. Emphasizing the use of constrained optimization models for decision making, the book concentrates on post-solution analysis of models. The text focuses on computationally challenging problems that commonly arise in business environments. Unique among business analytics texts, it emphasizes using heuristics for solving difficult optimization problems important in business practice by making best use of methods from Computer Science and Operations Research. Furthermore, case studies and examples illustrate the real-world applications of these methods. The authors supply examples in Excel®, GAMS, MATLAB®, and OPL. The metaheuristics code is also made available at the book's website in a documented library of Python modules, along with data and material for homework exercises. From the beginning, the authors emphasize analytics and de-emphasize representation and encoding so students will have plenty to sink their teeth into regardless of their computer programming experience.
Business Analytics for Managers
by
World-class guidance for delivering the right decision support to the right people at the right time A vital blueprint for organizations that want to thrive in the competitive fray, Business Analytics for Managers presents a sustainable business analytics (BA) model focusing on the interaction of IT technology, strategy, business processes, and a broad spectrum of human competencies and organizational circumstances. Proven guidance on developing an information strategy Tips for supporting your company's ability to innovate in the future by using analytics An understanding of BA as a holistic information discipline with links to your business's strategy Practical insights for planning and implementing BA How to use information as a strategic asset Why BA is the next stepping-stone for companies in the information age today Discussion on BA's ever-increasing role Filled with examples and forward-thinking guidance from renowned BA leaders Gert Laursen and Jesper Thorlund, Business Analytics for Managers offers powerful techniques for making increasingly advanced use of information in order to survive any market conditions.
Business Intelligence Strategy and Big Data Analytics
by
Business Intelligence Strategy and Big Data Analytics is written for business leaders, managers, and analysts - people who are involved with advancing the use of BI at their companies or who need to better understand what BI is and how it can be used to improve profitability. It is written from a general management perspective, and it draws on observations at 12 companies whose annual revenues range between $500 million and $20 billion. Over the past 15 years, my company has formulated vendor-neutral business-focused BI strategies and program execution plans in collaboration with manufacturers, distributors, retailers, logistics companies, insurers, investment companies, credit unions, and utilities, among others. It is through these experiences that we have validated business-driven BI strategy formulation methods and identified common enterprise BI program execution challenges. In recent years, terms like "big data" and "big data analytics" have been introduced into the business and technical lexicon. Upon close examination, the newer terminology is about the same thing that BI has always been about: analyzing the vast amounts of data that companies generate and/or purchase in the course of business as a means of improving profitability and competitiveness. Accordingly, we will use the terms BI and business intelligence throughout the book, and we will discuss the newer concepts like big data as appropriate. More broadly, the goal of this book is to share methods and observations that will help companies achieve BI success and thereby increase revenues, reduce costs, or both.
Business statistics and analytics in practice
by
Data Analytics: Effective Methods for Presenting Results
by
If you are a manager who receives the results of any data analyst¿s work to help with your decision-making, this book is for you. Anyone playing a role in the field of analytics can benefit from this book as well. In the two decades the editors of this book spent teaching and consulting in the field of analytics, they noticed a critical shortcoming in the communication abilities of many analytics professionals. Specifically, analysts have difficulty in articulating in business terms what their analyses showed and what actionable recommendations were made. When analysts made presentations, they tended to lapse into the technicalities of mathematical procedures, rather than focusing on the strategic and tactical impact and meaning of their work. As analytics has become more mainstream and widespread in organizations, this problem has grown more acute. Data Analytics: Effective Methods for Presenting Results tackles this issue. The editors have used their experience as presenters and audience members who have become lost during presentation. Over the years, they experimented with different ways of presenting analytics work to make a more compelling case to top managers. They have discovered tried and true methods for improving presentations, which they share. The book also presents insights from other analysts and managers who share their own experiences. It is truly a collection of experiences and insight from academics and professionals involved with analytics. The book is not a primer on how to draw the most beautiful charts and graphs or about how to perform any specific kind of analysis. Rather, it shares the experiences of professionals in various industries about how they present their analytics results effectively. They tell their stories on how to win over audiences. The book spans multiple functional areas within a business, and in some cases, it discusses how to adapt presentations to the needs of audiences at different levels of management.
Getting Started with Business Analytics
by
Assuming no prior knowledge or technical skills, Getting Started with Business Analytics: Insightful Decision-Making explores the contents, capabilities, and applications of business analytics. It bridges the worlds of business and statistics and describes business analytics from a non-commercial standpoint. The authors demystify the main concepts and terminologies and give many examples of real-world applications. The first part of the book introduces business data and recent technologies that have promoted fact-based decision-making. The authors look at how business intelligence differs from business analytics. They also discuss the main components of a business analytics application and the various requirements for integrating business with analytics. The second part presents the technologies underlying business analytics: data mining and data analytics. The book helps you understand the key concepts and ideas behind data mining and shows how data mining has expanded into data analytics when considering new types of data such as network and text data. The third part explores business analytics in depth, covering customer, social, and operational analytics. Each chapter in this part incorporates hands-on projects based on publicly available data. Helping you make sound decisions based on hard data, this self-contained guide provides an integrated framework for data mining in business analytics. It takes you on a journey through this data-rich world, showing you how to deploy business analytics solutions in your organization.
Global Business Intelligence
by
Global Business Intelligence refers to an organization's ability to gather, process and analyze pertinent international information in order to make optimal business decisions in a timely manner. With a challenging economic and geopolitical environment, companies and executives need to be adept at information gathering in order to manage emerging challenges and gain competitive advantages. This book Global Business Intelligence assembles a cast of international experts and thought leaders and explores the implications of business intelligence on contemporary management. Global Business Intelligence will be a key resource for researchers, academics, students and policy makers alike in the fields of International Business & Management, Business Strategy, and Geopolitics as well as related disciplines like Political Science, Economics, and Geography.
International business : competing in the global marketplace
by
Market-defining since it was introduced, International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace by Charles W.L. Hill (University of Washington) sets the standard and is the proven choice for International Business at the undergraduate and graduate level. The 14th edition provides a complete solution that is relevant (timely, comprehensive), practical (focus on applications of concepts), integrated (integrated progression of topics) and the most up-to-date on the market."-- Publisher's description.
Statistics : learning from data
by
Learn how to think like a statistician with Peck/Case's STATISTICS: LEARNING FROM DATA, 3rd Edition. This updated edition addresses common obstacles to learning based on the latest research for mastering statistics and probability. The authors use proven methods to carefully explain areas where you are most likely to struggle -- probability, hypothesis testing and selecting an appropriate method of analysis. You strengthen your conceptual understanding, procedural fluency and ability to put knowledge into practice with this edition's learning objectives, real-data examples, updated exercises and technology notes. WebAssign digital resources and Cengage's Statistical Analysis and Learning Tool (SALT) are also available to guide you in thinking statistically. SALT is an easy-to-use data analysis tool that allows you to manipulate data sets in order to visualize statistics and gain a deeper conceptual understanding about the meaning behind the data.
Strategic analytics : integrating management science and strategy
by
Defines common ground at the interface of strategy and management science and unites the topics with an original approach vital for strategy students, researchers and managers Strategic Analytics: Integrating Management Science and Strategy combines strategy content with strategy process through the lenses of management science, masterfully defining the common ground that unites both fields. Each chapter starts with the perspective of a certain strategy problem, such as competition, but continues with an explanation of the strategy process using management science tools such as simulation. Facilitating the process of strategic decision making through the lens of management science, the author integrates topics that are usually in conflict for MBAs: strategy and quantitative methods. Strategic Analytics features multiple international real-life case studies and examples, business issues for further research and theory review questions and exercises at the end of each chapter. Strategic Analytics starts by introducing readers to strategic management. It then goes on to cover: managerial capabilities for a complex world; politics, economy, society, technology, and environment; external environments known as exogenous factors (PESTE) and endogenous factors (industry); industry dynamics; industry evolution; competitive advanta≥ dynamic resource management; organisational design; performance measurement system; the life cycle of organisations from start-ups; maturity for maintaining profitability and growth; and finally, regeneration. Developed from the author's own Strategy Analytics course at Warwick Business School, personal experience as consultant, and in consultation with other leading scholars Uses management science to facilitate the process of strategic decision making Chapters structured with chapter objectives, summaries, short case studies, tables, student exercises, references and management science models Accompanied by a supporting website Aimed at both academics and practitioners, Strategic Analytics is an ideal text for postgraduates and advanced undergraduate students of business and management.
Style and statistics : the art of retail analytics
by
A non-technical guide to leveraging retail analytics for personal and competitive advantage Style & Statistics is a real-world guide to analytics in retail. Written specifically for the non-IT crowd, this book explains analytics in an approachable, understandable way, and provides examples of direct application to retail merchandise management, marketing, and operations. The discussion covers current industry trends and emerging-standard processes, and illustrates how analytics is providing new solutions to perennial retail problems. You'll learn how to leverage the benefits of analytics to boost your personal career, and how to interpret data in a way that's useful to the average end business user or shopper. Key concepts are detailed in easy-to-understand language, and numerous examples highlight the growing importance of understanding analytics in the retail environment. The power of analytics has become apparent across industries, but it's left an especially indelible mark on retail. It's a complex topic, but you don't need to be a data scientist to take advantage of the opportunities it brings. This book shows you what you need to know, and how to put analytics to work with retail-specific applications. Learn how analytics can help you be better at your job Dig deeper into the customer's needs, wants, and dreams Streamline merchandise management, pricing, marketing, and more Find solutions for inefficiencies and inaccuracies As the retail customer evolves, so must the retail industry. The retail landscape not only includes in-store but also website, mobile site, mobile apps, and social media. With more and more competition emerging on all sides, retailers need to use every tool at their disposal to create value and gain a competitive advantage. Analytics offers a number of ways to make your company stand out, whether it's through improved operations, customer experience, or any of the other myriad factors that build a great place to shop. Style & Statistics provides an analytics primer with a practical bent, specifically for the retail industry.
Unstructured Data Analytics
by
Turn unstructured data into valuable business insight Unstructured Data Analytics provides an accessible, non-technical introduction to the analysis of unstructured data. Written by global experts in the analytics space, this book presents unstructured data analysis (UDA) concepts in a practical way, highlighting the broad scope of applications across industries, companies, and business functions. The discussion covers key aspects of UDA implementation, beginning with an explanation of the data and the information it provides, then moving into a holistic framework for implementation. Case studies show how real-world companies are leveraging UDA in security and customer management, and provide clear examples of both traditional business applications and newer, more innovative practices. Roughly 80 percent of today's data is unstructured in the form of emails, chats, social media, audio, and video. These data assets contain a wealth of valuable information that can be used to great advantage, but accessing that data in a meaningful way remains a challenge for many companies. This book provides the baseline knowledge and the practical understanding companies need to put this data to work. Supported by research with several industry leaders and packed with frontline stories from leading organizations such as Google, Amazon, Spotify, LinkedIn, Pfizer Manulife, AXA, Monster Worldwide, Under Armour, the Houston Rockets, DELL, IBM, and SAS Institute, this book provide a framework for building and implementing a successful UDA center of excellence. You will learn: How to increase Customer Acquisition and Customer Retention with UDA The Power of UDA for Fraud Detection and Prevention The Power of UDA in Human Capital Management & Human Resource The Power of UDA in Health Care and Medical Research The Power of UDA in National Security The Power of UDA in Legal Services The Power of UDA for product development The Power of UDA in Sports The future of UDA From small businesses to large multinational organizations, unstructured data provides the opportunity to gain consumer information straight from the source. Data is only as valuable as it is useful, and a robust, effective UDA strategy is the first step toward gaining the full advantage. Unstructured Data Analytics lays this space open for examination, and provides a solid framework for beginning meaningful analysis.
Winning with data : CRM and analytics for the business of sports
by
For many years, sports rights owners have had an 'if you build it, they will come' attitude, suggesting they take their fans for granted. Combined with advances in broadcasting quality, digital marketing, and social media, this has resulted in diminishing attendances and participation levels. The use of CRM (Customer Relationship Management), BI (Business Intelligence) and Data Analytics has therefore become integral to doing business in sports, emulating the approach used by brands such as Amazon, Netflix, and Spotify. Technology has made the world a smaller place; clubs and teams can now connect with their fans anywhere in the world, allowing them to grow their marketplace, but they operate in an 'attention economy' where there's too much choice and engagement is key. This book sets out to share the processes and principles the sports industry uses to capitalise on the natural loyalty it creates. Case studies and commentary from around the world are used to demonstrate some of the practices implemented by the world's leading sports brands including clubs Arsenal and the San Antonio Spurs. the governing bodies of UEFA and Special Olympics International, and the MLS and NHL. With a focus on our unique challenges coupled with the opportunities the use of data creates, this book is essential reading for professionals within the sports industry.
International Business Analytics
Take a data-driven approach to the world of business by translating data into actionable insights! This course is a blend of technology and business that will focus in solving business problems, and operational challenges with the use of data, and analytics tools. You will gain an understanding of how analytics can lead to informed decision-making.
You will acquire a working knowledge of the data management techniques, and design data models that you can use to create management information reports. To keep you up-to-date, the course will provide you with the current trends in business analytics that drives today’s business.
Analytics in a Big Data World
by
The guide to targeting and leveraging business opportunities using big data & analytics By leveraging big data & analytics, businesses create the potential to better understand, manage, and strategically exploiting the complex dynamics of customer behavior. Analytics in a Big Data World reveals how to tap into the powerful tool of data analytics to create a strategic advantage and identify new business opportunities. Designed to be an accessible resource, this essential book does not include exhaustive coverage of all analytical techniques, instead focusing on analytics techniques that really provide added value in business environments. The book draws on author Bart Baesens' expertise on the topics of big data, analytics and its applications in e.g. credit risk, marketing, and fraud to provide a clear roadmap for organizations that want to use data analytics to their advantage, but need a good starting point. Baesens has conducted extensive research on big data, analytics, customer relationship management, web analytics, fraud detection, and credit risk management, and uses this experience to bring clarity to a complex topic. Includes numerous case studies on risk management, fraud detection, customer relationship management, and web analytics Offers the results of research and the author's personal experience in banking, retail, and government Contains an overview of the visionary ideas and current developments on the strategic use of analytics for business Covers the topic of data analytics in easy-to-understand terms without an undo emphasis on mathematics and the minutiae of statistical analysis For organizations looking to enhance their capabilities via data analytics, this resource is the go-to reference for leveraging data to enhance business capabilities.
Analytics in Finance and Risk Management
by
This book presents contemporary issues and challenges in finance and risk management in a time of rapid transformation due to technological advancements. It includes research articles based on financial and economic data and intends to cover the emerging role of analytics in financial management, asset management, and risk management. Analytics in Finance and Risk Management covers statistical techniques for data analysis in finance. It explores applications in finance and risk management, covering empirical properties of financial systems. It addresses data science involving the study of statistical and computational models and includes basic and advanced concepts. The chapters incorporate the latest methodologies and challenges facing financial and risk management and illustrate related issues and their implications in the real world. The primary users of this book will include researchers, academicians, postgraduate students, professionals in engineering and business analytics, managers, consultants, and advisors in IT firms, financial markets, and services domains.
The Analytics Revolution
by
Lead your organization into the industrial revolution of analytics with The Analytics Revolution The topics of big data and analytics continue to be among the most discussed and pursued in the business world today. While a decade ago many people still questioned whether or not data and analytics would help improve their businesses, today virtually no one questions the value that analytics brings to the table. The Analytics Revolution focuses on how this evolution has come to pass and explores the next wave of evolution that is underway. Making analytics operational involves automating and embedding analytics directly into business processes and allowing the analytics to prescribe and make decisions. It is already occurring all around us whether we know it or not. The Analytics Revolution delves into the requirements for laying a solid technical and organizational foundation that is capable of supporting operational analytics at scale, and covers factors to consider if an organization is to succeed in making analytics operational. Along the way, you'll learn how changes in technology and the business environment have led to the necessity of both incorporating big data into analytic processes and making them operational. The book cuts straight through the considerable marketplace hype and focuses on what is really important. The book includes: An overview of what operational analytics are and what trends lead us to them Tips on structuring technology infrastructure and analytics organizations to succeed A discussion of how to change corporate culture to enable both faster discovery of important new analytics and quicker implementation cycles of what is discovered Guidance on how to justify, implement, and govern operational analytics The Analytics Revolution gives you everything you need to implement operational analytic processes with big data.
API Analytics for Product Managers
by
No detailed description available for "API Analytics for Product Managers".
Audit Analytics in the Financial Industry
by
In Audit Analytics in the Financial Industry, editors Jun Dai, Miklos A. Vasarhelyi and Ann F. Medinets bring together a cast of expert contributors to explore ways to integrate Audit Analytics techniques into existing audit programs for the financial industry. Separated into six parts, the contributors take a variety of approaches to this exploration. In Part One, the contributors present two articles illustrating the process of applying Audit Analytics to solving audit problems. Part Two contains four studies that use various Audit Analytics techniques to discover fraud risks and potential frauds in the credit card sector. In Part Three, the chapter focus on the insurance sector and show the application of clustering techniques in auditing. Part Four includes two chapters on how to employ Audit Analytics in the transitory system for fraud/anomaly detection. Finally, Parts Five and Six illustrate the use of Audit Analytics to assess risk in the lawsuit and payment processes. For students, researchers, and professionals in the accounting sector, this is an unmissable read exploring the latest research in Audit Analytics.
Big Data, Big Analytics
by
Unique prospective on the big data analytics phenomenon for both business and IT professionals The availability of Big Data, low-cost commodity hardware and new information management and analytics software has produced a unique moment in the history of business. The convergence of these trends means that we have the capabilities required to analyze astonishing data sets quickly and cost-effectively for the first time in history. These capabilities are neither theoretical nor trivial. They represent a genuine leap forward and a clear opportunity to realize enormous gains in terms of efficiency, productivity, revenue and profitability. The Age of Big Data is here, and these are truly revolutionary times. This timely book looks at cutting-edge companies supporting an exciting new generation of business analytics. Learn more about the trends in big data and how they are impacting the business world (Risk, Marketing, Healthcare, Financial Services, etc.) Explains this new technology and how companies can use them effectively to gather the data that they need and glean critical insights Explores relevant topics such as data privacy, data visualization, unstructured data, crowd sourcing data scientists, cloud computing for big data, and much more.
Business analytics : an introduction
by
Together, Big Data, high-performance computing, and complex environments create unprecedented opportunities for organizations to generate game-changing insights that are based on hard data. Business Analytics: An Introduction explains how to use business analytics to sort through an ever-increasing amount of data and improve the decision-making capabilities of an organization. Covering the key areas of business analytics, the book explores the concepts, techniques, applications, and emerging trends that professionals across a wide range of industries need to be aware of. Better detection of fraud through visual analytics or better prediction of the likelihood of someone getting an infection while in the hospital are just a few examples of where analytics can play a positive role. As the field of business analytics continues to emerge rapidly, there is a need for a reliable textbook and reference on the subject. Filling this need, this book is suitable for graduate-level students and undergraduate seniors. It maintains a focus on only the key areas so the material can be covered adequately in a one-semester or one-quarter course. Each chapter includes software-generic exercises, labs, and associated answers to the exercises/labs. Author Jay Liebowitz recently had an article published in The World Financial Review. www.worldfinancialreview.com/?p=1904
Business Analytics for Managers
by
The intensified used of data based on analytical models to control digitalized operational business processes in an intelligent way is a game changer that continuously disrupts more and more markets. This book exemplifies this development and shows the latest tools and advances in this field Business Analytics for Managers offers real-world guidance for organizations looking to leverage their data into a competitive advantage. This new second edition covers the advances that have revolutionized the field since the first edition's release; big data and real-time digitalized decision making have become major components of any analytics strategy, and new technologies are allowing businesses to gain even more insight from the ever-increasing influx of data. New terms, theories, and technologies are explained and discussed in terms of practical benefit, and the emphasis on forward thinking over historical data describes how analytics can drive better business planning. Coverage includes data warehousing, big data, social media, security, cloud technologies, and future trends, with expert insight on the practical aspects of the current state of the field. Analytics helps businesses move forward. Extensive use of statistical and quantitative analysis alongside explanatory and predictive modeling facilitates fact-based decision making, and evolving technologies continue to streamline every step of the process. This book provides an essential update, and describes how today's tools make business analytics more valuable than ever. Learn how Hadoop can upgrade your data processing and storage Discover the many uses for social media data in analysis and communication Get up to speed on the latest in cloud technologies, data security, and more Prepare for emerging technologies and the future of business analytics Most businesses are caught in a massive, non-stop stream of data. It can become one of your most valuable assets, or a never-ending flood of missed opportunity. Technology moves fast, and keeping up with the cutting edge is crucial for wringing even more value from your data--Business Analytics for Managers brings you up to date, and shows you what analytics can do for you now.
Business Analytics Principles, Concepts, and Applications
by
Responding to a shortage of effective content for teaching business analytics, this text offers a complete, integrated package of knowledge for newcomers to the subject. The authors present an up-to-date view of what business analytics is, why it is so valuable, and most importantly, how it is used. They combine essential conceptual content with clear explanations of the tools, techniques, and methodologies actually used to implement modern business analytics initiatives. Business Analytics Principles, Concepts, and Applications offers a proven step-wise approach to designing an analytics program, and successfully integrating it into your organization, so it effectively provides intelligence for competitive advantage in decision making. Using step-by-step examples, the authors identify common challenges that can be addressed by business analytics, illustrate each type of analytics (descriptive, prescriptive, and predictive), and guide users in undertaking their own projects. Illustrating the real-world use of statistical, information systems, and management science methodologies, these examples help readers successfully apply the methods they are learning.
Business Intelligence Strategy and Big Data Analytics
by
Business Intelligence Strategy and Big Data Analytics is written for business leaders, managers, and analysts - people who are involved with advancing the use of BI at their companies or who need to better understand what BI is and how it can be used to improve profitability. It is written from a general management perspective, and it draws on observations at 12 companies whose annual revenues range between $500 million and $20 billion. Over the past 15 years, my company has formulated vendor-neutral business-focused BI strategies and program execution plans in collaboration with manufacturers, distributors, retailers, logistics companies, insurers, investment companies, credit unions, and utilities, among others. It is through these experiences that we have validated business-driven BI strategy formulation methods and identified common enterprise BI program execution challenges. In recent years, terms like "big data" and "big data analytics" have been introduced into the business and technical lexicon. Upon close examination, the newer terminology is about the same thing that BI has always been about: analyzing the vast amounts of data that companies generate and/or purchase in the course of business as a means of improving profitability and competitiveness. Accordingly, we will use the terms BI and business intelligence throughout the book, and we will discuss the newer concepts like big data as appropriate. More broadly, the goal of this book is to share methods and observations that will help companies achieve BI success and thereby increase revenues, reduce costs, or both. Provides ideas for improving the business performance of one's company or business functions Emphasizes proven, practical, step-by-step methods that readers can readily apply in their companies Includes exercises and case studies with road-tested advice about formulating BI strategies and program plans
Data Analytics and Business Intelligence
by
Business Analytics (BA) is an evolving phenomenon that showcases the increasing importance of using huge volumes of data to generate value for businesses. Advances in BA have offered great opportunities for organisations to improve, innovate, and develop existing or new processes, products, and services. BA is the process of transforming data into actionable insight by using statistical and mathematical analysis, descriptive, prescriptive, and predictive models, machine learning, information systems and network science methods, among others, along with a variety of data, expert knowledge, and fact-based management to support better and faster decision-making. BA and Business Intelligence (BI) generate capabilities for companies to compete in the market effectively and has become one of the main functional areas in most companies. BA tools are used in diverse ways, for example, to identify consumer behaviour patterns and market trends, to derive valuable insights on the performance of stocks, to find information on the attrition rate of employees, to analyse and solve healthcare problems, to offer insight into inventory management and supply chain management, to analyse data from social networks, and to infer traffic behaviour and develop traffic management policy, among others. BA and BI have become one of the most popular research areas in academic circles, as well as in the industry, driven by the increasing demand in the business world. This book aims to become a stimulus for innovative business solutions covering a wide range of aspects of business analytics, such as management science, information technology, descriptive, prescriptive, and predictive models, machine learning, network science, mathematical and statistical techniques. The book will encompass a valuable collection of chapters exploring and discussing computational frameworks, practices, and applications of BA that can assist industries and relevant stakeholders in decision-making and problem-solving exercises, with a view to driving competitive advantage.
Global business analytics models : concepts and applications in predictive, healthcare, supply chain, and finance analytics
by
THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO USING ANALYTICS TO MANAGE RISK AND UNCERTAINTY IN COMPLEX GLOBAL BUSINESS ENVIRONMENTS Practical techniques for developing reliable, actionable intelligence-and using it to craft strategy Analytical opportunities to solve key managerial problems in global enterprises Written for working managers: packed with realistic, useful examples This guide helps global managers use modern analytics to gain reliable, actionable, and timely business intelligence-and use it to manage risk, build winning strategies, and solve urgent problems. Dr. Hokey Min offers a practical, easy-to-understand overview of business analytics in a global context, focusing especially on managerial and strategic implications. After demystifying today's core quantitative tools, he demonstrates them at work in a wide spectrum of global applications. You'll build models to help segment global markets, forecast demand, assess risk, plan financing, optimize supply chains, and more. Along the way, you'll find practical guidance for developing analytic thinking, operationalizing Big Data in global environments, and preparing for future analytical innovations. Whether you're a global executive, strategist, analyst, marketer, supply chain professional, student or researcher, this book will help you drive real value from analytics-in smarter decisions, improved strategy, and better management . In today's global business environments characterized by growing complexity, volatility, and uncertainty, business analytics has become an indispensable tool for managing these challenges. Specifically, global managers need analytics expertise to solve problems, identify opportunities, shape strategy, mitigate risk, and improve their day-to-day operational efficiency. Now, for the first time, there's an analytics guide designed specifically for decision-makers in global organizations. Leveraging his experience teaching a number of students and training hundreds of managers and executives, Dr. Hokey Min demystifies the principles and tools of modern business analytics, and demonstrates their real-world use in global business. First, Dr. Min identifies key success factors and mindsets, helping you establish the preconditions for effective analysis. Next, he walks you through the practicalities of collecting, organizing, and analyzing Big Data, and developing models to transform them into actionable insight. Building on these foundations, he illustrates core analytical applicat ...
IBM Spectrum Scale : big data and analytics solution
by
This IBM® Redguide"!publication describes big data and analytics deployments that are built on IBM Spectrum Scale"! IBM Spectrum Scale is a proven enterprise-level distributed file system that is a high-performance and cost-effective alternative to Hadoop Distributed File System (HDFS) for Hadoop analytics services. IBM Spectrum Scale includes NFS, SMB, and Object services and meets the performance that is required by many industry workloads, such as technical computing, big data, analytics, and content management. IBM Spectrum Scale provides world-class, web-based storage management with extreme scalability, flash accelerated performance, and automatic policy-based storage tiering from flash through disk to the cloud, which reduces storage costs up to 90% while improving security and management efficiency in cloud, big data, and analytics environments. This Redguide publication is intended for technical professionals (analytics consultants, technical support staff, IT Architects, and IT Specialists) who are responsible for providing Hadoop analytics services and are interested in learning about the benefits of the use of IBM Spectrum Scale as an alternative to HDFS
International Business in the Information and Digital Age
by
This volume is dedicated to Lorraine Eden for herlifetime contributions to IB scholarship. Her research, spanning severaldecades, has addressed many interdisciplinary and societal themes at the heartof the IB field. The story of her intellectual journey -- strongly influenced bythe coming of age of the fourth industrial revolution -- is shared in the opening chapterof this volume. This thirteenth volume in the PIBR series covers an increasingly importantarea of research for International Business (IB) scholars: the role ofmultinational enterprises (MNEs) in the digital and information age. A limitednumber of MNEs now dominate the landscape of the digital age, but almost allinternationally operating firms are being affected by prevailing trends. How totake stock of these trends? How to develop resilient international businessmodels? How to regulate? The digital age presents new opportunities but alsomajor challenges for established and emerging MNEs alike. This volume brings together papers from leading IB scholars and from academics in adjacent disciplines such as economic geography,international relations and political science, strategic management, andtechnology studies. Four dimensions of the information and digital ageare analyzed using an IB angle: Trends and theories in the information age Entrepreneurial strategies in the informationage Functional strategies in the information age Industry 4.0
Machine Learning for Business Analytics
by
Machine Learning is an integral tool in a business analyst's arsenal because the rate at which data is being generated from different sources is increasing and working on complex unstructured data is becoming inevitable. Data collection, data cleaning, and data mining are rapidly becoming more difficult to analyze than just importing information from a primary or secondary source. The machine learning model plays a crucial role in predicting the future performance and results of a company. In real-time, data collection and data wrangling are the important steps in deploying the models. Analytics is a tool for visualizing and steering data and statistics. Business analysts can work with different datasets -- choosing an appropriate machine learning model results in accurate analyzing, forecasting the future, and making informed decisions. The global machine learning market was valued at $1.58 billion in 2017 and is expected to reach $20.83 billion in 2024 -- growing at a CAGR of 44.06% between 2017 and 2024. The authors have compiled important knowledge on machine learning real-time applications in business analytics. This book enables readers to get broad knowledge in the field of machine learning models and to carry out their future research work. The future trends of machine learning for business analytics are explained with real case studies. Essentially, this book acts as a guide to all business analysts. The authors blend the basics of data analytics and machine learning and extend its application to business analytics. This book acts as a superb introduction and covers the applications and implications of machine learning. The authors provide first-hand experience of the applications of machine learning for business analytics in the section on real-time analysis. Case studies put the theory into practice so that you may receive hands-on experience with machine learning and data analytics. This book is a valuable source for practitioners, industrialists, technologists, and researchers.
Reputation Strategy and Analytics in a Hyper-Connected World
by
Reputation management techniques that work amidst the unceasing flow of information Reputation Strategy and Analytics in a Hyper-Connected World is a complete guide to corporate communications and reputation management. Covering a range of scenarios from ideal to catastrophic, this book provides a clear blueprint for preparation, execution, and beyond. The discussion focuses on data-driven, evidence-based strategies for the modern digital economy, providing actionable frameworks, practical roadmaps, and step-by-step blueprints for deploying advance analytics, predictive modeling, and big data techniques to successfully manage communications and reputation. You'll learn how the right tools and people get the job done quickly, effectively, and cost-effectively, and how to identify and acquire the ones you need. Coverage includes the latest technology and cutting-edge applications, bringing you up to speed on what excellence in communications can realistically be. We live in an age of interconnectedness and transparency, and information travels at the speed of light to reach nearly every corner of the globe. This book shows you the key strategies and operational tactics required to respond successfully to financially damaging assaults on your company's reputation. Execute world-class corporate communications Prepare for best- and worst-possible case scenarios Manage organizational reputation in the digital economy Pick the right team and the right tools to get the job done Stories, rumors, lies -- there is no safe haven. Big data, cloud, and mobile technologies are fueling a perfect storm of immense proportions, overwhelming the capabilities of organizations and individuals attempting to manage their brands and reputations when hit with damaging information or harmful stories. Reputation Strategy and Analytics in a Hyper-Connected World shows you navigate the never-ending information stream to keep your company out of the undertow.
Resilience and Economic Intelligence Through Digitalization and Big Data Analytics
by
The series is aimed at publishing peer-reviewed articles presented at the International Conference on Economics and Social Sciences (ICESS), organized yearly by the Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania. Each volume is associated with a particular edition of the conference. ICESS welcomes empirical and theoretical work, especially in the economics, business, finance, and management fields. ADVISORY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE CLODNIȚCHI Roxana, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania SABIE Oana Matilda, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania STATE Olimpia, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania HERȚELIU Claudiu, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania ALBU Nadia, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania STANEF-PUICÃ Roberta Mihaela, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania PÃTÃRLÃGEANU Simona Roxana, Ph.D. Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania CÂMPEANU Emilia, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania SIMION Cezar-Petre, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania DUMITRU Ionel, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania PÃUN Cristian Valeriu, Ph.D., Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania LAZÃR Valentin, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania EDITORIAL ASSISTANT MANAGER VARGAS Vanesa Mãdãlina, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania Editorial Policy ICESS Instruction for authors ICESS Review process Publication_Ethics_ICESS
Style and statistics : the art of retail analytics
by
A non-technical guide to leveraging retail analytics for personal and competitive advantage Style & Statistics is a real-world guide to analytics in retail. Written specifically for the non-IT crowd, this book explains analytics in an approachable, understandable way, and provides examples of direct application to retail merchandise management, marketing, and operations. The discussion covers current industry trends and emerging-standard processes, and illustrates how analytics is providing new solutions to perennial retail problems. You'll learn how to leverage the benefits of analytics to boost your personal career, and how to interpret data in a way that's useful to the average end business user or shopper. Key concepts are detailed in easy-to-understand language, and numerous examples highlight the growing importance of understanding analytics in the retail environment. The power of analytics has become apparent across industries, but it's left an especially indelible mark on retail. It's a complex topic, but you don't need to be a data scientist to take advantage of the opportunities it brings. This book shows you what you need to know, and how to put analytics to work with retail-specific applications. Learn how analytics can help you be better at your job Dig deeper into the customer's needs, wants, and dreams Streamline merchandise management, pricing, marketing, and more Find solutions for inefficiencies and inaccuracies As the retail customer evolves, so must the retail industry. The retail landscape not only includes in-store but also website, mobile site, mobile apps, and social media. With more and more competition emerging on all sides, retailers need to use every tool at their disposal to create value and gain a competitive advantage. Analytics offers a number of ways to make your company stand out, whether it's through improved operations, customer experience, or any of the other myriad factors that build a great place to shop. Style & Statistics provides an analytics primer with a practical bent, specifically for the retail industry.
Unstructured Data Analytics
by
Turn unstructured data into valuable business insight Unstructured Data Analytics provides an accessible, non-technical introduction to the analysis of unstructured data. Written by global experts in the analytics space, this book presents unstructured data analysis (UDA) concepts in a practical way, highlighting the broad scope of applications across industries, companies, and business functions. The discussion covers key aspects of UDA implementation, beginning with an explanation of the data and the information it provides, then moving into a holistic framework for implementation. Case studies show how real-world companies are leveraging UDA in security and customer management, and provide clear examples of both traditional business applications and newer, more innovative practices. Roughly 80 percent of today's data is unstructured in the form of emails, chats, social media, audio, and video. These data assets contain a wealth of valuable information that can be used to great advantage, but accessing that data in a meaningful way remains a challenge for many companies. This book provides the baseline knowledge and the practical understanding companies need to put this data to work. Supported by research with several industry leaders and packed with frontline stories from leading organizations such as Google, Amazon, Spotify, LinkedIn, Pfizer Manulife, AXA, Monster Worldwide, Under Armour, the Houston Rockets, DELL, IBM, and SAS Institute, this book provide a framework for building and implementing a successful UDA center of excellence. You will learn: How to increase Customer Acquisition and Customer Retention with UDA The Power of UDA for Fraud Detection and Prevention The Power of UDA in Human Capital Management & Human Resource The Power of UDA in Health Care and Medical Research The Power of UDA in National Security The Power of UDA in Legal Services The Power of UDA for product development The Power of UDA in Sports The future of UDA From small businesses to large multinational organizations, unstructured data provides the opportunity to gain consumer information straight from the source. Data is only as valuable as it is useful, and a robust, effective UDA strategy is the first step toward gaining the full advantage. Unstructured Data Analytics lays this space open for examination, and provides a solid framework for beginning meaningful analysis.
Why External Data Needs to Be Part of Your Data and Analytics Strategy
by
Innovative organizations today are reaping the benefits of combining data from a variety of internal and external sources. By collecting, storing, analyzing, and leveraging external data, these companies are able to outperform competitors by unlocking improvements in growth, productivity, and risk management. This report explains how you can harness the power of external data to boost analytics, find competitive advantages, and drive value. Author Joseph D. Stec explains how clever companies are now using advanced analytics tools that can simultaneously collect, mix, and match diverse data from disparate data sources. This enables them to improve products and brand loyalty, generate better conversions, identify trends earlier, and pinpoint additional ways to improve customer satisfaction. With this report, you will: Learn how external data elevates and enhances the way you analyze and interpret data outside of your apps or databases Dive into the nuts and bolts of external data platforms to solve key challenges Understand how new technology makes external data easier to use with analytics Learn how an external data platform fits into your data architecture Gain access to relevant external data signals with Explorium, an automated external data management platform Unlock improvements in growth, productivity, and risk management.
This course aims to provide you with the tools, techniques, frameworks, and viewpoints to be effective in the development and marketing of new products. Discussions will revolve around reasons for new product failure, new product adoption, stage gates and project management tools, idea generation, design trade-off decisions, concept testing and forecasting. You are expected to develop your conceptual, analytical and decision-making skills.
Creating and Marketing New Products and Services
by
It¿s no secret that some of the most successful companies, such as 3M, Procter & Gamble, Microsoft, and Mercedes-Benz, are also known for their new product development strategies. Creating and Marketing New Products and Services teaches the key business and marketing principles needed to successfully design and launch new products and services in today¿s global market. It begins by providing the foundation required to understand the role of new product development in the innovating organization. The book emphasizes marketing research techniques that can help firms identify the voice of the customer and incorporate these findings into their new product development process. It addresses the role of sustainability in innovation, open innovation strategies, and international co-development efforts of new products and services. Explaining how to manage the development and marketing of new products and services, this book will teach you how to: Select a new product strategy that matches the needs of your organization Set up a disciplined process for new product development Define target market opportunities and search out high potential ideas Understand customer needs, structure them, and prioritize the needs to clearly define the benefits and values that your product will deliver Integrate marketing, engineering, R&D, and production resources to design a high-quality product that satisfies customer needs and delivers value Forecast sales before market launch based on testing of the product and the marketing plan The concepts discussed in the book can help to boost innovation and improve the performance of any type of organization. Some of the concepts presented are generic and others must be modified for each application. Together, they can lead to greater profitability and reduced risk in the new product development activities within your organization.
Creative Marketing for New Product and New Business Development
by
New products and new business development require innovative, creative marketing solutions in order to successfully differentiate them from competing products in the marketplace. This important book explores and elucidates the essence of creativity, with an emphasis on how to proceed with R&D activities strategically and how to connect them with successful products, services and commercialization. Using interesting, real case studies such as "Healthy Tea(TM)" developed by Japan Coca-Cola, Inc., the recommendation engine "Teach Me Electronic Appliances", and the development of various robots, the book uncovers the secret of successful marketing and shows how to develop and deploy new products and services on a sustainable basis. It will therefore appeal to both business practitioners as well as researchers and students interested in innovation and marketing issues.
Decision-Making for New Product Development in Small Businesses
by
What goes on in a small firm that lives or dies by its capacity to innovate? How are decisions made on new product development, and how does that feed into the ecological, social and financial sustainability of the firm? This book answers the questions through an in-depth look at a small business that manufactures high-end carpet yarn. Using advanced analytical techniques to interrogate rich qualitative data, the book draws together established theories of decision-making and new product development, coupled with thinking about business sustainability to improve our understanding of this important area of business practice. The book further reinforces the importance and role of organizational learning in organizational decision-making, based on novel analysis of empirically developed qualitative data.
Designing Supply Chains for New Product Development
by
Research and development (R&D) supply chains are often designed without the process discipline and rigor that typically characterize the development of products emerging from R&D programs. This book should help everyday supply chain practitioners involved in research and new product development, who are migrating their products to full commercialization. The book should also aid decision makers looking to improve the overall effectiveness and efficiency of their supply chain. When new products are developed, a significant divide typically emerges in trying to commercialize the product while attempting to meet project demands for cost, schedule, and quality. Simply put, in many cases the supply chains developed to accomplish R&D functions are usually woefully inadequate to meet the demands of large-scale commercial applications. This book recounts the real-world work efforts, rigor, and discipline used to transition from a supply chain supporting R&D functions to a world-class supply chain capable of supporting a multibillion-dollar hydrocarbon recovery project.
Frugal Innovation and the New Product Development Process
by
This book explores the new product development process of firms developing frugal innovation for the base-of-the-pyramid (BOP) markets in developing countries. Frugal innovations are products characterised by an affordable price-point, durability, usability and core functionalities that are highly adapted to BOP consumers' needs. Frugal products have the potential to drive the development progress and living standards of low-income consumers. With an innovation framework developed from worldwide frugal case studies, this book provides detailed insights through two in-depth start-up firms in Indonesia that have successfully launched frugal products for the low-income market. These two start-ups have addressed two major development challenges for not just Indonesia, but also the global BOP market - traditional methods of cooking and access to clean drinking water. A detailed roadmap is developed from insights into the processes and management decisions of these two start-ups and combined with previous studies on frugal products. Providing a detailed roadmap across the different phases and stages of the new product development process when developing frugal products, this book will be insightful to not only innovators but also investors and government agencies supporting their activities. two start-ups and combined with previous studies on frugal products. Providing a detailed roadmap across the different phases and stages of the new product development process when developing frugal products, this book will be insightful to not only innovators but also investors and government agencies supporting their activities.
Handbook of Research on New Product Development
by
New products are the major driver of revenue growth in today's dynamic business environment. In this Handbook, the world's foremost experts on new product development bring together the latest thinking on this vitally important topic. These thought-leading authors organize knowledge into useful and insightful frameworks, covering all aspects of new product development: companies, collaborators, customers, context, markets, and performance. The contributors delve into a broad range of topics, covering each one deeply and comprehensively. Careful attention to the development of these topics make it a fantastic single-source reference for state-of-the-art knowledge on new product development, including comprehensive sets of questions and discussion topics to inspire future research. Managers will benefit from the Handbook by expanding their knowledge of new product development, and for researchers, the book provides a comprehensive look at the current research, as well as offering opportunities to continue expanding on this body of knowledge. Contributors include:A.M. Baker, B.L. Bayus, S. Bharadwaj, D. Boyd, R.J. Calantone, G. Challagalla, D. Chandrasekaran, G. Colarelli O'Connor, R.G. Cooper, C.A. Di Benedetto, N. Donthu, E. Fang, G.J. Fisher, N.Z. Foutz, N. Franke, E. Genc, J. Goldenberg, P.N. Golder, D.A. Griffith, E. Keko, V. Kuppuswamy, D. Mitra, C. Moorman, C.P. Moreau, H. Nguyen, J.C. Prabhu, G.J. Prevo, N. Ramani, V.R. Rao, S.M. Shugan, R. Srinivasan, S. Stremersch, G.J. Tellis, L.H. Vincent, E. von Hippel, S. Wies, G. Yalcinkaya, E. Yin
Innovation Management and New Product Development
by
This booknbsp;is suitable for undergraduates and postgraduates on a wide range of courses from marketing, strategic management, business studies and engineering. The subject of innovation management is often treated as a series of separate specialism#146;s, rather than an integrated task. The main aim of this book, however, is to bring together the areas of innovation management and new product development and to keep a strong emphasis on innovation as a management process. Written in an accessible style, this title sets three key areas for the student: Innovation management, managing technology and knowledge and new product development. As innovation continues to be at the forefront of economic and political debate about how to improve the competitiveness of economies and firms, Innovation Management and New Product Development will give you some insight into the problems faced by firms as they try to develop innovative products that will help them survive and prosper.nbsp;This new edition includes new large sections on entrepreneurship, process innovation and counterfeit and imitation. Also this edition includes brand new cases covering new developments in the industry including CSI-DNA Fingerprinting, folding shipping containers.
Launching New Products
by
So, why this book? New product launches can be more effective! What is the ultimate measure of effectiveness? Sales dollars, profit dollars and growth rates are excellent measures. But how do you know that the launch is the best it can be? There is no endorsed standard that is used to evaluate the actions leading up to the launch, and corrective actions used during the product launch. As a result, business leaders make their own judgments and never truly know how much more successful they could have been. The goals of this book are to discuss critical topics in launching new products, and to distill successful approaches from hundreds of publications and experience from launching over 50 new products into a checklist for marketing leaders, CEOs, and board members. The function of this checklist is to force consideration and completion of tasks that drive a successful product launch.
Leveraging constraints for innovation : new product development essentials from the PDMA
by
Provides managers with actionable insight into a select set of innovation constraints and how to best deal with them This PDMA Essentials Book, the third in this series, provides a framework of individual, organizational, and market and societal constraints that guides managers in identifying specific constraints related to their innovation activities and provides them with corresponding tools and practices to overcome and leverage those constraints. Written by a team of international innovation experts, Leveraging Constraints for Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is presented in three parts. The first part, Individual Constraints, provides insights into how to: simultaneously solve social and commercial needs for greater creativity; apply a multi-stage approach to overcome knowledge sharing in teams; and anticipate and account for psychographic differences among customers during product launch. In the second part, Organizational Constraints, insights emerge that provide guidance on how to: identify and solve for sources of innovation constraints within the company; implement and manage virtual NPD teams; and effectively organize new service development in professional services. The last part, Market Constraints, examines how to: adapt firm capabilities to overcome constraints preventing consumers in low-end and under-resourced markets from purchasing new products; implement inclusive innovation strategies to address markets constrained by underdeveloped infrastructures; develop solutions for women and other disadvantaged market traders in emerging markets. This book: Is a single comprehensive volume that covers the full spectrum of constraint-related strategies and techniques in a coherent, integrated fashion Provides a set of frameworks, techniques, and tools that can be immediately implemented by individuals across firms Offers how-to knowledge on specific tools and methods as applied to innovating products and services when facing constraints as well as for the development of new business models Integrates problem- and solution-based knowledge to enable companies to develop sustainable growth strategies by leveraging constraints and restrictions toward innovation strategies, processes and offerings Leveraging Constraints for Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is an ideal book for all product development professionals, including marketers, engineers, project managers, and business managers in both startups and well-established firms, and from a broad range of industries from heavy manufacturing to the service sector.
Managing New Product Development and Innovation
by
Managing New Product Development and Innovationprovides a new approach to the microeconomics of innovation by measuring the technical quality of new products and guiding the managers of innovation and technology in the central considerations of today's knowledge-based companies. The volume features a selection of practical microeconomic tools for managing new product development and innovation. By quantifying product features and evaluating the costs and market value of improvements, a simple yet powerful conceptual framework is created. Using this framework, creative business models can be built, along with innovative products, services and processes that achieve marketplace success. The authors address five key questions facing managers of knowledge-based companies: * Which new features should be added to existing products? * Which radically new features should be innovated? * How can marketing and R&D be integrated? * How can the value of brand names be estimated and optimized? * How can the sophistication of product technology be measured - both at a given point in time and between two points in time? This path-breaking volume will be essential reading for managers of innovation, and will be warmly welcomed by teachers and advanced students with an interest in innovation and industrial economics.
The mastery of innovation : a field guide to lean product development
by
What do Ford Motor Company, Steelcase, Scania, Goodyear, Novo Nordisk, and Philips Electronics have in common? They all need to get their best ideas to market as fast as possible. They need to achieve the mastery of innovation. When these companies needed to accelerate time-to-market, get more new products to customers, and improve their ROI from investments in R&D, they turned to Lean Product Development to help them master the process of innovation. By adapting Lean ideas to their specific product development challenges, they learned how to focus innovation on the problems that would maximize customer and business value, and deliver on their best ideas. Winner of a Shingo Research and Professional Publication Award! The Mastery of Innovation: A Field Guide to Lean Product Development describes the experiences of 19 companies that have achieved significant results from Lean Product Development. Their stories show that Lean Product Development delivers results: Ford Motor Company completely reinvented its Global Product Development System and put decades of knowledge about automotive design at its engineers' fingertips DJO Global, a medical device company, more than tripled the number of products they released to the market and cut development time by 60% Playworld Systems cut time-to-market in half-twice The diverse set of North American and European case studies in this book range from very small product development organizations (three engineers) to very large (more than 10,000). Some of the industries represented include automotive, medical devices, industrial products, consumer electronics, pharmaceuticals, scientific instruments, and aerospace. These companies have generously shared their knowledge about Lean Product Development to help you get your best ideas to market faster.
New Product Development for Dummies
by
The global consumer product market is exploding. In 2006 alone, 150,000 new products were brought to market. Now for the bad news: of those, fewer than 5% were hits, and fewer than 15% will even exist five years from now. Written for small business owners and entrepreneurs looking for an inside track on new product development, New Product Development for Dummies offers you a unique opportunity to learn from two consummate insiders the secrets of successfully developing, marketing and making a bundle from a new product or service. You learn proven techniques for sizing up market potential and divining customer needs. You get tested-in-the-trenches strategies for launching a new product or service. And you get a frank, in-depth appraisal of the most challenging issues facing new product developers today, including the need to collaborate with global partners, optimizing technology development for a 21st century marketplace, getting start-up capital in an increasingly competitive environment, and much more. Key topics covered include: Developing a winning NPD strategy Generating bold new ideas for products and services Understanding what your customers really want Keeping projects on track, on budget, and on-time Building effective cross-functional teams Planning and executing a blockbuster launch Collaborating with global partners Maximizing your chances for success No matter what size or type of business you're in, this book provides you with an unbeatable competitive advantage in the booming global marketplace for new products and services.
New Products Management
by
Written with a managerial focus, New Products Management 11e by Crawford and Di Benedetto is useful to the practicing new products manager. Along with the management approach, the perspective of marketing is presented throughout which enables the text to have a balanced view. The authors aim to make the book increasingly relevant to its users as this revision is considered to be a “new product.” Many new examples, cases, and research along with the most current topics highlight the new edition of New Products Management.
Open Innovation
by
A clear, practical guide to implementing Open Innovation for new product development Open Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of the Open Innovation method. Written by experts from the Product Development and Management Association, the book packages a collection of Open Innovation tools in a digestible and actionable format. Real-world case studies drawn from the authors' own successes and failures illustrate the concepts presented, providing accurate representation of the opportunities and challenges of Open Innovation implementation. Key tools are presented with a focus on immediate applications for business, allowing NPD professionals to easily discern where this cutting edge development method can push innovation forward. Open Innovation assumes that companies can and should use both internal and external ideas and paths to market, permeating the boundaries between firm and environment. Innovations transfer outward and inward through purchase, licensing, joint ventures, and spin-offs, allowing companies to expand beyond their own research and dramatically improve productivity through collaboration. PDMA Essentials provides practical guidance on exploiting the Open Innovation model to these ends, with clear guidance on all aspects of the new product development process. Topics include: Product platforming and idea competitions Customer immersion and interaction Collaborative product design and development Innovation networks, rewards, and incentives Many practitioners charged with innovation have only a vague understanding of the specific tools available for Open Innovation, and how they might be applied. As the marketplace shifts dramatically to keep pace with changing consumer behaviors, remaining relevant increasingly means ramping up innovation processes. PDMA Essentials provides the tools NPD practitioners need to implement a leading innovation method, and drive continued growth.
The Pursuit of New Product Development
by
Product Development begins with an understanding of market needs, within a sound business model, a well-defined financial strategy, and well-thought-out strategic goals. This new book by industry-expert Marc Annacchino, will help the professional engineer, manager, marketer, and all others who must come together as a working team, to better understand their respective roles and responsibilities in that process. Today, speeding the right value proposition to the market can make all the difference between success and failure. With case examples, organizational analysis and project planning tools, this new book looks at that longer, organizational view of product development, and how that view can improve product development cycle times and better take advantage of new market opportunities. It will help the product development team better adapt to change and a dynamic market in today's global economy through product platform management, and do so rationally and reliably. And it will help product development professionals to look for hidden value in existing product lines as they plan for that change and growth ahead.
Successful Product Development
by
Go from concept to cash in record time. When you're working hard on a new product development project, you don't have time for abstract theoretical concepts. You need concise, practical advice that will help you make things happen-now! You need quick access to clear, proven procedures aimed at producing revenue and profit growth fast. You need Successful Product Development: Speeding from Opportunity to Profit. This unique hands-on guide leads you step-by-step through the product development process, from the creation of ideas, through concurrent design and engineering, to just-in-time delivery of a superior product to the customer ahead of the competition. Every step of this process is driven by one guiding principle: the faster you can move from initial concept to product launch, the sooner you will generate income for your business and achieve your firm's profit objective. Filled with invaluable time-saving guidance, Successful Product Development: * Focuses on the most important product development topic, rapid profit growth * Takes an event and interval approach tailored for industry professionals * Features a concise format designed for quick reference and easy reading Successful Product Development is the ultimate handbook for professionals in new product development, marketing, engineering, and senior and general management in both service and manufacturing firms.
This course aims to provide you with the tools, techniques, frameworks, and viewpoints to be effective in the development and marketing of new products. Discussions will revolve around reasons for new product failure, new product adoption, stage gates and project management tools, idea generation, design trade-off decisions, concept testing and forecasting. You are expected to develop your conceptual, analytical and decision-making skills.
Creating and Marketing New Products and Services
by
It¿s no secret that some of the most successful companies, such as 3M, Procter & Gamble, Microsoft, and Mercedes-Benz, are also known for their new product development strategies. Creating and Marketing New Products and Services teaches the key business and marketing principles needed to successfully design and launch new products and services in today¿s global market. It begins by providing the foundation required to understand the role of new product development in the innovating organization. The book emphasizes marketing research techniques that can help firms identify the voice of the customer and incorporate these findings into their new product development process. It addresses the role of sustainability in innovation, open innovation strategies, and international co-development efforts of new products and services. Explaining how to manage the development and marketing of new products and services, this book will teach you how to: Select a new product strategy that matches the needs of your organization Set up a disciplined process for new product development Define target market opportunities and search out high potential ideas Understand customer needs, structure them, and prioritize the needs to clearly define the benefits and values that your product will deliver Integrate marketing, engineering, R&D, and production resources to design a high-quality product that satisfies customer needs and delivers value Forecast sales before market launch based on testing of the product and the marketing plan The concepts discussed in the book can help to boost innovation and improve the performance of any type of organization. Some of the concepts presented are generic and others must be modified for each application. Together, they can lead to greater profitability and reduced risk in the new product development activities within your organization.
Creative Marketing for New Product and New Business Development
by
New products and new business development require innovative, creative marketing solutions in order to successfully differentiate them from competing products in the marketplace. This important book explores and elucidates the essence of creativity, with an emphasis on how to proceed with R&D activities strategically and how to connect them with successful products, services and commercialization. Using interesting, real case studies such as "Healthy Tea(TM)" developed by Japan Coca-Cola, Inc., the recommendation engine "Teach Me Electronic Appliances", and the development of various robots, the book uncovers the secret of successful marketing and shows how to develop and deploy new products and services on a sustainable basis. It will therefore appeal to both business practitioners as well as researchers and students interested in innovation and marketing issues.
Experiment-driven product development : how to use a data-informed approach to learn, iterate, and succeed faster
by
Improving your craft is a key skill for product and user experience professionals working in the digital era. There are many established methods of product development to inspire and focus teams—Sprint, Lean, Agile, Kanban—all of which focus on solutions to customer and business problems. Enter XDPD, or Experiment-Driven Product Development—a new approach that turns the spotlight on questions to be answered, rather than on solutions.
Within XDPD, discovery is a mindset, not a project phase. In Experiment-Driven Product Development, author Paul Rissen introduces a philosophy of product development that will hone your skills in discovery, research and learning. By guiding you through a practical, immediately applicable framework, you can learn to ask, and answer, questions which will supercharge your product development, making teams smarter and better at developing products and services that deliver for users and businesses alike.
Innovation and New Product Planning
by
This practical book introduces readers to the essential business aspects of innovation and new product planning. The product planning process is discussed across two broad themes: product development and product management. Importantly, the book emphasizes the 21st-century strategic and creative mindset necessary to drive business innovation activities in a concise, yet comprehensive manner. The book delves into the front end of innovation and formal product development activities, examining the topics of opportunity identification, concept generation and evaluation, technical development, product design, testing, launch strategies, product management, life cycle management, brand management, and vital elements for international success. There are stand-alone notes that serve to apprise readers on related topics such as the use of agile product development methodologies, the formation of business entities, and recommended best practices for new product development. The book excels at providing relevant examples and applied tools that augment the concepts to offer valuable connections to real-world product planning efforts. This book is particularly useful as a guide to learning the fundamental concepts and strategies associated with innovation and new product planning. Among student audiences, upper-level undergraduate and first-year graduate students are likely to benefit as the book embraces its position to serve as a primer on product development and management.
Innovation Management and New Product Development for Engineers, Volume II
by
Whereas innovation has become part of daily language, in practice, realizing new product and new service development is a complex and daunting task for engineers, design engineering managers, managers, and those involved in other functions in organizations. Most books on innovation management approach this topic from a managerial or economic perspective; this text takes the actual design and engineering processes as starting point. To this purpose, it relates product design and engineering processes and their management to sources of innovation, collaboration with suppliers, and knowledge providers (for example, inventors and universities), and users. The managerial aspects get ample attention as well as the socioeconomic aspects in the context of product design and engineering. For this wide range of topics, the book provides both theoretical underpinning and practical guidance. Readers and students will benefit from this book by not only understanding the key mechanisms for innovation but also by the practical guidance it offers. The author uses diagrams, models, methods, and steps to guide readers to a better understanding of innovation projects. This practical approach and the link to theory make the book valuable to practitioners as well as engineering students.
Investment-Centric Innovation Project Management : Winning the New Product Development Game
by
The subject of innovation has become a permanent fixture of the current political and economic discourse across the globe. In fact, the belief that economic growth is driven by innovation is common. The first half of the book adopts the viewpoint of the innovator through the details of the innovation's development journey. The second half advances this journey, where the actual running of an innovation business. Key Features: --Provides a complete road map which breaks down the sequence of activities to transform the idea into a product --Presents techniques for quantifying scope of work, time and cost estimates of each task, resources, and go/no-go decision schemes. --Identifies the many pitfalls of the design process. --Discusses the proactive management of risks and leads readers through the step-by-step process of securing the first few clients up through the ultimate commercial roll-out --WAV offers a downloadable unit transformation process template, slide presentations covering a direct accountability concept, and 40 TRIZ design principles that will aid users on their journey to success.
The lean product lifecycle : how to make products people want
by
The Lean Product Lifecycle is a playbook that provides frameworks, methods and tools to develop innovative new products and business models, while managing your core portfolio.
Lean product management : successful products from fuzzy business ideas
by
A guide to product management exploring the best practices: identifying the impact-driven product, planning for success, setting up and measuring time-bound metrics, and developing a lean product roadmap. Key Features Identifying Impact-Driven Products Investing in Key Business Outcomes Value mapping to maintain a lean product backlog Utilizing time-bound product metrics Eliminating process waste Book Description Lean Product Management is about finding the smartest way to build an Impact Driven Product that can deliver value to customers and meet business outcomes when operating under internal and external constraints. Author, Mangalam Nandakumar, is a product management expert, with over 17 years of experience in the field. Businesses today are competing to innovate. Cost is no longer the constraint, execution is. It is essential for any business to harness whatever competitive advantage they can, and it is absolutely vital to deliver the best customer experience possible. The opportunities for creating impact are there, but product managers have to improvise on their strategy every day in order to capitalize on them. This is the Agile battleground, where you need to stay Lean and be able to respond to abstract feedback from an ever shifting market. This is where Lean Product Management will help you thrive. Lean Product Management is an essential guide for product managers, and to anyone embarking on a new product development. Mangalam Nandakumar will help you to align your product strategy with business outcomes and customer impact. She introduces the concept of investing in Key Business Outcomes as part of the product strategy in order to provide an objective metric about which product idea and strategy to pursue. You will learn how to create impactful end-to-end product experiences by engaging stakeholders and reacting to external feedback. What you will learn How do you execute ideas that matter? How can you define the right success metrics? How can you plan for product success? How do you capture qualitative and quantitative insights about the product? How do you know whether your product aligns to desired business goals? What processes are slowing you down? Who this book is for If you are leading a team that is building a new product, then this book is for you. The book is targeted at product managers, functional leads in enterprises, business sponsors venturing into new product offerings, product development teams, and start-up founders.
Leveraging constraints for innovation : new product development essentials from the PDMA
by
Provides managers with actionable insight into a select set of innovation constraints and how to best deal with them This PDMA Essentials Book, the third in this series, provides a framework of individual, organizational, and market and societal constraints that guides managers in identifying specific constraints related to their innovation activities and provides them with corresponding tools and practices to overcome and leverage those constraints. Written by a team of international innovation experts, Leveraging Constraints for Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is presented in three parts. The first part, Individual Constraints, provides insights into how to: simultaneously solve social and commercial needs for greater creativity; apply a multi-stage approach to overcome knowledge sharing in teams; and anticipate and account for psychographic differences among customers during product launch. In the second part, Organizational Constraints, insights emerge that provide guidance on how to: identify and solve for sources of innovation constraints within the company; implement and manage virtual NPD teams; and effectively organize new service development in professional services. The last part, Market Constraints, examines how to: adapt firm capabilities to overcome constraints preventing consumers in low-end and under-resourced markets from purchasing new products; implement inclusive innovation strategies to address markets constrained by underdeveloped infrastructures; develop solutions for women and other disadvantaged market traders in emerging markets. This book: Is a single comprehensive volume that covers the full spectrum of constraint-related strategies and techniques in a coherent, integrated fashion Provides a set of frameworks, techniques, and tools that can be immediately implemented by individuals across firms Offers how-to knowledge on specific tools and methods as applied to innovating products and services when facing constraints as well as for the development of new business models Integrates problem- and solution-based knowledge to enable companies to develop sustainable growth strategies by leveraging constraints and restrictions toward innovation strategies, processes and offerings Leveraging Constraints for Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is an ideal book for all product development professionals, including marketers, engineers, project managers, and business managers in both startups and well-established firms, and from a broad range of industries from heavy manufacturing to the service sector.
The mastery of innovation : a field guide to lean product development
by
What do Ford Motor Company, Steelcase, Scania, Goodyear, Novo Nordisk, and Philips Electronics have in common? They all need to get their best ideas to market as fast as possible. They need to achieve the mastery of innovation. When these companies needed to accelerate time-to-market, get more new products to customers, and improve their ROI from investments in R&D, they turned to Lean Product Development to help them master the process of innovation. By adapting Lean ideas to their specific product development challenges, they learned how to focus innovation on the problems that would maximize customer and business value, and deliver on their best ideas. Winner of a Shingo Research and Professional Publication Award! The Mastery of Innovation: A Field Guide to Lean Product Development describes the experiences of 19 companies that have achieved significant results from Lean Product Development. Their stories show that Lean Product Development delivers results: Ford Motor Company completely reinvented its Global Product Development System and put decades of knowledge about automotive design at its engineers' fingertips DJO Global, a medical device company, more than tripled the number of products they released to the market and cut development time by 60% Playworld Systems cut time-to-market in half-twice The diverse set of North American and European case studies in this book range from very small product development organizations (three engineers) to very large (more than 10,000). Some of the industries represented include automotive, medical devices, industrial products, consumer electronics, pharmaceuticals, scientific instruments, and aerospace. These companies have generously shared their knowledge about Lean Product Development to help you get your best ideas to market faster.
Open Innovation
by
A clear, practical guide to implementing Open Innovation for new product development Open Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of the Open Innovation method. Written by experts from the Product Development and Management Association, the book packages a collection of Open Innovation tools in a digestible and actionable format. Real-world case studies drawn from the authors' own successes and failures illustrate the concepts presented, providing accurate representation of the opportunities and challenges of Open Innovation implementation. Key tools are presented with a focus on immediate applications for business, allowing NPD professionals to easily discern where this cutting edge development method can push innovation forward. Open Innovation assumes that companies can and should use both internal and external ideas and paths to market, permeating the boundaries between firm and environment. Innovations transfer outward and inward through purchase, licensing, joint ventures, and spin-offs, allowing companies to expand beyond their own research and dramatically improve productivity through collaboration. PDMA Essentials provides practical guidance on exploiting the Open Innovation model to these ends, with clear guidance on all aspects of the new product development process. Topics include: Product platforming and idea competitions Customer immersion and interaction Collaborative product design and development Innovation networks, rewards, and incentives Many practitioners charged with innovation have only a vague understanding of the specific tools available for Open Innovation, and how they might be applied. As the marketplace shifts dramatically to keep pace with changing consumer behaviors, remaining relevant increasingly means ramping up innovation processes. PDMA Essentials provides the tools NPD practitioners need to implement a leading innovation method, and drive continued growth.
Proactive risk management : [controlling uncertainty in product development]
by
Listed as one of the 30 Best Business Books of 2002 by Executive Book Summaries. Proactive Risk Management's unique approach provides a model of risk that is scalable to any size project or program and easily deployable into any product development or project management life cycle. It offers methods for identifying drivers (causes) of risks so you can manage root causes rather than the symptoms of risks. Providing you with an appropriate quantification of the key factors of a risk allows you to prioritize those risks without introducing errors that render the numbers meaningless. This book stands apart from much of the literature on project risk management in its practical, easy-to-use, fact-based approach to managing all of the risks associated with a project. The depth of actual how-to information and techniques provided here is not available anywhere else.
Product Development and Management Body of Knowledge
by
Product Developmentand Management Body of Knowledge Fully-updated Third Edition of the leading study resource for PDMA's New Product Development Professional certification exam The newly revised and updated Third Edition of PDMA Body of Knowledge (BoK) provides a singular reference for anyone currently involved in, or planning a career in product management and product innovation. It describes a proven framework for product innovation which is applicable to a wide cross-section of product and service industries at various levels of an organization. It is also the basis for candidates studying for PDMA's New Product Development Professional (NPDP) certification examination. The guide is divided into seven chapters, consistent with the seven product innovation topics used as a basis for the NPDP examination: management, strategy, portfolio, process, design and development, market research, and culture & teams. PDMA Body of Knowledge includes detailed coverage of topics including: The key factors that lead to successful product innovation management. The importance of strategy to product innovation success, hierarchy of strategies, and establishing the organization's direction via vision, mission, values, and more. The role of portfolio management in selection of the right product innovation projects for an organization. Description of various product innovation processes and the pros and cons of each. The application of tools and techniques at various stages of the design and development process. The application of market research throughout product innovation. The importance of the right culture and team development. The material provided can be applied to the full range of product development projects included in most company portfolios, such as new products or services, line extensions, cost reductions, and product or service improvements. This newly revised and updated Third Edition includes new case studies, examples, and chapter exercises, along with sample NPDP examination questions. PDMA Body of Knowledge is an essential study resource for those studying for PDMA's NPDP exam. The text is also highly valuable to product management professionals, consultants, instructors, and students seeking to increase their knowledge base. The Product Development and Management Association (PDMA) is a global community of thousands of members whose skills, expertise, and experience power the most recognized and respected innovative companies in the world. PDMA's unique triad of members include product development and management practitioners, academics, and service providers in a variety of industries and knowledge areas, including new product process, strategy innovation, market research, tools and metrics, organizational issues, and portfolio management.
The Pursuit of New Product Development
by
Product Development begins with an understanding of market needs, within a sound business model, a well-defined financial strategy, and well-thought-out strategic goals. This new book by industry-expert Marc Annacchino, will help the professional engineer, manager, marketer, and all others who must come together as a working team, to better understand their respective roles and responsibilities in that process. Today, speeding the right value proposition to the market can make all the difference between success and failure. With case examples, organizational analysis and project planning tools, this new book looks at that longer, organizational view of product development, and how that view can improve product development cycle times and better take advantage of new market opportunities. It will help the product development team better adapt to change and a dynamic market in today's global economy through product platform management, and do so rationally and reliably. And it will help product development professionals to look for hidden value in existing product lines as they plan for that change and growth ahead.
Radical product thinking : the new mindset for innovating smarter
by
Iteration rules product development, but it isn't enough to produce dramatic results. This book champions Radical Product Thinking, a systematic methodology for building visionary, game-changing products. In the last decade, we've learned to harness the power of iteration to innovate faster--we've invested in a fast car, but our ability to set a clear destination and navigate to it hasn't kept up. When we iterate without a clear vision or strategy, our products become bloated, fragmented, and driven by irrelevant metrics. They catch "product diseases" that often kill innovation. Radical Product Thinking (RPT) gives organizations a repeatable model for building world-changing products. The key? Being vision-driven instead of iteration-led. R. Dutt guides readers through the five elements of the methodology (vision, strategy, prioritization, execution and measurement, and culture) to develop a clear process for translating vision into reality, and turning RPT skills into muscle memory. This book offers refreshing solutions to the shortcomings of our current model for product development; be prepared to toss out everything you know about a good vision and learn how to measure progress to create revolutionary products. The best part? You don't have to be a natural-born visionary to produce extraordinary results.
Strategic planning and new product development
by
In Strategic Planning and New Product Development , world-class decision support experts Frank A. Tillman and Deandra T. Cassone present a complete corporate strategic planning model for selecting new products: a model that can be used to systematically manage and evaluate business and/or new product opportunities from conception to commercialization. Tillman and Cassone's model captures input on goals and objectives from all levels of the organization, translates these goals and objectives into clear decision criteria, and generates metrics that can be used to measure the success of any decision. It tracks developmental progress of current and/or new business and product opportunities; helps companies eliminate unprofitable business sooner; brings discipline and consistency to evaluating each new opportunity, and generates a list of clear priorities. Tillman and Cassone go beyond "conceptualizing" this model, presenting actual sample computer screens and identifying every key data input, from financial impact and strategic alignment to probability of success. They also demonstrate how to use weighting to bring greater flexibility and agility to decision modeling. Along with offering exceptionally valuable guidance to product developers and corporate strategists, it also demonstrates the broader applicability of automated decision support systems and offers real-world insight for building models that address a wide spectrum of business challenges.
What is product management?
by
In this lesson, Nate Walkingshaw, Martin Eriksson, and Richard Banfield discuss what product management is and why it's critical to maintaining a competitive advantage.
Let me walk you through to what this course is all about. This is a foundation course that will provide you a basis for understanding the management role in all business operations. You will learn the area most crucial to understanding the management theories and applications necessary for success in the business world. It covers the management functions with focus on planning, organizing, leading, and controlling. You will also explore the theory and practice of managing an organization and its personnel to meet the needs of modern public and private organizations, including emerging trends and international issues.
The Business Student's Guide to Sustainable Management
by
The Business Student's Guide to Sustainable Management has become a core textbook for business undergraduates. With a full introduction to sustainable management, the textbook covers all subject areas relevant to business students. This second edition features fully updated chapters on how to integrate the Sustainable Development Goals into accounting, marketing, HR and other subjects in management and business studies. Furthermore, this second edition offers brand new chapters on how to teach the Principles for Responsible Management Education (PRME) in any business discipline, how to explore new business models designed to support sustainable development and how to crowdsource for sustainable solutions. The book contains over 40 ready-made seminars/short workshops which enable teachers and students to integrate the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) into every discipline in business, including economics, operations, marketing, HR, and financial reporting. Each chapter follows the same easy-to-use format. The Business Student's Guide to Sustainable Management provides a true treasure chest of materials to support staff wanting to integrate sustainability into their teaching and provides support to effectively embed sustainability in the curriculum. The chapters also offer a starting point in developing teaching units for Masters and MBA students. The material is not just useful to people in business schools, but to those involved in wider scale curriculum change, and those looking to make links between different disciplines (for example, how to teach system thinking, corporate peace-making and the crowdsourcing of sustainable solutions). Online Teaching Notes to accompany each chapter are available on request with the purchase of the book.
The Effective Hiring Manager
by
Essential hiring and team-building lessons from the #1 Podcaster in the world The Effective Hiring Manager offers an essential guide for managers, team leaders, and HR professionals in organizations large or small. The author's step-by-step approach makes the strategies easy to implement and help to ensure ongoing success. Hiring effectively is the single greatest long-term contribution to your organization. The only thing worse than having an open position is filling it with the wrong person. The Effective Hiring Manager offers a proven process for solving these problems and helping teams and organizations thrive. The fundamental principles of hiring and interviewing How to create criteria to hire by How to create excellent interview questions How to review resumes How to conduct phone screens How to structure an interview day How to conduct each interview How to capture interview results How to make an offer How to decline a candidate How to onboard candidates Written by Mark Horstman, co-founder of Manager Tools and an expert in training managers, The Effective Hiring Manager is an A to Z handbook to the successful hiring process. The book explores, in helpful detail, what it takes to hire the right person, for the right job, and the right team.
Encyclopedia of Management Theory
by
In discussing a management topic, scholars, educators, practitioners, and the media often toss out the name of a theorist (Taylor, Simon, Weber) or make a sideways reference to a particular theory (bureaucracy, total quality management, groupthink) and move on, as if assuming their audience possesses the necessary background to appreciate and integrate the reference. This is often far from the case. Individuals are frequently forced to seek out a hodgepodge of sources varying in quality and presentation to provide an overview of a particular idea. This work is designed to serve as a core reference for anyone interested in the essentials of contemporary management theory. Drawing together a team of international scholars, it examines the global landscape of the key theories and the theorists behind them, presenting them in the context needed to understand their strengths and weaknesses to thoughtfully apply them. In addition to interpretations of long-established theories, it also offers essays on cutting-edge research as one might find in a handbook. And, like an unabridged dictionary, it provides concise, to-the-point definitions of key concepts, ideas, schools, and figures. Features and Benefits: Two volumes containing over 280 signed entries provide users with the most authoritative and thorough reference resources available on management theory, both in terms of breadth and depth of coverage. Standardized presentation format, organized into categories based on validity and importance, structures entries so that readers can assess the fundamentals, evolution, and impact of theories. To ease navigation between and among related entries, a Reader's Guide groups entries thematically and each entry is followed by Cross-References. In the electronic version, the Reader's Guide combines with the Cross-References and a detailed Index to provide robust search-and-browse capabilities. An appendix with a Chronology of Management Theory allows readers to easily chart directions and trends in thought and theory from early times to the present. An appendix with Central Management Insights allows readers to easily understand, compare, and apply major theoretical messages of the field. Suggestions for Further Reading at the end of each entry guide readers to sources for more detailed research and discussion. Key themes include: Nature of Management Managing People, Personality, and Perception Managing Motivation Managing Interactions Managing Groups Managing Organizations Managing Environments Strategic Management Human Resources Management International Management and Diversity Managerial Decision Making, Ethics, and Creativity Management Education, Research, and Consulting Management of Operations, Quality, and Information Systems Management of Entrepreneurship Management of Learning and Change Management of Technology and Innovation Management and Leadership Management and Social / Environmental Issues PLUS: Appendix of Chronology of Management Theory PLUS: Appendix of Central Management Insights
Essentials of strategic management
by
Essentials of Strategic Management: the Quest for Competitive Advantage
by
Essentials of Strategic Management presents a conceptually strong treatment of strategic management principles and analytic approaches that features straight-to-the-point discussions, timely examples, and a writing style that captures the interest of students. The standout features of this fifth edition of Essentials of Strategic Management are its concisely written and robust coverage of strategic management concepts and its compelling collection of cases. The text presents a conceptually strong treatment of strategic management principles and analytic approaches that features straight-to-the-point discussions, timely examples, and a writing style that captures the interest of students. The fundamental character of the fifth edition is very much in step with the best academic thinking and contemporary management practice. The chapter content continues to be solidly mainstream and balanced, mirroring both the penetrating insight of academic thought and the pragmatism of real-world strategic management.
Leadership : theory and practice
by
In this fully updated Eight Edition of Leadership: Theory and Practice, a new chapter on Followership examines the central role followers play in the leadership process and unpacks the characteristics of both effective and ineffective followers. The new edition also includes a new Ethical Leadership Style Questionnaire and new coverage on the dark side of leadership and destructive leadership. Adopted at more than 1600 institutions in 89 countries and translated into 13 different languages, this market-leading text successfully combines an academically robust account of the major theories and models of leadership with an accessible style and special emphasis on how leadership theory can inform leadership practice. Peter G. Northouse uses a consistent structure for each chapter, allowing students to easily compare and contrast the various theories. Case studies and questionnaires provide students with practical examples and opportunities to deepen their personal understanding of their own leadership.
M
by
"M: Marketing, 8e emphasize how marketing has evolved into its present-day, integral business function of creating value. It also focus on how firms maintain value and rely on value for establishing lasting relationships with their customers"--
Management
by
The mission of the 13th edition of Management: Leading & Collaborating in a Competitive World, by Bateman, Snell, and Konopaske, is to inform, instruct, and inspire students to learn about management so they become thinkers and doers who succeed in today's workforce. It emphasizes six essential performance dimensions: cost, quality, speed, innovation, service and sustainability. This results-oriented focus delivers value to the customer and a competitive advantage to managers and their employers. Its cutting edge topical coverage draws from a wide variety of subjects, sources, and personal experiences. Ongoing themes include real results, ethics, culture, leadership, and collaboration.
Management : a practical introduction
by
Practical skills. Relevant theory. Purposeful application. Kinicki/Williams 8e, Management: A Practical Introduction empowers students to develop the management skills necessary in everyday life through the practical and relevant application of theory. Developed to help students read and learn management with a purpose, this new edition engage students through current examples, imaginative writing and resources that work. The eighth edition of Management: A Practical Introduction--a concepts book for the introductory course in management-uses a wealth of instructor feedback to identify which features from prior editions worked best and which should be improved and expanded. By blending Angelo Kinicki's scholarship, teaching, and management-consulting experience with Brian Williams' writing and publishing background, we have again created a research-based yet highly readable, practical, and motivational text.
Management fundamentals : concepts, applications, and skill development
by
Praised as the greatest source of quality and quantity of application and skill development experiential learning!Packed with experiential exercises, self-assessments, and group activities, the Eighth Edition of Management Fundamentals helps students develop essential management skills they can use in their personal and professional lives. Bestselling author Robert N. Lussier uses the most current cases and examples to illustrate management concepts in today's ever-changing business world. This fully updated new edition provides in-depth coverage of key AACSB topics such as diversity, ethics, technology, and globalization. New to This Edition New case studieshighlight contemporary challenges and opportunities facing managers at well-known organizations such as Whole Foods, Wells Fargo, and the Chicago Cubs. The book is completely updatedwith hundreds of new references and examples. Expanded and updated Trends and Issues sections explore timely topics such as the changing nature of work, managing multiple generations, and virtual teams. All of the Applying the Concept boxes are new and engage students in applying the concepts to their own experiences and provide situational analysis opportunities to develop critical thinking skills.
MGMT7 : Principles of Management
by
Designed for and by today's students in every detail, MGMT7 was developed with input from students and faculty members to provide a more engaging and accessible solution that appeals to different learning styles at a value-based price. This concise MGMT7 includes all of the key concepts that your instructors require and a full suite of learning aids to accommodate your busy lifestyle, including chapter-by-chapter study cards, self-quizzes, downloadable flash cards, an interactive eBook, and more. This innovative approach unites today's latest management research with author Chuck Williams's unique storytelling approach in a visually rich design that reads like a business periodical. With MGMT7, you'll find everything you need to prepare efficiently and succeed in your principles of management course.
MGMT11 : principles of management
by
Learn Management YOUR Way with MGMT! MGMT�s easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, MGMT MindTap allows you to learn on your terms. Read or listen to textbooks and study with the aid of instructor notifications, flashcards and practice quizzes. Track your scores and stay motivated toward your goals. Whether you have more work to do or are ahead of the curve, you�ll know where you need to focus your efforts. And the MindTap Green Dot will charge your confidence along the way. When it�s time to study, everything you�ve flagged or noted can be gathered into a guide you can organize.
Powerful leadership through coaching : principles, practices, and tools for leaders and managers at every level
by
On-going coaching and development that can be a "game changer" for all employees! All great coaches know how to ask good open-ended questions and how to give effective feedback. They keep a balanced and honest perspective that separates the person from the problem or issue; coaching to leverage their unique strengths and helping them improve weaknesses with a mindset focused on continuous improvement. This ongoing coaching and development can be a "game changer" for all people and teams with access to it. But what about the teams and players that aren't empowered--or even allowed--to expand their roles? Or the team members whose careers don't inspire or play to their natural gifts, talents, and strengths? It's painful for any organization or manager when people on their team aren't given the tools to succeed; and more painful still when the team member doesn't yet realize it. But by coaching through leadership, any manager of any organization can create a supportive structure that helps assign the right roles, resources, tools, and career opportunities that will best leverage their strengths. Determines coachability and readiness for employee change and improvement Builds awareness to deal with the right issues, challenges, and opportunities Offers leaders/managers the tools to help a performer leverage their greatest gifts, talents, and strengths Allows for dialogue and tactics to close gaps in experience, communication styles, and personality Guides managers in how to have dialogue around difficult and important issues with their employees Includes coaching principles, practices, and tools with practical, real-world examples Offers strategies and tools to help employees become more motivated for effective change, action, and accountability Each chapter includes a series of powerful and provocative coaching questions for any leader or manager to use immediately in the workplace.
Principles of marketing : an Asian perspective
by
Principles of Marketing for a Digital Age
by
Winner of the TAA 2021 Most Promising New Textbook award!This award-winning textbook introduces you to all the essential concepts and tools for marketing in a digital age.The new second edition retains a strong focus on digital and social media marketing, and has been updated to include cutting-edge coverage on the implications of Covid-19 on consumer behavior. Greater emphasis has been placed on sustainability, diversity and inclusion, providing you with the skills you will need to become an ethical and socially-minded marketer.The new edition also includes:* Over 30 case studies from global companies, including Netflix, Amazon, Zara, Tony's Chocolonely, Nissan, and Airbnb* A revamped 'Sustainability Spotlight' feature in every chapter that aligns with the UN's Principles for Responsible Management Education (PRME) initiative* A wide range of critical thinking questions that encourage you to reflect on real-world examples and scenarios.This textbook is your essential guide to marketing as part of an introductory marketing course at college or university.Principles of Management for a Digital Age is accompanied by online resources for instructors, including PowerPoints, a testbank, selected content from SAGE Business Cases and a teaching guide containing lecture objectives, chapter outlines, activities and discussion questions. Students can access additional video content and further reading for each chapter.Tracy L. Tuten is a professor of marketing at Sofia University, USA.
Principles of responsible management : glocal sustainability, responsibility, and ethics
by
PRINCIPLES OF RESPONSIBLE MANAGEMENT offers an international, scientifically sound, and strictly practice-related perspective. It is the first official textbook of the United Nations for the Principles for Responsible Management Education (PRME) academic network, and a reference book for companies of the United Nations Global Compact Initiative. It is a primary text for traditional business and society, business ethics, corporate social responsibility, and sustainability courses, or may serve as a practitioner handbook. Contributors are renowned academic professionals in their respective chapter topics as well as distinguished business practitioners who contribute highly relevant practice cases. The focus of the book is on the main issues encountered in the three aspects of responsible management: sustainability, responsibility, and ethics.
Principles of Supply Chain Management
by
Examine the latest practices, trends, and emerging developments as PRINCIPLES OF SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT: A BALANCED APPROACH, 5E guides you step-by-step through the management of all supply chain activity. You review issues related to both domestic and global supply chains as comprehensive, one-of-a-kind coverage encompasses important processes in operations, purchasing, logistics, as well as process integration. A balanced approach follows the natural flow through the supply chain. Well-organized chapters demonstrate the practical applications of supply chain management in today's workplace with the help of intriguing SCM Profiles and interesting real business examples. Relevant end-of-chapter questions, problems, and new cases help you put what you learn into practice as you sharpen your management skills.
Service management : operations, strategy, information technology
by
This title contains current examples from the field of technology. It also covers global operations and the need for continuous improvement in the quality and productivity in the service industry.
Strategic management : principles and practice
by
"What purpose does Strategic Management serve in modern businesses? Why do different businesses have different strategies? Is traditional strategic thinking still relevant for today? This dynamic textbook looks at strategy from a local to a global level, and uses real-life examples of businesses and individuals to provide an up-to-date view of Strategic Management in the current economic environment. In this new edition of Strategic Management: Principles and Practice, Barry J. Witcher and Vinh Sum Chau offer a practical and thought-provoking analysis of what Strategic Management is and how it can be put to good use." -- Page 4 of cover.
Let me walk you through to what this course is all about. This is a foundation course that will provide you a basis for understanding the management role in all business operations. You will learn the area most crucial to understanding the management theories and applications necessary for success in the business world. It covers the management functions with focus on planning, organizing, leading, and controlling. You will also explore the theory and practice of managing an organization and its personnel to meet the needs of modern public and private organizations, including emerging trends and international issues.
The Effective Hiring Manager
by
Essential hiring and team-building lessons from the #1 Podcaster in the world The Effective Hiring Manager offers an essential guide for managers, team leaders, and HR professionals in organizations large or small. The author's step-by-step approach makes the strategies easy to implement and help to ensure ongoing success. Hiring effectively is the single greatest long-term contribution to your organization. The only thing worse than having an open position is filling it with the wrong person. The Effective Hiring Manager offers a proven process for solving these problems and helping teams and organizations thrive. The fundamental principles of hiring and interviewing How to create criteria to hire by How to create excellent interview questions How to review resumes How to conduct phone screens How to structure an interview day How to conduct each interview How to capture interview results How to make an offer How to decline a candidate How to onboard candidates Written by Mark Horstman, co-founder of Manager Tools and an expert in training managers, The Effective Hiring Manager is an A to Z handbook to the successful hiring process. The book explores, in helpful detail, what it takes to hire the right person, for the right job, and the right team.
Encyclopedia of Management Theory
by
In discussing a management topic, scholars, educators, practitioners, and the media often toss out the name of a theorist (Taylor, Simon, Weber) or make a sideways reference to a particular theory (bureaucracy, total quality management, groupthink) and move on, as if assuming their audience possesses the necessary background to appreciate and integrate the reference. This is often far from the case. Individuals are frequently forced to seek out a hodgepodge of sources varying in quality and presentation to provide an overview of a particular idea. This work is designed to serve as a core reference for anyone interested in the essentials of contemporary management theory. Drawing together a team of international scholars, it examines the global landscape of the key theories and the theorists behind them, presenting them in the context needed to understand their strengths and weaknesses to thoughtfully apply them. In addition to interpretations of long-established theories, it also offers essays on cutting-edge research as one might find in a handbook. And, like an unabridged dictionary, it provides concise, to-the-point definitions of key concepts, ideas, schools, and figures. Features and Benefits: Two volumes containing over 280 signed entries provide users with the most authoritative and thorough reference resources available on management theory, both in terms of breadth and depth of coverage. Standardized presentation format, organized into categories based on validity and importance, structures entries so that readers can assess the fundamentals, evolution, and impact of theories. To ease navigation between and among related entries, a Reader's Guide groups entries thematically and each entry is followed by Cross-References. In the electronic version, the Reader's Guide combines with the Cross-References and a detailed Index to provide robust search-and-browse capabilities. An appendix with a Chronology of Management Theory allows readers to easily chart directions and trends in thought and theory from early times to the present. An appendix with Central Management Insights allows readers to easily understand, compare, and apply major theoretical messages of the field. Suggestions for Further Reading at the end of each entry guide readers to sources for more detailed research and discussion. Key themes include: Nature of Management Managing People, Personality, and Perception Managing Motivation Managing Interactions Managing Groups Managing Organizations Managing Environments Strategic Management Human Resources Management International Management and Diversity Managerial Decision Making, Ethics, and Creativity Management Education, Research, and Consulting Management of Operations, Quality, and Information Systems Management of Entrepreneurship Management of Learning and Change Management of Technology and Innovation Management and Leadership Management and Social / Environmental Issues PLUS: Appendix of Chronology of Management Theory PLUS: Appendix of Central Management Insights
Powerful leadership through coaching : principles, practices, and tools for leaders and managers at every level
by
On-going coaching and development that can be a "game changer" for all employees! All great coaches know how to ask good open-ended questions and how to give effective feedback. They keep a balanced and honest perspective that separates the person from the problem or issue; coaching to leverage their unique strengths and helping them improve weaknesses with a mindset focused on continuous improvement. This ongoing coaching and development can be a "game changer" for all people and teams with access to it. But what about the teams and players that aren't empowered--or even allowed--to expand their roles? Or the team members whose careers don't inspire or play to their natural gifts, talents, and strengths? It's painful for any organization or manager when people on their team aren't given the tools to succeed; and more painful still when the team member doesn't yet realize it. But by coaching through leadership, any manager of any organization can create a supportive structure that helps assign the right roles, resources, tools, and career opportunities that will best leverage their strengths. Determines coachability and readiness for employee change and improvement Builds awareness to deal with the right issues, challenges, and opportunities Offers leaders/managers the tools to help a performer leverage their greatest gifts, talents, and strengths Allows for dialogue and tactics to close gaps in experience, communication styles, and personality Guides managers in how to have dialogue around difficult and important issues with their employees Includes coaching principles, practices, and tools with practical, real-world examples Offers strategies and tools to help employees become more motivated for effective change, action, and accountability Each chapter includes a series of powerful and provocative coaching questions for any leader or manager to use immediately in the workplace.
Principles and Fundamentals of Islamic Management
by
The traditional approach to business and public managementassumes that management decisions and outcomes will remain the same,irrespective of the environment in which they are applied. However, the valuesystems operating within a society can also influence the principles thatgovern modern management within organizations. Principles andFundamentals of Islamic Managementexamines the concept of business andpublic management from the viewpoint of Islam, with close reference to theQuran and other illuminating Islamic sources. Seyed Mohammad Moghimi provideskey insights from an Islamic perspective across a comprehensive range ofmanagement topics, including planning,decision making and policy making, organizing, human resources management,directing and organizational control. The book concludes by analyzing the roleof a company director within an Islamic context. Through this in-depthexploration of Islamic management principles and fundamentals, the authorcreates a modern and practical framework suitable for use by international businessmanagers. Providing a much-needed insight into the practicalities ofmanagement operations in an Islamic context, this book is essential reading forresearchers, managers, and for students of Islamic management at bothundergraduate and graduate levels.
Principles of General Management
by
An up-to-date and comprehensive guide to the responsibilities of the general manager and the capabilities and tactics for meeting them Stop! If you have been looking for the one resource for managing a business of any size, this is it. Based on the extensive business experience of five experts, this authoritative guide provides an in-depth look at what every leader must know about managing across departments, functions, divisions, or companies. Drawing on decades of combined experience, John Colley and colleagues detail the wide range of skills, tools, and conceptual understanding as well as the qualities of leadership that a successful general manager must acquire. In an era of specialization and specialists, the authors return due focus to the generalist. No other book so passionately and thoroughly examines the roles and responsibilities of the general manager and the full scope of this distinct, pressure-filled occupation. The authors explore the quantitative and qualitative aspects of the job and discuss how the skilled manager moves an organization from abstract goals to definitive action. For every profit center or plant manager, function head, division president, or CEO, this book is indispensable reading.
Principles of management
by
"Principles of Management is designed to meet the scope and sequence requirements of the introductory course on management. This is a traditional approach to management using the leading, planning, organizing, and controlling approach. Management is a broad business discipline, and the Principles of Management course covers many management areas such as human resource management and strategic management, as well as behavioral areas such as motivation. No one individual can be an expert in all areas of management, so an additional benefit of this text is that specialists in a variety of areas have authored individual chapters."--OpenStax.
Principles of Management
by
The Second edition of Principles of Management uses contemporary, real-world examples and the latest pedagogical tools to showcase, how management concepts and practices can be utilized to achieve personal and business excellence.
Principles of management : text and cases
by
Principles of Management: Text and Cases introduces students to the fundamentals of management through a balanced blend of theory and practice. The opening vignettes and cases depict real-world situations and problems that managers face while highlighting the management practices of successful Indian and foreign companies. Samples of a leave policy, a strategy and action plan for human resource management, an application blank, and a code of ethics are appended to a few chapters to further illustrate the way organizations function. In addition to the concepts, the book also delves into the various academic perspectives that have evolved over time to provide the readers an integrated view of different approaches to management.
We the leader : build a team of equals who all lead and follow to drive creativity and innovation
by
"We the Leader represents a seismic shift in the evolution of leadership theory and practice. By implementing this innovative practice built on diversity, equity, inclusion, any organization can drive consistent winning results with ingenuity and speed. Leadership is collective art. That's the guiding principle behind Jeffrey Spahn's approach to creating sustained innovation within organizations. Spahn has guided myriad companies toward a more solid leadership foundation, and in this eye-opening guide, he shares his most powerful wisdom and shows you how to apply it to your own business. Moving beyond the traditional model of top-down leadership, Spahn has created a foundation for an organizational culture that benefits from collective energy, curious conviction, and solid, actionable goals. You'll find enlightening guidance on such principles as: Collective flow-being driven by an energy beyond the limits of individuals Panarchy-navigating the emerging terrain of collective leadership Simultaneity-accessing collective flow by leading and following in the same action Consilience-embracing opposing viewpoints as an opportunity to make a difference through differences Filled with case studies of Spahn's work with industry-leading companies and an effective decision-making process rooted in these principles, We the Leader represents the next step in the evolution of leadership-a fresh-eyed new way forward for your organization"-- Provided by publisher.
Zero distance : management in the quantum age
by
This open access book offers a new management meta-theory to replace Taylorism. It presents a new paradigm in management thinking and a new, practical organizational model for implementing it in our personal and working lives, in our companies, in our communities and nations, and in a sustainable global order. It will offer an understanding of why and how "thinking-as-usual" is failing both business and political leaders in these new times, and it will advocate new thinking and new management practices that are so radically new that they turn everything we have taken for granted inside out and upside down. This new management model is called "Quantum Management Theory" because it is rooted in the new paradigm bequeathed to us by quantum physics and its younger sibling, complexity science. Danah Zohar is a physicist, philosopher, and management thought leader. She is a Visiting Professor at Tsinghua University's School of Economics and Management and a Visiting Professor at the China Academy of Art
This course will equip you with the tools to explore, understand and explain marketing practices in a global environment. You will learn the scope and challenges faced in international marketing, the dynamic environment of international trade, the culture, political, legal, and business systems of global markets, the global market opportunities and the ways to develop global marketing strategies. You will also learn to apply a formal framework of decision-making based on recent developments in the field of International Marketing through the group project and case studies.
Advanced Marketing Management
by
Marketing as a practice is facing unprecedented challenges: a changing media landscape, an increasingly complex customer journey, innovative technologies, start-ups which disrupt traditional channels and a new generation of tech-savvy clients. How should students and practitioners adapt to this shifting landscape and address the skills gap that many of today's marketers face? Advanced Marketing Management prepares students for this new world of marketing. Since traditional marketing approaches fail to provide convincing solutions to modern business realities, a new approach is urgently needed if marketers are to regain trust within their organizations. Using contemporary examples, business case studies and supporting pedagogy, Advanced Marketing Management will provide a critical exploration into the more advanced aspects of marketing management, including the gap that exists between formal marketing literature and real-world practice, discussion of multidisciplinary tools, and the crucial evolution of the '4Ps'. Summarizing a large body of literature and academic research on new developments, this book is the go-to guide for students, lecturers and practitioners, wanting to succeed as modern marketers. Online resources include lecture slides and further questions for group discussion.
Digital Marketing All-In-One for Dummies
by
Unlock the value in online marketing A well-executed digital marketing plan is a proven component of success in business, and Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies covers everything you need to build and implement a winning plan. Whether you're a novice in the online space or an expert marketer looking to improve your digital ROI, this book has easy-to-absorb tips and insights that will turn online prospects into loyal customers. This book compresses the essential information on 8 topics, so you have all the information you need and none of what you don't. You'll learn social media marketing, marketing to millennials, account-based marketing, influencer marketing, content marketing strategies, and more! Use targeted, measurable marketing strategies to promote brands and products Increase brand awareness, customer acquisitions, and audience engagement Measure what your online traffic is worth and improve ROI on digital marketing Develop a solid digital marketing plan and put it to work for your brand From SEO and SEM to brand awareness and why you need it, Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies will help you level up your digital marketing game and avoid the common mistakes that might be holding your business back.
Does It Work?: 10 Principles for Delivering True Business Value in Digital Marketing
by
In this new age of Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, and countless other digital platforms, it doesn't matter how many views or followers or clicks you get. The only thing that matters is: Does it Work? Written by POSSIBLE's Global CEO Shane Atchison and President of the Americas Jason Burby, this revolutionary guide shows how to use the latest digital platforms to create a high-value marketing plan that really works. You'll learn how to: SET GOALS: Understand the importance of defining success and targets upfront for every initiative--and your business as a whole. INSPIRE BRILLIANT CREATIVE: Leverage data and insights to empower and drive creativity, spark ideas and drive innovation. MEASURE WHAT MATTERS: Focus efforts on the things that matter and drive real improvement. MAKE A DIFFERENCE: Know that you have contributed to measureable success in whatever you do. If you've ever wondered if your digital marketing is working, this book will help you reevaluate everything you're doing. By following 10 key principles, you'll be able to measure the data that really matters, launch the initiatives that really pay off, and inspire the creativity that really drives an effective campaign. You'll hear the personal insights of the world's greatest business leaders and the professional triumphs (and tumbles) of the world's biggest brands. You'll learn how to hire and inspire the rare creative "unicorns" who turn marketing into magic. You'll find new ways to turn data into ideas and obstacles into opportunities. You'll turn web site visitors into followers, followers into sharers, and sharers into your very best customers. In our new world of small screens, big ideas, and even greater competition, you have to ask the tough questions if you want to succeed. Does it Work? has the answers.
Email Marketing in a Digital World
by
Despite annual predictions of its demise, email marketing remains one of the most important tools for businesses and other organizations. The reason is simple. Other communication tools, including social and digital media channels, cannot duplicate or recreate the unique capabilities of email marketing. This book is for those who wish to learn more about how email marketing works, whether as students, teachers, or practitioners. The authors recap the history of email and email marketing and explain how it informs email today. They cover the fundamentals of email marketing, including types of emails, the elements of an email, email metrics, best practices for email for improving performance, list development, and the benefits of segmenting an email list. Also addressed are special topics in email strategy, including the psychology of email recipients, AB testing for optimizing email elements, integrating email with social media, and aligning email with big data sources.
Financial services marketing : an international guide to principles and practice
by
Now in its 3rd edition, Financial Services Marketing offers a balanced and useful guide to the topic that is both conceptual and practical. The authors have drawn from 　extensive international experience to ensure that this text will resonate with users across the globe.　 This edition is complemented by numerous international references, examples and case studies featuring companies such as American Express, Direct Line, Barclays, NatWest RBS, Aviva and HSBC. This fully updated and revised edition features: An expanded section on regulation which has international reach and addresses the post-Brexit world Greatly expanded coverage of digital marketing at both the strategic and tactical levels New material on how to improve a company's trustworthiness and safeguard a culture that is customer-focussed New examples, vignettes and case studies that showcase best practice from around the world B2B and B2C marketing Upgraded PowerPoint support on the companion website Financial Services Marketing 3e will be hugely beneficial to academic students of marketing and finance, as well as essential reading to those industry-based and studying for professional qualifications.　
International Marketing
by
Pioneers in the field, Cateora, Gilly, and Graham continue to set the standard in this 18th edition of International Marketing with their well-rounded perspective of international markets that encompass history, geography, language, and religion as well as economics, which helps students see the cultural and environmental uniqueness of any nation or region. The dynamic nature of the international marketplace is reflected in the number of substantially improved and expanded topics in this 18th, including the following over 100 new academic articles and their findings. All data, text, photos and images have been updated for currency, as has the corresponding content within McGraw-Hill Education's Connect with adaptive SmartBook. Additional updates include: NEW Cases: New cases accompany the 18e, enlivening the material in the book and class discussions while broadening a student's critical thinking skills. These cases bring forth many of the topics discussed in the chapters and demonstrate how these concepts are dealt with in the real world. These cases can be assigned in Connect and SmartBook. Optionally, a case booklet can be create using McGraw-Hill CREATE. Crossing Borders Boxes: These invaluable boxes offer anecdotal company examples. These entertaining examples are designed to encourage critical thinking and guide students through topics ranging from ethical to cultural to global issues facing marketers today. 4-Color Design: New color maps and exhibits allow for improved pedagogy and a clearer presentation of international symbols and cultural meanings in marketing and advertising. In addition, photos that depend on full color for maximum impact easily bring many global examples to life.
M : marketing
by
"M: Marketing, 8e emphasize how marketing has evolved into its present-day, integral business function of creating value. It also focus on how firms maintain value and rely on value for establishing lasting relationships with their customers"--
Marketing
by
Continues a tradition of leading the market with content presented in a conversational student-oriented style. This text is designed to meet the needs of a wide spectrum of faculty - from the professor who just wants a good textbook and a few key supplements, to the professor who wants a top-notch fully integrated multimedia program.
Marketing : real people, real choices
by
Marketing analytics : a practical guide to improving consumer insights using data techniques
by
Who is most likely to buy and what is the best way to target them? How can businesses improve strategy without identifying the key influencing factors? The second edition of Marketing Analytics enables marketers and business analysts to leverage predictive techniques to measure and improve marketing performance. By exploring real-world marketing challenges, it provides clear, jargon-free explanations on how to apply different analytical models for each purpose. From targeted list creation and data segmentation, to testing campaign effectiveness, pricing structures and forecasting demand, this book offers a welcome handbook on how statistics, consumer analytics and modelling can be put to optimal use. The fully revised second edition of Marketing Analytics includes three new chapters on big data analytics, insights and panel regression, including how to collect, separate and analyze big data. All of the advanced tools and techniques for predictive analytics have been updated, translating models such as tobit analysis for customer lifetime value into everyday use. Whether an experienced practitioner or having no prior knowledge, methodologies are simplified to ensure the more complex aspects of data and analytics are fully accessible for any level of application. Complete with downloadable data sets and test bank resources, this book supplies a concrete foundation to optimize marketing analytics for day-to-day business advantage.
Marketing and Globalization
by
This concise text focuses squarely on the issues facing marketers in an increasingly global world. It identifies several trends, linking them together, and positioning them as marketing practices that companies implement as a way of responding to the major consequences of globalization. The book also includes case studies to illustrate new practices and allow students to discuss issues of market selection, entry modes, segmentation, targeting, and positioning, as well as product, price, distribution, promotion, and corporate communication policies in a globalized world. Durand's unique approach moves beyond marketing management and strategy issues and provides students with the broader context to understand the marketing practices they'll use in the real world. This book will prove to be an essential resource for any student of marketing and international business working to stay ahead in an increasingly competitive and global industry.
Marketing for Competitiveness: Asia to the World - in the Age of Digital Consumers
by
Asia is the most populated geographical region, with 50% of the world's inhabitants living there. Coupled that with the impressive economic growth rates in many Asian countries, the region provides a very attractive and lucrative market for many businesses, big and small and from all industries. In addition, Asia is also a dynamic market that significantly grows with developments in technology and digitalization. For example, a research by Google and Temasek shows that Southeast Asia is the world's fastest growing internet region. The internet economy in Southeast Asia is expected to grow by 6.5 times from US$31 billion in 2015 to US$197 billion in 2025.All these make it critical for marketers, whether domestic, regional or global, to stay in touch if not ahead, in their understanding of what is happening in Asia from a marketing perspective and what Asia has to offer to the world.One phenomenon happening in the Asian market and which marketers should pay utmost attention to, is the rapidly unfolding digital revolution that has fundamentally transformed not just the extent but also the nature of competition. What makes it even more challenging and complicating is also how such a revolution impacts on consumer and business buying behavior.Disruptive technologies supported by this digital revolution have brought in new competitors and enabled existing competitors to surpass the conventional boundaries which we may be quite familiar with. Asian consumers have become more educated and connected and have embraced newer ways of selecting, buying and using products and services. In this book, the Father of Modern Marketing, Professor Philip Kotler has collaborated with two marketing experts from Asia, Hermawan Kartajaya from Indonesia and Hooi Den Huan from Singapore to publish a book on Marketing for Competitiveness: Asia to the World -- In the Age of Digital Consumers. This book argues that marketing is no longer just vertical but has encompassed a new, more horizontal paradigm. In addition to many new concepts and frameworks, this book includes a plethora of real-world examples from various countries in Asia, which will help to shed light on how companies, both Asian and global, compete in Asia. Useful lessons can be drawn by all businesses in the world on how to win the mind, heart and spirit of the Asian consumer -- digital and non-digital.
Marketing to Gen Z
by
You've only just begun to understand Millennials and know how to market most effectively to them. However, their successors are already right around the corner and promising even bigger challenges for the marketplace. But with bigger challenges come great opportunities, and Marketing to Gen Z wants to help you get ahead of the game when it comes to understanding and reaching this next generation of buyers.Having internalized the lessons of the Great Recession, Generation Z blends the pragmatism and work ethic of older generations with the high ideals and digital prowess of youth. For brands, reaching this mobile-first and socially conscious cohort requires real change, not just tweaks to the Millennial plan. Businesses will have to learn how to:* Get past the 8-second filter* Avoid blatant advertising and tap influencer marketing* Understand their language and off-beat humor* Offer the shopping experiences they expectMarketing to Gen Z dives into and explains all this and much more, so that businesses may most effectively connect and converse with the emerging generation that is expected to comprise 40 percent of all consumers by 2020. The time to learn who they are and what they want is NOW.
MKTG12 : principles of marketing
by
Learn Marketing YOUR Way with MKTG! MKTG�s easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, MKTG MindTap allows you to learn on your terms. Read or listen to textbooks and study with the aid of instructor notifications, flashcards and practice quizzes. Track your scores and stay motivated toward your goals. Whether you have more work to do or are ahead of the curve, you�ll know where you need to focus your efforts. And the MindTap Green Dot will charge your confidence along the way. When it�s time to study, everything you�ve flagged or noted can be gathered into a guide you can organize.
Principles of Marketing
by
Marketing is the process of creating, communicating, delivering, and exchanging offerings that have value for customers, clients, partners, and society at large. A comprehensive textbook that covers all the fundamental concepts and theories of marketing. The content coverage is presented in a clear and concise manner, making it easy for readers to understand and apply the concepts. The book is aimed at students of marketing, as well as professionals who want to refresh their knowledge and skills. It includes real-world cases and examples, which help readers to see the practical applications of marketing concepts.
Principles of Marketing
by
Marketing as a field is the fastest growing profession in the world and a most important one too. It includes the art of selling, creating and managing a brand or a product. The aim of this text is to give helpful insights about this vast field to the readers. It is designed in a way that it provides deep knowledge about the crucial factors affecting marketing and its most unique techniques. It is a valuable compilation of topics, ranging from the basic to the most complex theories and principles in the field of marketing. As this field is emerging at a rapid pace, the contents of this textbook will help the readers understand the modern concepts and applications of the subject.
YouTube Marketing for Dummies
by
Advice from a YouTube insider on how to creative effective campaigns YouTube is the top destination for online video. With over a billion viewers around the globe, it's also valuable real estate for marketers looking to get their message out. YouTube Marketing For Dummies shares insight from a former YouTube employee who helped large and small businesses create effective marketing campaigns. Inside, you'll discover proven game plans for buying advertising, launching a content marketing campaign, building a branded channel and community, and evaluating the results of your work. Plus, you'll find trusted, proven ways to get the most bang for your buck from the internet's #1 destination for video content. Create a plan that fits your business needs Launch an ad campaign Find video creation strategies Launch a branded channel Are you ready to identify, launch, and measure a YouTube marketing campaign? Everything you need is a page away!
This course will equip you with the tools to explore, understand and explain marketing practices in a global environment. You will learn the scope and challenges faced in international marketing, the dynamic environment of international trade, the culture, political, legal, and business systems of global markets, the global market opportunities and the ways to develop global marketing strategies. You will also learn to apply a formal framework of decision-making based on recent developments in the field of International Marketing through the group project and case studies.
10 principles of modern marketing
by
Mastering technology is not the only criteria for success in the modern marketing era — the right people and processes must also be put in place to properly develop, manage and nurture the benefits of emerging tools. To be successful in the digital era, marketers should adopt the best new modern practices as well as rethink and refine classic approaches.
The AI marketing canvas : a five-stage road map to implementing artificial intelligence in marketing
by
"This book offers a direct, actionable plan CMOs can use to map out initiatives that are properly sequenced and designed for success--regardless of where their marketing organization is in the process. The book is also a call to action for marketing leaders to confront and decide how they will address this critical pivot point in marketing. The authors pose to marketers the critical questions of (1) 'How should modern Marketers be thinking about Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning?' and (2) 'How should Marketers be developing a strategy & plan to implement AI into their marketing toolkit?' Opening chapters provide marketing leaders with an overview of what exactly AI is, how is it different than traditional computer science approaches; then proposes a best practice 5 stage framework for how to implement what the authors term the 'AI Marketing Canvas.' This is based on research and interviews the authors did with leading Marketers, and offers many tangible examples of what brands are doing at each stage of the AI Marketing Canvas. By way of guidance, Venkatesan and Lecinski provide examples of brands currently, successfully, weaving AI into their marketing strategies, including Google, LYFT, Ancestry.com, and Coca-Cola. The book ends with a discussion of important implications for marketing leaders, for your team, people and culture. Strategically sound, application-focused, and customer-centric, this book fills a lacuna in actionable marketing strategy guidance at a time when it is most needed"-- Provided by publisher.
Authentic Marketing : How to Capture Hearts and Minds by Embracing the Power of Good
by
Engage on a deeper level by disrupting the typical business development script Authentic Marketing offers a forward-thinking approach to achieving an entirely new level of engagement with today's purpose-driven and skeptical audiences. The heart of this process involves finding the soul of your organization. When moral purpose becomes central to your organization, it can deliver benefits to both the bottom line and mankind: a profit meets purpose proposition. This path requires a reinvention of today's dated business model, abolishing the inefficient, siloed approach of developing a business strategy first and then later creating separate strategies for marketing, HR, manufacturing, R&D, etc. The new integrated model fuses a tight integration of business, technology innovation and engagement strategies, all of which are bound together by a company's moral purpose. When moral purpose is central to an organization's core, everything branches out from a place of authenticity. Rather than a siloed CSR effort, you develop employee and customer relationships based on real--not curated--connections with a brand's moral mission. You build true engagement, trust and evangelism. And, along the way, your customers will actually help to co-create your brand. This book shows you how to transform your business by putting moral purpose to work for your stakeholders and the planet. Embrace a new model that integrates business, technology innovation, and engagement strategies with moral purpose as the glue that binds them together Learn the key steps to find your moral purpose Discover how to engage audiences with a transparent, authentic marketing approach that forges powerful connections and builds trust. With a world of options at their fingertips, today's purpose-driven customers want a brand they can identify with and trust. Authentic Marketing shows you how to make your brand more human, more likeable, more genuine and guides you on how to connect with audiences on a moral level. This process will build a new level of engagement that will benefit both your long-term value and the world.
Digital Marketing All-In-One for Dummies
by
Unlock the value in online marketing A well-executed digital marketing plan is a proven component of success in business, and Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies covers everything you need to build and implement a winning plan. Whether you're a novice in the online space or an expert marketer looking to improve your digital ROI, this book has easy-to-absorb tips and insights that will turn online prospects into loyal customers. This book compresses the essential information on 8 topics, so you have all the information you need and none of what you don't. You'll learn social media marketing, marketing to millennials, account-based marketing, influencer marketing, content marketing strategies, and more! Use targeted, measurable marketing strategies to promote brands and products Increase brand awareness, customer acquisitions, and audience engagement Measure what your online traffic is worth and improve ROI on digital marketing Develop a solid digital marketing plan and put it to work for your brand From SEO and SEM to brand awareness and why you need it, Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies will help you level up your digital marketing game and avoid the common mistakes that might be holding your business back.
Digital marketing analytics : making sense of consumer data in a digital world
by
Distill 100%-Usable Max-Profit Knowledge from Your Digital Data. Do It Now! Why hasn't all that data delivered a whopping competitive advantage? Because you've barely begun to use it, that's why! Good news: neither have your competitors. It's hard! But digital marketing analytics is 100% doable, it offers colossal opportunities, and all of the data is accessible to you . Chuck Hemann and Ken Burbary will help you chop the problem down to size, solve every piece of the puzzle, and integrate a virtually frictionless system for moving from data to decision, action to results! Scope it out, pick your tools, learn to listen, get the metrics right, and then distill your digital data for maximum value for everything from R & D to CRM to social media marketing! Prioritize--because you can't measure, listen to, and analyze everything Use analysis to craft experiences that profoundly reflect each customer's needs, expectations, and behaviors Measure real social media ROI: sales, leads, and customer satisfaction Track the performance of all paid, earned, and owned social media channels Leverage "listening data" way beyond PR and marketing: for strategic planning, product development, and HR Start optimizing web and social content in real time Implement advanced tools, processes, and algorithms for accurately measuring influence Integrate paid and social data to drive more value from both Make the most of surveys, focus groups, and offline research synergies Focus new marketing and social media investments where they'll deliver the most value.
Does It Work?: 10 Principles for Delivering True Business Value in Digital Marketing
by
In this new age of Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, and countless other digital platforms, it doesn't matter how many views or followers or clicks you get. The only thing that matters is: Does it Work? Written by POSSIBLE's Global CEO Shane Atchison and President of the Americas Jason Burby, this revolutionary guide shows how to use the latest digital platforms to create a high-value marketing plan that really works. You'll learn how to: SET GOALS: Understand the importance of defining success and targets upfront for every initiative--and your business as a whole. INSPIRE BRILLIANT CREATIVE: Leverage data and insights to empower and drive creativity, spark ideas and drive innovation. MEASURE WHAT MATTERS: Focus efforts on the things that matter and drive real improvement. MAKE A DIFFERENCE: Know that you have contributed to measureable success in whatever you do. If you've ever wondered if your digital marketing is working, this book will help you reevaluate everything you're doing. By following 10 key principles, you'll be able to measure the data that really matters, launch the initiatives that really pay off, and inspire the creativity that really drives an effective campaign. You'll hear the personal insights of the world's greatest business leaders and the professional triumphs (and tumbles) of the world's biggest brands. You'll learn how to hire and inspire the rare creative "unicorns" who turn marketing into magic. You'll find new ways to turn data into ideas and obstacles into opportunities. You'll turn web site visitors into followers, followers into sharers, and sharers into your very best customers. In our new world of small screens, big ideas, and even greater competition, you have to ask the tough questions if you want to succeed. Does it Work? has the answers.
Email Marketing in a Digital World
by
Despite annual predictions of its demise, email marketing remains one of the most important tools for businesses and other organizations. The reason is simple. Other communication tools, including social and digital media channels, cannot duplicate or recreate the unique capabilities of email marketing. This book is for those who wish to learn more about how email marketing works, whether as students, teachers, or practitioners. The authors recap the history of email and email marketing and explain how it informs email today. They cover the fundamentals of email marketing, including types of emails, the elements of an email, email metrics, best practices for email for improving performance, list development, and the benefits of segmenting an email list. Also addressed are special topics in email strategy, including the psychology of email recipients, AB testing for optimizing email elements, integrating email with social media, and aligning email with big data sources.
Ethical Branding and Marketing
by
Ethical Branding and Marketing: Cases and Lessons provides current perspectives on fascinating global cases focusing on the specific combination of the two fields of "ethics" and "branding," on their relationship, and on how that joint perspective shapes brands, companies, business strategies, and the market itself. In a contemporary environment of "truthiness" and fake news, it is more important than ever to review core principles of ethics and to reassess how these principles apply to today's branding and marketing practices. This book addresses practices in ethical branding and corporate culture. It includes such topics as truth, integrity, value, vulnerability, and differentiation. Collectively, these cases provide a contemporary overview of intriguing scenarios and best practices in ethical branding. The book provides the reader with real, updated insight into ethical decision making; helps students integrate ethics, branding strategy, and real life, complex situations into an effective learning process; and provides the reader with up-to-date ethical branding cases from around the world.
Examining the Role of Well-Being in the Marketing Discipline
by
Volume 17 of Research in Occupational Stress and Well Beingis focused on the stress and well-being related to the marketing discipline. This volume is focused on the connections between employee stress, health, and well-being as it relates to marketing, sales, and customers. We have 7 chapters devoted to critical topics such as internal selling, stress at the consumer-employee interface, how leaders can affect the customer experience, and the unique stressors associated with being a persuasion agent. Further, we have two comprehensive empirical reviews of topics in this domain. The first examines the degree to which positive psychology constructs relate to sales performance. The second examines customer mistreatment towards employees and how it impacts their well-being. The final chapter takes a more practitioner perspective and examines the importance of taking into account stress tolerance when selecting and training sales personnel. The objective of this series is to promote theory and research in the increasingly growing area of occupational stress, health and well-being, and in the process, to bring together and showcase the work of the best researchers and theorists who contribute to this area. Questions of work stress and well-being span many disciplines and many specialized journals. One of the virtues of this series has been to provide a multidisciplinary and international platform that gives a thorough and critical assessment of knowledge, and major gaps in knowledge, on occupational stress and well-being.
Experience Marketing : the Customer Experience Through the Lens of Emergenetics Principles
by
Use cognitive diversity to your advantage and transform your organization Work That Works is a guide to building better teams and an exceedingly positive workplace culture. Based on the tools and principles of Emergenetics, this book helps you improve communication, connection, and performance through an enlightening process of self-discovery and sharing. You'll discover the unique combination of strengths you bring to the table, and understand the power of your Thinking and Behavioral Preferences to gain greater clarity and a better understanding of your skills, habits and behavior. As people understand and share their Profiles, the real magic happens--teams can be built synergistically, and team members can collaborate more effectively by "borrowing another person's brain." Cognitive diversity is a given whenever a group of people work together toward a common goal; the critical factor is whether those differences become an obstacle or a catalyst. By bringing each person's "true self" to light, you provide a window through visible elements of diversity and shine a light on their gifts--and it's only then that those gifts can be leveraged to their utmost capacity. Dr. Geil Browning's second book outlines this process of discovery, effective communication, using thoughtful language, addressing challenges and instituting long-term behavioral change. By honoring the Preferences and Attributes of all employees, you lay the groundwork for enhanced performance and engagement. Learn how changing your language changes your thought patterns, and eventually leads to changes in behavior Dig into the real differences between you and your co-workers at the cognitive and behavioral levels Discover the strengths each person brings to the table, and synergize those strengths to collaborate more effectively Learn how to apply these same principles to social activities and family life to improve all communications and connections Work That Works provides a blueprint for the transformation, and the practical guidance you need to build a better organization.
Financial services marketing : an international guide to principles and practice
by
Now in its 3rd edition, Financial Services Marketing offers a balanced and useful guide to the topic that is both conceptual and practical. The authors have drawn from 　extensive international experience to ensure that this text will resonate with users across the globe.　 This edition is complemented by numerous international references, examples and case studies featuring companies such as American Express, Direct Line, Barclays, NatWest RBS, Aviva and HSBC. This fully updated and revised edition features: An expanded section on regulation which has international reach and addresses the post-Brexit world Greatly expanded coverage of digital marketing at both the strategic and tactical levels New material on how to improve a company's trustworthiness and safeguard a culture that is customer-focussed New examples, vignettes and case studies that showcase best practice from around the world B2B and B2C marketing Upgraded PowerPoint support on the companion website Financial Services Marketing 3e will be hugely beneficial to academic students of marketing and finance, as well as essential reading to those industry-based and studying for professional qualifications.　
Future Studies in Marketing
by
This ebook discusses future studies in marketing.
Greener Marketing
by
***BUSINESS BOOK AWARDS - FINALIST 2021*** This timely book is a sequel to John Grant's Green Marketing Manifesto (2007) the award-winning and bestselling definitive guide to green marketing (and not greenwashing). Fast forward to mid-2020. Climate Change is back at the top of the public and political agenda. Even after covid-19, hundreds of big-name CEOs are committing to a #greenrecovery. And surveys show widespread global public support for this and recent shifts in sustainable behaviours and attitudes in markets ranging from organic food to flying. Sustainable brands are significantly outperforming conventional ones. As are sustainability related stock prices. Companies like Unilever continue to set ambitious targets related not just to climate, but biodiversity and deforestation, plastics, social justice, regenerative farming. Sustainability related trends such as plant-based foods and electric vehicles are showing steep growth and creating tomorrow's superbrands (Impossible, TESLA...). This book is packed with up to date learnings, case examples and trends, covering everything from eco labelling, transparency and the circular economy; to rebound effects, sustainable finance, blockchain and regenerative farming. A core message being that to drive sustainability, marketers firstly do really need to properly understand sustainability, its many applications and implications. Secondly to be effective, marketers need to understand what it means to their consumers and other significant audiences. Hence the book takes a long hard look at what was driving all the protests, boycotts and petitions in 2019 and what ideas, causes and platforms caught the public imagination. The ultimate goal is to go beyond marketing that simply looks good, to marketing that does good. This book helps in achieving that goal by showing the reader how to: Uncover strategies for sustainable marketing that actually deliver on green and social objectives, not just greenwashing Reconceptualise marketing and business models, and learn to recognise the commercial strategies and approaches that are no longer fit for purpose Learn how hot topics like the climate crisis, biodiversity, social justice, single use plastics and supply chain transparency influence green and social marketing Read about numerous examples and case studies from both brand leaders and challengers that have developed innovations and fresh creative approaches to green and social marketing Get practical tools, models, facts, strategies, workshop and project processes and business case rationales - so that you can build your own plans and proposals This book is intended to assist marketers, by means of clear and practical guidance, through a complex transition towards meaningful marketing that makes a positive creative impact on the climate crisis and on improving human life in troubled times. Aimed both at big companies that are trying to be good, and good companies that are trying to be big.
M-Powering Marketing in a Mobile World
by
The mobile, device-led integration of online and offline worlds has introduced many uncertainties and opportunities. These have driven businesses, researchers, and policymakers to learn more about this rapidly changing domain. To help businesses compete, survive, and thrive in this transforming environment, it is essential to structure their understanding of the field and provide conceptual frameworks as decision aids. In M-Powering Marketing in a Mobile World, we present a concise guide for executives in general, digital marketers, and for interested researchers and policymakers. We identify key emerging trends, develop frameworks based on critical variables, and draw lessons for marketers. The book illustrates the processes by which mobile devices have transformed economies worldwide, the evolving face of Internet usage, strategies adopted by corporations, their applications in retail, emerging data and metric generation processes, as well as policy issues. It explains how mobile devices have become the market's steppingstone toward an IoT-infused environment, a gateway for artificial intelligence-driven marketing processes and the entry portal for a potentially hyperautomated future of consumption.
Marketing 5. 0
by
Rediscover the fundamentals of marketing from the best in the business In Marketing 5.0, the celebrated promoter of the "Four P's of Marketing," Philip Kotler, explains how marketers can use technology to address customers' needs and make a difference in the world. In a new age when marketers are struggling with the digital transformation of business and the changing behavior of customers, this book provides marketers with a way to integrate technological and business model evolution with the dramatic shifts in consumer behavior that have happened in the last decade. Following the pattern presented in his bestselling Marketing X.0 series, Philip Kotler covers the crucial topics necessary to understand modern marketing, including: · Artificial Intelligence for marketing automation · Agile marketing · "Segments of one" marketing · Contextual technology · Facial recognition and voice tech for marketing · The future of Customer Experience (CX) · Transmedia storytelling · The "Whatever-Whenever-Wherever" service delivery · "Everything-As-A-Service" business model · Internet of Things and blockchain for marketing · Virtual and augmented reality marketing · Corporate activism Perfect for traditional and digital marketers, as well as students and teachers of marketing and business, Marketing 5.0 reinvigorates the field of marketing with actionable recommendations and unique insights.
Marketing for Dummies
by
Pump up your business with the latest, greatest marketing techniques This updated edition of Marketing for Dummies will walk you through the latest marketing technologies and methods, including customer experience, retargeting, digital engagement across all channels and devices, organic and paid SEO, Google ads, social media campaigns and posts, influencer and content marketing, and so much more. You'll discover what works, what doesn't, and what is best for your business and budget. Learn the marketing and sales strategies that work in any economy Discover how to engage customers with trust and enthusiasm Understand post-pandemic changes in consumer attitudes Discover new tools and technologies for finding customers and inspiring loyalty Adapt your brand, pricing, and sales approach to make your business more valuable Avoid common marketing mistakes and learn how to measure the impact of your efforts In a post-pandemic, up or down economy, it's harder than ever to meet highly complex and ever-changing customer expectations. The top-selling Marketing For Dummies covers basics like sales strategy, channel selection and development, pricing, and advertising. We also teach you complex elements like personalization, customer behavior, purchasing trends, ESG ratings, and market influences. With this complete guide, you can build a business that not only competes in a challenging market, but wins. For small to mid-size business owners and marketing professionals, Marketing For Dummies lets you harness the latest ideas to drive traffic, boost sales, and move your business forward.
Marketing for small B2B businesses how content creates marketing muscle and powers traditional and digital marketing
by
Small business marketers don't need to understand technical minutia of websites or the high-level social media strategies of national consumer brands. They need to understand how to build successful marketing machines that they can sustain with the resources they have available. This book will help small-business B2B marketers build a strong digital presence that will drive growth. Most B2B buyers are about two-thirds of the way through their purchase process before they are willing to engage with a salesperson. Therefore, having a strong digital presence is the difference between making your prospect's short list and your prospect not even knowing you exist. Most critically, a strong digital presence relies on content written from your audience's perspective. This book provides insight and information about the questions that are critical to their business and that you can help them solve. It is the key to capturing their attention, gaining their trust, and winning their business. Marketing can't work its magic alone. It needs the support of strong branding and must provide support to well-executed sales processes. Marketing for Small B2B Businesses will dive into the relationship between each of these areas. What You'll Learn Build a website that serves as the hub of your marketing Establish a content promotion plan that puts your content in front of the right audience Develop strategies and tactical plans for finding the channels best suited to your message such as social media and email marketing Create effective content in a timely manner with the resources you have available Track what is working and what needs improvement via an analytics platform to consistently produce strong marketing returns Who This Book Is For The primary audience is B2B small business owners and B2B small business marketing leaders.
Marketing in a Digital World
by
Marketing in a Digital Worldfocuses on how the digital revolution has affected the science and practice of marketing. Consisting of nine essays authored by some of the world's leading marketing scholars, this volume of Review of Marketing Researchis forward-looking and illuminating. The book considers the nature and consequences of a number of important new digital technologies and practices, including human-machine communication, software, mobile marketing, online reviews, big data, 3D printing and a wide range of other digital innovations. Many of these technological developments were completely unanticipated and as such the transformation is still unfolding. Therefore, whilst consumers have largely embraced and actively co-create many of these new innovations, there are also growing concerns about privacy and other adverse effects of digital technology. Each essay provides a thoughtful examination of this rapidly shifting landscape and offers a set of bold ideas regarding its future impact on the foundations of marketing and consumption. The volume is essential reading for both scholars and managers seeking fresh insights into marketing and offers a number of exciting new concepts, propositions and predictions about marketing in the digital world.
Marketing to Gen Z
by
You've only just begun to understand Millennials and know how to market most effectively to them. However, their successors are already right around the corner and promising even bigger challenges for the marketplace. But with bigger challenges come great opportunities, and Marketing to Gen Z wants to help you get ahead of the game when it comes to understanding and reaching this next generation of buyers.Having internalized the lessons of the Great Recession, Generation Z blends the pragmatism and work ethic of older generations with the high ideals and digital prowess of youth. For brands, reaching this mobile-first and socially conscious cohort requires real change, not just tweaks to the Millennial plan. Businesses will have to learn how to:* Get past the 8-second filter* Avoid blatant advertising and tap influencer marketing* Understand their language and off-beat humor* Offer the shopping experiences they expectMarketing to Gen Z dives into and explains all this and much more, so that businesses may most effectively connect and converse with the emerging generation that is expected to comprise 40 percent of all consumers by 2020. The time to learn who they are and what they want is NOW.
Mastering marketing agility transform your marketing teams and evolve your organization
by
The leading authority on agile marketing shows how to build marketing operations that can pivot freely and yet remain committed to priorities. As a marketer, are you tired of chasing marketing fads and algorithm rumors that seem to change every couple of months? This guide to building the perfect marketing department will help you achieve the latest and greatest without having to rebuild your operations from scratch every time the wind shifts. Agile strategies have been the accepted modus operandi for software development for two decades, and marketing is poised to follow in its footsteps. As the audiences we market to become ever more digital, agile frameworks are emerging as the best and only way to manage marketing. This book is a signpost showing the way toward the agile future of marketing operations, explaining how every role, from social media intern up to chief marketing officer, can work in unison, responding to the market's demanding challenges without losing focus on the big picture. You will learn what it takes for marketing agility to thrive--customer focus, transparency, continuous improvement, adaptability, trust, bias for action, and courage--along with the antipatterns that can drag you down. Most important, you will learn how to implement the systems, strategies, and practices that will truly transform your marketing operations.
Principles of Marketing
by
Principles of Marketing is designed to meet the scope and sequence for a one-semester marketing course for undergraduate business majors and minors. Principles of Marketing provides a solid grounding in the core concepts and frameworks of marketing theory and analysis so that business students interested in a major or minor in marketing will also be prepared for more rigorous, upper-level elective courses. Concepts are further reinforced through detailed, diverse, and realistic company and organization scenarios and examples from various industries and geographical locations. To illuminate the meaningful applications and implications of marketing ideas, the book incorporates a modern approach providing connections between topics, solutions, and real-world problems. Principles of Marketing is modular, allowing flexibility for courses with varied learning outcomes and coverage.
The Seven Principles of Digital Business Strategy
by
If we are creating most of our competitive advantage at the strategic planning stage, why are we spending so little time on this and so much time on technology? This book is not about why you should digitally transform and become more strategic; it's about how. It lays out the steps that must be taken, the data that should be used, and the decision tree to be followed. Following the principles laid out in this book allows organizational leaders, marketers, and technologists to talk at a high strategic level without getting bogged down in the tactics and delivery that consumes most of the time, attention, and activity in the modern workplace. Use the seven principles of digital business strategy to define the direction of travel for your business in today's digital economy.
YouTube Marketing for Dummies
by
Advice from a YouTube insider on how to creative effective campaigns YouTube is the top destination for online video. With over a billion viewers around the globe, it's also valuable real estate for marketers looking to get their message out. YouTube Marketing For Dummies shares insight from a former YouTube employee who helped large and small businesses create effective marketing campaigns. Inside, you'll discover proven game plans for buying advertising, launching a content marketing campaign, building a branded channel and community, and evaluating the results of your work. Plus, you'll find trusted, proven ways to get the most bang for your buck from the internet's #1 destination for video content. Create a plan that fits your business needs Launch an ad campaign Find video creation strategies Launch a branded channel Are you ready to identify, launch, and measure a YouTube marketing campaign? Everything you need is a page away!
Special Topics in International Business
This course exists to provide in-depth coverage of new and emerging topics in the field of international business. The main objective of this course is developing your ability to recognize, evaluate, analyze, and execute strategies in the global business environment. You will have to explore several important and frequent international business challenges such as business-government relations in the industrialized economies and in emerging markets, the implication for companies of governments’ changing of strategies for promotional development, and diversified corporate strategies.
Cosmopolitan Business Ethics
by
In Cosmopolitan Business Ethics: Towards a Global Ethos of Management, Jacob Dahl Rendtorff maps the concept of global business ethics, related to sustainability and corporate governance, via an examination of the major theories of business ethics and the philosophy of management. The book is based on the philosophy of Immanuel Kant and the European tradition, which is applied as the foundation for the analysis of the contemporary European and Anglo-American debate on business ethics in order to formulate an up-to-date theory of global business ethics. The book will compare the different schools of business ethics, corporate citizenship, and the philosophy of management and will address the modern-day issues of sustainability, business and human rights, corporate social responsibility, stakeholder management, and corporate governance, offering insights on how to deal with these international challenges of global economics, the development and protection of human rights, and the environment. This book proposes a decision-making model for cosmopolitan business ethics as the foundation of management and leadership in dealing with the complexities of globalization. The case studies will address the efforts of businesses to work with global and cosmopolitan business ethics at the levels of maintaining corporate integrity. Both the theoretical argument and case studies presented in the book are based on exchanges with notable business ethicists, philosophers of management, business managers, and public policy-makers.
The Development of International Business
by
The Development of International Businessoffers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century. By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the `theoretical' and the `practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole. Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future.
Dynamics of International Business: Asia-Pacific Business Cases
by
Dynamics of International Business: Asia-Pacific Business Cases brings the challenges and complexities of the contemporary international business environment into the classroom. These authentic case studies, based on recent research and events, enable students to engage with the economic, social, political and intercultural factors that impact on international business and understand how these factors are addressed in the real world. Designed to facilitate a problem-based learning approach, the cases in this book: * draw on a diverse range of businesses and industries - from seafood to video games to renewable energy * illustrate fundamental themes and concerns within global business, including ethics, sustainability, emerging markets and cultural and legal differences * span many countries across the Asia-Pacific region * include discussion questions that encourage students to apply international business theory in the context of realistic scenarios * include references and suggestions for further reading. Extra resources for instructors, including case synopses and learning objectives, are available on the companion website at www.cambridge.edu.au/academic/internationalbusiness.
Global Business and Corporate Governance
by
This book presents a new era where the main force for social change, research, education, economic betterment, and even employee happiness is the global enterprise. So many businesses today are 'global,' though often with conflicting priorities and potential civilization clashes. Companies may operate in a practically borderless world, seeking ideas and talents globally, but without proper knowledge and preparation, it is one endless struggle. Inside, you'll learn many global business-related issues ranging from historical matters to the realities of the 21st century-from local cultures to global organizations and from political, legal, and economic topics to accounting, finance, marketing, and management perspectives. This book directs your attention to critical business challenges in addition to the need of corporate governance at all levels. These issues include how it all relates to the environment and the structure of the corporation. Whether you're already out in the CEO world, or a student in upper-level undergraduate or graduate study, or executive education, this book gives you numerous combinations of how-to-do projects with philosophical perspectives of a new and challenging era.
Global Business Ethics
by
Corporate social responsibility, sustainability and acting ethically are all accepted business aims, but their meaning and implementation in a global context is far less clear-cut. Global Business Ethics cuts through the confusion to provide a coherent basis for ethical decision-making within the complications of the international business landscape. Underpinned by theory and including worked-through examples of ethical dilemmas and their solutions, this textbook will guide the reader beyond theory to real-world business decisions. Practical tools such as decision trees and suggested principles to apply in dilemma situations give readers the skills and confidence to tackle the ethical challenges they face. Global Business Ethics offers a unique working code of ethics provided as a model with guidance to readers for adaptation and implementation. Case studies include: Walmart, Hershey's, Citibank, Ford, Nike, Johnson & Johnson, Harley-Davidson, The Body Shop and Procter and Gamble. A chapter on the legal aspects of ethics provides guidance on the complex relationship between law and ethics in international business. The final part takes an in-depth look at the practical application of ethics in business life. Covering all the major theories of ethics, including an examination of the role of quantification of ethics, Global Business Ethics demonstrates how their principles can be applied to inform better business decisions.Online supporting resources for this book include instructor's manual, lecture slides and appendices.
Global Business Intelligence
by
Global Business Intelligence refers to an organization's ability to gather, process and analyze pertinent international information in order to make optimal business decisions in a timely manner. With a challenging economic and geopolitical environment, companies and executives need to be adept at information gathering in order to manage emerging challenges and gain competitive advantages. This book Global Business Intelligence assembles a cast of international experts and thought leaders and explores the implications of business intelligence on contemporary management. Global Business Intelligence will be a key resource for researchers, academics, students and policy makers alike in the fields of International Business & Management, Business Strategy, and Geopolitics as well as related disciplines like Political Science, Economics, and Geography.
International and Comparative Business
by
′Erudite and accessible, McCann demonstrates how the national gets reconfigured around the global without losing some of its unique features. Far from being a one-size-fits-all Anglo-American template, neoliberalism comes in many different hues and variations. This is by far the best textbook in the field and is destined to become a classic for years to come.′ Manfred B. Steger, Professor of Political Science at the University of Hawai′i-Manoa, Honolulu, Hawai'i, USA ′A sweeping examination of systems of capitalism in theory and in the world's major industrial economies leads Leo McCann to challenge the conventional wisdom on globalization. Historical analysis of the evolution of business systems and detailed examination of present practice demonstrate persuasively that, despite facing common challenges, distinctive national differences remain salient. A must read for anyone who needs to understand how business systems operate in an increasingly interdependent world economy.′ - Dr Eileen Appelbaum, Senior Economist, Center for Economic and Policy Research, Washington, DC, USA Globalization has profound effects on national economies even as distinct national 'models' of capitalism remain. International and Comparative Business accessibly tracks the historical and socio-political contexts of the world's major countries on a chapter-by-chapter basis to the present day. The book provides a comprehensive, critical, yet concise introduction to each of the economies' key features, including macro overviews as well as organizational and workplace-level analysis. Each chapter features learning objectives, in-depth interpretation and critique of key literature, and annotated further reading to allow readers to rigorously navigate their way through the wealth of material available for each country. This text is essential reading for students and researchers in the areas of international business and cross-cultural management, comparative political economy, and history. Leo McCann is Senior Lecturer in International and Comparative Management at Manchester Business School, University of Manchester, UK
International and Cross-Cultural Business Research
by
Successfully combining cross-cultural management and business research methods, this team of international authors provide much-needed coverage of the implications that should be considered when undertaking research across different cultures. Through the implementation of methodological pluralism, the book investigates the various cultural influences that affect business theories and practices across the world, particularly the specific management styles, behavioural standards and consumer attitudes that exist in developing nations. Examples and theoretical understanding as well as vignettes, diagrams and figures are used to illustrate these key considerations, including: Language and the role of the dominant culture Design and implementation Methodological issues Strategies for improving its relevance within international business. Ideal for students, researchers and practitioners looking to do business research in an international or cross-cultural context.
International business : competing in the global marketplace
by
Market-defining since it was introduced, International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace by Charles W.L. Hill (University of Washington) sets the standard and is the proven choice for International Business at the undergraduate and graduate level. The 14th edition provides a complete solution that is relevant (timely, comprehensive), practical (focus on applications of concepts), integrated (integrated progression of topics) and the most up-to-date on the market."-- Publisher's description.
International Business
by
In this brand new textbook, Peter J. Buckley, Peter Enderwick, and Adam R. Cross bring a wealth of experience and a truly global approach to the study of international business. A thorough grounding in economic and international business theory is complemented by examples and extended casesfrom six continents.The Global Factory framework, developed by Peter J. Buckley, is used throughout the book to form an overarching, coherent and accessible model for understanding how businesses operate globally. The framework brings together economics and other perspectives, including social anthropology, politicaleconomy, and management, to explain how international businesses integrate to produce goods and services, and places international business theories firmly in their global context.An international range of examples and extended cases link theory to management practices throughout, preparing students for the challenges faced in the real world of business. Engaging examples include internationally-recognised multi-national enterprises such as Apple, Airbnb, and Uber, as well ascompanies from emerging markets such as Laos, Brazil, and Ethiopia.Opening cases discuss real challenges confronted by international businesses and invite students to devise their own solutions. Closing cases and IB Insights allow students to engage and reflect on international business practices at real, global companies.Additional learning features include Topics for Debate, which encourage students to view international business through a critical lens, and Research Insights, which provide commentary on seminal international business research, and introduce students to key scholarship.The accompanying online resources provide superior ready-to-use support for both students and lecturers:For students:* Links to seminal articles as highlighted in the Research Insights feature, with commentary encouraging students to critique them* Internet activities to develop skills in research, data collection, and analysis* Web links to sources of data accompanied by a brief critical commentary and user guide* Multiple-choice questions with instant feedback* IB decision-aidsFor lecturers:* Additional shorter and longer case studies with exemplar answers* Links to video clips including a short paragraph of critical commentary* Comprehensive customisable PowerPoint slides* Test bank* Tutorial activities* Suggested assignment and discussion questions* Instructor's manual including guidance from the authors on the case study questions, IB challenges, and Topics for Debate features
International business : challenges and choices
by
This stimulating text provides a truly international perspective, with a wealth of real life examples from developed and emerging countries to help students envisage how organizations across the globe practise business.Thoroughly updated and revised to give students a deeper understanding of the key international business theories, this new edition features:* Considerably revised structure to reflect student's knowledge as they progress through an international business module* Increased coverage of the core international business theories to enable in-depth understanding of the issues and challenges of international business* New chapters on emerging markets and the environmental challenges facing businesses* End of part long cases to promote a holistic understanding of international businessOnline Resource Centre:For registered adopters of the text:* Multimedia library* Instructor's manual* Suggested assignment questions* Additional case studies* Test bank of questions* Indicative answers for case study questions and assignment and examination questionsFor students:* Extension material* Interactive Map* Assignment and examination questions* Self-test multiple-choice questions* Key websites* Revision tips* Additional case studies* Case study questions and answers
International business : competing in the global marketplace
by
Charles Hill draws on his experience in teaching, writing, and global consulting to create an up-to-date, thought-provoking text on international business. Many issues in international business are complex, so, the text explores the pros and cons of economic theories, government policies, business strategies, organizational structures, etc.
International business : environments & operations
by
"Balancing authoritative theory and meaningful practice, International Business engages students on the subject of conducting business in international markets. The authors' descriptions and ideas of international business are enhanced with contemporary examples, scenarios, and cases that help students effectively apply what they've learned. Now in its 16th Edition, International Businessremains one of the best-selling and most authoritative international business texts available. As rigorous and practical as ever, this edition remains current through updated author-written cases, including seven entirely new cases, streamlined writing, and expanded coverage of relevant global changes."-- Provided by publisher.
International business : perspectives from developed and emerging markets
by
This book provides students with a balanced perspective on business in a global environment, exploring implications for multinational companies in developed and emerging markets. This is the first text of its kind to emphasize strategic decision making as the cornerstone of its approach while focusing on emerging markets. Traditional topics, like foreign exchange markets and global competition, are contrasted with emerging operations, like Chinese market intervention and Islamic finance, to provide students with an understanding of successful business strategy. Readers learn to develop and implement these strategies across cultures, and across economic, legal, and religious institutions, in order to cope with competitive players in the global landscape. Application-based chapters open with reading goals and conclude with case studies and discussion questions to encourage a practical understanding of strategy. With in-depth analyses and recommended strategies, this edition provides students of international business with the skills they need for success on the global stage. A companion website features an instructor's manual, test bank, PowerPoint slides, and useful links for instructors as well as practice quizzes, flashcards, and web resources for students.
International business : the challenge of global competition
by
The challenging world of international business -- International trade and foreign direct ivestment -- International institutions from an international business perspective -- Sociocultural forces -- Natural resources and environmental sustainability -- Political and trade forces -- Intellectual property and other legal forces -- The international monetary system and financial forces -- International competitive strategy -- Organizational design and control -- Global leadership issues and practices -- Assessing international markets -- Entry modes -- Export and import practices -- Marketing internationally -- Global operations and supply chain management -- Managing human resources in an international context -- International accounting and financial management.Suitable for industry professionals, this title offers a complete view of international business as the backgrounds of business students. It includes colorful maps, photos, and the world data.
International business : the new realities
by
For courses in International Business. This Global Edition has been edited to include enhancements making it more relevant to students outside the United States An innovative teaching and learning system that captures the spirit of International Business. Based on the authors' collective teaching and working experience-as well as discussions with hundreds of practitioners, students, and faculty-International Business: The New Realities is a complete teaching and learning system that seamlessly integrates cases, exercises, and videos.
International Business and Sustainable Development
by
Sustainable development is one of the key challenges of our time. It has social, ecological and economic dimensions, which makes it also a multi-faceted and complex problem. International Business scholars have stressed that the Multinational Enterprise should be considered the most important vehicle through which sustainable development occurs in developing countries. However, actual study of the topic remains fraught with theoretical and empirical caveats. This eighth volume in the Progress in International Business Research series includes new texts from a number of leading scholars and opinion leaders in the area. Contributors develop new levels of analysis (in particular global value chains or the partnership strategies of firms) that present promising areas for new theoretical and empirical insights. Whilst authors from leading international institutes are brought together in this volume, younger scholars with innovative ideas also offer valuable insights.
International business law : text, cases, and readings
by
For upper-level undergraduate and MBA students enrolled in an international business law course, this text emphasises the diversity and similarity of how firms are currently regulated and governed around the world.
International Business Law and Its Environment
by
Today, no business is purely domestic. Even the smallest local firms are affected by global competition and world events. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS LAW AND ITS ENVIRONMENT, 10E delivers complete, reader-friendly coverage of the legal implications and ramifications of doing business internationally. You examine the cultural, political, economic, and ethical issues today�s global business managers face. With a focus on trade, the licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment, you examine the three major forms of doing business in a foreign country. Real examples, precedent-setting cases, managerial implications, and ethical considerations show how to apply key principles. From the legal relationship between parties in an international business transaction to managing risk to the special challenges of conducting business in emerging economies, this edition helps you understand the most common practices and critical issues in global business law.
International Business Strategy
by
With stagnated demand in many home economies, the need to internationalize and exploit foreign market opportunities has never been more paramount for businesses to succeed at a global level. However, this process raises a number of questions, such as: can firms use their knowledge of one market in the next? Can firms pursue internationalization on several fronts at the same time? How should firms handle cultural and institutional differences between markets? This textbook provides students with the core research in international business and strategy, including organization, efficiency, external relationships and the challenges found in an increasingly multicultural world. Each part begins with a presentation of the issues and controversies faced in that particular area, followed by a synthesis of the research which provides avenues for future research. To facilitate and encourage further debate and learning, each part also includes at least one original case study. Compiled by two of the World's leading scholars of international business, and supplemented with critical commentaries and a range of integrative case studies, this comprehensive textbook provides advanced students of international business and strategy with a resource that will be invaluable in their studies and beyond.
International Business Strategy
by
Verbeke provides a new perspective on international business strategy by combining analytical rigour and true managerial insight on the functioning of large multinational enterprises (MNEs). With unique commentary on 48 seminal articles published in the Harvard Business Review, the Sloan Management Review and the California Management Review over the past three decades, Verbeke shows how these can be applied to real businesses engaged in international expansion programmes, especially as they venture into high-distance markets. The second edition has been thoroughly updated and features greater coverage of emerging markets with a new chapter and seven new cases. Suited for advanced undergraduates and graduate courses, students will benefit from updated case studies and improved learning features, including 'management takeaways', key lessons that can be applied to MNEs and a wide range of online resources.
International Economics and Business
by
With a new title (following the successful first edition of Nations and Firms in the Global Economy), this second edition undergraduate textbook combines the dual perspectives of international economics and international business, providing a complete overview of the changing role of nations and firms in the global economy. International Economics and Business covers the key concepts typically included in an introductory course on the global economy, supported by contemporary case studies from the international business world. The result is a practical guide to the world economy for undergraduate students in economics and business, also suitable for students in other social science disciplines. Updated to include the latest theoretical insights, data and case studies, with online quizzes, data exercises and additional reading, International Economics and Business is a lively and engaging textbook providing a complete and practical understanding of international economics and globalization through a uniquely integrated lens.
International strategy : context, concepts and implications
by
THE COMPREHENSIVE GUIDE TO MANAGING AND LEADING COMPANIES THAT COMPETE INTERNATIONALLY Drawing on the course material developed at the Harvard Business School and Yale School of Management by David Collis, International Strategy provides theoretical insight and pragmatic tools that address the decisions facing senior managers in multinational corporations. International Strategy explores the critical differences between domestic and international competition: the heterogeneity of markets in which companies are involved; the volatility of economic conditions that firms face; and the increased scale of activities fostered by global participation. The text examines how these phenomena create tensions and tradeoffs for executives concerning which product to offer around the world, which countries to compete in, where to locate various activities, and how to organize the firm worldwide. Making those choices in an integrated fashion, it is explained, requires pursuit of a coherent strategy that builds an international advantage. Filled with illustrative examples from a wide range of international companies, International Strategy, offers an accessible guide to help managers navigate the myriad decisions they must make in order to create value from their foreign operations and outperform competitors in an increasingly integrated world.
Special Topics in International Business
This course exists to provide in-depth coverage of new and emerging topics in the field of international business. The main objective of this course is developing your ability to recognize, evaluate, analyze, and execute strategies in the global business environment. You will have to explore several important and frequent international business challenges such as business-government relations in the industrialized economies and in emerging markets, the implication for companies of governments’ changing of strategies for promotional development, and diversified corporate strategies.
Adapting to environmental challenges : new research in strategy and international business
by
The global business environment is as turbulent as ever and organizations must adapt to the changing conditions to survive and persevere. Adapting To Environmental Challenges: New Research In Strategy And International Businessprovides new promising insights on the effects of middle management involvement in adaptive strategy-making processes and applications of interactive control systems in the pursuit of more durable corporate outcomes. The empirical evidence suggests that responsible corporate behaviour drives higher market-valuations of firms and the application of green technologies is associated with more sustainable performance outcomes. For international organizations that operate across a multiplicity of cultural contexts, the ability to manage responsible corporate behavior must be interpreted in the local contexts and not only in a headquarter context, which is the norm. Hence, multinational managers must appreciate and understand the cultural differences to disentangle the managerial challenges in dynamic global markets where resource-poor firms can forge their international market positions by offering advantageous value-to-price trade-offs induced by supportive cultural values. Adapting To Environmental Challenges: New Research In Strategy And International Businessprovide new relevant perspectives and insights to understand strategic adaptation in international business contexts based on corporate responsible behavior and cultural sensitivity as the ingredients for agile operations and a resilient multinational organization.
Business Intelligence Success Factors
by
Over the last few decades, the growth of Business Intelligence has enabled companies to streamline many processes and expand into new markets on an unprecedented scale. New BI technologies are also enabling mass collaboration and innovation. However, implementation of these BI solutions often gives rise to new challenges. Business Intelligence Success Factors shows you how to turn those challenges into opportunities by mastering five key skills. Olivia Parr Rud shares insights gained from her two decades of experience in Business Intelligence to offer the latest practices that are emerging in organizational development. Written to help enhance your understanding of the current business climate and to provide the tools necessary to thrive in this new global economy, Business Intelligence Success Factors examines the components of chaos theory, complex adaptive systems, quantum physics, and evolutionary biology. A scientific framework for these new corporate issues helps explain why developing these key competencies are critical, given the speed of change, globalization, as well as advancements in technology and Business Intelligence. Divided into four cohesive parts, Business Intelligence Success Factors explores: The current business landscape as well as the latest scientific research: today's business realities and how and why they can lead to chaos New scientific models for viewing the global economy The five essential competencies--Communication, Collaboration, Innovation, Adaptability, and Leadership--that improve an organization's ability to leverage the new opportunities in a volatile global economy Profiles of several amazing leaders who are working to make a difference Cutting-edge research and case studies via invited contributors offering a wealth of knowledge and experience Move beyond mere survival to realize breakaway success in the global economy with the practical guidance found in Business Intelligence Success Factors.
The Cultural Dimension of Global Business
by
Now in its ninth edition, The Cultural Dimension of Global Business continues to provide an essential foundation for understanding the impact of culture on global business and global business on culture. The highly experienced authors demonstrate how the theory and insights of cultural anthropology can positively influence the conduct of global business, examining a range of issues that individuals, teams, and organizations face as they work globally and across cultures. The cross-cultural scenarios presented at the end of each chapter allow students of business, management, and anthropology alike to explore cultural differences while gaining valuable practice in thinking through a variety of complex and thorny cultural issues. The fully updated ninth edition offers: * An expanded focus on international perspectives, and greater insight into China and its emergence as a global economic power * Consideration of team interactions in complex global environments, including virtually, while recognizing that individuals have critical influence on business processes and outcomes * New methodological tools with reflections and exercises to inspire readers to begin thinking and acting globally, offering guidance on identifying salient features of an international business or partnership, adjusting to novel or unexpected circumstances, and capturing the perceptions and behaviors of global businesspeople * New chapters on understanding one's own organizational culture as a precursor to conducting business globally, additional material to enhance business partnership interactions, and strategies for integrating the global into local operations * Discussion of the wide-ranging disruptions facing people and business around the world and the ways in which the global pandemic affected business processes and practices * Further resources via the Instructor & Student Resource, www.routledge.com/cw/ferraro2, including links, blogs, and videos, an instructor's resource manual, and a section on relevant cultural sources.
Economic Transition and International Business
by
Economic Transition and International Business brings together academic experts in International Business and sheds new light on the international phenomenon of transitions in the worldwide economy. It includes both academic investigations as well as in-depth empirical studies. The purpose of the book is to investigate how international transitions reshape the environment, as they reallocate and renew activities, and create new strategies for actors and stakeholders. It provides essential insights into a number of contextual changes that organisations are facing internationally, and is structured around three complementary themes. In the first part, recent economic and financial crises are analysed and presented as revealing transitions for the business world. In the second part, the impact of these transitions is assessed at the level of various key economic players in today's societies (states, business networks, companies, associations, etc.). In the third part, certain decision-making and managerial transitions are retained to illustrate the new deal linked to international transitions. This book is recommended reading for scholars and students in management and economics, as well as international business managers. They will find insightful information, either theoretical or practical, including various countries impacted by socio-economic transitions.
Exporting : key considerations for international business growth : products, communication, brands, trade shows, channels, culture, and cash
by
This book equips readers to optimize genuine export opportunities. Globalization or international development is more vital than ever for business survival, let alone growth. This book equips readers to optimize genuine export opportunities. It addresses the fears and risks associated with exporting and reassures readers that international growth is available to any business that conducts in-depth research, adopts the right attitude, and develops a comprehensive strategy. Readers are challenged to consider seven key business considerations facing them when seeking success in export markets: product and service adaptation, comprehensive communication, portable protected branding, high-performance tradeshows, optimized go-to-market channels, fit-for-purpose internal organization, and controlled effective cashflow. This concise book serves time-starved small to medium enterprise (SME) entrepreneurs, owners, and directors in any industry anywhere in the world who seek international or global development and those studying or teaching international business.
Fundamentals of International Business
by
Fundamentals of International Business is the fourth edition of International Business by Dr Sumati Varma. The content of the book has been revised and mapped to the latest syllabus by the UGC under the CBCS system.
Global Business and Corporate Governance
by
This book presents a new era where the main force forsocial change, research, education, economic betterment,and even employee happiness is the global enterprise.So many businesses today are "global," thoughoften with conflicting priorities and potential civilizationclashes. Companies may operate in a practicallyborderless world, seeking ideas and talents globally, butwithout proper knowledge and preparation, it is oneendless struggle.Inside, you'll learn many global business-related issuesranging from historical matters to the realities ofthe 21st century--from local cultures to global organizationsand from political, legal, and economic topicsto accounting, finance, marketing, and managementperspectives. This book directs your attention to criticalbusiness challenges in addition to the need of corporategovernance at all levels. These issues include howit all relates to the environment and the structure of thecorporation.Whether you're already out in the CEO world, or astudent in upper-level undergraduate or graduate study,or executive education, this book gives you numerouscombinations of how-to-do projects with philosophicalperspectives of a new and challenging era.
Global mindset and international business : driving process outsourcing organizations.
by
Global mindset is an emerging concept, influenced by globalization, that can support companies' growth in international settings and help develop a more effective, skilled workforce that can be open and adaptable. This book presents an analysis of current global mindset knowledge and explores how national culture and international business behaviors affect global mindset development in business process outsourcing organizations in both managerial and non-managerial groups. The authors outline how processes of skill development and their final impact differ within multinational enterprises among managers and non-managers and present the implications on how to apply it in various seniority, talent groups. The theoretical and practical research discusses and emphasizes the need to involve employees in international relationship building, developing international know-how, and focusing on the methods of communication and management in business, because they stimulate the development of global mindset among managers and non-managers contributing to further business success. This book will find an audience with researchers and astute students within international business, cross-cultural management, and business process outsourcing in particular. It will also be a valuable resource for those researching and operating in global teams. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Funded by Uniwersytet Jagielloski
A guide to financing mechanisms in international business transactions
by
This book outlines features of international business transactions, and discusses their various associated risks. For the successful completion of an international business transaction, depending on its terms, both parties need access to funds. This text deals with financing mechanisms mainly in the international sale of goods and in overseas construction projects. Concerning financing international sale of goods, it discusses export working capital financing, documentary credit, negotiation of bills of exchange, export factoring, and international forfaiting. Concerning financing an overseas.
In Search for the Soul of International Business
by
A New World Order has begun for trade and globalization. Inundated with constant information, new concepts, and endless data, individuals are caught in the whirlwind of a fast-paced world, often without the ability to stop and think, particularly when it comes to issues of the soul. I consider the soul the center of our activities and inspirations. If one says of an individual, "his soul has left him," one connotes death. This also will apply to societies and corporations. Are we willing to permit the gradual march toward solitude with all the accompanying sharp cutting edges? Will the balloon go up? The reader can judge. I hope to supply the content here. With a foreword by Ambassador Laszlo Szabo, a preface by the Rev. Horkan, and the humorous yet pensive illustrations by award-winning cartoonist David Clark, this book increases one's ability to gain a comprehensive understanding of the most pressing international business and trade issues that the world faces today.
International and comparative business : foundations of political economies
by
′Erudite and accessible, McCann demonstrates how the national gets reconfigured around the global without losing some of its unique features. Far from being a one-size-fits-all Anglo-American template, neoliberalism comes in many different hues and variations. This is by far the best textbook in the field and is destined to become a classic for years to come.′ Manfred B. Steger, Professor of Political Science at the University of Hawai′i-Manoa, Honolulu, Hawai'i, USA ′A sweeping examination of systems of capitalism in theory and in the world's major industrial economies leads Leo McCann to challenge the conventional wisdom on globalization. Historical analysis of the evolution of business systems and detailed examination of present practice demonstrate persuasively that, despite facing common challenges, distinctive national differences remain salient. A must read for anyone who needs to understand how business systems operate in an increasingly interdependent world economy.′ - Dr Eileen Appelbaum, Senior Economist, Center for Economic and Policy Research, Washington, DC, USA Globalization has profound effects on national economies even as distinct national 'models' of capitalism remain. International and Comparative Business accessibly tracks the historical and socio-political contexts of the world's major countries on a chapter-by-chapter basis to the present day. The book provides a comprehensive, critical, yet concise introduction to each of the economies' key features, including macro overviews as well as organizational and workplace-level analysis. Each chapter features learning objectives, in-depth interpretation and critique of key literature, and annotated further reading to allow readers to rigorously navigate their way through the wealth of material available for each country. This text is essential reading for students and researchers in the areas of international business and cross-cultural management, comparative political economy, and history. Leo McCann is Senior Lecturer in International and Comparative Management at Manchester Business School, University of Manchester, UK
International and Cross-Cultural Business Research
by
Successfully combining cross-cultural management and business research methods, this team of international authors provide much-needed coverage of the implications that should be considered when undertaking research across different cultures. Through the implementation of methodological pluralism, the book investigates the various cultural influences that affect business theories and practices across the world, particularly the specific management styles, behavioural standards and consumer attitudes that exist in developing nations. Examples and theoretical understanding as well as vignettes, diagrams and figures are used to illustrate these key considerations, including: Language and the role of the dominant culture Design and implementation Methodological issues Strategies for improving its relevance within international business. Ideal for students, researchers and practitioners looking to do business research in an international or cross-cultural context.
International Business, Multi-Nationals, and the Nationality of the Company
by
This book discusses challenges that arise for multinational companies from not having a single 'nationality' and being exposed to a variety of simultaneous country-specific, legally, and culturally constructed nationalities at home and abroad. Brexit, America First campaigns, Russia's war against Ukraine, or the ever-tenser relationship between China and the US have led to raising concerns about foreign direct investments. Multinational companies are pressured to withdraw from countries and reorganise global value chains. The long-held confidence that 'nationality' does not matter for multinational companies in the globalised economy has dwindled. Today, companies doing business abroad are exposed to implications of their 'nationality' because governments and customers react upon the 'nationality' of a firm or a product as they did in the 20th century. The chapters in this book address many international business domains, covering political risk, liability of foreignness, cultural distance, headquarters change, and tax planning. They use different methodological approaches to analyse European and US-based MNEs in Europe, Africa, and South-East Asia from 1900 to 1980. The book argues that 'nationality' is not a ghost from the past in international business, it is a topic that requires substantial consideration. The chapters in this book were originally published in the journal Business History.
International Business Diplomacy
by
Multinational enterprises (MNEs) experienced 'golden days' during the 1990s and 2000s, they expanded globally and were major players in globalization. Today they have become powerful actors in the global economy. CEOs of international businesses are welcomed by heads of state as their counterparts, they are invited by governments to help solve global issues such as climate change and poverty, and they are facing dilemmas comparable to those of other international actors. However, MNEs are facing global legitimacy challenges. They are suspected of tax avoidance, using low wage countries for corporate benefits only, disrespecting privacy regulations, abusing consumer data, violating local community rights, exploiting natural resources, ignoring basic human rights, and employing too many lobbyists targeting national and international political decision-making processes for their own corporate interests. Although many of these challenges are not new, they have resurfaced and become more apparent during the past couple of years, partly due to the economic recession that many developed economies have faced and to the broader awareness of increasing global inequality and the importance of sustainability. How can international business respond? Strategic business diplomacy may be the answer. Business diplomacy involves developing strategies for long-term, positive relationship building with governments, local communities, and interest groups, aiming to establish and sustain legitimacy and to mitigate the risks arising from all non-commercial or exogenous factors in the global business environment. Business diplomacy is different from lobbying or strategic political activity; it implies an (strategic / holistic) approach of an international business to look at itself as an actor in the international diplomatic arena. Representation, communication and negotiation are key in such an approach.One of the consequences is that MNEs are able to operate in and show respect for an international business environment that consists of multiple stakeholders. This demands a strategic perspective and vision on the sector and the business environments in which the company wants to operate, and requires a specific set of instruments, skills and competences.
The International Business Environment
by
Managers and executives who work in international trade and foreign direct investment are acutely aware of the importance of the governmental, intergovernmental, and systemic factors that regulate, facilitate, and/or complicate the conduct of international business (IB). But most managers and executives have limited or no expertise in these factors
International Business in a VUCA World
by
'IB theory and IB theorists have a long way to go to produce clarity of analysis, clear policy prescriptions and guidance for managers in a world where VUCA factors seem to be increasingly bedevilling the world of theory, managerial practice and public policy.' - Peter Buckley (in this volume) This fourteenth volume in the PIBR series is dedicated to Professor Peter Buckley, OBE, whose creative contributions to IB theory and practice over many decades are unmatched. His scientific oeuvre has continued to grow, both in depth and breadth, and reflects an evolving level of scholarly resilience that has kept pace with the increasing Volatility, Uncertainty, Complexity and Ambiguity (VUCA) characteristics of the modern environment of international business. The VUCA dimensions of the business environment that face both managers and policy makers are amplified by a wide variety of unpredictable social, economic, political and technological forces, such as: inter alia, the (post-great-recession) rise of populism; growing anti-European sentiment in the European Union; increasing protectionism; a slowdown in growth of emerging markets; the rise of the digital economy, and many more. These trends affect the competitive position of nations and firms. The present volume focuses on the threats and opportunities created by the VUCA-trends for multinational enterprises (MNEs), small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs), and international new ventures (INVs), along the following five headings: IB scholarship in a VUCA world. New Perspectives on the Interplay between Firms and the Non-Market. New Governance Challenges in International Business. New Contexts for Newly Internationalizing Firms. Contemporary Management Perspectives in IB Research.
International Business in the Information and Digital Age
by
This volume is dedicated to Lorraine Eden for herlifetime contributions to IB scholarship. Her research, spanning severaldecades, has addressed many interdisciplinary and societal themes at the heartof the IB field. The story of her intellectual journey -- strongly influenced bythe coming of age of the fourth industrial revolution -- is shared in the opening chapterof this volume. This thirteenth volume in the PIBR series covers an increasingly importantarea of research for International Business (IB) scholars: the role ofmultinational enterprises (MNEs) in the digital and information age. A limitednumber of MNEs now dominate the landscape of the digital age, but almost allinternationally operating firms are being affected by prevailing trends. How totake stock of these trends? How to develop resilient international businessmodels? How to regulate? The digital age presents new opportunities but alsomajor challenges for established and emerging MNEs alike. This volume brings together papers from leading IB scholars and from academics in adjacent disciplines such as economic geography,international relations and political science, strategic management, andtechnology studies. Four dimensions of the information and digital ageare analyzed using an IB angle: Trends and theories in the information age Entrepreneurial strategies in the informationage Functional strategies in the information age Industry 4.0
International Business
by
International Business: Perspectives from Developed and Emerging Markets provides students with a balanced perspective on business in a global environment, exploring implications for multinational companies in developed and emerging markets. This is the first text of its kind to emphasize strategic decision-making as the cornerstone of its approach while focusing on emerging markets. Traditional topics, like foreign exchange markets and global competition, are contrasted with emerging operations, like Chinese market intervention and Islamic finance, to provide students with an understanding of successful business strategy. Readers learn to develop and implement these strategies across cultures and across economic, legal, and religious institutions in order to cope with competitive players in the global landscape. Application-based chapters open with reading goals and conclude with case studies and discussion questions to encourage a practical understanding of strategy. This third edition has been thoroughly updated to reflect the latest developments in the field, and includes a host of new features, including: Regular boxed features on responding to crises Regular boxed features on diversity and inclusion New chapter on international entrepreneurship With in-depth analyses and recommended strategies, this edition provides students of international business with the skills they need for success on the global stage. A companion website features an instructor's manual, test bank, PowerPoint slides, and useful links for instructors as well as practice quizzes, flashcards, and web resources for students.
International strategy : context, concepts and implications
by
THE COMPREHENSIVE GUIDE TO MANAGING AND LEADING COMPANIES THAT COMPETE INTERNATIONALLY Drawing on the course material developed at the Harvard Business School and Yale School of Management by David Collis, International Strategy provides theoretical insight and pragmatic tools that address the decisions facing senior managers in multinational corporations. International Strategy explores the critical differences between domestic and international competition: the heterogeneity of markets in which companies are involved; the volatility of economic conditions that firms face; and the increased scale of activities fostered by global participation. The text examines how these phenomena create tensions and tradeoffs for executives concerning which product to offer around the world, which countries to compete in, where to locate various activities, and how to organize the firm worldwide. Making those choices in an integrated fashion, it is explained, requires pursuit of a coherent strategy that builds an international advantage. Filled with illustrative examples from a wide range of international companies, International Strategy, offers an accessible guide to help managers navigate the myriad decisions they must make in order to create value from their foreign operations and outperform competitors in an increasingly integrated world.
Key Success Factors of SME Internationalisation
by
This collectivebook offers a cross-country perspective on the internationalisation of smalland medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). Scholars from prestigious institutions in Europe,North America, Australia and China provide new insights on how SMEs develop andperform their international activities. Their innovative approach isparticularly useful to understand the major role played by SMEs in today'sglobal economy. The authorsidentify key factors that facilitate the international expansion of SMEs. Theyexplain how SMEs can succeed in their development in both mature and emergingeconomies. Their findings are based on quantitative surveys and in-depthcase studies, and the resulting recommendations are provided to help SME managers increase theperformance of their international activities.
Reconceptualizing English for International Business Contexts
by
This book presents a critique of current English as a Business Lingua Franca (BELF) practices using research conducted in Bosnia and Herzegovina. The authors identify English communication behaviors that hinder or promote success in the workplace, and trace these back to curricula and teaching practices. The authors suggest which skills employers need and expect from employees, and question whether English courses concerned with general academic English skills and business vocabulary are sufficient training for linguistically-complex workplaces. The book also examines whether the focus on achieving native-like proficiency with high grammatical standards and a strong emphasis on form are adequately preparing students who aspire to use English in professional contexts as a means to 'get their job done'.
Research methods in international business
by
Showcasing methodological rigour and state-of-the-art methods as hallmarks of modern international business (IB) research, this book offers a collection of the most relevant and highly cited research methods articles from the Journal of International Business Studies (JIBS). Each piece is accompanied by a new Commentary written by experts in the field; some also include Further Reflections by the original authors. Encompassing both qualitative and quantitative approaches, this comprehensive volume explores research design, testing and reporting, as well as specific methodological issues such as endogeneity, common method variance, and theorising from case studies. With recommendations for best practices relating to interaction effects, hypothesis testing, and replicability, this book is a unique and up-to-date reference source on the latest research methods and practices in international business. The book will also be essential reading for those studying any sub-discipline of IB research, including international economics, entrepreneurship, finance, management and marketing.
The responsive global organization : new insights from global strategy and international business
by
The responsive global organization can adapt business operations across multinational markets in response to unpredictable changes in the turbulent global marketplace. This book deals with different aspects of the effective multinational corporation (MNC) pointing to new ways in which the MNC can enhance responsiveness faced with increasing market turbulence. Drawing on contemporary research in strategy and international business, the book considers relevant aspects including subsidiary autonomy, individual and team engagement, local knowledge, knowledge-based innovation, dynamic integrative processes, cross-cultural management, crisis handling, and the impact of abrupt events. The diversity of multinational business provides many opportunities, but also distinct challenges that must be managed effectively. Here an interactive dynamic between headquarters and local business units is driving responsiveness and adaptive behaviors. Corporate headquarters must structure a multinational organization so adaptive initiatives exploit local market insights where opportunities evolve from autonomous responses around the world. This can entail crisis responses involving both local and corporate efforts as a robust way to handle unexpected incidents. Such interactive approaches constitute a combination of central integration and decentralized local responses as the basis for a dynamic adaptive system. To make this work in a multinational context, we must consider the intricate interplay between corporate values and local cultures, and understand how leadership philosophies influence how diverse employees act as team players and global corporate citizens. The book provides relevant insights on all these important issues.
The Routledge Companion to the Geography of International Business
by
The fields of Economic Geography and International Business share an interest in the same phenomena, whilst each provides both a differing perspective and different research methods in attempting to understand those phenomena. The Routledge Companion to the Geography of International Business explores the nature and scope of inter-disciplinary work between Economic Geography and International Business in explaining the central issues in the international economy. Contributions written by leading specialists in each field (including some chapters written by inter-disciplinary teams) focus on the nature of multinational firms and their strategies, where they choose to locate their activities, how they create and manage international networks and the key relationships between multinationals and the places where they place their operations. Topics covered include the internationalisation of service industries, the influence of location on the competitiveness of firms and the economic dynamism of regions and where economic activity takes place and how knowledge, goods and services flow between locations. The book examines the areas for fruitful inter-disciplinary work between International Business and Economic Geography and sets out a road map for future joint research, and is an essential resource for students and practitioners of International Business and Economic Development.
This course will enable you to develop your skills and competencies in developing strategies for business logistics and supply chain management in an international setting. This course will be largely focused on studying the factors that affect the structural design and management of global supply chains. It covers the strategic relationships essential for supply chain management as well as the planned activities of logistics, inventory, procurement and operations from a global viewpoint.
Consumer logistics : surfing the digital wave
by
Digital technology has changed the way we work, socialize, shop, play and learn. This book offers a stimulating exploration of how digitization has begun transforming the prevailing global logistics system into a self-service and sharing economy, and ultimately provides a vision of the monumental changes likely to overflow into the business landscape. Consumer Logistics thoughtfully assesses the challenges posed to businesses as the Internet of Things, 3D printing and other yet-to-come technologies start to connect humans and physical objects in forms that will further transform lifestyles. Through a review of the evolutionary journey of logistics management, this book argues that the fourth wave of global logistics is fast giving way to the fifth wave of consumer logistics, which will see consumers adapt to the seamless offline-online purchasing experience brought by Omnichannel Retailing. By considering how logistics and digital technologies will interact to redefine consumer logistics, Peter J. Rimmer and Booi Hon Kam argue that this outcome is likely to reflect the character of the sixth great logistics wave: personal logistics. Thought-provoking, and contemporary in topic, this book will be of great value to business people interested in future trends, logistics professionals and operators, as well as academics and students worldwide working on logistics, supply chains and digital transformations.
Ecosystem-Aware Global Supply Chain Management
by
Over the last two decades, several textbooks, research papers, and best practice cases have been published on supply chain management. However, globalization has created dispersed supply chains which are vulnerable and dependent on entities and factors that are exogenous to the supply chain. Resource scarcity, environmental regulations, government policies, political unrest, economic instability, and natural disasters are a few examples of how non-supply chain factors influence the way supply chains are managed. These exogenous factors are not just risk sources but can also be venues for innovation and growth.This book presents the notion of supply chain ecosystem to holistically model all the factors that interact with the supply chain and influence the flow of goods, information, and finance. Through a number of real-life case studies, the authors use the ecosystem framework to study the governance, risk, innovation, and performance issues in supply chain management, and also to redesign the management techniques for global supply chains. In doing so, this book makes a unique contribution to the theory and practice of supply chain networks.
Finance and Risk Management for International Logistics and the Supply Chain
by
Finance and Risk Management for International Logistics and the Supply Chain presents a detailed overview of financial and risk management tools, activity-based costing, and multi-criteria decision-making, providing comprehensive guidance for those researching and working in logistics and supply chain management. The book breaks new ground, combining the expertise of leading authorities to analyze and navigate the funding components for these critical transportation functions. As the international logistics and supply chain transportation fields have recently received heavy investments, this research and the theory behind it provide a timely update on risk management, finance and legal and environmental impacts. Users will find sections that address the wide-ranging issues related to this emerging field that are presented from an international and holistic perspective.
Global logistics and supply chain management
by
Global Logistics and Supply Chain Management
by
Think of the many different products and services that are purchased and consumed each day - how do they reach the end-user? What does this cost? What happens when something goes wrong? Logistics and Supply Chain Management (SCM) are the areas of study which help us to explore and answer these questions. Today they play a very important role in underpinning the success of many organisations across the public and private sectors and impact how we live our lives. While the origins of logistics and SCM are firmly embedded in the manufacturing domain, the successful applications of logistics and SCM principles and practices are becoming increasingly relevant in the services area also - see for example, the many changes that have recently been driven into healthcare systems and airlines. Global Logistics and Supply Chain Management, now in its third edition, provides essential reading for anybody studying SCM and logistics. Encompassing both practical and strategic perspectives, it takes a truly global perspective, recognising the transnational nature of logistics activities in today's world. Key features of this new and extended third edition include: 18 up-to-date chapters on all aspects of logistics and SCM, including coverage of emerging and important topics such as security, technology and automation in logistics, supply chain data flows, logistics and the internet of everything, sustainability, supply chain vulnerability and trade facilitation. New chapters include one on management science applications, which provides an easy and clear introduction to key quantitative techniques that can be applied to logistics and SCM. 12 updated case studies, including new case studies on air cargo, port-city logistics, automobile manufacturing logistics and logistics infrastructure appraisal. A comprehensive package of supplementary material is available on the accompanying website at www.wiley.com/college/mangan, including an Instructor's Manual, PowerPoint slides and case teaching notes for lecturers, as well as quizzes and an online glossary for students.
Green Supply Chain Management
by
This book gives students a thorough overview of the environmental issues that impact the supply chain and details strategic methods of addressing the political, social, technological, market, and economic concerns that have caused organizations to reconsider their impact. Readers will learn how to integrate the fields of operations management, procurement and purchasing, logistics, and marketing into a successful green supply chain, looking outward to form sustainable partnerships rather than focusing their efforts within the company. Each chapter describes a function or dimension of green supply chains, supplemented with short vignettes to ground the theory in practice. The authors examine various industries, including electronics, food products, and manufacturing, and draw on case studies from the Americas, Europe, Asia, and Oceania, allowing students to compare and contrast domestic and international practices. Blending industry insights with the latest academic thinking, they also consider hot button topics like global-local relationships, the role of third parties, green multitier supplier management, and blockchain technology management. Conclusive chapter summaries and plenty of visual aids help readers retain the information they need to improve environmental performance within, and beyond their organizations. Green Supply Chain Management is an excellent introduction to the topic for students and practitioners of supply chain management and environmental sustainability.
Lean Supply Chain and Logistics Management
by
Publisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. Expert Strategies for Improving Supply Chain and Logistics Performance Using Lean This practical guide reveals how to identify and eliminate waste in your organization's supply chain and logistics function. Lean Supply Chain and Logistics Management provides explanations of both basic and advanced Lean tools, as well as specific Lean implementation opportunities. The book then describes a Lean implementation methodology with critical success factors. Real-world examples and case studies demonstrate how to effectively use this powerful strategy to realize significant, long-term improvements and bottom-line savings. COVERAGE INCLUDES: * Using Lean to energize your supply chain * The eight wastes * Lean opportunities and JIT in supply chain and logistics * Lean tools and warehouse * Global lean supply chain and logistics * Lean opportunity assessment, value stream mapping, and Kaizen event management * Best-in-class use of technology with Lean * Metrics and measurement * Education and training Valuable training slides are available for download.
Logistics 4. 0
by
Industrial revolutions have impacted both, manufacturing and service. From the steam engine to digital automated production, the industrial revolutions have conduced significant changes in operations and supply chain management (SCM) processes. Swift changes in manufacturing and service systems have led to phenomenal improvements in productivity. The fast-paced environment brings new challenges and opportunities for the companies that are associated with the adaptation to the new concepts such as Internet of Things (IoT) and Cyber Physical Systems, artificial intelligence (AI), robotics, cyber security, data analytics, block chain and cloud technology. These emerging technologies facilitated and expedited the birth of Logistics 4.0. Industrial Revolution 4.0 initiatives in SCM has attracted stakeholders' attentions due to it is ability to empower using a set of technologies together that helps to execute more efficient production and distribution systems. This initiative has been called Logistics 4.0 of the fourth Industrial Revolution in SCM due to its high potential. Connecting entities, machines, physical items and enterprise resources to each other by using sensors, devices and the internet along the supply chains are the main attributes of Logistics 4.0. IoT enables customers to make more suitable and valuable decisions due to the data-driven structure of the Industry 4.0 paradigm. Besides that, the system's ability of gathering and analyzing information about the environment at any given time and adapting itself to the rapid changes add significant value to the SCM processes. In this peer-reviewed book, experts from all over the world, in the field present a conceptual framework for Logistics 4.0 and provide examples for usage of Industry 4.0 tools in SCM. This book is a work that will be beneficial for both practitioners and students and academicians, as it covers the theoretical framework, on the one hand, and includes examples of practice and real world.
Logistics Management and Strategy
by
"Logistics Management and Strategy" is an excellent text that disseminates knowledge and understanding of logistics in an easy-to-read way. While explaining with great clarity the theoretical concepts, it remains very pragmatic and close to business life through the use of concrete examples and well-chosen case studies. It manages to examine logistics knowledge and understanding in depth while at the same time remaining not only very accessible but really pleasant to read. Finally, its international perspective reflects the nature of logistics today. This text is intended for MSc students on logistics courses, and as an accompanying text for open learning courses such as the global MSc degrees and virtual universities. It will also be attractive as a management textbook and as recommended reading on MBA options in logistics and supply chain management.
Managing Global Supply Chains
by
What are the key factors affecting global supply chains today and how can we manage them? Starting from the concept that 'there is no point driving a Ferrari in a traffic jam', Ron Basu provides practical tools and techniques of good supply chain management to add value, deliver cost reduction and improve customer satisfaction. This new edition specifically focuses on seven contemporary challenges that have affected global supply chain management. Recent disruptions to global supply chains created by COVID-19 and the Ukraine conflict have resulted in significant geographical shifts in supply and demand. High inflation and the cost of living crisis have, in turn, created problems for finely-tuned global supply chains. The economic and business environment has also become more demanding, due in part to political pressures including nationalism and Brexit: for example, supply chain pressures caused by Brexit have resulted in increased red tape. Other factors have had a gradual and positive effect, such as climate change initiatives, Industry 4.0 and the digital revolution. The issues that affect the performance of global supply chains are sometimes interrelated, but all of them really matter because businesses have become increasingly global. This book addresses these challenges and explores how to deal with them. In addition, there are new and updated chapters on lean and agile supply chains, e-business, emerging markets, sustainability and green issues, global supply chains for services and event management, retail management and major project management. Managing Global Supply Chains is a practical and highly readable text with real-life examples and excellent coverage. It is an ideal companion for post-experience business students, learning professionals and anyone interested in supply chain management.
Principles of Supply Chain Management
by
Examine the latest practices, trends, and emerging developments as PRINCIPLES OF SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT: A BALANCED APPROACH, 5E guides you step-by-step through the management of all supply chain activity. You review issues related to both domestic and global supply chains as comprehensive, one-of-a-kind coverage encompasses important processes in operations, purchasing, logistics, as well as process integration. A balanced approach follows the natural flow through the supply chain. Well-organized chapters demonstrate the practical applications of supply chain management in today's workplace with the help of intriguing SCM Profiles and interesting real business examples. Relevant end-of-chapter questions, problems, and new cases help you put what you learn into practice as you sharpen your management skills.
Purchasing and Supply Chain Management
by
For too long, business has focused on short-term cost advantages through low-cost country sourcing with little regard for the longer-term implications of global sustainability. Purchasing and Supply Chain Management, Second Edition, not only fully addresses the environmental, social and economic challenges of how companies manage purchasing and supply chains, but also delves deeper into emerging areas such as modern slavery, digital technologies and circular supply chains. In addition to explaining the basic principles and processes of both purchasing and supply chain management, the book evaluates how to develop strategic and sustainable purchasing and supply chain management. Our key message is that purchasing and supply chain management needs to focus on value creation rather than cost cutting. This requires the development of new purchasing and supply chain models that involve circular supply structures, supply chain transparency and collaboration with new stakeholders in traditional sourcing and supply chain settings. Aimed at students, educators and practitioners the book integrates sustainability into each chapter as a core element of purchasing and supply chain management. This second edition incorporates new examples and case studies from industry throughout, striking a balance between theoretical frameworks and guidelines for implementation in practice.
Supply chain logistics management
by
"The fifth edition of Supply Chain Logistics Management, presents logistics in the context of integration within a firm's Supply Chain Strategy and Operations. The framework of Supply Chain Management is initially presented by creating a foundation for in-depth study of the five logistics operational components in Part Two. Challenges and strategies related to design and operational integration of logistics within a global supply chain are discussed in Part Three. Part Four focuses on administrative challenges related to cross organizational collaboration, performance measurement, and concludes with the challenges of managing risk and achieving sustainability."--Provided by publisher
A Supply Chain Logistics Program for Warehouse Management
by
A well-planned, well-structured warehouse management system (WMS) offers significant advantages to an organization, particularly in its ability to make warehouse operations more efficient, more cost effective, and more responsive. A Supply Chain Logistics Program for Warehouse Management details the concepts, applications, and practices necessary for the successful management of a WMS program, including the selection and adoption of the right software.Taking a process approach to a generic warehouse and its workings, the authors trace a product's life cycle from its receipt at a warehouse, through its outbound shipment, and to its eventual return. This approach illustrates the logistics of a well-run supply chain and how it works in relation to every phase of a warehouse's operation. The book details each phase and its related process, demonstrating how every component fits into the overall operation. Specific topics include how to reduce product damage, enhance identified product flow and track inventory, increase employee productivity, improve customer service, reduce warehouse operating costs, improve profits, and assure asset protection. The book also presents guidelines, tips and checklists so the reader can view how each component is carried out. Whether a warehouse operation supports a small, medium, or large business, A Supply Chain Logistics Program for Warehouse Management is an important book to have in order to design a system that reduces operating costs, improves products, and maintains timely delivery to customers.nbsp;
Supply Chain Management and Corporate Governance
by
Supply Chain Management and Corporate Governance: Artificial Intelligence, Game Theory and Robust Optimisation is the first innovative, comprehensive analysis and analytical robust optimisation modelling of the relationships between corporate governance principles and supply chain management for risk management and decision-making under uncertainty in supply chain operations. To avoid corporate failures and crises caused by agency problems and other external factors, effective corporate governance mechanisms are essential for efficient supply chain management. This book develops a new collaborative robust supply chain management and corporate governance (RSCMCG) model and framework that combines good corporate governance practices for risk management strategies and decision-making under uncertainty. This model is developed as a principal-agent game theory model, and it is digitalised and computed by Excel algorithms and spreadsheets as an artificial intelligence and machine-learning algorithm. The implementation of the RSCMCG model provides optimal supply chain solutions, corporate governance principles and risk management strategies for supporting the company to achieve long-term benefits in firm value and maximising shareholders' interests and corporate performance while maintaining robustness in an uncertain environment. This book shows the latest state of knowledge on the topic and will be of interest to researchers, academics, practitioners, policymakers and advanced students in the areas of corporate governance, supply chain management, finance, strategy and risk management.
Supply chain management : a global perspective
by
Supply chain management, rapidly-advancing and growing ever more important in the global business climate, requires an intense understanding of both underlying principles and practical techniques. Including both a broad overview of supply chain management and real-world examples of SCM in companies ranging from small to large, this book provides students with both the foundational material required to understand the subject matter and practical tips that demonstrate how the latest techniques are being applied. Spanning functional boundaries, this well-regarded book is now in its second edition and has quickly become a standard course text at many universities. This newest edition continues to provide a balanced, integrative, and business-oriented viewpoint of the material, and deeply explores how SCM is intertwined with other organizational functions. New material has been added to address the importance of big data analytics in SCM, as well as other technological advances such as 3-D printing, cloud computing, machine learning, driverless vehicles, the Internet of Things, RFID, and others.
Supply chain management : a learning perspective
by
This edition of Supply Chain Management (SCM) was revised to appeal to a wider readership besides students taking SCM courses. Global supply chain managers and researchers in the fields of SCM and operations strategy would find it a useful reference. Rather than discuss the technical issues of SCM, the book focuses on the strategic perspectives and approaches of SCM. Students learn to identify SCM issues from the top management's perspective. The book also presents real-world managerial problems and incorporates case studies for connecting theories with practices. By exploring the fundamental issues of SCM, managers acquire a new learning perspective that enables them to solve problems in a more sustainable and innovative manner rather than use short-term, ad hoc solutions. Finally, it distils various theoretical concepts to allow researchers to observe real SCM issues in a managerial context which allows for practical, meaningful and impactful research to be carried out.
Supply chain management : from vision to implementation
by
This text takes a strategic, managerial, and cross-functional view of supply chain management, enabling managers to participate in the vision and implementation of world-class supply chain networks. To achieve this, the book introduces a Supply Chain Roadmap process model as a guiding framework for designing and implementing integrated supply chains. Students gain the knowledge and analytical tools to perform analysis and act as change agents within their organizations.
Supply chain management : strategy, planning, and operation
by
Illustrating the key drivers in effective supply chain management. Supply Chain Management illustrates the key drivers of good supply chain management in order to help readers understand what creates a competitive advantage. The fifth edition continues to increase the focus on global supply chain.
Supply Chain Management and Business Performance
by
Against this current trend of low growth and high uncertainty, business directors must work with their shareholders to set strategic objectives and define business models. The great number of possible strategies makes this type of management very complex, and the actual deployment of strategic choices is often limited by a lack of overall coherence within the organization. This problem calls for an appropriate and renewed response. In strategic management today, a closer, permanent dialogue is needed between operational and financial performance. Based on a supply chain approach, the Value Added Supply Chain (VASC) model focuses on driving operational performance, but aims to achieve a greater and more dynamic integration between these two dimensions of the company's value creation.
Supply Chain Management Demystified
by
Publisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. Your SOURCE for supply chain management fundamentals Optimize your understanding of the essential supply chain management practices used by the best firms togain competitive advantage. Written in an easy-to-follow style, Supply Chain Management DeMYSTiFieD is filled with best practices and proven techniques for success. This practical guide covers supply chain collaboration, planning, strategic sourcing, manufacturing, production, logistics, risk management, and performance metrics. Corporate social responsibility is also addressed. Detailedexamples and concise explanations make it easy to understand the material, and end-of-chapter quizzes and a final exam help reinforce key concepts. It's a no-brainer! You'll learn about: Creating a customer-focused strategy Buyer-supplier negotiations New product development Just in time (JIT), Lean manufacturing, and Six Sigma Transportation Global supply chains Simple enough for a beginner, but challenging enough for an advanced student, Supply Chain ManagementDeMYSTiFieD helps you master this essential business and quality management topic.
Supply chain planning : practical frameworks for superior performance
by
In today's competitive global economy, a firm's market position and bottom-line financial performance is closely linked to its supply chain performance. All too often considerable managerial resources are directed toward planning activities and processes with little in the way of tangible results and outcomes. What supply chain executives require is the know-how to efficiently and effectively direct their planning activities so that the results lead to better business decisions from the long-term down to day-to-day operations. In this book, the authors present proven, practical management frameworks and techniques to support supply chain operations management and planning in private industry. These frameworks describe supply chain strategic planning and project selection techniques, integrated manufacturing-distribution planning and scheduling approaches, performance measurement and balanced scorecard methodologies, customer logistics and inventory deployment decision support systems, and other well-tested management frameworks.
Sustainable Operations and Supply Chain Management
by
SUSTAINABLE OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT SUSTAINABLE OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT Sustainable Operations and Supply Chain Management addresses the most relevant topics of operations and supply chain management from the perspective of sustainability. The main focus is to provide a step-by-step guide for managerial decisions made along the product life cycle, following a path made up of the following steps: product design, sourcing, manufacturing, packaging and physical distribution, reverse logistics and recovery. Guidance is provided on understanding traditional operations and supply chain management approaches, tools and techniques such as production planning, stock management, quality management and performance measurement, which can be adapted to achieve economic, environmental and social sustainability. Key features: Repositions the main operations and supply chain management decisions developed in the perspective of the Life Cycle Analysis (Cradle-to-Cradle approach) and the Triple Bottom Line approach (economic, environmental and social sustainability) Covers sustainability and future trends, sustainable operations as a competitive factor as well as performance measurement and control Explores five main areas of operations and supply chain management; design for environment, procurement, manufacturing, packaging and distribution and reverse supply chain Provides a case study within each chapter to further the reader's understanding along with numerous examples and real-world problems The book will be valuable for students at undergraduate and graduate levels in management and engineering schools, as well as for practitioners working in operations and supply chain management functions.
Topics in Lean Supply Chain Management
by
The purpose of this book is to describe how lean and supply chain management can be combined to achieve world-class business performance. To accomplish this purpose, the book contains both basic material on lean and supply chain management, as well as content from current journal research findings, strategies, issues, concepts, philosophies, procedures, methodologies, and practices in managing a lean supply chain. Presented in a topical fashion, the chapters deal with a wide-range of subjects that support, nurture, and advance principles, concepts, and methodologies of lean supply chain management.
This course will enable you to develop your skills and competencies in developing strategies for business logistics and supply chain management in an international setting. This course will be largely focused on studying the factors that affect the structural design and management of global supply chains. It covers the strategic relationships essential for supply chain management as well as the planned activities of logistics, inventory, procurement and operations from a global viewpoint.
The Cloud-Based Demand-Driven Supply Chain
by
It's time to get your head in the cloud! In today's business environment, more and more people are requesting cloud-based solutions to help solve their business challenges. So how can you not only anticipate your clients' needs but also keep ahead of the curve to ensure their goals stay on track? With the help of this accessible book, you'll get a clear sense of cloud computing and understand how to communicate the benefits, drawbacks, and options to your clients so they can make the best choices for their unique needs. Plus, case studies give you the opportunity to relate real-life examples of how the latest technologies are giving organizations worldwide the opportunity to thrive as supply chain solutions in the cloud. Demonstrates how improvements in forecasting, collaboration, and inventory optimization can lead to cost savings Explores why cloud computing is becoming increasingly important Takes a close look at the types of cloud computing Makes sense of demand-driven forecasting using Amazon's cloud Whether you work in management, business, or IT, this is the dog-eared reference you'll want to keep close by as you continue making sense of the cloud.
Essentials of Supply Chain Management
by
The bestselling guide to the field, updated with the latest innovations Essentials of Supply Chain Management is the definitive guide to the field, providing both broad coverage and necessary detail from a practical, real-world perspective. From clear explanation of fundamental concepts to insightful discussion of supply chain innovation, this book offers students and professionals a comprehensive introduction with immediately-applicable understanding. The fourth edition has been updated to reflect the current state of the field, with coverage of the latest technologies and new case studies that illustrate critical concepts in action. Organized for easy navigation and ease-of-use, this invaluable guide also serves as a quick reference for managers in the field seeking tips and techniques for maximizing efficiency and turning the supply chain into a source of competitive advantage. The supply chain underpins the entire structure of manufacturing and retailing. Well-run, it can help a company become a global behemoth--or, if poorly-managed, it can sink a company before the product ever sees the light of day. The supply chain involves many moving parts, constantly-changing variables, and a network of other business that may have different priorities and interests--keeping it all running smoothly is a complex, but immensely powerful skill. This book takes you inside the supply chain to show you what you need to know. Understand the fundamental concepts behind supply chain management Learn how supply chains work, and how to measure their performance Explore the ways in which innovation is improving supply chains around the world Examine the supply chain as a source of competitive advantage Whether you're at the front or the back of your supply chain, your business is affected by every other company and event in the chain. Deep understanding and a host of practical skills are required to accurately predict, react to, and manage the ever-changing stream of events that could potentially disrupt the flow. Essentials of Supply Chain Management prepares you to take on the challenge and succeed.
Fundamentals of Supply Chain Theory
by
Comprehensively teaches the fundamentals of supply chain theory This book presents the methodology and foundations of supply chain management and also demonstrates how recent developments build upon classic models. The authors focus on strategic, tactical, and operational aspects of supply chain management and cover a broad range of topics from forecasting, inventory management, and facility location to transportation, process flexibility, and auctions. Key mathematical models for optimizing the design, operation, and evaluation of supply chains are presented as well as models currently emerging from the research frontier. Fundamentals of Supply Chain Theory, Second Edition contains new chapters on transportation (traveling salesman and vehicle routing problems), integrated supply chain models, and applications of supply chain theory. New sections have also been added throughout, on topics including machine learning models for forecasting, conic optimization for facility location, a multi-supplier model for supply uncertainty, and a game-theoretic analysis of auctions. The second edition also contains case studies for each chapter that illustrate the real-world implementation of the models presented. This edition also contains nearly 200 new homework problems, over 60 new worked examples, and over 140 new illustrative figures. Plentiful teaching supplements are available, including an Instructor's Manual and PowerPoint slides, as well as MATLAB programming assignments that require students to code algorithms in an effort to provide a deeper understanding of the material. Ideal as a textbook for upper-undergraduate and graduate-level courses in supply chain management in engineering and business schools, Fundamentals of Supply Chain Theory, Second Edition will also appeal to anyone interested in quantitative approaches for studying supply chains.
An Introduction to Supply Chain Management
by
If you're a manager of a supply chain operation, or a student learning about supply chain management, this book will provide not only an overview of supply chain management but also a framework for subsequent, more detailed study in various aspects of supply management. This book reviews the evolution of supply chain management concepts and discusses trends in global markets and strategic competitiveness. It then focuses on the major issues involved in managing a competitive supply chain including: forecasting, inventory management, distribution, dealing with uncertainty, reverse logistics, and customer service. Coverage of the dynamic, evolving issues pertaining to supply chains that affect the global business community concludes the book. With this book in hand, you'll be better equipped to conceptualize the management of supply chains as a collection of business processes; identify primary and secondary value chain processes; distinguish between the umbrella term, "supply chain management," and its component functions; and understand the basic tools of forecasting and the need for accurate data and forecasts on which to base supply chain management decisions.
Logistics management : an analytics-based approach
by
This book illustrates and explains a wide range of practical logistics strategies and analytic techniques to facilitate decision-making across functions such as manufacturing, warehousing, transportation, and inventory management. Logistics professionals must utilize a broad array of analytic techniques and approaches for decision-making. Effective use of analytics requires an understanding of both fundamental and advanced logistics decision-making techniques and methodologies. Further, logistics professionals must organize and view these analytics-based decision support tools through well-structured planning frameworks. In this book, we illustrate and explain a wide range of practical logistics strategies and analytic techniques to facilitate decision-making across functions such as manufacturing, warehousing, transportation and inventory management. We also describe how to organize these analytics-based tools and strategies through logistics frameworks that span strategic, tactical and operational planning and scheduling decisions. This book is intended for logistics professionals to use as a reference document that offers ideas and guidance for addressing specific logistics management decisions and challenges, and it will also serve as a valuable resource or secondary text for graduate and advanced undergraduate students.
Logistics management : the supply chain imperative
by
Logistics has advanced from the warehousing and transportation to boardrooms of the successful leading companies across the world. Logistic capabilities supplement the supply chain operation. It plays an important role in both organizational strategy and.
Smart and Sustainable Operations and Supply Chain Management in Industry 4. 0
by
Smart applications are transforming conventional supply chains into digital ones. To compete in today's competitive market, organizations must utilize the merits of the Fourth Industrial Revolution while being sustainable, lean, and eco-conscious. Smart and Sustainable Operations and Supply Chain Management in Industry 4.0 closes the gap and provides novel ideas, research, and applications. This book discusses smart and sustainable supply chain management concepts that are analyzed within the Industry 4.0 perspective. It also highlights green systems and smart applications within an Industry 4.0 setting. The book presents the latest technological developments, including disruptive technologies and their impact on smart and sustainable supply chains under the triple bottom line approach. For easy reader comprehension, each chapter will include a case study, a related problem, or a numerical example, as well as the solution. This book is written for academicians, practitioners, PhD students, and researchers involved in this area.
SCM 4.0 : supply chain management in the digital age
by
This ebook is dedicated to exploring the abundant research opportunities associated with SCM 4.0 and laying down a foundation for future research on this important emerging topic.
SOC for Supply Chain
by
Internal and external forces such as globalization, global interconnectivity, automation, and other technological advancements are making today's supply chains highly sophisticated and complex. For organizations that produce, manufacture or distribute products, there's often a high level of interdependence and connectivity with their suppliers and their customers and business partners. Although the interconnectedness of these organizations can be beneficial (increased revenues, expanded market opportunities, and cost reduction), the ability of organizations to meet their goals is often increasingly dependent on events, processes, and controls that are not visible and are often beyond their control - such as a supplier's controls. That's why the demand for transparency in supply chains is now higher than ever before, and why this is the perfect time for you to help organizations assess their supply chain risks, evaluate the system controls within their manufacturing, production, or distribution systems, and communicate their supply chain management efforts to those with whom they do business. Accountants and financial managers can also increase the credibility of the supply chain information communicated by the organization by providing an opinion on the organization's supply chain efforts. This guide enables the accountant and financial manager to examine and report on the description of a system for manufacturing, producing and distributing goods as well as on the controls within that system using a dynamic, proactive, and agile approach. It will show how to conduct this examination in accordance with the attestation standards. The guide may also be helpful when providing readiness assessments to clients, who are not quite ready for an examination level service and need help to get there. The guide also includes excerpts from the two distinct, but complementary sets of criteria developed by the AICPA to assist practitioners with SOC for Supply Chain engagements: the description criteria and the 2017 trust services criteria.
Supercharged supply chains : discover unparalleled business planning and execution practices
by
Provides unparalleled practices for all supply chains from leading consultancy Oliver Wight, more important than ever in the post-COVID world Supercharged Supply Chains: Discover Unparalleled Business Planning and Execution Practices provides authoritative guidance on effective Supply Chain Management. Written by the experts at Oliver Wight, a leading global consultancy firm, the book provides readers with a clear understanding of what is required to operate at a Class A Excellent level. The operating principles are supported by practical examples and cases that demonstrate why typical approaches fail, and why Unparalleled Business Planning and Execution Practices succeed. Based on the popular Oliver Wight class that focuses on Unparalleled Business and Execution processes, the text is designed to put companies on track to successfully operate Business Excellence Planning. Readers get a contemporary view of the processes, learn about new technology for implementing solutions, and are presented with change methods that address the people and behaviors vital to supply chain operations. Topics include demand planning, Integrated Business Planning (Advanced S&OP), master scheduling, material requirements planning, capacity planning, data accuracy, factory scheduling supplier planning, implementation, business improvement, new technologies and more. Outlining the practices that have boosted the health of supply chains for more than 25 years, this invaluable book: Describes how the Business Excellence Practices resolve the common problems encountered in operating a supply chain Provides strategies and methods to significantly improve customer service, financials and grow the business Identifies when and how Unparalleled Planning and Execution Practices should be applied Guarantees success if the recommendations are followed Supercharged Supply Chains: Discover Unparalleled Business Planning and Execution Practices is essential reading for all executives and anyone involved in forecasting, planning, scheduling, inventory control, finance, production, purchasing and management of supply chains. It provides a great overview of the entire supply chain and goes into great detail regarding each element that makes up the supply chain. It also explains in depth how all functions of a company play an important role.
Supply Chain Costing and Performance Management
by
A "how-to" guide for supply chain professionals who need accurate cost information for end-to-end processes With the increasing pace of globalization, supply chain professionals find that they have less and less margin for error in their decisions making. Competition is getting more intense, and, unfortunately, CFOs and accountants do not currently provide supply chain managers with the information required to make better decisions. Supply Chain Costing and Performance Management, 2nd Edition, will show you (and the executives you report to) how to understand and apply various enterprise and corporate performance management (EPM/CPM) methods related to costs and profit margins and performance measurements. This book is a "how-to" guide to assist supply chain managers and employee teams to obtain interenterprise cost information on supply chain processes. It provides techniques for obtaining accurate cost and performance information on the activities performed within your firm and on activities performed by trading partners. The techniques and approaches in this book were developed from supply chain costing practices implemented by leading-edge firms. You will learn how you can gain access to reasonably accurate costs and profit margins involved with suppliers, products, stock keeping units (SKUs), service-lines, channels, and customers. In addition, you will gain insight into the activity costs in end-to-end business processes, including the "drivers" for each type of cost. Learn how to access accurate cost and pricing information related to both your company and your trading partners Overcome siloed information by creating your own costing practices using proven methods drawn from leading firms Understand what drives activity costs for each step in end-to-end business processes Assess the performance of your costing activities with step-by-step measurement guidelines Make better decisions and improve performance and profitability with clearer, more transparent cost and price data The information in this book will empower supply chain managers with the ability to make better decisions and improve their organizations' performance and profitability.
Supply Chain Management and Business Performance
by
Against this current trend of low growth and high uncertainty, business directors must work with their shareholders to set strategic objectives and define business models. The great number of possible strategies makes this type of management very complex, and the actual deployment of strategic choices is often limited by a lack of overall coherence within the organization. This problem calls for an appropriate and renewed response. In strategic management today, a closer, permanent dialogue is needed between operational and financial performance. Based on a supply chain approach, the Value Added Supply Chain (VASC) model focuses on driving operational performance, but aims to achieve a greater and more dynamic integration between these two dimensions of the company's value creation.
Supply Chain Management and Logistics
by
Designed by practitioners for practitioners, Supply Chain Management and Logistics: Innovative Strategies and Practical Solutions provides a wide-spectrum resource on many different aspects involved in supply chain management, including contemporary applications. With contributions from leading experts from all over the world, the book includes innovative strategies and practical solutions that address problems encountered by enterprise in management of supply chain and logistics. It details general techniques and specific approaches to a broad range of important, inspiring, and unanswered questions in the field. The book is organized around four major research themes in supply chain management: 1) supply chain strategy and coordination, 2) supply chain network optimization, 3) inventory management in supply chain, and 4) financial decisions in supply chain. The sequence of these themes helps transition from an enterprise-wide framework to network design to operational management to financial aspects of the supply chain. Each individual theme also addresses the answer to a challenging question as to how to go about applying quantitative tools to real-life operations, resulting in practical solutions. As the world moves toward more competitive and open markets, effective supply chain management is of critical importance to the success or failure of an enterprise. Despite a large amount of research achieved in the past decades on the supply chain management topic, many researchers and practitioners are still devoting considerable efforts on the emerging new problems. Designed to give you a collection of topics that bridge the gap between the academic arena and industrial practice, the book supplies a contemporary and up-to-date review on the advanced theory, applications, and practices of supply chain management, making it a rich resource for the design, analysis, and implementation of supply chain management problems arising in a wide range of industries.
The supply chain management casebook : comprehensive coverage and best practices in SCM
by
30 up-to-date case studies illuminate every aspect of modern supply chain management • Risk management, analytics, global supply chain issues, and much more • Innovative processes, technologies, strategies, and tactics • An indispensable resource for both students and practitioners This casebook brings together 30 focused cases addressing virtually every aspect of supply chain management, from procurement to warehousing, strategy to risk management, IT to supplier selection and ethics. A global team of contributors presents key challenges in industries ranging from pharmaceuticals to fashion and previews issues ranging from the "limits of lean" to the potential of 3-D printing. Cases vary in length and complexity, offering maximum flexibility to both instructors and readers; a convenient table provides fast access to specific topics. Qualitative cases are supported by relevant discussion questions and sample responses; quantitative cases are supported by completed numerical solutions, and, where applicable, associated spreadsheets.
Supply Chain Management Strategy: Using SCM to Create Greater Corporate Efficiency and Profits
by
Part of a brand-new series of cutting-edge supply chain guides, Supply Chain Management Strategy offers expert guidance for comparing and choosing supply chain models, implementing effective governance, and strategizing to enable sales growth, margin growth, and superior customer experience. Co-authored by pioneering supply chain management expert Alexandre Oliveira, this guide focuses on driving maximum business value from modern supply chain strategies and models. Oliveira and senior supply chain executive Anne Gimeno provide a comprehensive overview of the topic, detailed descriptions of each relevant model, and modern applications and best practices drawn from the experiences of the world's leading companies. Complementing theoretical texts, they offer deep insight into how these models are actually applied in the field. Coverage includes: Contemporary supply chain models, including adaptive, Triple-A, customer-driven, demand-driven, and resilient supply chains Assessing the strengths and weaknesses of each model in your unique context Implementing effective governance, including Sales and Operations Planning (SandOP), Integrated Business Planning (IBP), and Business Forecasting Capability (BFC) Reducing forecasting dependencies Performing effective supply chain continuity planning (BCP) Enabling growth in sales, revenue, and market share Accelerating revenue cycles and reducing lost sales Supporting marketing and sales initiatives Growing margins by reducing the cost of sales Balancing asset management, service level, cost structure, and other tradeoffs Delighting customers with the right service level at the right cost This guide's content will be exceptionally helpful for both practitioners and students, including participants in APICS and other leading certification programs.
Supply Chain Planning
by
Through this book, practitioners will obtain valuable new insights and examples of implementable frameworks and methods for managing their supply chain functions and organizations. The critical role that supply chain planning contributes to a firm's financial well-being has never been greater. All too often, however, considerable managerial resources are directed toward planning activities with minimal results. In this book, we present proven, practical management frameworks used by the authors to support supply chain operations management and planning in private industry. These frameworks provide methodologies for managing critical activities such as supply chain strategic planning and project selection, manufacturing and distribution planning, performance measurement, supply chain risk management, and customer logistics and inventory deployment. This book is intended for supply chain professionals, as well as for graduate and advanced undergraduate students. Practitioners will obtain valuable new insights and examples of implementable frameworks and methods for managing their supply chain functions and organizations. Students will develop an understanding of real-world approaches for supply chain planning, decision support, and many other key activities.
Supply Chain Risk Management Approaches and Tools for Continuous Improvement
by
This ebook is about "Supply Chain Risk Management: approaches and tools for continuous improvement".
Supply Chain Strategy, Second Edition: Unleash the Power of Business Integration to Maximize Financial, Service, and Operations Performance
by
The industry standard in supply chain management--fully revised and updated to provide today's logistics solutions The proven pillars of success in logistics and supply chain management introduced in the first edition of Supply Chain Strategy now guide the supply chains of many of the world's most successful organizations, including 3M, Abbott, BP, Coca-Cola, Disney, Hallmark, Honda, Mitsubishi, Oxxo-FEMSA, Payless, P&G, Pratt & Whitney, Wal-Mart, Rio Tinto, and many others. This Second Edition features up-to-date case studies showing how those companies and more meet supply chain goals and helps you overcome your own challenges with the latest supply chain innovations, including big-data analytics, supply chain command and control centers, large-scale supply chain optimization, integrated supply chain planning, real-time global supply chain visibility, omni-channel logistics, re-shoring, global-sourcing optimization, cloud-based supply chain management, supply chain finance, global trade management, and fourth-party logistics.
Supply Chain Sustainability
by
Supply chains are significant in improving business efficiency. Sustainable supply chains help industries enhance their ecological, monetary, and social performance. Innovative research frameworks as well as the modelling of sustainability issues are significant to different stakeholder's perspectives. This book guides researchers and practitioners through developing effective sustainable supply chains to meet UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
Technology in Supply Chain Management and Logistics
by
Technology in Supply Chain Management and Logistics: Current Practice and Future Applications analyzes the implications of these technologies in a variety of supply chain settings, including block chain, Internet of Things (IoT), inventory optimization, and medical supply chain. This book outlines how technologies are being utilized for product planning, materials management and inventory, transportation and distribution, workflow, maintenance, the environment, and in health and safety. Readers will gain a better understanding of the implications of these technologies with respect to value creation, operational effectiveness, investment level, technical migration and general industry acceptance. In addition, the book features case studies, providing a real-world look at supply chain technology implementations, their necessary training requirements, and how these new technologies integrate with existing business technologies. Identifies emerging supply chain technologies and trends in technology acceptance and utilization levels across various industry sectors Assists professionals with technology investment decisions, procurement, best values, and how they can be utilized for logistics operations Features videos showing technology application, including optimization software, cloud computing, mobility, 3D printing, autonomous vehicles, drones and machine learning
